WIL-

>({/

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

LIBRARY

OF THE

Museum of Comparative Zoology

\,

\

I

1

i

2oo!<’0s

&PR -5 1948

THE

WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Magazine

of

Ornithology

JossELYN Van Tyne
Editor

Margaret Morse Nice
Frederick N. Hamerstrom, Jr.
Associate Editors

G. Reeves Butchart
Assistant Editor

1 1 " V

' u - 1 ■) !^ '

■ (■

Volume 60
1948

Published
by the

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB

tifje Pttlletin

Published by the

Alteon (^mtti)olog;tcal Club

at

Ann Arbor, Michigan

,■ i. !'. ■

1 1 ‘ ' ' 0 > U' i

THE WILSON BULLETIN

The official organ of the Wilson Ornithological Club, published quarterly, in March
June, September, and December, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. In the United States
the subscription price is $2.00 a year. Single copies, SO cents. Outside of the
United States the rate is $2.25. Single copies, 60 cents. Subscriptions should be
sent to the Treasurer. Most back issues of the Bulletin are available at SO cents
each and may be ordered from: Josselyn Van Tyne, Editor, University of Mich-
igan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

All articles and communications for publication, books and publications for
review, exchanges, and claims for lost or undelivered copies of the magazine,
should be addressed to the Editor.

The current issue of The Wilson Bulletin is printed by the Ann Arbor Press,
Ann Arbor, Michigan. Entered as second class matter July 13, 1916, at Ann Arbor,
Michigan, under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB
Founded December 3, 1888

Named after Alexander Wilson, the first American ornithologist.

President — Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., Carleton College, Northfield, Minn.

First Vice-President — Maurice Brooks, West Virginia University, Morgantown

Second Vice-President — ^W. J. Breckenridge, University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis.

Treasurer — Burt L. Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Ky.

Secretary — J. B. Young, 514 Dover Rd., Louisville, Ky.

Editor of The Wilson Bulletin — Josselyn Van Tyne.

Associate Editors — Margaret M. Nice and F. N. Hamerstrom, Jr.

Assistant Editor — G. Reeves Butchart.

Membership dues per calendar year are: Sustaining, $5.00; Active, $3.00; As-
sociate, $2.00. The Wilson Bulletin is sent to all members not in arrears for dues.

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library, housed in the University of Michi-
gan Museum of Zoology, was established in concurrence with the University of
Michigan in 1930. Until 1947 the Library was maintained entirely by gifts and
bequests of books, pamphlets, reprints, and ornithological magazines from mem-
bers and friends of the Wilson Ornithological Club. Now two members have
generously established a fund for the purchase of new books; members and
friends are invited to maintain the fund by regular contributions, thus making
available to all Club members the more important new books on ornithology and
related subjects. The fund will be administered by the Library Committee, who
will be glad of suggestions from members on the choice of new books to be added
to the Library. Harold F. Mayfield (2557 Portsmouth Avenue, Toledo, Ohio) is
Chairman of the Committee. The Library currently receives 65 periodicals, as
gifts, and in exchange for The Wilson Bulletin. With the usual exception of rare
books in the collection, any item in the Library may be borrowed by members
of the Club and will be sent prepaid (by the University of Michigan) to any ad-
dress in the United States, its possessions, or Canada. Return postage is paid by
the borrower. Inquiries and requests by borrowers, as well as gifts of books,
pamphlets, reprints, and magazines, should be addressed to “The Wilson Club
Library, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.”
Contributions to the New Book Fund should be sent to the Treasurer, Burt L.
Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Kentucky (small sums in stamps are acceptable) .
A preliminary index of the Library’s holdings was printed in the September 1943
issue of The Wilson Bulletin, and each September number lists the book titles in
the accessions of the current year. A brief report on the recent gifts to the
Library is published in every issue of the Bulletin.

THE WIL^f^ BULLETIN

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE OF ORNITHOLOGY
Published by the Wilson Ornithological Club

1 9 4 8 Number 1

Vol. 60 MARCH ISSUE Pages 1-72

CONTENTS

Arizona Junco Roger Tory Peterson Frontispiece, p. 5

Social Releasers and the Experimental Method Required

FOR THEIR Study N. Tinbergen 6

General Notes 52

Early nesting and Cowhir d parasitism of the Goldfinch in
Michigan, A. J. Berger; Bald Eagle eating shoat on highway,

F. V. Hebard; Bald Eagle captures tern, G. W. Noell

Editorial 54

Obituary 54

Ornithological News 54

The Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research Grant 55

New Life Member 55

Ornithological Literature 56

Arthur A. Allen, Ornithology Laboratory Notebook, reviewed
by Frank A. Pitelka; Richard M. Saunders, Flashing Wings,
reviewed by Harold Mayfield; Florence Page Jaques, Cana-
dian Spring, reviewed by John Kieran; Joseph James Murray,
Wild Wings, reviewed by Harold Mayfield; Bibliography

Wilson Ornithological Club Library 61

Proceedings of the Twenty-ninth Annual Meeting 62

Officers of the Wilson Ornithological Club

72

ARIZONA JUNCO
Junco phaeonofus polliafus

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

TH

[LSOjf^BtJLLETIN

5

• ARIZONA JUNCO

BY ROGER TORY PETERSON

During May 1947, while in the Chiricahua Mountains of south-
eastern Arizona, I was the guest of Herbert Brandt, who was
making an intensive study of that area for his forthcoming book,
“Arizona Bird Life.” At an altitude of eight thousand feet the little
rusty-backed, yellow-eyed Arizona Juncos {Junco phaeonotiis palliatus)
were our constant companions, and I could not resist painting a por-
trait of one for The Wilson Bulletin (Frontispiece).

This junco is restricted to the mountains of southeastern Arizona,
southwestern New Mexico, and the adjacent area of Mexico. It is ap-
parently completely sedentary, not making even altitudinal migrations.

There has been much discussion by systematists on the relation-
ships among the various juncos. Some contend that there is no bio-
logical basis for specific separation of the oreganus and hyemalis groups
and that it has been demonstrated that the gap between the two is
bridged by the Cassiar Junco — cismontanus. They suggest also that
most of the other juncos could probably be lumped with this one plastic
group, but they are hesitant about including the Arizona Junco — and
understandably so.

In addition to the bright yellow eye and pale yellow lower mandible
that distinguish these little juncos of the desert mountains from all the
other juncos of the United States — even from the neighboring Red-
backed Junco, dorsalis, the Arizona Junco has characteristic and unmis-
takable traits of behavior. Whereas the Oregon Junco, /. oreganus, and
the Slate-colored Junco, /. hyemalis, sing songs that to my ears are nearly
identical, a single trill on one pitch, similar to the Chipping Sparrow’s
song, though less rapid and more musical, the Arizona Junco has a
more complicated finch-like song, which involves two and sometimes
three pitches — for example: chip chip chip, wheedle wheedle wheedle,
che che che che che.

Furthermore, the Arizona Junco creeps along in strange mouse-like
fashion. I have never seen it hop, whereas other juncos habitually hop.
Alexander Wetmore tells me that he once saw a Carolina Junco {Junco
hyemalis carolinensis) creep in this manner, but in my experience
it is not characteristic behavior either for the Carolina or for any other
of our juncos except the Arizona bird.

Glen Echo, Maryland

6

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

SOCIAL RELEASERS AND THE EXPERIMENTAL
METHOD REQUIRED FOR THEIR STUDY^

BY N. TINBERGEN

Part 1: Review

SOME years ago, Dr. Rand (1941, 1942) published two short papers
in which he criticized some of the hypotheses and conclusions of
Lorenz (1935 and 1937), especially the releaser concept. Discussing my
paper (1939b) on vertebrate social organization. Dr. Rand (1942:404)
goes as far as to argue that “the data available hardly justify’’ me in
assuming even as a working hypothesis a social, communicative function
for conspicuous and highly specialized structures whose participation in
non-social processes cannot be found. Though I am in complete agree-
ment with Dr. Rand when he stresses the need for further experimental
research on the function of conspicuous structures and movements, I
cannot agree with his statement that “the probable existence of releasers
has not been clearly demonstrated in any cases” (Rand, 1941:289).
This astonishing statement can be explained only by assuming that a
number of experimental facts published in American and European
journals have escaped Dr. Rand’s attention. In order to make these
facts better known, it seems worth while to give, as the first part of this
paper, a short review of the experimental and other evidence on releasers.

In addition, the experiments reported by Rand in his 1942 paper,
which tend to show that the anal feather circlet in nestling passerine
birds does not function as a releaser, are not, in my opinion, conclusive
(though I admit that they are useful as a warning against over-simplistic
views). Therefore, in the second part of this paper, I shall discuss some
general problems connected with the kind of experiments required in
work of this type.

The releaser concept has sometimes been misunderstood even though
Lorenz has given a clear definition of it. Rand (1941:289) is confusing
matters considerably when he assumes that a releaser in Lorenz’s sense
is “that portion of the object which sends out the stimuli to which the
bird responds.” The cause of this misunderstanding lies in the para-
doxical fact that not everything that releases a response is a “releaser”
in Lorenz’s sense.

A number of experimental studies on the nature of the external
sensory stimuli necessary to release innate responses have shown that
innate behavior is never a reaction to the environmental situation as a
whole, but only to a few parts of it. Other parts — although they may be
received by the animal’s sense organs — are entirely ignored. This is not

^ Extension of an address delivered at the Annual Meeting of the Wilson Ornitholog-
ical Club, Omaha, Nebraska, November 29, 1946,

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

7

the place to give a complete review of the pertinent facts, and I must
refer the reader to the literature, especially to Lorenz ( 1940), to Russell’s
compilation (1943), and to my own paper (1942).

To cite a few examples: The escape reactions of many birds from
passing birds of prey are a response to a type of movement and to a
special characteristic of shape, namely, ‘‘short neck” (Figure 1); any

Figure 1. Cardboard models used by Lorenz and Tinbergen to test the reactions of
birds to birds of prey. Only the models with a short neck (marked +) released

escape reactions.

bird, or even a cardboard dummy, that has a short neck releases an
escape response independently of the shape of wings, tail, etc., and of
the color (Goethe, 1937b; Kratzig, 1940; Lorenz, 1940). The hunting
response of a pike can be released by a shining silvery object pulled
through the water. Gulls and many other ground-breeding birds will
show incubation responses to many objects other than eggs, provided
they have rounded shapes (Kirkman, 1937; Lorenz and Tinbergen,
1938; N. Tinbergen and Booy, 1937) ; size or color can be varied within
very wide limits. Russell (1943) called these influential stimuli (the
parts of the environmental situation to which innate behavior patterns
respond) “perceptual signs” or “perceptual clues,” but for various rea-
sons I prefer the term “sign stimuli.”

It should be emphasized that it is only innate behavior that is de-
pendent on sign stimuli; as I will show below, many if not all con-
ditioned reactions are dependent on quite another type of stimulus situa-
tion.

So far as we know at present, every unconditioned reaction of an
animal is dependent on its own special sign stimuli, and different re-
actions respond to different sign stimuli. This shows that the release
of every unconditioned reaction is dependent on a special central nervous
mechanism, which is called the “innate releasing mechanism.”

Lorenz (1935) put forward the theory, based on an unrivaled
amount of observational facts, that in animals intraspecific social rela-
tions are dependent to a large extent on stimuli sent out by one indi-
vidual (the “actor”) releasing responses in another individual (the
“reactor”). As a result of evolutionary adaptation, many species have
developed special structures or movements that serve to send out
stimuli especially adapted to act on innate releasing mechanisms of

8

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

the same species. It is these special structures, the exclusive function
of which is to send out sign stimuli releasing social responses, that
were called releasers (“Ausloser”) by Lorenz.

To use Lorenz’s own words: “The means evolved for the sending
out of key stimuli may lie in a bodily character, as a special color de-
sign or structure, or in an instinctive action, such as posturing,
‘dance’ movements, and the like. In most cases they are to be found in
both, that is, in some instinctive acts which display color schemes or
structures that were evolved exclusively for this end. All such devices
for the issuing of releasing stimuli, I have termed releasers (Auslbser),
regardless of whether the releasing factor be optical or acoustical,
w^hether an act, a structure or a color” (1937:249).

In the original German paper (Lorenz, 1935), of which the article in
the 1937 Auk is only a much condensed version, the concept of the re-
leaser is still more clearly defined: “I have used the term releasers for
characters which are peculiar to individuals of a given species and
to which responsive releasing mechanisms of conspecific individuals
react and thus set in motion definite chains of instinctive actions”
(p. 143). And again (p. 377): “Structures and instinctive actions that
serve exclusively to send out key stimuli reach a high degree of special-
ization, paralleling the evolution of the correlated responsive mecha-
nisms. We have called such structures and instinctive actions, for
brevity’s sake, releasers. The starting point of Rand’s criticism is,
therefore, a misrepresentation of the basic definition.

As I said before, Lorenz’s theories were interpretations of ob-
servational data, and although they appealed at once to the majority
of field observers, experimental tests were highly desirable. As I
hope to show, the experimental facts thus far obtained have con-
firmed Lorenz’s views on the two main points: (1) intraspecific social
relations in many animals are largely dependent on innate behavior,
and (2) innate social responses are dependent on the display of re-
leasers.

Experiments on Visual Releasers

Visual releasers have been investigated not only in birds, but
also in lizards, fish, and cephalopods. It is well, therefore, not to
confine ourselves exclusively to birds, and, since my own experi-
mental work has mostly centered on a fish that has a number of
well-developed releasers of different kinds, this fish will serve as my
first example.

^ “Merkmale, die dem Individuum einer Tierart zukommen und auf welche bereitlie-
gende Ausloseschematen von Artgenossen ansprechen und bestimmte Triebhandlungsketten
in Gang bringeii babe ich . . . als Auslbser bezeichnet” (p. 143). And again (p. 377):
“Organe und Instinkthandlungen die ausschliesslich der Aussendung von Schliisselreizen
dienen, erreichen eine hohe Spezialisation, stets parallel mit der Entwicklung entspre-
chender, fur sie bereitliegender aus[zu]lbsender Schematen. Wir bezeichnen solche Organe
und Instinkthandlungen kurz als Auslbser.”

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

9

The three-spined stickleback. This stickleback ( Gasterosteus acu-
leatus) displays visual releasers of movement, form, and color. Ex-
periments on the function of these releasers have been published
by Ter Pelkwijk and Tinbergen (1937) and by N. Tinbergen (1939b,
1940, 1942).

The male stickleback isolates himself in spring, develops a nup-
tial dress of whitish-blue on the back and brilliant red on throat and
belly, selects a territory which it defends against other males, builds
a kind of nest, and entices a female to enter the nest and spawn.

The red belly acts as a releaser both to other males and to fe-
males. To a male any fish with a red belly is a rival, that is to say,
it elicits flight in a male that is outside its own territory and evokes
attack in any male that is on its own territory. This is demon-
strated by a series of experiments of which the crucial ones may be
summarized here.

Two series of models of sticklebacks were prepared, each con-
taining dead sticklebacks and more or less schematic models. The
models of series “R” were red on the ventral side; those of series
“N” were the neutral color of a male in the non-breeding season and
of females throughout the year (silver, with a dark greenish-black
dorsal shading).

Figure 2. Two models of the R series (left) and a model of the N series (right) for
testing the releasing power of the stickleback’s red belly. After N. Tinbergen, 1947.

Experiment 1 consisted of bringing a model into an occupied terri-
tory for a fixed period. This was done in over 20 territories, and
the models were presented in irregular order with due intervals be-
tween. Models with a red belly were attacked much more intensely
than neutral models.

In Experiment 2 a model was placed in a territory from which
the owner had been removed, and the behavior of the neighboring male
stickleback in the same tank was watched. A neighbor-male always
tries to intrude in a territory as soon as the owner is removed. All
R models could appreciably retard the intrusion whereas N models
had scarcely any influence.

10

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

The females’ reactions were tested by trying to induce them to
follow a model. In this we succeeded only when playing the models
of Series R; no reaction, except occasional avoidance, was obtained
with Series N.

A glance at the R and N models (Figure 2) suffices to show that
the exact form has little influence, if any at all; models of most real-
istic form but devoid of red (Series N) had little or no releasive
value.

In boundary disputes, a male stickleback often shows a special
threatening movement: standing nearly vertically with his head point-
ing downward, his broad side turned to the rival and (often) the ven-
tral spine on that side erected, he thrusts his snout into the bottom
with abrupt jerks (Figure 3), a movement that can easily be imitated

Figure 3. Male stickleback threatening reflection in mirror. Note the unilateral
display of the ventral spine. Photo by N. Tinbergen.

with a model. In a group of tests with models from both the R and
the N series, each model was presented alternately in threatening
posture and in normal swimming position, both in the situation of
Experiment 1 and in that of Experiment 2 described above. A “threat-
ening” model, whether from the N or from the R series, had more
influence than a model in horizontal position. Also, a male taken
from his territory was returned as a captive in a glass tube before the
neighbor had trespassed. The neighbor was much more intimidated
when the owner was presented in a wide tube that allowed him to
perform the threat motion than when he was confined in a narrow
tube that forced him to stay in the neutral, horizontal position (Figure
4 A).

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

11

Figure 4. A, Tube-test for studying the influence of the threat posture in the stickle-
back. B, Courtship of the stickleback. Male below; female above. After Ter
Pelkwijk and Tinbergen, 1937.

Another signal-movement is the “attitude of readiness” in the
pregnant female (Figure 4 B), and the influence of this posture was
also tested with models. A male can be induced by a rather crude
model to take the lead^ and show the nest opening, provided that the
model is presented in the right posture. Even dead fish of other species
may be effective (Figure 5 A). The great importance of the iype of
movement or posture is well illustrated by the fact that it has been
possible to induce either fighting or leading with the same model
simply by presenting it either head down (which induces fighting)
or head up (which induces leading). However, posture, or movement,
is not the only signal for leading: shape is of no influence whatever

Figure 5. A, Dead tench, presented in courtship posture of the female stickleback
to release the male’s courtship. After Ter Pelkwijk and Tinbergen, 1937. B, Dead
stickleback with normal abdomen. C, Crude dummy with swollen abdomen. After

N. Tinbergen, 1942.

12

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

in releasing the male’s fighting behavior, but for courting or leading,
the swollen abdomen of the pregnant female has a strong releasing
power — as demonstrated by comparing the influence of neutral models
with that of “pregnant” models. It has even been possible to change
live males into “pregnant” animals by excessive feeding, which
caused the abdomen to swell to such an extent that not only the
human observer but also the courting male sticklebacks mistook them
for females. The relative unimportance of other particulars of form
was also shown by comparing the influence of a dead stickleback
(Figure 5 B) having a neutral abdomen with a highly simplified model
having a swollen abdomen (Figure 5 C). Males invariably courted
the “pregnant” dummy, while the dead stickleback affected theln little.

The releasing mechanisms of these reactions are all innate. A
male that was reared in isolation and built a nest was tested with
models before it had ever seen another stickleback. The red belly,
the threatening posture of a “male,” the upright posture of a “female,”
and a “female’s” swollen abdomen had the same releaser functions as
in the experiments with normal males.

All these results exactly fit the original releaser theory as out-
lined by Lorenz.

The English Robin. Lack’s results (1943) with the English Robin
(Erithacus rubecula) show surprising parallels with our stickleback
work. The red breast evokes furious attacks in any robin holding
territory. It is by far the most effective of all the morphological
characteristics of the bird. A mere bundle of red breast feathers is

Figure 6. Tuft of red feathers (left) and complete mounted young robin (right).

After Lack, 1943.

attacked, whereas a complete mounted young robin, having a spotted
brown breast instead of a red one, is ignored (Figure 6). The red
breast is a releaser just as the stickleback’s red belly is, although the
function of the releaser is not the same in the two cases, since, in
the robin, both male and female have a red breast.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

13

The Flicker. Noble (1936) studied the releasing value of the
“moustache” of the male Flicker (Colaptes auratus). Male and female
of a pair in his garden readily distinguished between a mounted male
and a mounted female, which shows that morphological characters,
though perhaps not necessarily the only means of recognition, were
sufficient. When the female of the pair was given an artificial “moust-
ache” by gluing black feathers on the area which the moustache oc-
cupies in the male, the female was vigorously attacked by her own
mate. After removal of the moustache she was accepted again. It
would be worth while to repeat and extend this experiment, but from
Noble’s descriptions of the male’s behavior it seems certain that the
moustache has an enormous influence on the male. It is not certain
whether the male’s response to the moustache is innate or learned.
Noble thinks it is learned, but it is not clear on what evidence he
bases this opinion.

The Shell Parakeet. The experiments of Cinat-Tomson (1926)
with Shell Parakeets {Melopsittacus undulatus) are especially con-
vincing. The color of the cere (Figure 7), brown in females and blue

Figure 7. Shell Parakeet. Arrow indicates cere, which is blue in males, brown in
females. After N. Tinbergen, 1947.

in males, acts as a releaser. Females with cere painted blue are
attacked by the males, males with cere painted brown are courted.
It is not known whether these reactions are innate. The color of the
cere is used as a recognition mark only in judging strangers — a bird
recognizes its own mate, in spite of an artificial color change, as soon
as it hears the mate’s voice.

The Herring Gull. The red patch on the lower mandible of the
Herring Gull {Larus argentatus) seems to be a releaser during feeding.
Goethe (1937a) presented two stuffed Herring Gull heads to new-
born chicks, two of which had been taken from the nest shortly after
hatching, while two others were incubator-hatched. One of the gull
heads had a bill in natural colors; in the other the red patch was
painted yellow of the same shade as the rest of the bill.

14

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

In a number of tests the two first chicks pecked 66 times at the
red patch and 26 times at the other model. The incubator-hatched
chicks reacted 115 times to the red patch and 32 times to the other
model. Morever, Goethe (1937a) observed (as did Heinroth before
him) that chicks will often pick at a variety of red objects such
as cherries and red rubber soles.

These tests could well be extended; for instance, other colors
could be presented, and the color patch could be put at the base of
the bill, in order to determine whether the reaction is released by red
only and whether the patch has guiding power, but Goethe’s experi-
ments proved the releasing value of the patch beyond doubt.

Lizards. Especially interesting work has been done with lizards.
In addition to Evans’ work (1938), lizards have been studied by
Noble and Bradley (1933), by Kramer (1937), and by Kitzler
(1941). In Lacerta melisellensis the male has a bright red belly; in
Sceloporus undulatus, the male is blue underneath; Lacerta v. viridis
has a blue throat in the male. In all three species, the colored under-
parts act as a releaser; females painted with the colors of the males
evoke attack instead of mating attempts. However, in these cases
it is not known whether the releasing mechanism is innate; Kramer
suggests that it might not be.

Kitzler ’s work with Lacerta agilis and L. v. viridis contains a
wealth of data on the functioning and the origin of releasers. Experi-
mental proof of the releasing value of the male’s secondary characters
is given for both species. The blue throat of the male viridis has ex-
actly the same function as the stickleback’s red throat. A female with
the throat painted blue is not only attacked by males, it attracts
females. A male with its throat painted green (the female’s throat
color) is not chased even by the most aggressive male. A painted
agilis male is treated as a rival by a male viridis. A crude yellow clay
model with a blue throat is treated as a male viridis by both males
and females.

Reviewing the results obtained with lizards, it is evident that the
experiments should be supplemented. For instance, in Noble’s work
(Noble and Bradley, 1933) insufficient attention is given to the re-
actions of the female. In Kitzler’s experiments we should like to
know how the animals respond to models of other colors, etc. We
should also like to know whether the releasing mechanism is innate
or not. Nevertheless, in all these papers it is demonstrated clearly
enough that the male’s nuptial colors release responses in other males.

Cichlid fish. Valuable work has been done with cichlid fish of
different species. Seitz (1940) showed that, in the sexually dimorphic
species Astatotilapia strigigena, the male’s fighting behavior is re-
leased when he is visually stimulated by another male. The releasing

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

15

stimulus situation is very simple, for the male fights against rather
crude dummies provided that they are (1) laterally compressed, offer-
ing a large surface to the male, (2) glossy silver or blue, and (3)
spotted with “jewels.” Seitz also tested a male reared in isolation;
its fighting response was evoked by exactly the same external situa-
tion as that of normal males, showing that the releasing mechanism
of the fighting response is innate. On the other hand, the isolated
male’s courting response could also be evoked by very simple models,
such as a silvery ball, whereas the normal males never courted any
model at all, however accurate an imitation of the living female it
might be. This proves that the releasing mechanism of the courting
behavior is changed by conditioning. The female has no structures
or movements that could be classified a priori as releasers. The splen-
did nuptial dress of the male, however, appears to be adapted to an
innate releasing mechanism and acts as a releaser, a fact which could
be predicted from the releaser theory.

In Hemichromus bimaculatus, the African jewel fish, male and
female are not very different; both have a red nuptial dress and are
spotted with “jewels.” Seitz (1942) and Noble and Curtis (1939)
showed that the red color is an important recognition mark to which
both males and females respond, when in mating condition, by fighting
and courting. Seitz tested the male’s releasing mechanisms of fighting
and courting; in both, special movements make sex-discrimination
possible; a male will erect and display its fins, a female, after an
initial display, has to “break down” and show a submissive attitude
in order to be accepted as a female. The releasers on which sex-dis-
crimination is founded, therefore, are not special morphological
structures, but rather specialized movements, as could be expected
in view of the similar (though not absolutely identical) coloration
of the sexes. A further development of this sex-discrimination mecha-
nism occurs during individual life: the fish learn to know their own
mates individually; in other words, the releasing mechanism is made
more specific by conditioning (Noble and Curtis, 1939).

The cuttlefish. The most striking demonstration of how far con-
vergencies can go in these phenomena, is given by L. Tinbergen
(1939) in his study of the mating behavior of the cuttlefish Sepia
officinalis. Parallel with the development of eyes in cephalopods (con-
vergent to those of fish) the courtship of the cuttlefish has evolved
into a typically visual one closely resembling the courtship of certain
sexually dimorphic fish, lizards, and birds.

A male Sepia in mating condition assumes a strongly variegated
pattern of alternating white and dark purple bars, and displays the
most conspicuous part, the broad, flattened lateral surface of the
fourth arm, toward other individuals (Figure 8). Reactions of males

16

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

and females to this display differ essentially: a male returns the dis-
play, a female in mating condition keeps quiet and allows the male
to copulate. A series of varied experiments with models showed
that the male’s nuptial colors, and especially the color and display

Figure 8, Male cuttlefish in neutral dress (upper) and in display (lower). After

L. Tinbergen, 1939,

of the arm, released fighting in other males. The experiments did
not determine whether the male’s display acted on the female as a
releaser. The males treated all models colored and “behaving” like
females as if they were females.

This state of affairs closely resembles that found by Noble and
Bradley (1933) in Sceloporus. In both species the male’s display is
primarily a means of threatening other males; in both species the
stimulating influence on the female is apparently small. The male’s
nuptial dress is primarily a “gladiator’s vestment” (Noble, 1934).

This review of experimental work, short as it is, shows that the
releaser theory is not an “ideology” that has to be “accepted blindly”
as Dr. Rand thinks. It is true that more experimental work is needed
(though not to prove that releasers do occur, since that is clear). A
further study of releasers will almost certainly give us an under-
standing of such diverse problems as the sociological structure of ani-
mal communities, the innate releasing mechanism, and last, though
not least, the evolution of behavioral elements.

Auditory releasers. There is good experimental proof of the re-
leasing function of the chirping of crickets and grasshoppers. The

Non-visual Releasers

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

17

most spectacular experiment was carried out by Regen (1913), who
kept males and females of Gryllus campestris in separate rooms in his
house. The male’s song was picked up in a telephone receiver which
was connected with a loudspeaker in the females’ room. Regen had
the satisfaction of seeing the females jump right into the old-fashioned,
trumpet-like loudspeaker.

So far as I know, no similar experiment has been carried out with
birds. However, a number of simpler though nonetheless convincing
experiments have been described in the literature, and ‘‘natural ex-
periments” have been witnessed by every field ornithologist. Both
natural and prearranged experiments concern situations in which a
reaction to a call or sound is shown by a bird that is unable to see
the calling individual.

The function of song, as the most spectacular of all bird calls, is
strikingly similar to the function of the male stickleback’s nuptial
coloring: it repels other males and attracts females. Instances men-
tioned in the literature are too well known to need enumeration here,
but one instance, from a recent work (Lack, 1943:29), may be quoted:

“On May 27th, 1937, an unringed newcomer robin, evidently
wandering without territory, started to sing in a corner of the terri-
tory owned by a long-established resident male. The latter, then in
a distant part of its territory, promptly sang in reply. The newcomer,
which could not, of course, yet know that it was trespassing, sang
again. The owner, having flown rather closer in the interval, sang
again in reply. The newcomer again sang, the owner again ap-
proached and replied, now more vigorously, and this procedure was
repeated twice more, the owner finally uttering a violent song-phrase
from only some fifteen yards away, but still hidden from sight by
thick bushes. At this point the newcomer fled, from an opponent it
never saw, nor did it appear again.”

It has further been observed in several species of hole-breeding
birds that the begging calls of the young stimulate the parents to
attempt to feed them, even when the young are concealed from view
(N. Tinbergen, 1939a). Some Herring Gull chicks that I kept in
my observation hide quite readily responded, by crouching, to the
alarm calls of the adult birds; nestling thrushes (Turdus m. merula
and Turdus e. ericetorum) stop begging as soon as the parents’ alarm
call is heard (Tinbergen and Kuenen, 1939). Further, every bird
watcher knows that it is sometimes possible to attract birds by imi-
tating song, call notes, distress calls of the young, etc. Especially in
the case of birds whose calls have been mechanically recorded, the
opportunity for more detailed study seems to be excellent.

Chemical releasers. In animals in which chemo-receptors are better
developed than in man and birds (both exceptionally visual types).

18

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

special releasers may be found whose exclusive function is to act on
the chemo-receptors of congeners. Several of these cases have been
studied.

Von Frisch’s classic work on the “language” of hive bees has
shown that pioneer workers after discovering a new source of nectar
perform a “dance” in the hive which stimulates a number of other
bees. These react by leaving the hive and extensively searching the
vicinity, eventually gathering on the species of plant that had been
discovered by the pioneer. Experiments prove that the bees are at-
tracted to the flower by its odor which was carried in the “fur” of
the pioneer that had visited the flower before “dancing” in the hive.
When flowers without a distinct odor are concerned, the bees that
have been “given the cue” by the pioneer do not alight at once on
the flowers when they find them but first perform a long ceremonial
flight amongst the flowers while protruding their scent organs, which
are located in the abdomen. This ceremony marks the exact spot with
a typical scent which attracts other bees, (von Frisch, 1923; see
also 1946.)

The male of the grayling butterfly (Eumenis semele) has a scent
organ on the dorsal surface of the forewing (Figure 9). This is used
during an elaborate courtship display, which reaches its climax in
the male’s characteristic bowing performance in front of the female,
when her antennae, which bear chemo-receptors, are caught between
the male’s wings and are thus brought into contact with the scent
organs (Figure 10). These act as the releaser necessary to secure the
female’s cooperation in coition. Males in which the scent organs have
been removed have great difficulty in acquiring a mate in spite of
intensive courting (Tinbergen, Meeuse, Boerema, and Varossieau,
1942).

In other animals, scent may be used, in much the same way as
song and visual releasers are, as a means to advertise occupation of a
territory. This was first discovered in the domestic dog, which erects
“scent flags” on prominent places in its territory (von Uexkiill and
Sarris, 1931). Holzapfel (1939) discovered that the hyena (Hyaena)
had a comparable habit, and recently Hediger (1944) listed a whole
series of similar phenomena in a number of mammals.

Tactile releasers. Even tactile stimuli may serve as specialized re-
leasers— for example, human courtship and human mother-infant rela-
tions are partly based on them. The mating of the snail Helix
pomatia offers another example. As Szymanski (1913) showed, the
characteristic movements and postures of each of the partners are
reactions to tactile stimulation by the other. The “courtship” cul-
minates in the thrusting out of the “dart” (Figure 11), the only func-
tion of which is the delivery of a powerful stimulus; the dart is a
true releaser.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

19

Figure 9. The grayling butterfly. Upper: dorsal side; lower: ventral side. Black
line in upper left figure indicates position of scent organ on left wing. After N.
Tinbergen, Meeuse, Boerema, and Varossieau, 1942.

Figure 10. Grayling butterfly male (right) bowing before female, so that the
female’s antennae come in contact with the scent organ of the male. After N. Tin-
bergen, Meeuse, Boerema, and Varossieau, 1942.

20 THE WILSON BULLETIN

Vol. 60, No. 1

Figure 11. Helix pomatia. Extrusion of dart during mating (left). Detail of dart
(right). After Meisenheimer, 1921.

These few instances suffice to show that releasers are not con-
fined to the visual domain. It is a significant fact that visual re-
leasers are found in groups with highly developed eyes, chemical
releasers in animals with good chemical receptors, auditory releasers
only in groups with specialized acoustic organs, and so on. It is
even quite possible that in some cases the only function of certain
sense organs is as a means of social intercourse. This might well apply
to the Homoptera, for example, in which both stridulation organs and
tympanal organs seem to be exclusively used in communication be-
tween members of the same species.

The visual releaser as a phenomenon, therefore, does not stand
alone. It is only a special case of a widespread phenomenon, the ex-
istence and function of which has long been recognized. A criticism
of the releaser theory as a whole would have meaning only if all cate-
gories of releasers were included in the discussion.

Non-experimental Evidence on Visual Releasers

In the foregoing paragraphs it is evident that a “releaser” is
part of a complex mechanism involving special movements, special
effector organs, special receptors, and special innate releasing mecha-
nisms. The syrinx of song birds, the stridulation organs of crickets
and grasshoppers, the scent organs of bees, butterflies, and mammals,
the red breast of the English Robin, all are highly specialized, “im-
probable,” specifically adapted organs.- Movements, effector organs.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

21

innate releasing mechanisms are fitted together; they act as a won-
derful, complicated system the only function of which is the con-
struction of a means of social communication. In fact, such compli-
cated structures are understandable — they “make sense” — only in con-
nection with their function ; the coincident presence in the same species
of stridulation organs, the stridulating drive, and an innate tendency
to react in certain “purposive” ways can be recognized as an adaptive
feature only when the releaser function is recognized.

Hence, it is quite justifiable to conduct experimental work on the
basis of the releaser hypothesis even when only parts of the whole
mechanism are known, that is, for example, when only the effector
organ (e.g., a conspicuous structure) is found, with a movement dis-
playing this effector.

It is true, as Dr. Rand remarks, that one has to reckon with the
possibility of “maladaptation.” However (apart from the question
v/hether it is satisfactory to consider without proof a highly specialized
structure such as the syrinx of song birds or the wing of an Argus
Pheasant as a functionless error of evolution), there is a difference
between a critical attitude and a defeatist attitude. Any hypothesis
aiming at “finding the use” has to be seriously tested before it is
abandoned in favor of a purely negative h5p)othesis. These considera-
tions justify the following enumeration of cases in which only part of
the mechanism has been investigated and the releaser function of the
whole has not yet been experimentally tested. Since it is especially
the existence of visual releasers that is doubted, I will confine myself
to supposed visual releasers. The argument applied is: when we again
and again observe that a conspicuous, highly “improbable” structure
is used as an instrument by an equally conspicuous and “improbable”
movement resulting in a display of this structure, we suppose that
both structure and movement form part of an adaptive mechanism
that has the function of display.

I will take the risk of being accused of “following ideologies
blindly” and cite as significant the conclusion reached by Heinroth,
who worked along these general lines and must in fact be considered
one of the founders of modern ethology. This great observer, whose
disinclination to formulate general conclusions is well known,® said,
as early as 1900, that conspicuous structures in birds are always used
in display. Huxley (1914:523) wrote: “The same instinctively dis-
played parts — wings and tail, throat and crown — are the parts which
are especially singled out for the development, first of special colours.

’Typical of Heinroth’s attitude is the following anecdote, related to me by one
of his intimate friends. Heinroth once delivered an address full of interesting facts ar-
ranged in such a way as to suggest a special and important conclusion. He did not,
however, formulate this conclusion himself, but concluded his speech with; “Na, meine
Herren, den Reim dazu konnen Sie Sich selbst machen.”

22

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

. . . then of special colours and structures combined.” This sentence,
while evolutionary in sense, is based upon descriptive evidence re-
vealing the same general rule as that pointed out by Heinroth. The
following facts serve to substantiate this general rule.

Of widespread occurrence is the type of display in which the body
as a whole is laterally flattened and enlarged and made as high as
possible, often with the help of erectile structures such as fins and
feather fans. Correlated with this lateral flattening is an orientation
toward the reactor which offers the most imposing view of the body
as a whole. Further, the coloration of the body is localized in such
a way as to be most conspicuous during the lateral display. Often
the color pattern covers both body and extensions, such as fins. This
is especially obvious in many fish, where, for instance, black bars or
fields of “jewels” extend over the dorsal and anal fins. I often won-
dered in such cases which part of the coloration would be the re-

Figure 12. Tilapia natalensis male. In asexual (left) and sexual (right) coloration.
After N. Tinbergen, 1947.

leaser until I realized that such a fish must be considered as one huge
releaser. One could say: such fish “have” no releasers; they “are”
releasers (Figure 12).

In fish, the stickleback is only one of the less prominent performers
of lateral display. Betta (fighting fish), sunfish (Centrarchidae), cich-
lids, and many others offer extreme examples (Figures 13 and 14).
In Aequidens latijrons, for instance, the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins,
when erected, nearly double the visible surface. The caudal, anal,
and hind part of the dorsal fins are also locomotory organs, but the
forepart of the dorsal fin has no locomotor function and seems to
have been adapted entirely to display purposes.

Figure 13. Aequidens latifrons male. In posture of inferiority (left) and in threat

posture (right).

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

23

Figure 14. Betta splendens. Males in lateral threat display. After Bessiger in Holly,
' Meinken, and Rachow, 1936.

Orientation in respect to the adversary is very well demonstrated
by one of Lissmann’s experiments (1932) with Betta splendens. Like
so many other visual types, Betta males threaten their own image
in a mirror. When Lissmann turned the mirror on a horizontal axis,
the fish followed the movement, keeping its lateral surface parallel to
that of the reflection, even turning on its side in order to do so
(Figure 15).

Figure 15. Betta splendens. Lateral display of male to reflection in mirror {A and B)
and to dummy (C). After Lissman, 1932.

The male newt Triturus vulgaris begins its courtship with a visual,
sideward display. The newt has to stand in a rather twisted posture
to be able to display its lateral surface and yet fix the female with
both eyes. This visual display is followed by a tactile stimulus:
with a sudden leap (a surprising performance in a newt!) and a
strong blow of the tail, the male throws a water current against
the female which gives her no little difficulty in holding her ground.
This is immediately followed by a third kind of display in which the
male probably delivers a chemical stimulus.

A further example is Anolis in which the species have a special,
conspicuously colored “dewlap” which tends to exaggerate the effect
of the lateral compression of the body (Evans, 1938) as shown in
Figure 16.

24

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

Figure 16. Anolis carolinense male. Dewlap display. After Evans, 1938.

Among birds, the lateral display is very common. Numerous in-
stances are found in the Phasianidae, e.g., in the Golden Pheasant,
Chrysolophus pictus (Figure 17), Amherst’s Pheasant, C. amherstiae,
Bulwer’s Pheasant, Lobiophasis bulweri, the domestic fowl, and the
turkey. But it is also observed, to a lesser degree, in other birds.

Figure 17. Golden Pheasant. Lateral display of male (left) before female. After
Hagenbeck in Heilborn, 1930.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

25

I have seen it in the European Jay, Garrulus glandarius, though this
species has no feather fans especially developed for the purpose, and
it is quite astonishing to see it render itself as flat as a knife.

Apart from the general pattern of lateral display, there are numer-
ous instances of directed display of special parts of the body, some
of which show a remarkable and grotesque correlation of movement
with structure. Both the African jewel fish (Hemichromis bimacula-
tus) and the South American Cichlasoma meeki have a morpholog-
ical releaser on the gill-cover, consisting of a black patch bordered
by a yellowish or greenish golden ring. This structure is used during
a frontal threat display which consists, as in so many fish, of erecting
the gill-covers. Now in meeki the black patch is situated at the ven-
trocaudal edge of the gill-cover, in bimaculatus at the dorsocaudal
edge. In conformity with this, meeki spreads especially the ventral
part of the gill-cover (Figure 18, right), while bimaculatus displays
its releaser by spreading especially the dorsal part of the gill-cover
(Figure 18, left). Both movements are rather specialized forms of
gill-cover display.

Figure 18. Hemichromus bimaculatus (left) and Cichlasoma meeki (right). Frontal
display. After N. Tinbergen, 1947.

In birds, so many instances of visual releasers are known (see O.
and M. Heinroth, 1928; Stresemann, 1927-34; Armstrong, 1942) that
I will confine myself to a few rather unconventional types. The male
Snow Bunting, Plectrophenax nivalis, displays the variegated black
and white pattern of the dorsal surface (Figure 19 A) and in doing so
walks slowly away from the female (N. Tinbergen, 1939a). The
threat movement of the Common Crane, Grus grus, consists of dis-
playing the occiput, where a red wattle appears (Heinroth, 1928).
A male Lapwing, Vanellus vanellus, when trying to attract a female
to one of his scrapes, displays his under tail coverts, which are a warm
chestnut-brown (Figure 19B). When the female moves, the male
promptly turns his tail, presenting a full view (Rinkel, 1940). A
Flicker, Colaptes auratus, also displays its under tail coverts in threat
but uses quite a different method: it tilts the tail sideways and for-

26

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 194S
Vol. 60, No. 1

A B

Figure 19. A, Snow Bunting. Back display. After N. Tinbergen, 1947. B, Male
Lapwing displaying under tail coverts. After Rinkel, 1940.

ward. The result is a sudden flash of yellow (Noble, 1936). The
Red-wing (Agelaius phoeniceus) erects its “epaulets” in threat dis-
play (Noble and Vogt, 1935), as does also the Tricolored Red-wing,
Agelaius tricolor (Lack and Emlen, 1939). Chaffinch {Fringilla
coelebs) males make a similar use of their white epaulets (Lack, 1941).

Erection of crests and other parts of the plumage in birds is, as
a rule, confined to conspicuously colored parts, as every bird watcher
knows: goldcrests (or kinglets), birds of paradise, pheasants, grebes,
ruffs, terns, ducks, etc. Lorenz’s study (1941) of the courtship of
the Anatinae contains numerous observations of quite unexpected
details. For instance, in a special phase of the courtship, males turn
the back of the head toward the female. The Pintail, Anas acuta,
which has a brown lane running between two white stripes, erects
the feathers of the brown field. The result is a remarkable strengthen-
ing of the contrast (Figure 20). Another movement, performed by
nearly all species, serves to display the colored wing-shields and other
gaudily colored parts.

Figure 20. Pintail males displaying neck before female. After Lorenz, 1940 (from

motion pictures).

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

27

It seems superfluous to enumerate still more cases. Every bird
watcher knows instances from his own experience. Yet it would be ,
advisable to publish such facts more often than has been done in the
past. A short, accurate description, with a sketch or photograph, not
taking, in all, more than one or two pages of an ornithological journal,
would be sufficient and would materially help to extend our knowledge.

I am convinced that the correlation of structure and movement will
be shown to be much more complex than is known at present. Com-
parative study would be especially valuable because it helps one to
see the significance of a movement merely by stating that it is absent
in related forms, coinciding with the absence of a morphological re-
leaser. To cite an instance: one of 13 species of cichlids studied by
Dr. and Mrs. Baerends (1948, in press) in the Leiden Zoological
Laboratory, Astronotus ocellatus, showed a peculiar trembling move-
ment of the tail during courtship. This is the only species out of
the 13 that has an ‘^eye’^ spot at the tail-base. By the trembling
ceremony, attention was quite effectively drawn to this releaser. The
fact that both trembling ceremony and visual structure were present
in this one species and absent in all others strengthened the conclusion
that they were correlated.

The best way to get an impression of the significance and im-
portance of visual releasers is to concentrate on a family, or smaller
group, of animals to which many -species with gaudily colored dresses
belong and make a careful comparative study of their behavior. Groups
with specialized visual releasers in many differently evolved species
are the ducks (of which only the Anatinae have been studied in detail),
the birds of paradise, and the pheasants. The peacock, the Argus and
Bulwer’s Pheasants give us an idea of the host of interesting facts
that await discovery in the last group. It is for the same reason that
a research program on the cichlid family was started in several labora-
tories; this family is another instance of a great and varied group of
bearers of visual releasers.

In studying such a group, the value of the releaser theory is most
clearly demonstrated by the fact that after a short time one is able
to predict the nature of the display movement in a newly encountered
species after merely viewing its morphological equipment. Thus both
Lorenz and I, quite independently, came to the same conclusion when
we got our first Cichlasoma meeki, viz.: “That fellow must have a
tremendous frontal threat display of the operculum.” Actually, our
letters describing our first thought and how it was proved correct by the
fish (Figure 18) crossed in the mail.

Although I have mentioned only a very few of the known facts
concerning the correlation between structural and behavioral compo-
nents of releasers, I will let these suffice. In view of the evidence for
the function of visual and other releasers, a rather strong bias would

28

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

be required to object to the releaser theory even as a working hypo-
thesis. It is my opinion not only that the hypothesis is fully justified
but that it has already demonstrated its value as a unifying principle
covering a wealth of facts.

Part 2: Experimental Method

Experimentation with releasers, as reviewed in Part 1, seems a
very simple business indeed. However, this is true only in appearance.
The technique is simple enough, but as a method of thinking and
planning it has some treacherous pitfalls. It is easy to meddle with
animals, to experiment in a vague and random way, but it requires
some knowledge of ethology as a whole and some insight into the
nature of a given problem to plan really convincing experiments that
are relevant to the problem. I will attempt to point out some of the
pitfalls to be avoided.

An experiment as such is never “wrong.” It is only in connection
with the problem and with the conclusion drawn that an experiment
may sometimes be called wrong or inadequate. To cite an instance
(which naturally takes the form of criticism): when Rand observed
that adult Song Sparrows (Melospiza melodia ) and Catbirds ( Dumetella
carolinensis) carry off feces without waiting for the typical display of
the anal feather circlet by the young, it is only his conclusion — that
the anal circlet has no releaser function — which must be called wrong.
His experiments are interesting enough and not “wrong” in themselves,
but they do not prove what Rand assumes them to prove; they merely
show that the adult’s reaction can be released by a stimulus situation
in which the display of the anal circlet is lacking. This does not mean
that the anal ring has no releaser function. As I have pointed out
in a previous paper (Ter Pelkwijk and Tinbergen, 1937), Leiner’s ex-
periments (1929, 1930) in which female sticklebacks were willing to
follow males in monochromatic light by no means proved that the
nuptial colors of the male have no releasing power but only that the
female’s responses are not dependent on color alone. As we have
seen, other experiments proved the male’s red belly to be a very
important releaser. Closer consideration of the releaser problem is
necessary to understand why a releaser is not always easily detected
by experiment.

The Innate Releasing Mechanism and Releasers

Because the releaser is, in a sense, a reflection of the reactor’s
releasing mechanism — the “angeborene ausldsende Schema” (innate
releasing pattern), as it was called by Lorenz — the first thing to do
is to examine this mechanism.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

29

One finds the first indication of the existence of something like
a “Schema” when an animal appears to be noticeably unselective in
its reactions to other animals and to dummies: a stickleback that
readily fights any dummy that is red underneath (as every male
stickleback in mating condition will do) shows that many “recognition
marks” of the, opponent male that exist for the human observer are
not essential to the stickleback in this situation. In other words, the
animal reacts to only a few recognition marks or “sign stimuli,” while
many other elements of the situation apparently have no influence.
(This gives the impression that the animal’s perception is “schematic,”
hence the word “Schema.” But I prefer to use the terms “sign stimuli”
and “releasing mechanism.”) Experiments confirm this conclusion,
and it even seems to be a general rule that innate releasing mechanisms
are responsive to stii};iulus situations with only very few sign stimuli.

It is hard for the human observer to realize that an animal often
does not use all the sensory signs which its sense organs put at its
disposal. Yet it is clearly a fundamental fact of innate behavior in
animals. A female stickleback, lured (with visual stimuli) into the
nest by the male, will lay eggs only after the male has furnished a
prolonged series of tactile stimuli: he repeatedly thrusts his snout
against her abdomen, and after some time, this trembling movement
induces her to deposit her eggs. Although the female, while in the
nest, can see the male throughout this procedure, one can remove the
male and replace his activities by producing the “trembling” move-
ment with a glass rod; the female will lay as well after tactile stimula-
tion by the glass rod as after stimulation by the male itself. It is
only the tactile stimulus that counts in laying; visual stimuli, while
of the utmost importance in other phases of the courtship, are wholly
unessential now.

Similar facts have also been recorded in birds. A domestic mother-
hen will run to the rescue of a chick in distress. This reaction is
entirely dependent on the distress call and not on visual stimuli: a
struggling chick under a glass dome has not the slightest stimulating
influence, but the sound of the distress call from behind a screen
will instantly release the mother’s reaction (Lorenz, 1935).

Still more astonishing is the fact that even within a single mode of
perception (sight, for example), many elements in the situation are
ignored. Young thrushes {Turdus m. merula and Turdus e. ericetorum) ^
which we kept for investigation of their gaping responses, reacted,
when still blind, to a slight jarring of the nest. Later, when about 10
days old, they would respond to visual stimuli. These were analyzed
with dummies (Tinbergen and Kuenen, 1939). Form or size of the
parent dummy did not count at all. Anything from 3 mm. diameter
upward would do, provided it was moving. We were surprised, how-
ever, to discover that in order to evoke gaping an object had to be

30

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

above the horizontal plane through the nestling’s eye. The same
objects that induced excellent reactions when kept high were ineffective
when lowered below eye level. The birds looked at it, thereby proving
their eyes could “see” it, but they did not gape. The sense organs
“saw” well enough; the bird as a whole did not “see” it. Obviously
this is a problem of the nervous system rather than of the sense organs.

This is only one instance among many. Each reaction is susceptible
to a rather vague stimulus situation, or a generalized situation, as it is
often called. I think it is more accurate to describe it in terms of
“releasing mechanism” and “sign stimuli.” Each reaction has its own
releasing mechanism, responsive only to stimulus situations with few
sign-stimuli. Russell (1943) has collected a great number of examples
from the literature.

A consequence of this restriction of each reaction to a few sign
stimuli is that the releasing mechanisms for the different reactions of
one animal may be entirely different from each other, even when the
reactions are evoked by the same object. Thus the female stickleback
is attracted to the nest by the sight of a red fish, but it is induced to
lay eggs by a series of thrusts at the tail base. As a rule, both stimuli
are administered by the same male.

Therefore, study of innate releasing mechanisms does not reveal
the potentialities of the sense organs. Before I realized this, I had
long thought that the grayling butterfly, Eumenis semele, was color-
blind, simply because it did not respond differently to different colors in
the one reaction I happened to study. The males of this species follow
passing females in wild pursuit, thus inducing them to go down and
watch the male’s subsequent courtship. We analyzed the releasing
mechanism of the male’s first reaction and found that the color of the
models we used could be varied at random without changing the male’s
behavior is not released by a visual stimulus — though the male can
fervor. Yet he is far from color-blind. When his reactions to colors
are tested during quite another instinctive activity, viz., during his
foraging excursions which lead him from flower to flower, he appears
to have a great preference for yellow and blue. Red, green, and 30
different shades of gray, which all released his mating flight, never
released his foraging activities.

Sticklebacks provide another interesting example. After the female
has laid, the male goes through the nest to fertilize the eggs. This
behavior: he dashed after paper butterflies of all colors with equal
see the fresh eggs clearly enough — but by chemical (and presumably
also tactile) stimuli from the eggs: it is sufficient to bring some water
in which fresh eggs have been kept for a time into the nest to
induce the fertilizing behavior. On the other hand, foraging behavior
in sticklebacks can be induced only by visual stimulation; worms

N;

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

31

or Daphnia in a glass tube instantly attract them, but meat juice or
other extracts that readily activate foraging behavior in many other
fish such as the eel {Anguilla), for example (see Wunder, 1927), never
affect the stickleback.

Von Uexkiiirs concept (1921) of the Umwelt — the [animal’s] own
world — is based on this fact, viz., that an animal often- reacts to only
part of the environment as we see it. Analyses of releasing mecha-
nisms enable us to give step by step a precise description of the sign
stimuli, which help in building up the animal’s “own world.” Thus the
idea of the own world, which was at first rather a vague notion, is sub-
stantiated by experiment.

A different method is required for the study of the potentialities
of the sense organs. Most reactions, however selective they may
originally be in regard to sign stimuli, can be conditioned to respond
to any stimulus that can be received by the sense organs. The study
of conditioned reactions as indicators of sensory reception has been
developed to a high degree of perfection by von Frisch and his col-
laborators.

The term das angeborene auslbsende Schema, or innate releasing
mechanism,* has been abused in several ways, two of which must con-
cern us here. First, it is misleading to speak of the “Schema” of any
object in the environment, for instance, a “Schema of the sex partner,”
for we know that a sex-partner may be to the animal several entirely
different things, depending on which instinctive activity brings the
animal into contact with the sex-partner. For a female stickleback,
the sex-partner “is” a red fish (visual) at one moment, and it “is”
something hard in trembling motion (tactile) a mere few seconds
later. A “Schema” belongs to a reaction of the behaving animal, not
to the object in the outer world to which the animal is reacting. It
is also for this reason that the term “releasing mechanism” is to be
preferred to the word “Schema” with its more or less mystical tinge.
It is for the same reason that the word Kumpan (companion) as
originally used by Lorenz has to be either carried ad absurdum or
abandoned, for — as Rand (1941:290) quite correctly pointed out —
we ought to subdivide the sex companion into numerous sub-com-
panions, such as (in the case of the stickleback) the “visual-courtship-
sub-companion,” the “tactile-egg-laying-sub-companion,” and some five
other sub-companions. This procedure is, of course, quite consistent
and quite impossible. This was, indeed, clearly recognized by Lorenz
himself ; in his later papers he has abandoned the concept of “Kumpan^*
and has also accepted the idea that a “releasing Schema” belongs to a
reaction, not to an object. However, these are only minor corrections,
and it would be unfair to forget that this greater precision and fur-
ther development in the work has only been possible on the basis of
the Kumpan paper, which, in spite of its shortcomings (“I don’t like

32

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

my Kumpan paper any more,” said Lorenz in 1937), has given a most
powerful stimulus to animal ethology. In fact it is one of the classics.

The moral of all this is primarily that the experimenter must see
the restrictions of his problem and of the subserving experiments.
A releaser never affects the reactor’s behavior as a whole, although it
may affect an important part of it; a releaser often serves merely to
activate one minor element of behavior, and only by studying that
susceptible part can we find an answer to the question whether a given
structure or movement is in fact a releaser.

Reaction Chains

The foregoing considerations deserve special attention when one
has to do with a series or chain of successive reactions, each with
its own releasing mechanism.

In order not to write exclusively of sticklebacks, though they offer
a very convincing example in their chain of courtship activities (N.
Tinbergen, 1942), I will relate another instance, discovered in insects.
The female of the digger wasp, Philanthus triangulum, hunts bees and
stores them as food for the larvae. By an experimental analysis of
this hunting activity it was found that the wasp searches for bees
by flying from plant to plant. Though other tests show that it can smell
a bee from at least a meter’s distance, no hunting wasp is ever at-
tracted by the odor of a hidden bee, even if it is less than 5 cm. away.
Visual stimulation by a moving object of about the size of a bee at
once changes the wasp’s behavior; it immediately takes a position at
about 10 cm. to leeward of the moving object and then hovers like
a syrphid fly for 2 to 10 seconds. During these seconds, the wasp
“tests” the scent emanating from the bee. Whereas a wasp can easily
be induced to hover by all kinds of visual substitutes for a bee (e.g.,
any other insect of the right size such as a fly or bumble-bee, or even
a stick or stone hanging from a moving thread), the substitute must
be given the t}q)ical scent of a honey-bee to be accepted as prey, that
is, to elicit the next link in the behavior chain, namely a flash-like
leap toward the prey by which it is seized at once. Sticks that have
been given bees’ scent by shaking them in a glass tube with freshly
killed bees are seized. However, they are not stung; it was shown that
the sting is the next link in the chain; it is only delivered after a ne^
sense impression is received, probably from tactile stimuli. Thus the
hunting of this wasp consists of a chain of reactions: searching, hover-
ing, leaping, stinging — each of which has its own releasing mechanism.
The restriction to the few sign stimuli characteristic of each reaction
is not caused by limited capacities of the sense organs, since (for
instance) the hovering reaction never responds to olfactory stimuli.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

33

even though a wasp can smell the bee from a great distance — ^when
it loses a bee it has just killed, it finds it again by smell.

The chain character of behavior is responsible for many cases in
which a stimulus administered in experiment is capable of eliciting
only a fragment of an activity. When, for instance, imitation of the
song of a bird does not cause it to actually fight the imitator, it is
not because the song has no releasing function. In many cases it will
attract the bird at once, but since the visual stimulus from the imi-
tator does not correspond with the visual sign stimuli necessary to
evoke the next reaction, viz., the attack, the behavior breaks off. In
the English Robin, song attracts a territory-holding male, but the
sight of a red-breasted “something” is necessary for the bird to con-
tinue its behavior into real attack (Lack, 1943).

Configurational Quality of Sign Stimuli

When the separate sign stimuli are studied in detail, it appears
that the name “stimuli” can only be applied to them in a rather
general meaning, for they are always complicated systems to which
the term “Gestalt” may rightly be applied; they are “configurational”
stimuli. Some examples may explain this statement. The gaping
reaction of the young thrushes mentioned above, when they were in
the visual phase, was influenced not only by releasing sign stimuli, but
also by other stimuli which directed the reaction toward the head of
the parent bird though they were without influence in releasing the
gaping reaction. The head was recognized by a very few sign stimuli
analyzed by experiment: the head was to the nestlings a thing higher
than the rest of the parent bird (or model) ; it was a thing nearer
to the nestlings than any other part of the model, and it was some-
thing protruding from the main outline of the model. The size of
the head was unimportant in an absolute sense, but it was very im-
portant in relation to the size of the body. A “head” of 1 cm. diameter
was more effective than one of 3 cm. when belonging to a “body” of
4 cm. (Figure 21A), but the gaping was directed to the larger head
when both heads were mounted on a “body” of 8 cm. and presented to
the nestlings (Figure 2 IB). It is size in relation to size of the body
that counts.

Other studies of cases where a head provides the sign stimulus
for the release of a reaction lead us to essentially the same conclusion.
Portielje (1926) showed that the European Bittern, Botaurus stellaris,
when cornered by an enemy without possibility of escape, will direct
its flash-like, surprising thrusts of the bill toward the head of its enemy.
A body without a head does not release the defense reaction, but as
soon as a “head” is presented, for instance, by putting a crude card-
board model on the “body,” the bird picks at this head. The shapes

34

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

of both head and body may vary within very wide limits, but the head
must be smaller than the body. Probably there is an optimal relation
in size between the two.

The cognition of a “head” has been investigated in still another
instance. As mentioned above in the introductory paragraphs, Goethe
(1937b), Lorenz (1940), and Kratzig (1940) have tested the in-
nate releasing mechanism of the reaction of several birds, especially
gallinaceous birds, to flying birds of prey. In this releasing mecha-
nism, the short neck (i.e., slightly protruding head) plays a decisive
part. All bird models, even very crude ones, with short necks elicited
escape reactions (of varying intensity and also of different kinds) ; in
some species, the four-week-old cocks assumed an aggressive attitude
while the female chicks crouched. Here again, it is not the size or
another more or less “absolute” (measurable, quantitative) stimulus
that is essential, but the relative size, that is to say, size (length) of
neck in relation to size of body.

The innate releasing mechanism of the stickleback’s fighting re-
sponse offers another example. Fighting is maximally elicited by a red
male. Experiments with dummies show that the optimal stimulus is
not: any red fish, but: any fish that is red underneath. Models with
a red back instead of a red belly have a much lower releasing value
than those with a red belly. This means that not the red as such is
a sign stimulus, but a red part of the body in a definite spatial rela-
tion to the body as a whole.

Figure 21. A and B, Two dummies used for analysis of “head” in directing the
gaping responses of young thrushes. After Tinbergen and Kuenen, 1939. C, Card-
board dummy that releases escape reactions when sailed to the right (“hawk”) but
is ineffective when sailed to the left (“goose”).

Further, all stimuli in which motion plays a part are of a configur-
ational character. The gaping reactions of young thrushes in the
visual stage are released by moving objects. Motion toward the
animals has an especially strong releasing value. Experiments proved
that this type of motion was perceived, not as “growing size,” but as
true spatial, three-dimensional motion.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

35

We are accustomed to consider configurational stimuli of this kind
as relatively simple stimulus situations. By comparison, many other
stimulus situations, especially those encountered in training- or condi-
tioning-experiments, are of a much more complex nature. Yet even the
relatively simple sign stimuli, when examined closely, are very compli-
cated systems indeed. For instance, a sign stimulus ‘‘short neck”
indicative of a bird of prey for inexperienced turkey chicks, is valent
only in relation to the direction of motion. Lorenz and I made a
cardboard model in the shape of Figure 2 1C. When pulled to the right,
the model had a short neck and a long tail (“hawk”) ; when pulled
to the left, it had a long neck and a short tail (“goose”). This model
caused escape reactions, such as flight and crouching, only when pulled
to the right; merely superficial interest was shown by the chicks when
the model sailed in “goose” fashion.

It may be superfluous to stress the fact that these considerations
which apply to sign stimuli in general are also relevant to the stimuli
produced by releasers. The releaser is a special kind of source of sign
stimuli. Probably owing to adaptive evolution, a specialized releaser
is, so to say, a materialization of the innate releasing mechanism.

The Stimulus Situation: Heterogeneous Summation

A reaction of an animal to its environment, either to a “situation,”
an “object,” or an animal, is rarely governed by only one sign stimulus.
As a rule, several sign stimuli act together. The courting activities
of a female stickleback are reactions not only to the red ventral parts
of the male but also to its zigzag dance. A threatening male stickle-
back has an intimidating influence on its opponent not only through
its red color but also through its threatening posture. In birds, color,
movement, and voice may often work together. Thus the optimal
situation may be a combination of two, three, or more releasers. Re-
cent work shows how several sign stimuli act together to produce a
combined effect.

The mating behavior of the grayling butterfly is initiated by a kind
of courtship flight: the male follows each passing female. The innate
releasing mechanism of this flight is responsive to a combination of
sign stimuli, among which type of movement, degree of pigmentation,
and distance are the most important (Tinbergen, Meeuse, Boerema,
and Varossieau, 1942). The optimal stimulus situation is a dark fe-
male fluttering in the typical way of a butterfly, as near to the male as
possible. A white model elicits fewer responses than a dark model,
a sailing model fewer than a fluttering one, a distant model fewer
than one presented near by. A model that was deficient in any one
of these respects evoked only relatively few responses. In order to
increase the frequency of the responses it was sufficient to “improve”
the model by improving any one of the deficient stimuli. For instance.

36

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

a white, sailing model could be improved just as well by painting it
dark as by presenting it in fluttering motion. In general, it was quite
indifferent which parts of the situation were presented, as long as ‘‘a
certain amount” of stimulus was presented.

Exactly the same phenomenon has been described by Seitz (1940)
in the cichlid fish Astatotilapia strigigena, where the intensity of the
reaction appeared to be dependent not on which sign stimuli but only
on how many sign stimuli were presented. This was called the “Reiz-
summenregel” by Seitz; I will translate this by “rule of heterogeneous
summation” to indicate that it is not successive summation of a
repeated stimulus, but simultaneous summation of different stimuli.
The importance of this has been stressed by Lorenz (1940).

In general, most responses of the type that are elicited by releasers
are not subject to the all-or-none law; on the contrary, they may
appear in almost any degree of intensity, depending on the intensity
or completeness of the stimulus situation. The experiments summar-
ized above show that incompleteness or low intensity in different sign
stimuli does not result in different types of deficiency in the reaction,
but that the reaction’s intensity always decreases in the same way,
independently of which part of the stimulus situation is missing. It
is as if a certain quantity of stimulating “substance” were required.
One is tempted to describe this in terms of a reservoir of some sub-
stance in which the effects of the several stimuli are thrown together
indiscriminately. The contents of this reservoir stimulate the nervous
motor center of the reaction in a purely quantitative way, dependent
only on the level, not on the composition of the reservoir’s contents.
Needless to say, this is only an analogy; in reality, nervous centers
and impulses are involved.

This discovery is not new. Only the explicit formulation is new.
Anybody who is more or less acquainted with animals (including man)
has often seen the dependence of the reaction’s intensity on a number
of different stimuli. Our appetite, for instance, may be slight for
many reasons; it can be increased by the sight of food, by an animating
companion, by an attractive table, and so on.

The principle of summation of heterogeneous stimuli is important
for the correct understanding of our experimental procedure. Most
reactions still occur, though at a lower intensity, when one or another
of the stimuli is missing in the situation. The consequence is that
the mere fact that a reaction occurs in the absence of a certain stimulus
does not in the least prove that this stimulus is of no influence.^ When

* Yet this conclusion is often drawn. Reasoning of this type always reminds me of
the case of a Herring Gull with one leg which I observed. This deficient individual lived
successfully in the wild for several years. Apparently he could do without the missing leg,
but certainly no one would say that Herring Gulls have one superfluous leg or consider
nonsensical the conclusion that a leg is a functional organ.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

37

Rand observes that a parent Song Sparrow removes feces from the
nest rim without being stimulated by a display of the youngs’ anal
feather circlets, he is not entitled to conclude that the feather circlet
is of no importance in the reaction. His observation merely shows
that the reaction may occur in the absence of such display. This
observation alone does not even justify the conclusion that the anal
ring is of only minor importance.

In exceptional cases a particular releaser is indeed so all-important
as to be the one indispensable factor — the “necessary and sufficient
cause” — for a reaction. Lack (1943) found such an exceptional state
of affairs in the English Robin. As I mentioned above, the red breast
of this bird is such a strong “badge of hostility” that isolated tufts of red
feathers, when presented to a territory-holding male, were attacked,
whereas a mounted fledgling, which to the human eye was more robin-
like than the mere tuft of feathers but had no red breast, was left
alone.

A very instructive illustration of heterogeneous summation, exactly
comparable with the Rand example, is seen in the contradiction I
have already cited between Leiner’s conclusion that the stickleback’s
red belly had no function and Ter Pelkwijk and Tinbergen’s experi-
mental proof that the red belly was a very important releaser.

Leiner’s experiments demonstrated in a quite convincing way that
the female’s mating behavior may occur in complete form even when
this important releaser is missing (viz., in red light). The principle
may be illustrated by the symbols of Figure 22. The column at the
left is the optimal stimulus situation, in which the red belly, the zigzag
dance, and other external (and internal) factors are all contributing
their share. The heavy horizontal line {th) indicates the threshold
of response, below which the reaction is too low in intensity to reach
its goal or even is not forthcoming at all. Leiner’s experiments con-
sisted in omitting the red color. The total stimulative value of the
other factors combined was still above the threshold. When the in-
ternal causes (the “motivation”) are lower (right column), or when
the other releasers are not all presented (center column), omission of
the red color may result in the lowering of the total stimulative value to
below threshold-value. These considerations show that in order to
prove the influence of the red color, or, in general, of any other alleged
sign stimulus or releaser, one has to apply two methodological prin-
ciples: First, one must always compare the response to Situation A
with the response to Situation B. Had Leiner compared the female’s
behavior in red light with that in sunlight, he might possibly have
seen that she was much more willing to act when the male’s red re-
leaser was visible than when it was invisible owing to red illumination.
However, such a difference in degree is often difficult to observe or.

38

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

at least, to describe. Therefore a second measure has to be taken:
the intensity of the other stimuli or of the internal motivation has to
be lowered in such a way that loss of the one releaser will render the
total situation subliminal. The result will be that a model with sign

Figure 22. Diagram of responsiveness to sign stimuli, th, threshold of response,
i, internal motivation, Cz, external stimuli.

stimulus ei will evoke the response (Figure 22, center and right),
while a model without this stimulus will not. Some trial-and-error
experimenting, guided by a kind of intuition which is an indispensable
element in the mental outfit of the successful experimenter, will serve
to find the right procedure in each case. For instance, one can use
models lacking important characters of form or of motion. Often
motion is automatically deficient because it cannot easily be imitated
with a dummy. (Hence it is often a definite advantage not to work
with live animals as “models” but with crude imitations.) Or, because
the internal motivation is adding to the influence of the sensory
stimuli in the same summative way, it is well to experiment on indi-
viduals with more or less standardized, not too high, internal motiva-
tion. To take the instance of Leiner’s sticklebacks again: it is possi-
ble to have a female lay her eggs without any stimulation by a male
at all simply by keeping her isolated until spawning occurs as a
“Leerlaufreaktion,” or spontaneous discharge, for when an instinctive
action is not released because of the lack of adequate stimulus, the
threshold of stimulus is so markedly lowered that the instinctive action
may at last occur without any perceptible stimulus (Lorenz, 1935:162).
Hence it is not to be expected that omission of only one stimulus will
prevent the female stickleback from spawning. But if one selects only
such females as show a certain intermediate intensity of response to

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

39

a standard male, one reaches an intensity level of reaction in which
presence or absence of one sign stimulus is the controlling factor.

Of course this procedure implies that a sign stimulus detected in
this way is not always the only effective sign stimulus, even though
the experiment may seem to indicate it. The very nature of this type
of experiment, designed to discover a particular sign stimulus, leads
to neglect of other possible sign stimuli. Therefore, each experiment
of this kind has to be combined with a test in which the more effective
of the two models is compared with the optimal situation, viz., the
live “actor.” As long as a difference in releasing value between the
model and live actor exists, it is clear that the model still lacks one
or more essential sign stimuli, and to discover exactly what it lacks
other experiments will have to be carried out that compare its re-
leasing value with that of a second model differing from it only in
respect to one character not yet tested as a sign stimulus.

The reverse conclusion, however (viz., that optimal reaction in-
tensity to a model proves this model to be optimal), is not true. Owing
to the fact that internal and external factors (motivation, urge, or
drive of varying intensity and sign stimuli, respectively) are cooperat-
ing according to the principle of heterogeneous summation, high internal
motivation may cause the reactor to respond to all objects offering
the minimum adequate external stimulation. The result of such ex-
treme lowering of the reaction’s threshold is that the animal reacts
indiscriminately to “good” and “bad” dummies. This gives the im-
pression that the animal “does not discriminate” between the dummies.
Especially when an animal is dominated by an abnormally strong
sex-drive (an unnatural state often encountered in isolated captive
animals) such things may happen. Heinroth’s observation of a cap-
tive Robin (Erithacus rubecula) mating with a dead companion and
of a young Corn Crake {Crex crex), reared in captivity mating with
Frau Heinroth’s hand (O. and M. Heinroth, vol. 1, p. 13; vol. 3, p. 79),
as well as Allen’s observation (1934) of Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa um-
bellus) treading a dead grouse or a submissive male, are some of the
numerous instances reported in the literature. A dead bird displays
a releaser which demonstrates the female’s readiness to pair: keeping
quiet. The mere fact that a strongly sexually motivated male promptly
reacts to the display of this single releaser does not prove that it does
not discriminate between a dead animal and a live female. Under
“normal” conditions (that is, when motivation is not extremely high),
the bird may discriminate very well between a willing female and a
corpse.

Further, it is a corollary of this same principle of heterogeneous
summation that an object may readily evoke conflicting reactions.
During experiments on egg recognition (or in more objective terms:

40 THE WILSON BULLETIN

on the releasing mechanism of incubation responses) in Herring Gulls,
it was found that the shape of the egg was important, but the effect
of color was negligible, blue, yellow, black, and white eggs having
equal releasing value (Tinbergen and Booy, 1937). Red eggs, however,
were an exception. All red objects are invariably thrown out of the
nest, a yet unexplained fact which has been noticed by several ob-
servers. Now it was quite interesting to observe the gull’s behavior
when an egg of normal size and shape but of an intense red color was
offered. The bird repeatedly made incipient movements of sitting down,
but again and again it was offended by the red color and vigorously
pecked at the (wooden) egg. From my other experiments I knew that
the shape was releasing the sitting response, the color the pecking re-
sponse. If, in the course of this struggle between drives, the sitting
drive dominated long enough to allow the bird to sit down, it came
to rest, for the color lost its influence and tactile stimuli from the egg
now controlled the situation.

Lorenz (1935) mentions similar observations in parent-chick rela-
tions in ducks. A female may run to the rescue of a chick of a foreign
species as a reaction to the distress call, then may kill it at the sight
of the chick’s color pattern, which does not fit her innate releasing
mechanism since her own species has a different pattern.

In short, we could describe the phenomenon upon which the rule
of heterogeneous summation is based by saying that the animal, when
it responds to the stimulation of an innate releasing mechanism, does
not react to an object, or to a congener, but to a bundle of sign
stimuli — a bundle of releasers. As Lorenz has pointed out (1935), the
animal in this case does not “see” the congener as a whole; when
its several social responses are directed to one and the same individual,
it is because this individual carries all the necessary releasers. It is
the releaser a bird is reacting to, not the individual that is carrying
the releaser. Of course, I am speaking only of the type of behavior
that is dependent on releasers, not of conditioned or higher types of
behavior.

I have already indicated that not all releasers have the same
extreme status as the red breast in Lack’s robin. Other characteristics
may have an influence, though perhaps a slight one. The degree of
dominance may be very different. Again this may be detected by
comparing the releasing influence of crude dummies displaying only
one releaser with the optimal situation.

The pregnant female stickleback has one powerful releaser, acting
on the male: the swollen abdomen. In addition, her special mode of
swimming acts as a releaser. In order to compare the value of the
swollen abdomen with other possible morphological sign stimuli, the
influence of a very crude model with swollen abdomen was compared

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

41

with that of a complete (dead) female with a normal abdomen. The
first model released courtship reactions of higher intensity than the
second one. The swollen abdomen, therefore, had a higher releasing
value than all other morphological characters together, but the fact
that the second dummy was able to release responses at all showed
that it contained some “recognition marks.” Lack’s experiments, in
which he compared the effectiveness of the red breast of the robin with
that of a complete bird lacking the red, revealed a much higher value
for the releaser.

There can be little doubt that the relative value of the releaser is
different in different species, varying from the extreme condition found
in the robin to the other extreme, in which a releaser is of only slight
importance. While in the former cases it is easy to demonstrate the
releaser’s function by experiment, there are increasing difficulties in
the cases approaching the latter condition. The same difficulties are
encountered in those cases where not one, but two, three, or even
more releasers are cooperating. It seems to me quite probable that the
releasive value of the anal circlet in nestling song birds is rather slight,
because there are two other sign stimuli that cooperate with it, viz.,
the wiggling movements of the youngs’ abdomen and (according to
Rand’s experiments) the fecal pellets themselves.

For the same reason, it will not be easy to settle the question
whether the “Sperrachen” (colored throat and mouth lining) of
passerine nestlings are releasers, because they are supported by gaping
movements and by sounds. It will require quite an amount of insight,
feeling, and trial-and-error experimenting to settle questions like these.
They are a challenge to the ambitious experimenter.

The phenomenon of varying relative importance of releasers among
different species and even among different releasers of one species
suggests an evolutionary interpretation. In my opinion there can be
little doubt that the extreme condition, as found in the robin, where
one releaser is so important as to control the releasing mechanism,
is the end-result of an evolutionary process directed toward specializa-
tion of releasers into very specific, highly “improbable” structures.
For more detailed discussions of this problem, see Lorenz (1940) and
N. Tinbergen (1940).

Innate and Conditioned Responses

I have already mentioned that the available evidence strongly
suggests that innate releasing mechanisms are always responsive to a
combination of only very few sign stimuli. We have reason to believe
that this is valid especially for innate, as against conditioned, releasing
mechanisms. Seitz’s experiments (1940) with Astatotilapia strigigena
are very instructive in this respect. As mentioned above, a normal

42

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

male, reared among other members of its species, responds by fighting
to very simple imitations of a male. However, Seitz did not succeed
in making any dummy that evoked courting responses in the normal
male; it responded only to live females. In a male reared in isolation,
courting responses could be evoked by very simple models. The fight-
ing reactions of this male had the same releasive mechanism as those
of normal males. Thus the innate releasing mechanism of the courting
behavior is originally very simple, but it is changed by conditioning
and thereby becomes highly specific or selective, that is to say, it
requires stimulation by a very complicated system of many stimuli.
The innate releasing mechanism of the fighting remained unaffected
by conditioning. Coinciding with this, the male of the species bears
releasers which, as a matter of fact, provided the sign stimuli to which
the fighting reaction responded, whereas the female does not have
any structures that could be classed a priori as releasers.

Laboratory experimenters know how difficult it may be to force
an animal to react to exactly that stimulus which the experimenter
wants to impress upon it. As a result of conditioning, the animal
always begins to react to the situation as a whole, including many of
even the minutest details, and it is only by continually changing all
possible stimuli except the one stimulus wanted that one can get the
animal to confine its reactions to this one stimulus.

This all points to the conclusion that the reason the releaser is
always a relatively simple thing is that the limitations of the innate
releasing mechanism force it to be simple. It will be clear that it is
of the highest importance for our insight into these matters not to
stop an investigation as soon as the releasing influence of a releaser
is demonstrated, but to carry it on by breeding the species, rearing
young in isolation, and testing their innate releasing mechanism in
exactly the same way as was done with the -normal individuals, in
order to detect where conditioning steps in.

Of course, these conclusions and considerations are based on rela-
tively scanty evidence, and there are observations that may throw
doubt on them. For instance, Kramer (1937), as also Noble (1934),
is not sure whether lizards’ reactions to the fight-evoking releaser
are innate or conditioned.

Nature of the Reactor’s Response

So far, our discussion of the experimental method has considered
only part of the releaser problem. I have been focussing attention
on the problem of the sensory stimulus releasing the reactor’s be-
havior. Something should be said now about another side of our
problem, viz., the response of the reactor. This will lead us to a study
of other phenomena of great importance for experimental procedure.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

43

Latent responses and repeated stimulation. Every observer knows
by experience that an animal does not always and invariably show a
prompt response to a releaser. Sometimes the display of a releaser
evokes an immediate reaction; at other times the same releaser must
be displayed repeatedly before the reactor responds; in other in-
stances, no response is shown at all. As we have seen, these differences
in responsiveness are due to fluctuations of the other factors, usually
the internal ones.

The cases of a reaction following repeated stimulation are of
especial interest to us. The absence of any outward response to the
first stimulus might give the impression that the stimulus has no effect
at all. However, the very occurrence of responses after several repeti-
tions of the same stimulus clearly proves that there is a certain sum-
niation over time, in other words, that the effects of the repeated
stimuli have been accumulating within the animal. Though no out-
ward response was observable, there must have been an internal, latent
response, resulting with each renewed stimulation in a lowering of the
threshold — in an increase in readiness to respond to the next adminis-
tration of the stimulus.

Figure 23. Herring Gulls (left). Begging movements preceding coition. After N.
Tinbergen, 1942. Avocets (right). Preening in male preceding coition. After

Makkink, 1936.

The tactile stimulus given the female stickleback by the “trem-
bling” of the male is a clear case. In bird courtship, we often observe
the same phenomenon; one has only to think of the “begging” move-
ments preceding copulation in Herring Gulls (Figure 23, left; Goethe,
1937a; N. Tinbergen, 1940), the preening movements shown by Avocets
{Recurvirostra avosetta) in the same situation (Figure 23, right;
Makkink, 1936), and many other instances.

This is of importance in two respects. First, it is obvious that one
has to be very careful in drawing negative conclusions about the effec-
tiveness of a stimulus when no immediate reaction is observed. Second,
it shows that a stimulus may have a more or less lasting after-effect,
for without this after-effect no successive summation of stimuli would
be possible.

44

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

After-effect of stimulation. A few words must be said about this
phenomenon of a continuing effect, for it may have a strongly disturb-
ing influence on our experiments. When, for instance, the fighting
reactions of a male stickleback are released during an experiment in
which a dummy is presented for a certain fixed time, let us say five
minutes, the reaction does not stop abruptly with removal of the
dummy. It is true that the fish does not actually fight after his
“opponent” has disappeared, but for several minutes following the
conclusion of the test the threshold of the fighting responses remains
lower than usual; in other words, the fighting drive is still activated,
and it only gradually dies down to “normal” again. This means that
it is necessary to give the animal a rest before a new test is begun in
which a second model is presented for comparison of its effect with
that of the first model. If we should begin the second test before the
after-effect of the first has disappeared, we might get a high intensity *
of response to a relatively weak model; the weak dummy might, so to
speak, profit from the intense effect of the strong model, and we would
get a much too favorable impression of the effectiveness of the weak
dummy.

Inhibitory interaction among different drives. Closely related to
the phenomenon of a drive’s after-effect is the fact that activation
of one drive has an inhibiting effect on all other drives. A fighting
animal is not very susceptible to food-stimuli or to the stimuli that
usually evoke escape. This phenomenon can be used in dummy experi-
ments for the purpose of breaking down the after-effects of each test.
The easiest way to do this and thus to standardize the tests, is to
alternate tests on two different drives, for instance, the mating and the
fighting drives. This can be done by presenting models of males and
of females in turn. If this method is combined with regular rests
between successive tests, the disturbing influence of after-effects can
easily be overcome. To prevent loss of time through these forced rests,
it always pays to work with a number of individuals at the same time.
Each of them gets plenty of rest between successive tests if the ex-
perimenter turns from one individual to another in sequence.

Various motor responses correlated with one releaser. A study of,
for instance, the alarm call of a Herring Gull shows that the reactor’s
response is not always one special type of movement. At the sound
of the alarm call, uttered by a gull on the discovery of a dog, dif-
ferent individuals behave differently. Some gulls fly up in a panic
and begin to call the alarm themselves, or to attack the enemy once
they spot him. Other gulls walk from the nest to a look-out post to
get a good view of the surroundings. Others merely wake up and
stretch their necks. The actual motor response is different in these

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

45

various cases, but they all belong to one group — they all form part
of the total pattern of alarm and nest-defense behavior. In other
words, the function of this releaser is not to release one single reaction
but a whole pattern with a special function or purpose: the major
instinct of nest-defense. Once this instinct (this “mood”) has been
aroused, it is (1) the intensity of response, and (2) additional stimuli,
such as actual discovery of a predator, that determine which type of
motor reaction will result. /

These and many similar facts show that the term releaser cannot
be used in the narrow sense of a device evoking one special motor
response. In many cases, a releaser rather evokes what Heinroth calls
a “Stimmung” (mood), a readiness to respond with one group of
functionally related motor patterns. This is in accordance with the
results of instinct studies in general, which have shown that “a re-
action” may be a special motor response in one case, a change in
readiness to react with a special motor response in another case, or
even a change in readiness to respond with a whole pattern of func-
tionally related movements in many other cases. It is an enormous
over-simplification to identify “reaction” with “motor response.”
Again, this cannot be elaborated here; for particulars I must refer to
my 1942 paper. It must suffice to say that the motor responses of
one instinct are not only functionally related but are also dependent
on the same causal mechanism, on the same nervous center.

Successive tests and ^^choice” experiments. In many of the tests
described thus far the effects of different dummies have been studied
and compared by presenting them in succession. Outsiders watching
such work often ask why the two models are not presented simultane-
ously and the choice of the reactor watched. This question, natural
as it seems to be, is based on a wrong assumption, viz., that the
reactor will always show a preference for the “strongest” model. This
is by no means the case, as a few instances will show.

First, an animal often reacts to the dummy it happens to see first.
Slight differences in position between the two dummies presented will
influence their relative conspicuousness, and the result is that now
one dummy arouses all or most of the reactions, now the other one.
In this way, position, or — since “position” is rarely analyzed — “acci-
dent,” plays much too large a part in our final statistics, and our result
is unreliable or at least confused. This could perhaps be overcome by
very careful experimenting, but it would take much more time than
the “successive” method would, and gain of time is the only reason for
the inclination to prefer “choice” tests.

There is, however, a more fundamental objection to the “choice”
method. In an experiment designed to settle the question whether the

46

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

so-called scent organs of male grayling butterflies served to stimulate
the female’s mating responses, we presented a number of females with
double the number of males, in half of which we had removed the
scent organs. This, therefore, was a “choice” test. The result was
not according to our expectations: the females accepted scentless

just as frequently as normal males. Close observation of the behavior
during the experiments showed that some of the matings with scentless
males occurred when a female was surrounded by males of both kinds.
Even while a normal male was courting a female, a scentless male
would approach her and succeed in attaching its copulatory organs to
hers. We suspected that the cooperation of the female in such cases
was due to the stimulating effect of the normal male’s courtship. We
then carried out a series of successive tests in which scentless males
and normal males were presented* in turn, and found a marked dif-
ference in success between them. Although the number of tests was
rather small, the obvious conclusion seems to be that the display of
the scent organ raises the female’s excitability in a general way but
does not direct her activities to the displaying male. Once she has
been excited and her copulatory reactions have been released, she
accepts any male, provided he presents the stimuli necessary for the
next link in her reaction-chain.

The wing display of a male Drosophila seems to have the same
kind of general excitatory influence. Sturtevant’s results (1915),
though perhaps not entirely conclusive, at least point in this direction.

This is not the place to discuss the ethological background of this
phenomenon. Referring again to a previous paper where I discussed
it at length (Tinbergen, 1942), I must content myself with the state-
ment that there are two types of sign stimuli and, therefore, two types
of releasers: those that direct the response, and those that merely
release it without giving spatial guidance. If the latter type is involved,
“choice” experiments are of no use, because one dummy may release
the response, while another dummy may be “chosen.”

As an instance of a simple releasing signal, the alarm call and alarm
movements of the Herring Gull may be cited. When a female Herring
Gull (with half-grown chicks) that I was observing was disturbed by
some careless movements I made in my hide, her alarmed behavior
alarmed the chicks too, but since the mother’s behavior had no
directive influence, the chicks did not know where the danger lay,
and when the mother’s behavior increased in intensity, the chicks
actually went to shelter by crouching in my hide.

An instance of a relea-ser with the double function of releasing and
directing the response is the peculiar movement by which the male
stickleback indicates the nest’s entrance to the female (Figure 24).
Turning on its side, the male points its head into the entrance. With

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

47

Figure 24. Male stickleback showing nest entrance to female. After Ter Pelkwijk

and Tinbergen, 1937.

a dummy played in about the same way, one can get a pregnant female
to attempt to “enter” at any place in the aquarium.

It is not necessary to discuss this point further, because I do not
want to deny the value of “choice” experiments in all cases. I merely
want to point out the fact that it is not a matter of personal preference
whether one uses successive tests or “choice” tests; the relative value
of the two methods depends on the nature of the releaser to be tested,
and a decision on which method should be used can be taken only
after trial-and-error* attempts in each new case. Needless to say, a
systematic study of this problem would be of the greatest value.

Summary

This discussion of the releaser concept has two objects: first, to
draw attention to a number of experimental facts proving the releaser
function in those cases that have been critically studied with adequate
methods; second, to stimulate further research, by pointing out the
many requirements to be fulfilled in a really critical procedure, and
by showing the incompleteness of the work thus far done.

Part 1 defines the releaser concept and discusses experimental re-
sults in the fields of visual releasers (stickleback, robin. Flicker, Shell
Parakeet, Herring Gull, lizards, cichlid fish, cuttlefish), of auditory
releasers (crickets, birds), of chemical releasers (honey-bee, hyena,
butterflies), and of tactile releasers (snails). A selection of observa-
tional (non-experimental) evidence on visual releasers is added.

Part 2 presents certain principles which are of importance for
planning experiments and for evaluating the results:

Each innate reaction of an animal responds to a limited set of
“sign stimuli,” which do not influence the behavior as a whole but
only special reactions or reaction patterns.

What appears to be “a reaction” is often a chain of reactions, each
of which is dependent on its own set of sign stimuli. The function of

48

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

a releaser may be confined to any one link of such a chain, as, for
example, in the chain of mating reactions of the stickleback.

The “rule of heterogeneous summation,’’ the additive effect of dif-
ferent stimuli, has important implications for experimental practice.
Many reactions may occur even in the absence of one of the sign
stimuli, provided the motivation, dependent on internal factors, is high
enough. Any experiment on the value of releasers, therefore, has to
compare the effect of two dummies that differ only in the one releaser
to be studied.

The releaser is an adaptation to the innate releasing mechanism,
which, for reasons unknown, is dependent on a “simple” stimulus
situation. Conditioned behavior responds to a much more complicated
stimulus situation.

Many reactions are dependent on repeated stimulation, each stim-
ulus slightly raising the excitatory state, which by accumulation of
the effects of repeated stimulation reaches a final state in which the
reaction is released.

Many of the so-called reactions released by releasers are not simple
“motor responses” but are internal reactions by which the centers of
whole patterns or major instincts are activated.

Some releasers have a general excitatory influence and do not direct
the reactor’s response; in these cases experiments should be of the
“successive,” not of the “choice,” type.

Literature Cited

Allen, Arthur A.

1934 Sex rhythm in the Ruffed Grouse {Bonasa umbellus Linn.) and other
birds. Auk, 51:180-199.

Armstrong, Edward A.

1942 Bird display. Cambridge University Press.

Baerends, G. P., and J. M. Baerends-van Roon

1948 An introduction to the study of ethology of cichlid fishes. Behaviour (in
press) .

Cinat-Tomson, H.

1926 Die geschlechtliche Zuchtwahl beim Wellensittich {Melopsittacus un-
dulatus Shaw). Biol. Zentralbl., 46:543-552.

Evans, L. T.

1938 Cuban field studies on territoriality of the lizard Anolis sagrei. Jour.
Comp. Psych., 25:97-127.

Frisch, K. von

1923 tiber die “Sprache” der Bienen. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. /. aUg. Zool. Physiol.
Tiere, 40:1-186.

1946 Die “Sprache” der Bienen und ihre Nutzanwendung in der Landwirt-
schaft. Experientia, 2:397-404.

Goethe, Friedrich

1937a Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen zur Biologie der Silbermowe {Larus
a. argentatus Pontopp.) auf der Vogelinsel Memmertsand. Jour, fiir
Ornith., 85:1-119.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

49

1937b Beobachtungen und Erfahrungen bei der Aufzucht von deutschem
Auerwild. Deutsche Jagd, 6 and 7,

Hediger, H.

1944 Die Bedeutung von Miktion und Defakation bei Wildtieren. Zeitschr.
fur Psych., 3:170-182.

Heilborn, H.

1930 Liebesspiele der Tiere. Berlin.

Heinroth, O.

1900 [Short note]. Jour, fur Ornith., 48:247.

Heinroth, O., and M. Heinroth

1924-33 Die Vogel Mitteleuropas. Hugo Bermiihler, Berlin.

Holly, M., H. Meinken, and A. Rachow

1936 Die Aquarienfische. Stuttgart.

Holzapfel, M.

1939 Markierungsverhalten bei der Hyane. Zeitschr. Morphol. Dkol. Tiere,
35:10-14.

Huxley, J. S.

1914 The courtship habits of the Great Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus),
with an addition to the theory of sexual selection. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1914:491-562.

Kirkman, Frederick B.

1937 Bird behavior. T. Nelson and Sons, London.

Kitzler, G.

1941 Die Paarungsbiologie einiger Eidechsen. Zeitschr. fiir Tierpsych., 4:353-
402.

Kramer, G.

1937 Beobachtungen iiber Paarungsbiologie und soziales Verhalten von Mauer-
eidechsen. Zeitschr. Morphol. Okol. Tiere, 32:752-784.

Kratzig, H.

1940 Untersuchungen zur Lebensweise des Moorschneehuhns, Lagopus 1.
lagopus, wahrend der Jugendentwicklung. Jour, fiir Ornith., 88:139-166.

Lack, David

1941 Notes on territory, fighting and display in the Chaffinch. Brit. Birds,
34:216-219.

1943 The life of the robin. H. F. and G. Witherby, Ltd., London.

Lack, David, and John T. Emlen, Jr.

1939 Observations on breeding behavior in Tricolored Red-wings. Condor,
41:225-230.

Leiner, M.

1929 Okologische Studien an G aster osteus aculeatus L. Zeitschr. Morphol.
Okol. Tiere, 14:360-400.

1930 Fortsetzung der okologischen Untersuchungen an Gasterosteus aculeatus
L. Zeitschr. Morphol. Okol. Tiere, 16:499-541.

Lissmann, H. W.

1932 Die Umwelt des Kampffisches {Betta splendens Regan). Zeitschr. vergl.
Physiol., 18:65-112.

Lorenz, Konrad

1935 Der Kumpan in der Umwelt des Vogels. Jour, fiir Ornith., 83:137-213,
289-413.

1937 The companion in the bird’s world. Auk, 54:245-273.

1940 Vergleichende Verhaltensforschung. Verb, deutsch. Zool. Gesellsch., 1939:
69-102.

1941 Vergleichende Bewegungsstudien an Anatinen. Jour, fiir Ornith., 84:
194-294.

50

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948

Vol. 60, No. 1

Lorenz, Konrad, and N. Tinbergen

1938 Taxis und Instinkthandlung in der Eirollbewegung der Graugans, I.
Zeitschr. fiir Tierpsych., 2; 1-29.

Makkink, G. F.

1936 An attempt at an ethogram of the European Avocet {Recurvirostra
avosetta L.), with ethological and psychological remarks. Ardea, 25:1-62.
Meisenheimer, J.

1921 Geschlecht und Geschlechter im Tierreich. Jena.

Noble, G. K.

1934 Experimenting with the courtship of lizards. Nat. Hist., 34:1-15.

1936 Courtship and sexual selection of the Flicker {Colaptes auratus luteus).
Auk, 53:269-282.

Noble, G. K., and H. T. Bradley

1933 The mating behavior of lizards. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 35:25-100.
Noble, G. K., and B. Curtis

1939 The social behavior of the jewel fish Heniichromis bimaculatus Gill.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 76:1-46.

Noble, G. K., and William Vogt

1935 An experimental study of sex recognition in birds. Auk, 52:278-286.
Pelkwijk, J. J. ter, and N. Tinbergen

1937 Eine reizbiologische Analyse einiger Verhaltensweisen von Gasterosteus
aculeatus L. Zeitschr. fiir Tierpsych., 1:193-201.

Portielje, a. F. j.

1926 Zur Ethologie bezw. Psychologie von Botaurus stellaris (L.). Ardea,
15:1-15.

Rand, A. L.

1941 Lorenz’s objective method of interpreting bird behavior. Auk, 58:289-
291.

1942 Nest sanitation and an alleged releaser. Auk, 59:404-409.

Regen, J.

1913 t)ber die Anlockung des Weibchens von Gryllus campestris L. durch
telephonisch iibergetragene Stridulationslaute des Mannchens. Arch,
fiir ges. Physiol., 155.

Rinkel, G. L.

1940 Waarnemingen over het gedrag van de Kievit (Vanellus vanellus (L.))
gedurende de broedtijd. Ardea, 29:108-147.

Russell, E. S.

1943 Perceptual and sensory signs in instinctive behavior. Proc. Linn. Soc.
London, 154:195-216.

Seitz, A.

1940-42 Die Paarbildung bei einigen Cichliden. Zeitschr. fiir Tierpsych.,
4:40-84; 5:74-101.

Stresemann, E.

1927-34 Aves (vol. 7, pt. 2 of Handbuch der Zoologie by W. Kiikenthal and
T. Krumbach, Berlin) .

Sturtevant, a. H.

1915 Experiments on sex recognition and the problem of sexual selection in
Drosophila. Jour. Animal Behav., 5:351-366.

SZYMANSKI, J. S.

1913 Ein Versuch, die fiir das Liebesspiel charakteristischen Korperstellungen
und Bewegungen bei der Weinbergschnecke kiinstlich hervorzurufen.
Arch, fiir ges. Physiol., 149:471-482.

Tinbergen, L.

1939 Zur Fortpflanzungsethologie von Sepia officinalis L. Arch. Nierl. Zool.,
3:323-364.

N.

Tinbergen

SOCIAL RELEASERS

51

Tinbergen, N.

1935 tJber die Orientierung des Bienenwolfs {Philanthus triangulum Fabr.),
II. Die Bienenjagd. Zeitschr. vergl. Physiol., 21:699-716.

1939a Field observations of east Greenland birds, II. The behavior of the
Snow Bunting {Plectra phenax nivalis subnivalis (Brehm) ) in spring.
Trans. Linn. Soc. N. Y., 5:1-94.

1939b On the analysis of social organization in vertebrates, with special refer-
ence to birds. Amer. Midi. Nat., 21:210-234.

1940 Die tJbersprungbewegung. Zeitschr. fur Tierpsych., 4:1-40.

1942 An objectivistic study of the innate behaviour of animals. Biblioth.
Biotheor., 1:39-98.

1947 Inleiding tot de diersociologie. Gorinchem.

Tinbergen, N., and H. L. Booy

1937 Nieuwe feiten over de sociologie van de zilvermeeuwen. De Levende
Natuur, 41:325-344.

Tinbergen, N., and D. J. Kuenen %

1939 tiber die auslosenden und die richtunggebenden Reizsituationen der
Sperrbewegung von jungen Drosseln {T Urdus m. merula L. und T. e.
ericetorum Turton). Zeitschr. fiir Tierpsych., 3:37-60.

Tinbergen, N., B. J. D. Meeuse, L. K. Boerema, and W. W. Varossieau

1942 Die Balz des Samtfalters, Eumenis [= Satyrus"] semele (L.). Zeitschr.
fiir Tierpsych., 5:182-226.

Uexkull, j. von

1921 Umwelt und Innenwelt der Tiere. Berlin.

Uexkull, j. von, and E. L. Sarris

1931 Das Duftfeld des Hundes (Hund und Eckstein). Zeitschr. Hundefor-
schung, 1:55-68.

Weber, H.

1933 Lehrbuch der Entomologie. Jena.

WUNDER, H.

1927 Sinnesphysiologische Untersuchungen iiber die Nahrungsaufnahme ver-
schiedener Knochenfischarten. Zeitschr. vergl. Physiol., 6:67-98.

ZooLOGiscH Laboratorium DER Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden

52

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

GENERAL NOTES

Early nesting and Cowbird parasitism of the Goldfinch in Michigan. —
The Eastern Goldfinch (Spinus t. tristis) is well known as a late nester, and few
June nests have been recorded. In his study of the Goldfinch in southern Mich-
igan, Walkinshaw (1938. Jack-Pine Warbler, 16 No. 4: 3-11) gives June 30 as
the earliest date of nest building for 111 nests from 1919 through 1938 (p. 9). In
other parts of the range, early nests have been recorded as follows: E. A. Samuels
(1867. “Ornithology and Oology of New England,” p. 289) states: “The earliest
.nest that I ever heard of was found June the 10th, and very few are found as
early as the middle of that month.” T.S. Roberts (1936. “The Birds of Minn-
esota,” 2nd ed., vol. 2, p. 368) lists three early nests: May 20, 1930, 2 eggs;
June 4, 1923, “nest”; June 23, 1928, building.

On June 11, 1947, I found a nest which, at first glance, I assumed to be a
two-storied nest of the Yellow Warbler {Dendroica petechia). The nest appeared
complete but contained no eggs; nor were the owners present. I saw nothing
unusual about the nest other than its exceptional depth. On June 13, I found a
female Goldfinch on the nest. She was reluctant to leave and did so only after
I bent the nest tree slightly in order to observe the nest contents. Two Goldfinch
eggs were present. Within two minutes the bird returned to the nest (while I
was standing about 20 feet away).

Summer classes made it impossible to make more than scanty observations
at the nest, but the following information was obtained: On June 28, the nest
contained one nestling and three eggs. After this date I visited the nest almost
daily at 5:00 p. m. On July 1, for the first time, I noticed a Cowbird {Molothrus
ater) egg in the bottom of the nest with only about a fifth of the egg protruding
above the lining. I believe that during the 21-day interval since the discovery of
the complete, empty nest, enough lining had been dislodged to expose the Cow-
bird egg. Since I had never removed the host eggs from the nest, they may have
been covering the Cowbird egg for some time. I am positive, however, that the
Cowbird egg was completely covered by nest lining on June 11, when I discovered
the nest. On July 2, I removed and opened one of the three host eggs; there
was no visible indication of development. The one young Goldfinch left the nest
on July 10, 1947, before 5:00 p. m.

I removed and examined the nest on July 10. The two remaining host eggs
showed no indication of development. Closer examination of the nest revealed
a second Cowbird egg completely covered by a thin layer of lining; this egg had
a hole in the upper surface about 5 mm. in diameter. A third Cowbird egg lay
a little deeper in the lining between the other two, so that all three eggs were
on the original nest floor.

The nest, which is now in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology,
measured when collected: outside diameter, 81 mm.; outside depth, 85 mm.;
inside diameter, 53 mm.; inside depth of upper story, 35 mm. These figures
correspond closely to averages found by Walkinshaw except for the outside
depth, which is nearly 15 mm. greater and can be accounted for by the second
story. The nest was 7 feet 11 inches from the ground in a four-way crotch of
a box elder {Acer Negundo) 37 feet from Fuller Road near the northwest corner
of the Arboretum, Ann Arbor, Washtenaw County, Michigan.

On August 21, 1947, I found a second Goldfinch nest (now in the University
of Michigan Museum of Zoology), containing three young, 22 yards east of the
early nest. The young were fledged August 23, after which I removed the nest
from its location 16 feet 7 inches from the ground in a box elder. This nest, too,
proved to be a double-storied structure and contained one Cowbird egg in the
lower story. Using Walkinshaw’s data on the incubation and nestling period, I
estimated that the Cowbird egg was laid about July 25 — a notably late date.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

GENERAL NOTES

S3

Norris (1947. Wils. Bull., 59:86-87), reporting on 96 Cowbird eggs laid during
two seasons at Butler, Pennsylvania, gives July 12 as the latest laying date.

I have found only two previous records of a Goldfinch building over Cowbird
eggs. J. L. Davison (1887. “Birds laying their Eggs in the Nests of Other Birds,”
Auk, 4:263-264), speaking of Cowbird eggs, writes: “I have found them covered
up, except in this instance [Sayornis phoebe], only by the Goldfinch and the
Summer Warbler.” Samuels (p. 340) writes on the same subject: “I have in my
collection a nest of the Yellow Warbler thus doubled, and another of the Gold-
finch.”

Walkinshaw (p. 10) states: “I have never observed a Cowbird’s egg in any
of the 111 nests which I have observed.” W. B. Barrows (1912. “Michigan Bird
Life”) makes no mention of Cowbird parasitism of the Goldfinch. Alexander
Wilson (1810. “American Ornithology,” vol. 2, p. 158) quotes Nathaniel Potter,
of Baltimore, who reported finding a Goldfinch nest with one host egg and one
Cowbird egg. E. D. Wintle (1896. “The Birds of Montreal,” p. 91) reports a nest
at Montreal, July 25, 1886, containing one egg of the Goldfinch and five of the
Cowbird. J. K. Jensen (1918. “Notes on the Nesting Birds of Wahpeton, North
Dakota,” Auk, 35: 344-349) reports a nest found on August 6, 1917, “with a
set of four fresh Goldfinch eggs and one Cowbird’s egg.” Other references con-
sist, for the most part, of a general statement that the Goldfinch is parasitized
by the Cowbird, with no definite records.

The incidence of Cowbird parasitism in the immediate vicinity may be in-
dicated by the following records: On May 23, 1947, a Song Sparrow {Melospiza
melodia) nest about a half mile away contained four host eggs and four Cow-
bird eggs; a fifth Cowbird egg was on the ground behind the nest. On May 24,
a Yellow Warbler nest in the same region contained three Cowbird eggs in the
process of being covered over. On June 4, a Song Sparrow nest about 200 yards
from the -Goldfinch nest contained two host eggs and three of the Cowbird.
And on June 9, another Song Sparrow nest, about 600 yards distant, contained
one host egg and two Cowbird eggs; two additional Cowbird eggs were on the
ground a few inches below the nest, which was on a grassy slope. — A. J. Berger,
Department of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Bald Eagle eating shoat on highway. — On April 24, 1947, while driving
toward St. Mary’s on Georgia Highway 40, I saw an adult Bald Eagle {Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) feeding on a freshly killed shoat in the middle of the highway.
The eagle was undisturbed when I stopped the car not over 50 feet away, but trucks
approaching from St. Mary’s flushed it into a long-leaf pine at the edge of the
right of way (here 100 feet wide) . On my return about two hours later, the eagle
flushed when I was still more than 100 feet away — but only into a long-leaf
pine on the other side of the highway. The next morning all that remained of
the shoat were the entrails and the skin. — Frederick V. Hebard, 1500 Walnut
Street Building, Philadelphia 2, Pennsylvania.

Bald Eagle captures tern. — On December 16, 1947, at about 7:45 a.m., I
was driving north between Daytona Beach and Marineland, Florida, when I saw
a flock of Caspian Terns (Hydroprogne caspia) and Royal Terns (Thalasseus
maximus) feeding in the breaker zone. An immature Bald Eagle {Haliaeetus
leucocephalus) was circling about 300 feet above the water a little farther off-
shore. Suddenly the eagle dove in the direction of the terns and caught one at
the water surface just as the tern was rising with a fish. The eagle carried the
tern (apparently a Royal) to the beach and alighted. I left the car and advanced
over the dunes. This frightened the bird, and it flushed, carrying its prey about
75 yards farther down the beach.— G. W. Noell, Marine Studios, Marineland,
Florida.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

54 >

EDITORIAL

We are grateful to Roger Tory Peterson for his splendid painting of the
Arizona Junco reproduced as the frontispiece of this number and of the sixtieth
volume of The Wilson Bulletin.

Our Endowment Fund Committee has been working steadily to increase our
roll of Life Members (whose payments are added to the Club’s Endowment
Fund), and the Committee had a remarkable report to make at the end of 1947.
During the year the number of Life Memberships increased by thirteen, bringing
the total to fifty-seven.

The 1947 Annual Meeting held in November at Columbus, Ohio — one of our
largest and most successful — is described in later pages of this issue of the
Bulletin. Members who failed to attend the 1947 meeting should begin now to
plan for the 1948 meeting, which will be held in Madison, Wisconsin; those who
participated in the 1947 meeting will need no reminder.

OBITUARY

Hubert Lyman Clark died at Cambridge, Massachusetts, July 31, 1947, aged
seventy-seven. A world authority on echinoderms, he was also an ornithologist
of distinction whose some two dozen publications on birds include notable con-
tributions to our knowledge of bird anatomy, distribution, and pterylography.

John B. Semple, trustee of Carnegie Museum and of Carnegie Institute of
Technology, died on November 13, 1947, at Sewickley, Pennsylvania, at the age
of seventy-nine. The published results of the several ornithological expeditions
that Mr. Semple conducted to Canada, Mexico, and the Western States represent
major advances in ornithological study.

ORNITHOLOGICAL NEWS

Robert W. Storer has been appointed Assistant Editor of the Condor.

We are sorry to report that the plan for distributing copies of the Aves sec-
tion of the Zoological Record through an American agent — announced earlier
in The Wilson Bulletin (September 1944) — has been abandoned. Copies can be
purchased from the Secretary, Zoological Society, Regent’s Park, London, N.W. 8,
England.

The Louisiana Ornithological Society was founded on December 6, 1947.
Officers elected at the initial meeting were: President, Earl R. Greene, of New
Orleans; Vice-President, George H. Lowery, Jr., of Baton Rouge; Secretary-
Treasurer, Gladys S. King, of New Orleans. One of the new society’s chief objects
is “to unite interests and activities of bird students over the state in gathering
information on selected projects concerning bird life within its boundaries.”

A COOPERATIVE STUDY OF NOCTURNAL BIRD MIGRATION
To the Editor of The Wilson Bulletin:

Studies in recent years at Louisiana State University have demonstrated the
practicability and desirability of making counts at night of migrating birds by use
of a small telescope focused on the moon. The number of birds seen in this
measurable portion of the sky furnishes an index to the total number passing
over a given observation station. The telescopic method also provides a means
of computing the direction and altitude of flight. From these data it will be

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

NEW LIFE MEMBER

55

eventually possible to determine to what extent night migrants follow set path-
ways, whether the flights are continuous in equal volume throughout the hours
of darkness, and in what way certain meteorological conditions affect the density
and direction of migration. However, large numbers of observations are necessary
to obtain results of statistical significance. An intensive program of study in the
spring of 1948 is being directed from Louisiana State University. Observation
stations ranging from Florida to eastern Mexico and from the Yucatan Peninsula
north to southern Michigan are already scheduled for operation. But many more
such stations are urgently needed. Any Wilson Ornithological Club member with
access to a spotting scope or a low-powered astronomical telescope who is willing
to collaborate in this project, is asked to communicate immediately with George
H. Lowery, Jr., Museum of Zoology, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge,
Louisiana. Detailed instructions and data sheets will be provided at once so as
to permit observations in the full moon period of April.

George H. Lowery, Jr.

THE LOUIS AGASSIZ FUERTE'S RESEARCH GRANT

Leonard R. Mewaldt, who recently joined the Wilson Ornithological Club
as an Active Member, has been chosen by the Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research
Grant Committee to receive the 1947 grant. The grant will assist him in con-
tinuing an extensive study, begun in 1946, of the Clark’s Nutcracker in Montana.
Mr. Mewaldt has detailed observational data on the complete breeding cycle of
this nutcracker from nest building through nest leaving, with photographs and
kodachrome motion pictures of the brooding and feeding of the young. In
addition, he is collecting during every month of the year material for a detailed
study of the reproductive cycle, food habits, body weights, plumages, and para-
sites. Because Clark’s Nutcracker nests only at higher altitudes, usually above
4,000 feet in Montana, Mr. Mewaldt’s field work has involved regular drives into
mountainous areas, with further climbs on foot. He expects to complete the nesting
study for publication in 1948. Mr. Mewaldt is at present Graduate Assistant in
Zoology at Montana State University.

NEW LIFE MEMBER

Guy Emerson, Director and former
President of the National Audubon
Society, first became interested in birds
at the age of ten through Reginald
Heber Howe, of the Nuttall Ornitho-
logical Club, and since then has come
to know the birds and birdmen of
thirty states — in 1939 he recorded 497
sp>ecies of birds. Meanwhile, he found
time to earn election to Phi Beta
Kappa, to become one of the leading
bankers of the United States, to help
edit the “Economic World” (1914-
1916), act as director of a number of
National economic committees and or-
ganizations and as President of the As-
sociation of Reserve City Bankers,
has received from foreign countries is the
Ribbon of Chevalier of the Legion of Honor of France.

Among other honors and decorations he

56

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948

Vol. 60, No. 1

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Ornithology Laboratory Notebook. By Arthur A. Allen. Comstock Publishing
Company, Inc., Ithaca, New York, fifth edition, 1947: 8 X 10/4 in., vi 4“
256 pp., 301 figs., 131 maps. $4.00.

The fifth edition of Allen’s well-known Ornithology Laboratory Notebook
differs little from the previous edition reviewed by Frederick H. Test (1941. Wil-
son Bulletin, 53:135-136). Test’s thoughtful and adequate description of the book
can be consulted by readers desiring more information than is given here.

The more important changes in this new edition are: first, the inclusion of a
three-page list of “Reference Works to Consult in Completing the Life History
and Identification Charts”; second, the transfer of 104 outline drawings of birds
(from an appendix of 188 such drawings in the fourth edition) to the life-
history charts, one species per chart — as they were arranged in the earliest edition.
To the synopsis of “Summer and Winter Ranges of North American Birds [that
occur in central New York]” have been added the Mute Swan, Long-tailed Jaeger,
American Three-toed Woodpecker, Audubon’s Warbler, European Goldfinch, Hoary
Redpoll, and Greater Redpoll, because of recent occurrences in the Ithaca region.
Also, the “races” of the Black Duck have been dropped, and, in general, changes
recommended by the Supplements to the A.O.U. Check-List appear to have been
adopted insofar as they are pertinent to this synopsis. The frontispiece, Merriam’s
life-zone map of North America, is reproduced as a half-tone rather than in color;
as a result, it loses both in forcefulness and usefulness.

The preface to this edition is the same as that to the fourth except for minor
details and three new paragraphs in which the author excuses the absence, in his
version of an ornithological notebook, of detailed material on anatomy, classifica-
tion, speciation, and ecology, on the grounds that it would “tend to confuse the
beginner who is interested primarily in learning how to recognize the local birds
and to interpret their behavior.” Also, the author states that he “clings to the life
zone theory of C. Hart Merriam, not in the belief that it explains everything, but
because it is the most convenient, the most orderly, and the most compact method
of expressing the irregularities of occurrence of our nesting bird populations.”
These excerpts speak for themselves. The various editions of this notebook have
hardly kept up with advances in knowledge, teaching, and viewpoints in modem
ornithology. The fact is that the main laboratory work of the student using this
edition in 1947 is, as it was in the 1920’s, compiling detailed life-history material
for as many as 130 species. I do not doubt that this wiU keep a student busy
for a semester, but what progress will he make in understanding fundamental
biological problems as they relate to birds? — Frank A. Pitelka.

Flashing Wings. By Richard M. Saunders. Illustrations by Terence M. Shortt.
McClelland and Stewart Limited, Toronto, 1947: 6 X 9 in., xii 388 pp.,
one insert table, two end-paper maps, colored frontispiece, and 36 line draw-
ings. $4.50.

This book is composed mainly of selections from the journal of an enthusiastic
bird watcher at Toronto, Ontario (not the late W. E. Saunders of London). The
journal covers the period 1935 to 1946, but the entries have been grouped in
twelve chapters, one for each month of the year, rather than in the sequence
of the years. This arrangement has been used in order that the book may serve
“as a guide to the birds that one may expect to see in this region at any time of
the year.” The value of the book as a local report on the birds of Toronto is
enhanced by two appendices containing tables summarizing migration .records
extending over 27 years, Christmas bird counts for the years 1925 to 1945, and an
index.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

57

Saunders writes with clarity and vigor. His attitude toward bird study is
typical of that of the large group of people to whom bird watching is a field
sport. He describes effectively the serene enjoyment of the solitary walk and
the high spirits of the hike with congenial companions. To him and to his
associates there is adventure in discovering a rare bird, in identifying an un-
familiar song, in counting the species during a wave of migrants, or in observing
an interesting bit of behavior. All of this activity is carried on with no immediate
aim other than recreation; that is, there is little suggestion of scientific study in
any phase of ornithology. Nevertheless, Saunders contributes some original ob-
servations of bird behavior which are of interest, for example: the attack on a
Bald Eagle by a Herring Gull (pp. 35-36) ; Black Terns scooping up polliwogs
(p. 175) ; Pigeon Hawk eating a sparrow (p. 265) ; and tree drilling by the
Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker (p. 323).

The book is attractively printed and bound, and Shortt’s illustrations are
excellent. — Harold Mayfield.

Canadian Spring. By Florence Page Jaques. Illustrations by Francis Lee Jaques.

Harper & Brothers, New York, 1947: 6% X in., xii -f 216 pp. $2.50.

Those readers who have perused “Canoe Country,” “The Geese Fly High,”
“Birds Across the Sky,” or “Snowshoe Country,” earlier productions of the Jaques
couple, will welcome this latest of the series, a report of a trip they made to-
gether through Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and the Canadian Rockies during
the stirring weeks of a Canadian spring. The collaboration is practically perfect.
The illustrations are decorative and, of course, scientifically accurate. Aside from
the little sketches that serve as embellishments for chapter headings, there are
about sixty drawings, large and small, that are scattered very much apropos
through the pages of the book, aiding the reader to visualize the entrancing scene
that the author is describing in adjacent paragraphs. Florence Page Jaques is an
engaging writer, and she had an attractive subject in “Canadian Spring.” Those
of us who never have been in that territory in the spring season — or perhaps
any other season — must envy travelers who had the thrill of seeing the teeming
wildlife of the prairie provinces of Canada, with some of the fauna, flora, and
scenery of the Canadian Rockies thrown in for good measure. We read about —
and see drawings of — Wilson’s Phalaropes, Marbled Godwits, Water Ouzels,
Harlequin Ducks, Avocets, Curlews, Richardson’s ground squirrels, pikas. Whistling
Swans, Pintails, Gadwalls, grebes — the list is overwhelming. In fact, the list
is so imposing that an index should have been included in the volume. There
are also some passages in which scientific names and exact dates would be com-
forting to readers deeply interested in the subject matter. But these are small
drawbacks in a book that is beautifully written and illustrated and that contains,
in addition to a colorful and often poetic presentation of “the rites of spring” in
western Canada, a considerable amount of intimate observation of wildlife, par-
ticularly of water birds and their breeding behavior, that will be of interest to
serious students of natural history. — John Kieran.

Wild Wings. By Joseph James Murray. John Knox Press, Richmond, Virginia,
1947: 6 X in., 123 pp., 15 photographic plates (unnumbered, except for a
double-page frontispiece which serves also as title page). $2.50.

This is a collection of forty brief sketches which, with one exception, ap-
peared originally in Onward, the young people’s paper of the Presbyterian Church.
The typical sketch, two or. three pages in length, offers general information and a
bit of personal observation about the several species of birds seen by Murray at a
given time or place. The first nineteen sketches pertain to Murray’s home locality,
western Virginia; the next eighteen tell of excursions in other southeastern states

58

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

and six countries of Europe; the last three touch on the life of Audubon and on
Biblical references to birds.

Murray is a competent and interested observer, who writes about nature in a
spirit of calm appreciation. However, although these sketches have been “some-
what revised” since their original publication as separate articles intended for an
audience of young people, the critical reader of the book may feel that the com-
ments are often rather fragmentary and that sometimes, when a bird is men-
tioned in more than one chapter, the statements are so much alike as to seem
repetitious (for example, the remarks about the Carolina Wren, Rose-breasted
Grosbeak, and Duck Hawk). In the main, the facts about birds are given ac-
curately, but there are a few minor statements which might be questioned by an
ornithologist, for example: a mention of wood warblers “weighing a bare ounce
or two” (page 27) ; the assertion that ducks are the “favorite food” of the
Duck Hawk “where he can get them” (page 52); and the explanation that most
migrants are driven south by “lack of insect food” (page 54).

The binding and typography of the book are exceptionally attractive, and
the plates — eleven of the fifteen are from photographs by Allan Cruickshank —
are printed artistically in a shade of greenish-black.

The book is entirely unrelated to “Wild Wings” by Herbert Keightley Job
(Houghton, Mifflin and Co., Boston, 1905), describing Mr. Job’s adventures in bird
photography. — Harold Mayfield.

BIBLIOGRAPHY *

Physiology {including weights)

Jaeger, Edmund C. Does the Poor-will “Hibernate”? Condor 50 (1), Jan.-Feb.

1948:45-46.

See also Lije History and Behavior: Kelso, Schorger.

Anatomy {including plumage and molt)

Kay, G. T. The Glaucous Gull in Winter. Brit. Birds 40 (12), Dec. 1947:369-373,
pis. 40-53, 1 fig.

Meinertzhagen, R. The Effect of Diet on Plumage Pigmentation. Bull. Brit.
Ornith. Club. 68 (1), Dec. 24, 1947:13-18.

Distribution and Taxonomy

Brodkorb, Pierce. The Banded Wrens of Northern Middle America. Condor 49
(6) , Nov.-Dee. 1947:242-243. {Campylorhynchus zonatus) .

Brooks, Allan. Zone-tailed Hawk. Condor 50 (1), Jan.-Feb. 1948: Frontispiece,
with note page 47.

Carpenter, Charles Knapp. An Early Illinois Record of “Cory’s Least Bittern.”
Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:80-85.

Dorst, J. Revision systematique du genre Corvus. L’Oiseau et la Rev. Frang.
d’Ornith. (New Ser.) 17 (1), 1947:44-87.

Gavin, Angus. Birds of Perry River District, Northwest Territories. Wils. Bull. 59
(4), Dec. 1947:195-203, 2 maps.

Hawbecker, Albert C. Analysis of Variation in Western Races of the White-
breasted Nuthatch. Condor 50 (1), Jan.-Feb. 1948:26-39, figs. 7-11.

Larrison, Earl J. Field Guide to the Birds of King County, Washington. Seattle
Aud. Soc. Occ. Publ., Trailside Ser. No. 1, Nov. 1947:1-66, 8 pis., map.

Nichols, Charles K. Montana Junco in New York. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
138-139.

* Titles of papers published in the last number of The Wilson Bulletin are included
for the convenience of members who clip titles from reprints of this section for their
own bibliographic files. Reprints of this section are available at a small cost.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No.

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

59

Rand, A. L. Variation in the Spruce Grouse in Canada. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
33-40.

Sutton, George Miksch. Small Pine Grosbeaks collected in Tompkins County,
New York. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:125-126, pi. 5.

Sutton, George Miksch. The Curve-billed Thrasher in Oklahoma. Condor 50
(1), Jan.- Feb. 1948:40-43.

Wagstaffe, Reginald, and Kenneth Williamson. Cabinet Colour-changes in
Bird-Skins and their bearing on Racial Segregation. Brit. Birds 40 (11), Nov.
1947:322-325.

Wetmore, Alexander. Nomenclature of the higher groups in swifts. Wils. Bull.
59 (4), Dec. 1947:211-212.

Zimmer, J. T. The specific name of the Olive Warbler. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
126-127.

See also Anatomy: Meinertzhagen ; Ecology: Mayr; Population: Delacour.

Migration and Flight

Bagg, Aaron Moore. Barometric pressure-patterns and spring migration. Auk 65
(1), Jan. 1948:147.

Beebe, William. Avian Migration at Rancho Grande in North-central Venezuela.

Zoologica 32 (part 4), Dec. 29, 1947:153-168, pi. 1, map.

Blake, Charles H. The Flight of Swallows. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:54-62, 1 fig.
Gibb, John. Report on the Immigration of Waxwings, Winter, 1946-7. Brit. Birds
41 (1), Jan. 1948: 2-9, map. {Bombycilla g. garrulus — To be concluded.)
Miller, R. F., and Ivan L. Boyd. Migration Records of Birds in East-Central
Kansas. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 50 (1), 1947:62-71.

Raynor, Gilbert S. Rufous Hummingbird at sea. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:127.

Ecology

Brian, M. V., and A. D. Brian. Starlings robbing Blackbirds of worms. Brit.
Birds 40 (11), Nov. 1947:340.

Mayr, Ernst. Ecological Factors in Speciation. Evolution 1 (4), Dec. 1947:263-
288.

See also Food and Feeding Habits: Tomkins.

Life History and Behavior

Brackbill, Hervey. Anting by Four Species of Birds. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
66-77. {T Urdus migratorius achrusterus, Sturnus vulgaris, Dumetella carolinen-
sis, Quiscalus quiscula stonei.)

CoNGDON, R. T. American Raven nesting in houses. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:130-
132.

Derscheid, Jean Marie. The Goldeneye in Captivity (Bucephala clangula (L)).
Avicultural Mag. 53 (6), Nov.-Dee. 1947:217-223. (Translated and reprinted
from Notes Avicoles et Ornithologiques.)

Goodwin, Derek. The Mating Ceremonial of some Doves. Brit. Birds 41 (1),
Jan. 1948:12-13.

Haverschmidt, Fr. Field notes on the Black-bellied Tree Duck in Dutch Guiana.
Wils. Bull. 59 (4), Dec. 1947:209.

Haverschmidt, Fr. Observations on Nyctibius grandis in Surinam. Auk 65 (1),
Jan. 1948:30-32, pi. 3.

Herman, William C. The Last Passenger Pigeon. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:77-80.

Huxley, J. S. Notes on the Problem of Geographical Differences in Tameness in
Birds. Ibis 89, Oct. 1947:539-552.

Kelso, Leon. Bioelectronic Observations (VI). Birds and Radio Towers. The
Electrical Capacities of Feathers. Biol. Leaflet No. 39, Dec. 17, 1947:1-2.

60

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

Kritzler, Henry. Observations on Behavior in Captive Fulmars. Condor 50 (1),
Jan.-Feb. 1948:5-15, figs. 1-3.

Lovell, Harvey B. Mountain Vireo Nests in the Great Smoky Mountains. Mi-
grant 18 (4), Dec. 1947:51-53.

McMillan, Eben. A Nesting Record for the Red Crossbill in California. Condor
50 (1), Jan.-Feb. 1948:44.

Morsier, J. de. a propos de la nidification en Dombes de la Guifette noire.
Nos Oiseaux 19 (6), Dec. 1947:141-145, pis. 5-6. {Chlidonias nigra.)

Orr, Robert T. Nesting Behavior of the Poor-will. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:46-54.

Prescott, Kenneth Wade. Unusual behavior of a Cowbird and Scarlet Tanager at
a Red-eyed Vireo nest. Wils. Bull. 59 (4), Dec. 1947:210.

Preston, F. W., and R. T. Norris. Nesting Heights of Breeding Birds. Ecology 28
(3), July 1947:241-273.

Saunders, Aretas A. The Seasons of Bird Song — ^The Cessation of Song After the
Nesting Season. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:19-30, 2 figs.

Schorger, a. W. The Deep Diving of the Loon and Old-squaw and its Mechanism.
Wils. Bull. 59 (3), Sept. 1947:151-159, fig. 1. Correction: Wils. Bull. 59 (4),
Dec. 1947:268. (Gavia immer and Clangula hyemalis.)

Skutch, Alexander F. Life History of the Marbled Wood-Quail. Condor 49
(6), Nov.-Dee. 1947:217-232.

Spofford, Walter R. A Successful Nesting of the Peregrine Falcon with Three
Adults Present. Migrant 18 (4), Dec. 1947:49-51.

Sprunt, Alexander Jr. The Tern Colonies of the Dry Tortugas Keys. Auk 65
(1), Jan. 1948:1-19, pis. 1-2.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. Exploring Chippewa County, Michigan, Sandhill
Crane Marshes. Jack-Pine Warbler 25 (4), Oct. 1947:131-139, pi. 12, 3 figs.

ZiRRER, Francis. The Goshawk. Passenger Pigeon 9 (3), July 1947:79-94, 2 figs.

See also Physiology : Jaeger; Migration and Flight: Gibb.

Food and Feeding Habits

Coulter, Malcolm W. Triangle spike rush as waterfowl food. Auk 65 (1), Jan.
1948:132-133.

Dent, Tom J. Red Squirrel Taken by Eagle. Aud. Soc. New Hampshire Bull. 18
(1), Spring 1947:35-36.

Fox, Wade. Horned Owl Feeding on Garter Snake. Condor 50 (1), Jan.-Feb.
1948:46.

Gullion, Gordon W. Horned Owl Preys on Cooper Hawk. Condor 49 (6), Nov.-
Dee. 1947:244.

Hartley, P. H. T. The Food of the Long-eared Owl in Iraq. Ibis 89, Oct. 1947:
566-569.

Kirkpatrick, Charles M., and Clinton H. Conway [Conaway]. The Winter
Foods of Some Indiana Owls. Amer. Midi. Nat. 38 (3), Nov. 1947:755-766.
Quick, H. F. Winter Food of White-tailed Ptarmigan in Colorado. Condor 49 (6),
Nov.-Dee. 1947:233-235.

Tomkins, Ivan R. The Oyster-catcher of the Atlantic Coast of North America
and its Relation to Oysters. Wils. Bull. 59 (4), Dec. 1947:204-208.

Warburton, Fred. Green Heron captures flying dragonflies. Auk 65 (1), Jan.
1948:132.

See also Ecology: Brian and Brian.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

61

Population {including age, and mortality rates)

Brown, H. Leo. Censusing Wildlife. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 50 (3-4), 1947:
322-326.

Delacour, Jean. Waterfowl Notes from the Western United States. Avicultural
Mag. 53 (6), Nov.-Dee. 1947:215-217.

Linsdale, Jean M. A Ten-year Record of Bird Occurrence on the Hastings
Reservation. Condor 49 (6), Nov.-Dee. 1947:236-241.

Ripley, Dillon. The Present Status of the Hawaiian Goose. Avicultural Mag.
53 (6), Nov.-Dee. 1947:229-230. (Branta sandvicensis.)

Werth, Irene. The Tendency of the Blackbird and Song-Thrush to breed in their
Birthplaces. Brit. Birds 40 (11), Nov. 1947:328-330.

Westermann, J. H. Bird Preservation in the Territory of Curasao. Publ. Found,
sci. Research Suriname Curagao (Utrecht) Jaarboek 1945-1946, Dec. 1946:
78-84.

See also Life History and Behavior: Sprunt.

Techniques {including banding)

See Distribution and Taxonomy: Larrison; Population: Brown, Werth.

History, Biography, Bibliography, and Institutions

McAtee, W. L. Percy Algernon Taverner, 1875-1947. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
85-106, pi. 4.

McAtee, W. L. Confusion of eastern Caprimulgidae. Auk 65 (1), Jan. 1948:
128-129.

See also Life History and Behavior: Herman.

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library

The following gifts have been recently received. From:

Bernard W. Baker — 3 reprints
Edward M. Brigham, Jr. — 2 reprints
Mildred F. Campbell — 1 bulletin
R. M. Edeburn — 1 reprint
Donald S. Earner — 16 reprints
Ira N. Gabrielson — 17 reprints
F. N. Hamerstrom, Jr. — 9 reprints
Frank A. Hartman — 2 reprints
Fr. Haverschmidt — 1 book, 1 reprint

C. M. Kirkpatrick — 1 reprint
Burt L. Monroe — 1 reprint
E. L. Moseley — 27 reprints
Olaus J. Murie — 8 reprints
Margaret M. Nice — 1 book
William H. Phelps, Jr. — 1 reprint
Lillian C. Stoner — 2 books, 71 reprints
Josselyn Van Tyne — 5 reprints

62 THE WILSON BULLETIN voU?o'Mo!^i

PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWENTY-NINTH
ANNUAL MEETING

BY JAMES B. YOUNG, SECRETARY

The Twenty-ninth Annual Meeting of the Wilson Ornithological Club was
held November 27-29, 1947, on the campus of The Ohio State University, Colum-
bus, Ohio, at the invitation of Capital University, the Columbus Audubon Society,
the Ohio State Museum, The Ohio State University, and the Wheaton Club.

Business and Papers Sessions were held at the Ohio State Museum and in the
Auditorium of Haggerty Hall.

The Executive Council met at the Deshler Hotel on Thursday evening,
November 27. Club members and visitors met on Friday and Saturday for two
short business sessions, three sessions of papers, and one session of papers, natural
color slides, and motion pictures. A tea was given on Friday afternoon by the
wives of the Trustees and women of the staff of the Ohio State Museum for the
wives of visiting members of the Club. Saturday evening the Museum held open
house. Following the Annual Dinner on Friday, there was an auction of bird
paintings for the benefit of the ornithologists of Europe. On Sunday, there
were field trips to Buckeye Lake, O’Shaughnessy Reservoir, and Hocking County.

Meeting of the Executive Council

At the Executive Council meeting on Thursday evening there were present
the following Council members: Maurice Brooks, Albert F. Ganier, Lawrence E.
Hicks, George H. Lowery, Jr., Burt L. Monroe, R. Allyn Moser, Olin Sewall
Pettingill, Jr., Milton B. Trautman, Josselyn Van Tyne, James B. Young, and
George Miksch Sutton, who presided. Also present were the following Chairmen
and Members of Committees: Harold F. Wing and Frederick W. Haecker (En-
dowment Fund Committee), Harold F. Mayfield (Library Committee), F. N.
Hamerstrom, Jr., and Charles A. Dambach (Conservation Committee), Frances
Hamerstrom (Committee for Relief of European Ornithologists), and Edward
S. Thomas (Local Committee on Arrangements).

Josselyn Van Tyne was unanimously re-elected Editor for 1948.

The Council accepted the invitation of the Kumlien Club and the Wisconsin
Society for Ornithology to hold the 1948 Annual Meeting at Madison, Wisconsin,
the date of the meeting to be determined later.

The Secretary read a letter from the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, inviting the Wilson Ornithological Club’s affiliation. Decision
on the matter was deferred.

Reports were read by the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Editor, and by the
Chairmen of the Endowment Committee, Conservation Committee, Library Com-
mittee, and the Committee for Relief of European Ornithologists. Reports of the
Chairmen of the Affiliated Societies Committee, Illustrations Committee, and
Membership Committee were read by the Secretary, the Chairmen of these com-
mittees being absent.

In order to establish a closer bond with the eight Affiliated Societies, the
Council directed the Secretary to invite each of the Societies to elect or appoint
at their next Annual Meeting a representative (with two alternates) to meet
with the Wilson Ornithological Club Executive Council at the Annual Meetings.

Charles A. Dambach reported on the September meeting of the Natural Re-
sources Council of America. Affiliation with the Council is under consideration.

The Executive Council made available to the Committee for Relief of
European Ornithologists the sum of fifty dollars to assist in defraying the ex-
penses of stamps, stationery, and similar items during 1948.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No.

PROCEEDINGS

63

Business Sessions

President George Miksch Sutton called to order the first Business Session on
Friday morning at nine o’clock. The minutes of the 1946 meeting, as published
in The Wilson Bulletin for March 1947, were approved.

Reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, and the Chairman of the Library Com-
mittee were read and approved.

The President appointed the following temporary committees: on Resolutions,
Frederick W. Haecker, H. W. Hann, Lawrence I. Grinnell; on Auditing, Harold
F. Wing, Russel Burget. He announced the appointment of A. W. Schorger as
Trustee, to serve for a term of three years.

The Secretary read the report of the Nominating Committee, proposing the
following officers for 1948: President, Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr.; First Vice-
President, Maurice Graham Brooks; Second Vice-President, Walter J. Brecken-
ridge; Secretary, James B. Young; Treasurer, Burt L. Monroe; Elective Members
of the Executive Council, George H. Lowery, Jr., Milton B. Trautman, Richard
H. Pough. The report of the Nominating Committee was accepted and the
nominees duly elected.

A list of persons nominated to membership during the current year was placed
on the table for approval.

The thanks of the Club were voted to Fred T. Hall for his drawing of the
Wilson Petrel reproduced on the menu of the Annual Dinner.

The second and final Business Session was called to order at 4:00 p.m., Satur-
day, November 29, by President Sutton. Persons nominated to membership during
the current year were formally elected.

The Auditing Committee reported favorably on the books of the Treasurer,
and the report was accepted.

The Resolutions Committee presented the following resolutions, which were
then adopted:

1. Resolved: That the Wilson Ornithological Club gratefully thank Capital
University, the Columbus Audubon Society, the Ohio State Museum, The Ohio
State University, the Wheaton Club, and the Local Committee on Arrangements
for the high quality of the entertainment, arrangements, and organization which
has made this Twenty-ninth Annual Meeting of our society so successful.

2. Resolved: That the Wilson Ornithological Club express its sincere apprecia-
tion to Dr. George Miksch Sutton for the leadership and inspiration he has given
to the society during his more than two years tenure as president. In this period
our organization has gained markedly in importance and national influence, and
has become of greater usefulness and interest to its members and affiliated organiza-
tions.

3. Resolved: That the following be sent to Dr, Waples, Chief, Publication
Control Branch, Office of the Military Government of the United States, Berlin,
“The Wilson Ornithological Club strongly urges that the publication of accredited
ornithological journals in Germany be approved and recommends that they receive
the necessary allotment of paper. The reestablishment of international scientific
cooperation is essential for world peace and better understanding.”

4. Resolved: That the Wilson Ornithological Club urge all its members and
friends to support vigorously those projects pertaining to the establishment and
preservation of Wilderness Areas in the United States and Canada.

At this point. Dr. Sutton turned the meeting over to Dr. Pettingill, the new
President, who called upon Dr, John T. Emlen, Jr., Chairman of the Fuertes
Research Grant Committee. Dr, Emlen stated that the Committee had decided
to award the annual one hundred dollar Fuertes Research Grant to Leonard R.
Mewaldt, who is conducting a study of the Clark Nutcracker in Montana.

64

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

President Pettingill then announced the following appointments: Burt L.
Monroe, Representative on the American Ornithologists* Union Council; Harold
F. Wing, Chairman, Endowment Fund Committee; Frederick W. Haecker, Chair-
man, Affiliated Societies Committee; Harold F. Mayfield, Chairman, Library
Committee; T. M. Shortt, Chairman, Illustrations Committee; James B. Young,
Chairman, Annual Meeting Program Committee; John T. Emlen, Jr., Chairman,
Fuertes Research Grant Committee, and Chairman of the Local Committee on
Arrangements for the 1948 Annual Meeting.

The session was formally adjourned at 4:30 p.m.

P.4PERS AND Motion Pictures Sessions

The opening session began on Friday morning, November 28, vdth addresses
of welcome by Dr. Howard L. Bevis, President of The Ohio State University, and
Mr. E. C. Zepp, Director of the Ohio State Museum. A response was given by
President George Miksch Sutton of the Wilson Ornithological Club.

The remainder of the Friday morning session, the Friday afternoon and
Saturday morning sessions, as well as a portion of the Saturday afternoon session,
were devoted to the presentation of papers, slides, and motion pictures. Alto-
gether, there were 30 papers and 3 motion pictures. The papers covered the fol-
lowing subjects: life history and behavior (8) ; distribution and taxonomy (6) ;
banding and migration (4) ; food habits (3) ; ornithological history (3) ; physiol-
ogy (2); bird populations (2); ectoparasites (1); and techniques in recording
bird sound (1).

Opening Session, Friday Morning, Noveimber 28

1. Edward S. Thomas, Ohio State Museum. Ornithology in Ohio (10 minutes).

A brief historical outline of ornithological work in Ohio, from the account
by Alexander Wilson (who listed 14 species), through the work of Kirtland,
Wheaton, and others of the late nineteenth century and that of Lynds Jones and
W. L. Dawson at the beginning of the twentieth century, to the studies of present-
day ornithologists in Ohio.

2. Lawrence E. Hicks, Columbus, Ohio. Recent Progress in Ohio Ornithology

(10 minutes).

A review of Ohio’s ornithological literature, following the remarkable lag in
Ohio work that occurred from 1903 to the first World War, with a summary
of the present status of Ohio ornithology, enumerating species that are decreasing,
such as marsh birds; species that are increasing, such as ducks; new additions
to the State list; and recent records of rare and accidental occurrences. The
talk included remarks on fall migration of nighthawks, the nesting of the Hooded
Merganser near Columbus, and some interesting sidelights on Swainson’s Warbler.

3. Frederick W. Haecker, Kemmerer, Wyoming. A Study of the Mountain Blue-

bird (15 minutes).

Notes on nest building, egg laying, incubation, feeding, growth of young, and
roosting places, made at Kemmerer, Wyoming, at 7,000 feet elevation. Arriving
in mid March, the Bluebirds selected a nest site but delayed building for almost
a month. The paper concluded with a discussion of delayed nesting after choice
of nest site in the Mountain Bluebird and related species.

4. John W. Larcomb, The Ohio State University. A Technique for Recording

and Reproducing Sounds in Nature (10 minutes).

A demonstration of the “Sound Mirror,” a machine that records sounds by
means of a carbon-coated paper tape instead of a wire. It is lighter, more com-
pact, and easier to use than wire recorders, but the recordings cannot be studied

March 1948
Vol. 60, No.

PROCEEDINGS

65

microscopically. Records of the Indigo Bunting, Chimney Swifts, and various
crickets reproduced the sounds with excellent fidelity, even to the highest cricket
notes.

5. Eleanor Sims and W. R. DeGarmo, Charleston, West Virginia. Notes on the

Swainson*s Warbler in West Virginia (IS minutes).

An account (given by the junior author) of the records of Swainson’s Warbler
in West Virginia since 1939, with a statement of the differences between West
Virginia habitats and those of more southern areas ; data on nest sites and materials,
egg laying and incubation, care of young, behavior at nest, and nesting success;
as well as a discussion of the question whether this warbler is extending its range
or has been missed until recent years.

6. M'. Graham Netting, Carnegie Museum. Opportunities for Cooperative Re-

search in Ornithology and Herpetology (15 minutes).

A discussion of reptiles as an item of food for birds (e.g., a hellbender eaten
by a Great Horned Owl and a Red-backed Salamander by a hawk), with observa-
tions on the feeding techniques and food preferences of a captive Broad-winged
Hawk.

7. Harrison B. Tordoff, University of Michigan. Additions to the Avifauna of

Jamaica, B.W.I. (10 minutes).

A report of ornithological investigations in Jamaica in 1946 and 1947, with
comments on the number of mainland birds present as wintering species; an
enumeration of interesting specimens collected, including the first Jamaica speci-
mens of the Indigo Bunting, Catbird, Magnolia Warbler, and Black-billed
Cuckoo; and remarks on Swainson’s Warbler, which was found in two types of
habitat, moist and relatively dry.

Friday Afternoon

8. Arthur E. Staebler, University of Michigan. Color-banding and Other

Methods of Marking Birds (10 minutes).

A discussion of the merits of four methods of marking birds. Color-banding,
because of its relative permanence, is probably the most satisfactory. Dusting
birds with “malachite green” is effective for light-colored birds. Imping brightly
colored feathers and painting feathers are good methods but relatively temporary.
In discussion after the paper, it was mentioned that some types of celluloid
bands deteriorate in salt water and are therefore not completely satisfactory for
use on marine birds.

9. Robert A. McCabe, University of Wisconsin. The Song Flight of the Alder

Flycatcher. Illustrated by slides (10 minutes).

Alder Flycatchers sing while ascending in a spiral to a height of 30 to 50
feet, when they dive to the ground. No correlation of flight song with a particular
part of the nesting cycle is apparent.

10. Peggy Porter Muirhead, University of Illinois. Territory and Song of the
Least Flycatcher. Illustrated by slides (10 minutes).

Song of Least Flycatchers can be classified as morning or twilight song,
spontaneous and rhythmic; daytime song, unpredictable and irregular; and flight
song — heard only once, possibly part of courtship. In uncompressed territories,
song perches are not fixed; in crowded territories, males sing most often at the
edges. Song decreases gradually as the season advances and ceases completely
when the young disperse from the nest territory.

66

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

11. Frederick V. Hebard, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. * Injury Feigning of Night-
hawk and Ground Dove Compared (10 minutes).

Observations made during May and June in Camden County, Georgia. Both
species feigned injury when flushed from the nest — ^in a remarkably similar man-
ner. The injury-feigning behavior seemed to be wholly instinctive.

12. Olaus J. Murie, Moose, Wyoming. Food of the Great Horned Owl and Its
Place in the Fauna (IS minutes).

A study based on analysis of pellets and nest debris of Great Horned Owls.
The food of Wyoming owls was 88 per cent mammals and 8 per cent birds; of
Nevada owls, 80 per cent mammals and 12 per cent birds. In both States, the
remaining percentage consisted of cold-blooded vertebrates, including fish, and
invertebrates. Small rodents constituted the bulk of the mammals eaten, but
many rabbits were taken.

13. Rowland S. Wilson, Columbus, Ohio. The Birds of Attu, Westernmost of
the Aleutian Islands. Illustrated by slides (15 minutes).

Observations made from mid September 1944 to October 1945, including
records of four Tufted Ducks, a new bird for the Aleutian list, and one of the
Falcated Teal, the second record for North America.

14. Robert M. Mengel, University of Michigan. Some Remarks on the Birds
of Veracruz, Mexico (10 minutes).

A discussion of the birds of coastal Veracruz that included a first record for
the Purple Gallinule, additional records for several species whose status has been in
doubt, and critical comments on the taxonomy of the Chachalaca, nighthawk,
and Bob-white. The one breeding specimen of Chordeiles minor from Veracruz
is apparently not chapmani as it has been identified, but either an undescribed
race, or an individual variant of an already named race, possibly aserriensis.
Further collecting of Bob-whites in Veracruz is needed, since the subspecific identity
of at least the coastal birds is in doubt.

15. George J. Wallace, Michigan State College. Further Studies of Michigan
Barn Owls. Illustrated by slides (12 minutes).

For an 11-month period 99.7 per cent of the food of Barn Owls near Lansing,
Michigan, was small mammals, mostly Microtus (89 to nearly 97 per cent).
When Microtus populations were low, the take of Peromyscus, Blarina, and of
birds increased. Norway rats were seldom eaten.

16. Victor Coles. University of Cincinnati. Returns from Banded Turkey Vul-
tures. Illustrated by slides (15 minutes).

A report on Turkey Vultures banded in Virginia and Ohio, 8.7 per cent of
which were recovered. Returns from Virginia birds were mainly from Virginia and
northward, while Ohio birds seemed to go south. Recoveries were from 2 months
to 10 years after banding, with the bulk in the first 4 years.

17. William: A. Lunk, University of Michigan. Some Notes on Hawaiian Birds

(10 minutes).

A review of the status of several of the interesting Hawaiian endemic species,
with remarks on breeding and wintering water birds recorded during a stay of
39 months. Introduced species are now the most conspicuous part of Hawaii’s
bird fauna.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

67

Saturday Morning, November 29

18. Frank A. Hartman, The Ohio State University. The Bird Adrenal. Illus-
trated by slides (10 minutes).

A report on the structure and function of the adrenal in birds, with similarities
and differences in related and unrelated species illustrated by drawings and
kodachrome slides of microscopic sections. It has been found that the Pelican
is the best subject for adrenal study, since its adrenal is relatively the largest
among birds. Size of adrenal and size of bird are not directly correlated.

19. Donald J. Borror, The Ohio State University. Analysis of Repeat Records
of Banded White-throated Sparrows. Illustrated by slides (20 minutes).

In press, Ecological Monographs, 1948.

20. Ernst Mayr, The American Museum of Natural History. Is the Great
White Heron a Good Species? (10 minutes).

A preliminary study of the question whether the Great White Heron is a
valid species. The criteria which would be invoked in a study of this form
according to the new systematics are: a) Do birds with this plumage occur
throughout the range of the Great Blue Heron (of which they are suspected of
being a color phase), or are they concentrated in a circumscribed range? b) Are
birds with this plumage reproductively isolated from the Great Blue Heron?
Three of the five reasons given by Ernest G. Holt for considering the Great
White Heron a separate species may be disregarded as disproved or immaterial.
Color phases in other species of Ardeidae, possible correlation of feather structure
with albinism, and genetic aspects of the problem were discussed. Thus far the
evidence seems to indicate that the Great White Heron is the white phase of a
localized dimorphic subspecies of the Great Blue Heron, but further field studies
are necessary before final conclusions can be drawn.

21. Margaret M. Nice and Ruth H. Thomas, Chicago, Illinois, and North Little
Rock, Arkansas. A Study of a Nesting of the Carolina Wren (15 minutes).
In press, Wilson Bulletin, 1948.

22. W. W. H. Gunn, University of Toronto. Reverse Migration over Lake Erie.
Illustrated by slides (IS minutes).

Harrison Lewis first noted, in 1937, the southward flight in the spring of
small birds from Pelee Island on the north shore of Lake Erie. This is now
known to be a common phenomenon in this region in the spring when the wind
is from the south, and at least 60 species are known to exhibit this behavior,
mostly passerines. No explanation yet offered seems to fit all of the facts. Migra-
tion waves arriving from the south tend to concentrate here, but, possibly owing to
limited food supply, many birds apparently strike out in various directions, some
being funneled southward from Pelee and Fishing Points because of the peculiar
geographical formation.

23. John W. Handlan, Charleston, West Virginia. A Brief History of the Brooks
Bird Club. Read by Mrs. Elizabeth Etz (10 minutes).

The Brooks Bird Club, founded in 1932, now has 165 members. “The Red-
start,” published monthly, monthly meetings, regular field trips, Christmas censuses,
and recording of migration data are its chief activities.

24. Charles L. Conrad and James H. Olsen, Wheeling, West Virginia, and
Columbus, Ohio. Activities of the Brooks Bird Club. Illustrated by slides
(15 minutes).

68

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

A summary (read by the junior author) of the results of a series of annual
one-week “forays” undertaken by the Brooks Bird Club for the purpose of studying
intensively the flora and fauna of selected areas.

25. Elizabeth M. Boyd, Mount Holyoke College. Ectoparasites of the Starling
in North America. Illustrated by slides (IS minutes).

Of 10 Starling nests and 300 Starlings examined, 95.1 per cent were infested;
12 ectoparasites (including 2 species of mallophaga and 8 species of mites) were
found, bringing to 18 the total number of ectoparasites recorded from the Starling.
At least 4 of these species are known to have been brought by the Starling to
North America, and at least 5 are known to have been acquired by the Starling
since its arrival in this country.

26. Henri C. Seibert, Ohio University. The Effect of Photoperiod and Temperature

on Energy Intake. Illustrated by slides (10 minutes).

Juncos, White-throated Sparrows, and English Sparrows were subjected to
temperatures varying from 34° to -13° C. and to a varying photoperiod. The
calories of the food consumed and the feces were determined, the differences being
the food energy actually employed. The results obtained, while preliminary, seemed
to be significant and to be correlated with the observed hardiness of the different
species.

Saturday Afternoon, November 29

27. Jeanne Moore, University of Michigan. Young Caspian Terns in Captivity.
Illustrated by slides (15 minutes).

A study, made in the summers of 1944 and 1947, of young terns taken from
a Lake Michigan colony either in the egg stage or as day-old chicks. Observations
in 1944 were continued until the young were 36 days of age and in 1947, until
the young could fly. Body temperatures, body weights and measurements, and
plumage development were recorded daily. Natural color slides showed the colony ;
the protective coloration of the eggs; the color phases of the young, white and
buff; the growth rates of the young terns; and the enclosure built to house the
young.

28. John J. Stophlet, Toledo, Ohio. Birds of the Alaskan Tundra (20 minutes).
Kodachrome slides taken in June 1947 during a three-week visit to Askinuk

Range and a two-day stay on Egg Island. Five to ten thousand birds, principally
puffins. Paroquet Auklets, kittiwakes, and murres were seen on Egg Island.
Askinuk Range is rich in shore birds, diving ducks, and other waterfowl.

29. Edward Morris Brigham, Jr., Kingman Museum of Natural History, Battle
Creek, Michigan. Some Photographic Experiences with the Spruce Grouse
and Trumpeter Swans. Kodachrome motion 'pictures (15 minutes).

The title might well include the Kirtland Warbler, for three nests of this
species with the adults carrying on nesting activities were shown. These pictures,
as well as those of the Spruce Grouse, were taken in northern Michigan; the
pictures of the Trumpeter Swans with cygnets were made at Grebe Lake, Yellow-
stone.

30. S. B. Heckler, St. Louis, Missouri. The Growth and Development of a Bird
Club (12 minutes).

The history of the St. Louis Bird Club, particularly during the last eight
years, when its membership increased from 100 to more than 1400.

March 1948
Vol. 60, No.

PROCEEDINGS

69

31. KIarl Maslowski, Cincinnati, Ohio. Filming Owls at Night (IS minutes).
Kodachrome motion pictures of one Screech Owl and two Barn Owl nests,

showing adults feeding young. The films were taken with three to five photo
floodlights after gradually conditioning the owls to light.

32. Ernest P. Edwards, Cornell University. Birds in the Vicinity of Lake
Patzcuaro, Michoacan, Mexico (10 minutes).

A report of two expeditions to Mexico. Innumerable waterfowl winter near
Lake Patzcuaro, whose shallow waters provide abundant food, although the long
hunting season (November to May) gravely endangers them. American Egrets,
Black-necked Stilts, and the Glossy Ibis were observed in March in the nearby
marshes; and in dryer habitats, typical Mexican birds, such as Mexican Trogons,
Mexican Chickadees, and Red Warblers. This paper was illustrated by the following
motion picture (No. 33).

33. Ernest P. Edwards, Cornell University. Mexican Primavera. Kodachrome
motion pictures (SO minutes).

, An unusually fine film, primarily of birds, but showing also a few insects, in
their natural settings. Included were excellent portraits of the Macaw, now almost
extinct; of the extremely shy Tinamou; and of the Inca Dove, Golden-fronted
Woodpecker, Caracara, Black and Turkey Vultures, Vermilion, Sulphur-bellied,
and Beardless Flycatchers, Red-crowned Parrot, Boat-tailed Crackle, Motmot,
Crimson-colored Grosbeak, Green Jay, Wood Ibis, and the Red Warbler.

Annual Dinner

The Annual Dinner was held on Friday evening, November 28, at the
Faculty Club on the campus of The Ohio State University, with President George
Miksch Sutton as Toastmaster. On President Sutton’s suggestion. Dr. Lynds Jones
was chosen Honorary President by unanimous acclaim. Dr. Jones, one of the
two living Founders of the Wilson Ornithological Club and its first Secretary
and Editor, has been three times President of the Club (1890-1893; 1902-1908;
1927-1929). Except for a brief interval (1901), he edited The Wilson Bulletin
and its predecessors from 1892 to 1924. He was presented at the dinner with a
memory book for letters and autographs of Members of the Club.

Auction of Bird Paintings

After the Annual Dinner, an auction of bird paintings was held at the Ohio
State Museum, the proceeds to be used for the benefit of the ornithologists of
Europe. The forty-seven pictures had been contributed by a number of American
bird painters, including Roger Tory Peterson, George Miksch Sutton, and F. L.
Jaques; others were by European ornithologists. James B. Young acted as
auctioneer, and the total proceeds were $1,058.00.

Field Trips

Although during the Meeting it had appeared advisable to cancel one of the
scheduled field trips, enthusiastic members gathered on Sunday for all three trips
originally planned. One group, led by Milton B. Trautman, visited Buckeye Lake;
a group led by Donald J. Borror went to O’Shaughnessy Reservoir; and Edward
S. Thomas took a third group to Hocking County. Despite the season and par-
ticularly unpromising weather, reports of the trips were extremely favorable, and
all the participants felt well rewarded. The Buckeye Lake group were fortunate
enough to observe ISO Mallards in pursuit of a hawk.

70

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

Attendance

Two hundred and thirty-eight members and guests registered at the Meet-
ing, representing twenty states and the Province of Ontario, Canada. Next to
Ohio, the State with the largest attendance was Michigan.

The list of Members and visitors follows:

From Illinois: 6 — Mr. and Mrs. Paul E. Downing, Highland Park; Margaret
D. Feigley, Winnetka; Peggy P. Muirhead, Margaret M. Nice, Chicago; Mrs. W.
D. Petzel, Olney.

From Indiana: 9 — Rev. John W. Baechle, Collegeville; Mrs. Ferd Barnickol,
Mildred Campbell, Edna Collins, Mrs. Dorothy Hobson, Indianapolis ; Mr. and
Mrs. Merle L. Kuns, West Lafayette; Clara Alma Moore, Indianapolis ; Margaret
Umbach, Fort Waynt.

From Kentucky: 18 — Helen Browning, William M. Clay, Mr. and Mrs.
Dulaney Logan, Harvey B. Lovell, Esther Mason, Louisville; Mr. and Mrs. Burt L.
Monroe, Burt L. Monroe, Jr., Anchorage; Marie Pieper, Evelyn J. Schneider, Ann
Slack, Mabel Slack, Mrs. F. W. Stamm, Audrey A. Wright, Louisville; Grace
Wyatt, Murray; Mr. and Mrs. James B. Young, Louisville.

From Louisiana: 2 — Mr. and Mrs. George H. Lowery, Baton Rouge.

From Maryland: 1 — Stephen W. Simon, Towson.

From Massachusetts: 2 — Elizabeth M. Boyd, Dorothy Cogswell, South Had-
ley.

From Michigan: 30 — Mr. and Mrs. H. Lewis ! Batts, Jr., Ann Arbor; Hazel
L. Bradley, Jackson; Edward M. Brigham, Jr., Edward M. Brigham, HI, Battle
Creek; John D. Goodman, Ann Arbor; Mr. and Mrs. F. N. Hamerstrom, Pinckney;
Harry W. Hann, Mr. and Mrs. P. B. Hofslund, Ann Arbor; Agnes Kugel, Grand
Rapids; Mr. and Mrs. William A. Lunk, Willow Run; Mr. and Mrs. Robert M.
Mengel, Jeanne Moore, Ann Arbor; Mr. and Mrs. Walter P. Nickell, Bloomfield
Hills; R. A. O’Reilly, Jr., Detroit; Miles D. Pirnie, Battle Creek; Arthur E.
Staebler, George M. Sutton, Harrison B. Tordoff, Mr. and Mrs. Josselyn Van Tyne,
Ann Arbor; G. J. Wallace, East Lansing; Robert A. Whiting, Mr. and Mrs. Harold
F. Wing, Jackson.

From Minnesota: 2 — Kathryn Ann Grave, Minneapolis ; O. S. Pettingill, Jr.,
Northfield.

From Missouri: 5 — Bill Bremser, Richard P. Grossenheider, R. B. Harkness,
S. B. Heckler, Jack Van Benthuysen, St. Louis.

From Nebraska: 2 — Dr. and Mrs. R. Allyn Moser, Omaha.

From New Jersey: 2 — Mrs. Herbert Carnes, Tenafiy; Ruth Sargent, Lebanon.
From New York: 10 — William C. Dilger, Stephen W. Eaton, Lawrence I.
Grinnell, Ithaca; Fred T. Hall, Rochester; Ernst Mayr, Theodora Nelson, New
York City; Kenneth C. Parkes, Ithaca; Walton B. Sabin, Mr. and Mrs. L. S.
Trimm, Syracuse.

From Ohio: 107 — G. Ronald Austing, North College Hill; Clinton S. Banks,
Steubenville ; Howard L. Bevis, Mrs. Ralph Billett, Columbus; Mr. and Mrs. Ben
J. Blincoe, Joseph Blincoe, Louis Blincoe, Sarah J. Blincoe, Dayton; Helmut W.
Boenheim, Donald J. Borror, Columbus; Raymond D. Bourne, Oxford; Ellen F.
Boyer, Columbus; Florence Branum, Lancaster; George H. Breiding, Columbus;
Forest W. Buchanan, Amsterdam ; Mrs. G. W. Buchanan, Columbus; Mr. and
Mrs. Russel L. Burget, Toledo; Mrs. H. E. Burtt, Columbus; Louis W. Campbell,
Toledo; Vera Carrothers, East Cleveland; Victor Coles, Cincinnati; Charles A.
Dambach, Columbus; Mrs. R. C. Doe, Cleveland; Ywvon Doenges, Defiance;
Julian L. Dusi, Blacklick; Joseph P. Eagleson, Columbus; Earl Farmer, Steuben-
ville; E. V. Folger, Oxford; Robert M. Geist, Columbus; Maurice L. Giltz, Colum-
bus; E. E. Good, Van Wert; Robert M. Goslin, Margaret Halenkamp, Lee B.
Harris, Mr. and Mrs. A. R. Harper, Columbus; Albert T. Hartley, Columbiana;
Frank A. Hartman, Columbus; Lawrence D. Hiett, Toledo; Mr. and Mrs. Lawrence

March 1948
Vol. 60, No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

71

E. Hicks, Columbus; George T. Jones, Lynds Jones, Oberlin; Caroline Keiper, Bruce
H. Kennedy, Arthur S. Kiefer, Doris M. Klie, Columbus; Paul Knoop, Clayton;
Reba D. Lee, Circleville; Daniel L. Leedy, Ernest O. Limes, Laura E. Lovell,
Columbus; Karl H. Maslowski, Cincinnati; Harold Mayfield, Toledo; Robert H.
Miller, Bryan; Paul J. Miller, Lancaster; E. L. Moseley, Bowling Green; H. B. Mc-
Connell, Cadiz; Floyd McKenna, Newark; James P. Nessle, Toledo; Mrs, Cecil C.
North, James H. Olsen, Columbus; Margaret Perner, Cleveland Heights; George A.
Petrides, Columbus; Robert Price, Westerville ; John W. Price, Loren S, Putnam,
Gene Rea, Carl Reese, Columbus; Gertrude Renneckar, Akron; Alice F. Reynolds,
Ralph J. Reynolds, Mr. and Mrs. Irvin B. Rickly, Columbus; Margaret Rushmer,
Westerville; Emil A, Saari, Columbus; Blanche Scott, Cleveland Heights; Henri C.
Seibert, Athens; Haven H. Spencer, Cincinnati; Esther Stewart, Paul Stewart,
New Waterford; John J. Stophlet, Toledo; Louis Sturm, Springfield; Jeff Swine-
broad, Mr. and Mrs. Edward S. Thomas, Nelson P. Thomson, Columbus; Mr.
and Mrs. Milton B. Trautman, Put-in-Bay ; Janice Tucker, Mr. and Mrs. Walter
A. Tucker, Loretta Tyler, Columbus; Laurel F. Van Camp, Genoa; Mrs. Anne
Warner, Miss Bernice Warner, Worthington; Carmen H. Warner, Columbus;
Danny Warner, Mrs. Mary Wise Watts, Worthington; L. Marguerite Werner, Kaj
Westerskov, Columbus; Nathaniel R. Whitney, Jr., Glendale; R. S. Wilson, Colum-
bus; John G. Worley, Cadiz; Olga Zurcher, Columbus.

From Ontario: 8 — Ann M. Fowle, C. David Fowle, Toronto; George
Fetherston, London; Mr. and Mrs. W. W. H. Gunn, Mr. and Mrs. J. Murray
Speirs, Toronto; R. D. Ussher, King.

From Pennsylvania: 8 — Hal H. Harrison, Tarentum; Frederick V. Hebard,
Chestnut Hill; Thomas N. Morgan, West Grove; M. Graham Netting, Tony
Netting, Pittsburgh; F. W. Preston, Butler; Robert Leo Smith, Reynoldsville ;
George B. Thorp, Pittsburgh.

From Tennessee: 3 — Albert F. Ganier, Nashville; Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Stupka,
Gatlinburg.

From Virginia :1 — Ernest P. Edwards, Sweet Briar.

From West Virginia: 14 — W. Hughes Barnes, Wheeling; Maurice Brooks,
Morgantown; Virginia G. Cavendish, Huntington; Carolyn Conrad, Mr. and
Mrs. Charles Conrad, Dorothy Conrad, Wheeling; W. R. DeGarmo, Charleston;
R. M. Edeburn, Huntington; Elizabeth Etz, N. Flouer, Wheeling; N. Bayard
Green, Huntington; Maxine Thocher, Charleston; R. Van Blaricom, Huntington.

From Wisconsin: 6 — John T. Emlen, Jr., Frederick Greeley, Ruth Louise
Hine, Robert A. McCabe, Robert Rausch, Howard Young, Madison.

From Wyoming: 2 — F. W. Haecker, Kemmerer; O. J. Murie, Moose.

Officers’ and Committee Reports for 1947 will be published in later issues
of the Bulletin.

WILSON BULLETIN REPRINTS

A few separates of the painting of the Arizona Junco by Roger Tory Peterson
that appears as the frontispiece of this issue, with the accompanying note, will be
available to Members at twenty-five cents each. Orders, accompanied by payment
(in stamps if preferred), should be sent to the Editor.

72

THE WILSON BULLETIN

March 1948
Vol. 60. No. 1

OFFICERS OF THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB

President

J. B. Richards, 1888-1889.
Lynds Jones, 1890-1893.
WiUard N. Clute, 1894.

R. M. Strong, 1894-1901.
Lynds Jones, 1902-1908.

F. L. Burns, 1909-1911.

W. E. Saunders, 1912-1913.

T. C. Stephens, 1914-1916.

W. F. Henninger, 1917.
Myron H. Swenk, 1918-1919.
R. M. Strong, 1920-1921.

Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr., 1948-

First Vice-President

Thos. L. Hankinson, 1922-1923.

Albert F. Ganier, 1924-1926.

Lynds Jones, 1927-1929.

J. W. Stack, 1930-1931.

J. M. Shaver, 1932-1934.

Josselyn Van Tyne, 1935-1937.

Mrs. Margaret Morse Nice, 1938-1939.
Lawrence E. Hicks, 1940-1941.

George Miksch Sutton, 1942-1943.

S. Charles Kendeigh, 1943-1945.

George Miksch Sutton, 1946-1947

C. C. Maxfield, 1893.

R. M. Strong, 1894.

Ned Hollister, 1895-1903.

W. L. Dawson, 1904-1905.

R. L. Baird, 1906-1908.

W. E. Saunders, 1909-1911.

B. H. Swales, 1912-1913.

Geo. L. Fordyce, 1914-1919.

H. C. Oberholser, 1920-1921.
Dayton Stoner, 1922-1923.

Wm. I. Lyon, 1924.

Second

Thos. H. Whitney, 1925-1928.
George Miksch Sutton, 1929-1931.
Edwin L. Moseley, 1932.

Josselyn Van Tyne, 1933-1934.
Alfred M. Bailey, 1935-1936.
Mrs. Margaret M. Nice, 1937.
Lawrence E. Hicks, 1938-1939.
George Miksch Sutton, 1940-1941.
S. Charles Kendeigh, 1942-1943.
Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., 1944-1947
Maurice Brooks, 1948-

:-President

Josselyn Van Tyne, 1932.

Alfred M. Bailey, 1933-1934.

' Mrs. Margaret M. Nice, 1935-1936.
Lawrence E. Hicks, 1937.

George Miksch Sutton, 1938-1939.

S. Charles Kendeigh, 1940-1941.
Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., 1942-1943.
Harrison F. Lewis, 1944-1946.
Maurice Brooks, 1947.

W. J. Breckenridge, 1948-

Secretary

Lynds Jones, 1888-1889.

J. Warren Jacobs, 1890-1891.
Willard N. Clute, 1892.

J. Warren Jacobs, 1893.

Wm. B. Caulk, 1894.

J. E. Dickinson, 1895-1897.

W. L. Dawson, 1898-1901.

John W. Daniel, Jr., 1902-1905.
Frank L. Burns, 1906.

Benj. T. Gault, 1907-1911.

C. W. G. Eifrig, 1912-1913.

R. M. Strong, 1892-1893.
Lynds Jones, 1894-1901.

F. L. Burns, 1902-1905.

B. H. Swales, 1906-1908.

W. F. Henninger, 1909-1913.
P. B. Coffin, 1914-1916.
Frank M. Phelps, 1917-1919.
Geo. L. Fordyce, 1920-1922.

Orpheus M. Schantz, 1914.

Thos. L. Hankinson, 1915-1916.
G. A. Abbott, 1917.

Albert F. Ganier, 1918-1922.
Gordon Wilson, 1923-1925.
Howard K. Gloyd, 1926-1928.
Jesse M. Shaver, 1929-1931.
Lawrence E. Hicks, 1932-1936.
Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., 1937-1941.
Maurice Brooks, 1942-1946.
James B. Young, 1947-

Treasurer

Wm. I. Lyon, 1923.

Ben J. Blincoe, 1924-1926.

J. W. Stack, 1927-1929.

W. M. Rosene, 1930-1935.

S. E. Perkins, III, 1936-1938.
Gustav Swanson, 1939-1942.
Milton B. Trautman, 1943-1945.
Burt L. Monroe, 1946-

Editor

Lynds Jones, 1902-1924.

T. C. Stephens, 1925-1938.
Josselyn Van Tyne, 1939-

Lynds Jones, 1892-1900.
Frank L. Burns, 1901.

TO OUR CONTRIBUTORS

Our members are asked to submit articles for publication in the Bulletin.
Manuscripts will be accepted only with the understanding that they have not
previously been published or accepted for publication elsewhere.

Manuscript. Manuscripts should be typed, with double-spacing and wide
margins, on one side of white paper of good quality and of standard size (8J4 x 11) .
The title should be brief and should indicate the subject clearly. Ordinarily the
scientific names of the birds treated should be given and should appear early in
the article. Most articles should conclude with a brief summary.

Bibliography. Literature referred to in the text should be cited by author’s
name, year of publication, and exact page of the particular reference. Such litera-
ture should ordinarily be listed in full at the end of the paper.

Illustrations. Photographic prints, to reproduce well as half-tones, should
have good contrast and detail. Please send prints unmounted, and attach to
each print a brief but adequate legend. Do not write heavily on the backs of
photographs.

Proof. Authors are requested to return proof promptly. Expensive alterations
in copy after the type has been set must be charged to the author.

Reprints. Orders for reprints, which are furnished to authors at cost, should
accompany the returned galley proof.

Reprint Schedule of The Wilson Bulletin

Each

additional

1 page 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 4 pp.

100 copies $3.05 $4.28 $5.65 $7.39 $8.95 $9.71 $1.33

Each additional

100 copies $1.49 $2.00 $2.85 $3.75 $4.61 $5.48 .86

Covers: $5.04 for first l66 copies; $2.60 for each additional 100 copies.

Charge will be made for a minimum of 100 reprints.

Authors are asked not to pay for reprints before receiving an itemized bill
from the press.

1948 Number 2

Vol.60 JUNE ISSUE Pages 73-135

VChe bulletin

THE WILSON BULLETIN

The official organ of the Wilson Ornithological Club, published quarterly, in March
June, September, and December, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. In the United States
the subscription price is $2.00 a year. Single copies, 50 cents. Outside of the
United States the rate is $2.25. Single copies, 60 cents. Subscriptions should be
sent to the Treasurer. Most back issues of the Bulletin are available at 50 cents
each and may be ordered from: Josselyn Van Tyne, Editor, University of Mich-
igan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

All articles and communications for publication, books and publications for
review, exchanges, and claims for lost or undelivered copies of the magazine,
should be addressed to the Editor.

The current issue of The Wilson Bulletin is printed by the Ann Arbor Press,
Ann Arbor, Michigan. Entered as second class matter July 13, 1916, at Ann Arbor,
Michigan, under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB
Founded December 3, 1888

Named after Alexander Wilson, the first American ornithologist.

President — Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., Carleton College, Northfield, Minn.

First Vice-President — Maurice Brooks, West Virginia University, Morgantown

Second Vice-President — "SN. J. Breckenridge, University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis.

Treasurer — Burt L. Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Ky.

Secretary — J. B. Young, 514 Dover Rd., Louisville, Ky.

Editor of The Wilson Bulletin — Josselyn Van Tyne.

Associate Editors — ^Margaret M. Nice and F. N. Hamerstrom, Jr.

Assistant Editor — G. Reeves Butchart.

Membership dues per calendar year are: Sustaining, $5.00; Active, $3.00; As-
sociate, $2.00. The Wilson Bulletin is sent to all members not in arrears for dues.

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library, housed in the University of Michi-
gan Museum of Zoology, was established in concurrence with the University of
Michigan in 1930. Until 1947 the Library was maintained entirely by gifts and
bequests of books, pamphlets, reprints, and ornithological magazines from mem-
bers and friends of the Wilson Ornithological Club. Now two members have
generously established a fund for the purchase of new books; members and
friends are invited to maintain the fund by regular contributions, thus making
available to all Club members the more important new books on ornithology and
related subjects. The fund will be administered by the Library Committee, who
will be glad of suggestions from members on the choice of new books to be added
to the Library. Harold F. Mayfield (2557 Portsmouth Avenue, Toledo, Ohio) is
Chairman of the Committee. The Library currently receives 65 periodicals, as
gifts, and in exchange for The Wilson Bulletin. With the usual exception of rare
books in the collection, any item in the Library may be borrowed by members
of the Club and will be sent prepaid (by the University of Michigan) to any ad-
dress in the United States, its possessions, or Canada. Return postage is paid by
the borrower. Inquiries and requests by borrowers, as well as gifts of books,
pamphlets, reprints, and magazines, should be addressed to “The Wilson Club
Library, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.”
Contributions to the New Book Fund should be sent to the Treasurer, Burt L.
Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Kentucky (small sums in stamps are acceptable).
A preliminary index of the Library’s holdings was printed in the September 1943
issue of The Wilson Bulletin, and each September number lists the book titles in
the accessions of the current year. A brief report on the recent gifts to the
Library is published in every issue of the Bulletin.

THE WILgDTT'BULLETIN

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE OF ORNITHOLOGY
Published by the Wilson Ornithological Club

1948 Number2

Vol. 60 JUNE ISSUE Pages 73-135

CONTENTS

Sun-bittern, Eurypyga helias
The Family Eurypygidae: A Review
Life History Notes on Puff-birds
A Singing Female Wood Thrush
Notes on Texas Seaside Sparrows

George Miksch Sutton pi. 2
Carl D. Riggs 75

Alexander F. Skutch 81

Hervey Brackbill 98

Ludlow Griscom 103

Notes on Birds of the Gomez Farias Region of Tamaulipas

Stephen W. Eaton and Ernest P. Edwards 109

General Notes 115

The American Bittern in Puerto Rico, Ventura Barnes, Jr.;
Anting by some Costa Rican birds, Alexander F. Skutch;

The Wood Duck in New Mexico, A. E. Borell; Unusual con-
sumption of fish by three species of birds, Clarence Cottam;

Food of the Old-squaw in Lake Michigan, Karl F. Lagler
and Catherine C. Wienert; A nest of the Spruce Grouse in
east-central Saskatchewan, Lawrence H. Walkinshaw; A
female Bob-white in male plumage. Forest W. Buchanan and
Kenneth C. Parkes; The eyesight of the Bluebird, F. W.
Preston and J. M. McCormick; Home range and duration
of famil’y ties in the Tufted Titmouse, Josselyn Van Tyne;

A Western Lark Sparrow from Florida, Robert M. Mengel;
Golden Eagles in Hidalgo, Mexico, Robert M. Mengel and
Dwain W. Warner

Editorial • Obituary • Ornithological News 123

The Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research Grant for 1948 123

New Life Members 124, 134

Ornithological Literature 125

James Bond, Field Guide to Birds of the West Indies, re-
viewed by J. L. Peters; Malcolm MacDonald, The Birds
of Brewery Creek, reviewed by Rosario Mazzeo; Bibliog-
raphy

Reports 129

Wilson Ornithological Club Library 133

Wilson Bulletin Publication Dates for 1947 135

' ,iv.O ,..B

• L'* V T 1 ■^' ’"' ' '/l ''i-' ■'

!:' V >v'i.

.'; fftVlJ ; 1

'. S

•:av ' ‘

s

>■•■ 'J:-/

<^t ». ♦if

r. /,.><■. •

'. ' 'i^i 'fi • aWilvi

-• •.,.f

’n- .

. 1 Y

. i;'V.V,i .'.I , f >;«'}»&{.•«/- ’■■■-■’‘•'I ‘' ' '

\P'l

;vV. ,

V' \ f-

\. ■
/

-■ J

■ * a

; T .. - .. ''TNfTKi'; -if.ViW

■ ' .■v.wVV^V'-i .• ... • *■* '•'• -

Plate 2

SUN-BITTERN
Eurypyga helias

From o drawing made by George Miksch Sutton for John Wiley and Sons
and first published here by their kind permission.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

75

THE FAMILY EURYPYGIDAE: A REVIEW

BY CARL D. RIGGS

5 with many neotropical bird groups, little has been published on

the family of Sun-bitterns (Eurypygidae), and the findings of
one author often seem to contradict the findings of another. It seems
worth while, therefore, to summarize the various reports for the bene-
fit of those bird students who are trying to complete our knowledge
of neotropical ornithology.

The family consists of a single species, Eurypyga helias, in which
are recognized three subspecies, major, meridionalis , and helias; these
occupy tropical Central and South America from the Caribbean slopes
of Guatemala southward to south-central Peru, eastern Bolivia, and
northern and central Brazil, the southern limits being southern Goyaz
and Piauhy (Peters, 1934:215-216).

Sun-bitterns inhabit the dense tropical forests of the coast, as well
as those of the interior (Cabanis, 1848:752), and are most commonly
found along the wooded, muddy banks of rivers and smaller streams,
around springs and ponds, and in boggy or swampy areas. In Vene-
zuela, according to Delacour (1923:140), they are especially numerous
along the smaller streams, “where they live on the mud, generally under
the cover of trees.” Cabanis (1848:752) reports that in British Guiana
they frequent sunny places, particularly along the banks of rivers.
Skutch (1946:453) observed a Sun-bittern walking “deliberately” over
the surfaces of a steeply inclined rock face between two pools in a
stream, picking small objects from among the rocks, and flying from
boulder to boulder. The Sun-bittern is usually seen on the ground, but
if disturbed it sometimes takes refuge in the lower branches of trees
(Carriker, 1910:426). To combine the descriptions of various authors
— the Sun-bittern is a slender, graceful bird, walking with slow, precise
steps, body horizontal, and neck outstretched. Evans (1899:266)
thought that it “probably flies but little”; Finn (1908:158) describes
the flight as light and butterfly-like. Goudot (1843b: 4) says of the
flight that it is not like that of herons, but more rapid and more pro-
longed.

Sun-bitterns are not gregarious, and according to Cabanis (1848:
752 — British Guiana), they are found almost always singly, seldom
in pairs. Carriker (1910:426 — Costa Rica) states just the opposite,
that they are almost always to be seen in pairs. The Penards (1908:
193 — Dutch Guiana) reported finding them either alone or in pairs.

Delacour (1923:140 — Venezuela) says that Sun-bitterns are shy
but not wild and that “one can very well watch them without disturb-
ing them.” Carriker (1910:426) states that they “are not very shy,
but with caution can be approached quite closely.” The Penards (1908:
193) often found the birds standing in shallow water, frequently

76

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

dipping themselves; when approached too closely, the birds would fly a
little distance away. They are easily tamed and apparently thrive in
captivity (Knowlton, 1909:347) ; a Sun-bittern in the Sophia Zoological
Garden lived for 17 years (Flower, 1938:221). Often these birds are
kept as pets in houses and courtyards, where they consume numerous
roaches, flies, and other insects (Taylor, 1864:95; Delacour, 1923:
140).

The few published accounts of food habits indicate that the Sun-
bittern is strictly carnivorous. Insects are the most commonly reported
item of diet (Knowlton, 1909:348); Newton (1899:925) mentions
small fishes as well. Waterton (1891:321) says that the Sun-bittern
does not live upon fish, that flies and insects are its food, and that the
bird captures them as a heron captures fish. The Penards^ (1908:193)
describe the method of feeding on insects as careful stalking in which
the bird, with neck drawn in, approaches its prey until sufficiently close,
when it suddenly thrusts its bill forward and captures the insect. From
the stomachs of two freshly killed specimens, Deignan (1936:188)
took shrimp, crabs, and other small Crustacea; Goudot (1843b:4) also
found small Crustacea in the two stomachs that he examined.

Sun-bitterns have a peculiar but striking habit of spreading and
elevating the tail and expanding the wings so that the tail and wings
together form an almost complete circle about the bird (Newton, 1899:
925; Alexander, 1936:481, 482). This js part of a sort of dance, be-
lieved by Finn (1908:158) and Pycraft (1931:669) to be courtship
display. Rusby (1933:175) observed this dance and gave a good de-
scription of it. He says that Eurypyga ‘inhabits the dense shrubbery,
but seeks patches of bright sunshine to perform its acrobatic dances.
The one I saw occupied a brilliant patch of sunshine some ten or twelve
feet in diameter in the middle of the road. He ran rapidly around in
a circle from right to left, with his right wing stretched upward, ap-
parently as a restraint, enabling him to circle more rapidly and securely ,
and then reverse the movement. Then he leaped into the center of the
space and hopped up and down, sometimes with both feet and then
one at a time. He stretched his head upward as far as possible, and
then suddenly brought it down close to the ground, at the same time
arching his back. Besides these regular movements, he indulged in the
most erratic series of leaps and capers imaginable. There was evidently
no relation between these actions and any practical objective, such as
securing food.” Rusby attributed this dance, not to courtship, but to
indulgence in pure delight.

The voice of the Sun-bittern has been described by Newton (1899:
925) as a “plaintive piping,” and Finn (1908:158) states that it is a
metallic whistle and, in alarm, a grating hiss. The Penards (1908:193)
describe the call as joc joe foe or so-le y y y, often accompanied by a
rattling of the bill. According to Bates (1863:82), although the bird

Carl D.
Riggs

FAMILY EURYPYGIDAE

77

is difficult to see because of its somber plumage and dark habitat, its
hiding place is often betrayed by its note— a soft, long-drawn whistle
According to the Penards (1908:194), the nest of the Sun-bittern
is sometimes on the ground, but usually placed in trees, about two
or three meters from the ground; it consists of a mass of mud and dry
leaves with a semicircular entrance at the side” [translated from the
Dutch]. Goudot ( 1843a: 1) says the nest is placed in marshy areas,
built of mud on low intertwined branches, about five or six ieet (pleds)
above the ground. Skutch (1947:38) observed a nest March 26, 1945,
in Costa Rica, located in a stream-side tree, about 20 feet above the
ground and about 10 yards back from the water’s edge. It was a large,
bulky, roughly globular structure, approximately 12 inches in diameter'
precariously saddled on an apparently unbranched portion of an
obliquely ascending limb about two inches in diameter. “It was com-
posed of decaying leaves, stems, and other vegetation, a small amount
of green moss, and apparently also some mud. In the top was a
shallow depression lined with green leaves.”

The most complete account of the nidification of Sun-bitterns is
that by Bartlett (1866:76) concerning a pair in the Gardens of the
Zoological Society of London. These birds had been in the Gardens
for about three years. Early in the month of May 1865 “they began
to show signs of breeding, by carrying bits of sticks, roots of grass, and
other materials about; they were constantly walking round the pond,
evidently in search of materials to compose a nest, and appeared to try
and mix wet dirt with bits of moss, etc. This suggested the idea of
supplying them with wet clay and mud, which they at once com-
menced to use. After a short time they settled to make a nest on the
top of a pole or tree about 10 feet from the ground, on which was fixed
an old straw nest. Both birds carried up mud and clay mixed with bits
of straw, roots of grass, etc. The sides of the nest were raised, and
thickly plastered inside with mud.”

After completion of the nest, the female laid three eggs: The first,
laid shortly after the nest was built, was found broken on the ground
beneath the nest. Early in June a second egg was found in the nest.
Of the incubation of this egg, Bartlett (p. 77) says, “The two birds
were very attentive, and took turns at incubation, and in twenty-seven
days the young bird was hatched (July 9th). On the following day
I ventured to look at the young bird .... it is certainlv one of the
prettiest young birds I ever saw. It is thickly covered wUh fine short
tufts of down, and much resembles the young of Plovers and Snipes
with this addition, that the head and body was thinly covered with
rather longer hairs than are to be seen in the former-mentioned birds.
[The pattern of the downy young, as shown in Bartlett’s accompanying
plate, IS an mtncate one of spots, stripes, and marbling.] The young
bird remained in the nest and was fed regularly by both parents, the
food consisting principally of small live fish, a few insects, etc. The

78

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

mode of taking its food was somewhat peculiar: it did not gape and call
or utter any cry like most nestlings; but as soon as the old birds flew
upon the nest with the food in their bills, the young one snapped or
pecked it from them and swallowed it at once. The young bird remained
in the nest twenty-one days, by which time its wings were sufficiently
grown to enable it to fly to the ground. It was there fed as before,
and never afterwards returned to the nest; it grew quickly, and at
the end of two months was indistinguishable from the old birds. Early
in August the old birds began to repair the nest, and added a fresh
lining of mud and clay, and at the end of August laid a third egg.
The male bird now appeared to attend to the duties of incubation with
much greater care than his partner, who fed the now nearly full-grown
young one; they, however, managed to hatch the second young bird
on the 28th of September.” Since the conditions in which these breed-
ing activities took place were completely different from those of the
Sun-bittern’s natural haunts, it is not necessarily true that its activities
in the wild would be the same.

As to the time of breeding: The Penards (1908:194) state that in
Dutch Guiana, E. helias breeds during the season of the big rains (mid-
May or June to July or August). Deignan (1936:188) took a pair of
Sun-bitterns in Honduras on April 23, the male with “right testis
greatly enlarged, the other only slightly so.” The ovaries of the female
were also greatly enlarged and contained a fully developed egg — lacking
only the shell. Goudot ( 1843a: 1) reported birds fairly well formed
within the egg in August.

The Penards (1908:194), Stresemann (1934:770), and Goudot
( 1843a: 1) report the number of eggs to be two, and there were two
eggs in the nest discovered by Skutch (1947:38). Nehrkorn (1899:
206) described the Eurypyga eggs in his collection as having a reddish
clay-colored background with large uniformly distributed violet-gray
spots underneath and sparse rust-brown spots above (“underneath”
and “above” referring, not to the position of the spots on the oval of
the egg, but to the depth of the spots within the shell) ; the shells are
described as delicate and moderately glazed; the measurements: 44-45
X 34-35 mm. This description is similar to that given by the Penards
(1908:194). The egg figured by Goudot (1843b:pl.38) seems to cor-
respond in size but does not otherwise fit this description very closely.
The general background color of this egg is between Pale Pinkish
Cinnamon and Pinkish Buff. Large irregular spots and blotches, be-
tween Light Purplish Gray and Pale Purplish Gray, occur irregularly
upon the larger end, along with somewhat smaller spots of Olive-Brown
and Dark Bone Brown.* Small spots of the last two colors are inter-
mingled with the larger blotches and are scattered over the smaller end
of the egg. The shape of the egg is nearly oval.

* Capitalized color names are taken from Ridgway, 1912, “Color Standards and
Color Nomenclature.”

Carl D.
Riggs

FAMILY EURYPYGIDAE

79

That the young are downy when hatched has been pointed out
above. Chubb (1916:143) says young Sun-bitterns “differ from most
young birds by gaining the adult plumage direct from the nestling
down without passing through an intermediate stage.” Another un-
usual thing is that — though hatched with the down of precocial birds —
they remain in the nest and are fed there by the parents. Bartlett
(1866:77 — see above) and also Salvin and Godman (1903:334) re-
port that the young are fed by the parents for some weeks. Stresemann
(1934:770), however, says the young leave the nest within a few (pos-
sibly two) days.

Literature Cited

Alexander, W. B,

1936 Birds (Aves) [m Charles Tate Regan, “Natural History,” pp. 393-604.
Ward, Lock & Co., Limited, London].

Bartlett, A. D.

1866 Notes on the breeding of several species of birds in the Society’s Gar-
dens during the year 1865. Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., 1866:76-79, pi. 9.
Bates, Henry Walter

1863 The naturalist on the River Amazons, vol. 1. John Murray, London.
Cabanis, J.

1848 Voegel [in Schomburgk, “Reisen in Britisch-Guiana,” vol. 3, pp. 662-
765. J. J. Weber, Leipzig].

C.ARRIKER, M. A., Jr.

1910 An annotated list of the birds of Costa Rica including Cocos Island.
Ann. Carnegie Mtis., 6:314-915.

Chubb, Charles

1916 The birds of British Guiana, vol. 1. Bernard Quaritch, London.
Deignan, H. G.

1936 Notes on a small collection of birds from the Republic of Honduras.
Auk, 53:186-193.

Delacour, Jean

1923 Notes on the birds of the States of Guarico and Apure in Venezuela.
Ibis, 1923:136-150.

Evans, A. H.

1899 Birds (Cambridge Natural History, vol. 9). Macmillan and Co., Lon-
don.

Finn, Frank

1908 The world’s birds. Hutchinson and Co., London.

Flower, Stanley Smyth

1938 Further notes on the duration of life in animals. Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 108A: 195-235.

Goudot, Justin

1843a Note sur la nidification du Rupicola peruviana et de I’Eurypyga
phalendides. Rev. Zool., 4:1-2.

1843b Observations sur I’organisation et les habitudes du Coq de Roche
Peruvien {Pipra peruviana. Lath.), et du Caurale (Ardea helias, Lin.).
Mag. Zool., 5 (ser. 2):pl. 38 and 4 pp. ff.

Knowlton, Frank H.

1909 Birds of the world. Henry Holt & Company, New York.

Nehrkorn, Adolph

1899 Katalog der Eiersammlung. Harold Bruhn, Braunschweig.

80

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Newton, Alfred

1899 A dictionary of birds (2nd ed.), Adam and Charles Black, London.
Penard, Frederik Paul, and Arthur Philip Penard

1908 De vogels van Guyana, vol. 1. F. P. Penard, Paramaribo.

Peters, James Lee

1934 Check-list of birds of the world, vol. 2. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Pycraft, W. P.

1931 Aves [in The Standard Natural History, pp. 564-779. Frederick
Warne & Co., Ltd., London].

Rusby, Henry H.

1933 Jungle memories. McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York.
Salvin, Osbert, and Frederick DuCane Godman

1897-1904 Biologia Centralia-Americana. Aves, vol. 3.

Skutch, Alexander F.

1946 The hummingbirds’ brook. Sci. Monthly, 63:447-457.

1947 A nest of the Sun-bittern in Costa Rica. Wils. Bull., 59:38.
Stresemann, Erwin

1934 Aves {in Handbuch der Zoologie, vol. 7, part 2, no. 8). Walter de
Gruyter & Co., Berlin.

Taylor, E. Cavendish

1864 Five months in the West Indies. Ibis, 1864:73-97.

Waterton, Charles

1891 Wanderings in South America. Thomas Nelson & Sons, London,
Department of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

81

LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON PUFF-BIRDS

BY ALEXANDER F. SKUTCH ^

HE Bucconidae, or puff -birds, are a family of about 30 species of

small or middle-sized arboreal birds confined to the tropical Am.eri-
can mainland. Abundant loose plumage, relatively big heads, and short
tails give many of the species a stout, “chunky” appearance. The puff-
birds are rather somberly colored in shades of brown and deep grays,
often conspicuously spotted and streaked, or with boldly contrasting
areas of black and white. The bill is short or medium, often notably
stout, terminally decurved or more or less strongly hooked. The feet are
zygodactyl — with two toes directed backward. The family is best
represented in the Amazon Valley and northern South America, and
only three species occur in Central America, north of Panama.

Despite infinite searching through the forests of Central America,
I have found but two nests of puff-birds, one of the Black-breasted
Puff-bird and one of the White- whiskered Soft-wing; both were de-
stroyed before life history studies could be completed. But in view of
the paucity of our information on the breeding habits of this family, it
seems desirable to publish my notes (though more or less fragmentary)
on these two nests. In an attempt to round out a picture of this inter-
esting family, I present also brief notes on two puff-birds of South
America: the Black-fronted Nun-bird and the Swallow-wing.

The Black-breasted Puff-bird is of medium size — about eight inches
in length. In both sexes the plumage is predominantly black, with con-
spicuous areas of white on the auricular regions, on the chin, throat,
and hind neck, and on the abdomen. A black band across the breast
extends upward between the white of the auricular regions and the
throat. The black feathers of the head, upper back, and breast are
glossy, with a bluish tinge; those of the lower back, rump, upper tail
coverts, tail, and wings are duller, more slate-colored than black, many
of them with narrow white margins at the tips. The eyes are dark, the
bill heavy and black, the legs and feet dusky. The bird is well illus-
trated by F. L. Jaques (in Sturgis, 1928:pl. 14) and by Sclater (1882:
pi. 24). It inhabits a restricted area of lowland forest extending from
the Canal Zone to central Colombia.

I have found the Black-breasted Puff-bird only on Barro Colorado
Island, Canal Zone, and even here I saw it only rarely except while I
was watching at a nest. Apparently it remains most of the time
well up in the trees, where it is seldom seen from the ground; the nest-
ing pair that I watched, when approaching or leaving the nest, flew

* This paper was prepared for publication while the writer held a fellowship of the
John Simon Guggenheim ^lemorial Foundation.

Black-breasted Puff-bird

Notharchus pectoralis (Gray)

82

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

through or even above the treetops, but the woods of the nest area
were low. Like other puff-birds, the Black-breasted Puff-bird sits for
long periods on the same expo.sed bough, its feathers fluffed out, a pic-
ture of stupid lethargy. But although outwardly motionless, it is ever
alert. Let any edible insect appear, whether flying in the air or crawl-
ing over leaf or bark, the “stupid” puff-bird darts swift and straight,
seizes the insect in its strong bill, returns promptly to its perch, and
pounds the victim loudly against the branch before gulping it down.
Then the bird remains quietly perching until another morsel tempts it
into action.

Voice. Even with its voice, the puff-bird appears never to expend
its energy unnecessarily. The construction of the nest calls forth out-
bursts of song from many birds, especially from the related jacamars;
but my pair of Black-breasted Puff-birds voiced only low, whispered
peep’s while so engaged. This, and a nasal sound uttered when they
were disturbed at the nest, were the only notes I heard from them
during many hours of watching.

Nest-building. While wandering through an area of second-growth
woodland on Barro Colorado Island on March 28, 1935, I heard a low
tapping sound which led to the discovery of my first pair of Black-
breasted Puff-birds. They were digging into the side of a very large
black nest of termites (the species was determined by Dr. A. E. Emer-
son as Nasutitermes pilijrons), which was situated about 30 feet above
the ground, far out on an ascending branch of a small tree that was
leafless but apparently living. The tree grew beside a narrow open
space amidst the woods, which facilitated subsequent observations.
Since the morning was already far spent, I went away, after noting that
the birds had made a very shallow depression in the side of the termi-
tary. Evidently they were just beginning to excavate their nest-
chamber.

When I returned next morning at a few minutes before eight o’clock,
I failed to find the puff-birds in the vicinity; I wandered about but at
8:45 heard tapping and returned to the observation post that I had
already chosen, a fallen log from which I had a good view of the
termitary. I found the pair perching quietly on a slender, leafless
branch in front of their hole in the side of the black mass. They ap-
peared not to notice my approach, although I made no attempt to con-
ceal myself. Soon one flew to the excavation and clung to its rim; it
clutched the lower edge of the shallow depression in the side of the ter-
mites’ nest, its short black tail propped against the outside of the nest,
and its head bent forward into the hole, so that from my position on the

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

83

ground I could not see it. In this attitude it remained almost motion-
less, but at fairly long intervals took a few pecks at the termitary. Four
taps were the most that I heard at a time; and each short spurt of ac-
tivity was followed by a relatively long period of silence and immo-
bility. I could not see the head of the bird, and it is possible that it was
devouring the termites which came out to defend their nest. After
clinging in this manner for about 15 minutes, the bird flew out and
rejoined its mate on the leafless branch. A few minutes later the mate
flew to the termitary and behaved as the first had done. It hammered
audibly at the structure more frequently than the first, yet still very
little. It remained only six minutes and, upon leaving, darted to the
trunk of the tree, plucked an insect from the bark, and flew with it to
a horizontal swinging vine not far distant. It knocked the insect against
the vine, then swallowed it. Six minutes later the first bird returned to
the termitary. So long as I watched them (8:45-10:12 a.m.), the two
thus alternated, remaining from less than one minute to as much as
12 minutes clinging in front of their excavation. Sometimes they ham-
mered more, sometimes less; but always their tapping came between
long periods during which, so far as I could see or hear, they were in-
active; and neither tapped more than four times together.

The member of the pair not at work usually sat motionless on the
bare limb with feathers puffed out in characteristic fashion. At inter-
vals it made a long dart to pick some insect from a distant branch or
leaf. Both members of the pair were perfectly silent, except for a low,
whispered peep that I heard at times. At 10:12 the bird which had
been at the termitary flew out and away, and five minutes later the
mate followed. What a contrast these stolid birds made with alert and
lively jacamars, timid trogons, noisy kingfishers, hard-working wood-
peckers, and all other birds I have watched dig their nest-chambers in
earth or wood or termites’ houses!

By April 3 the hole in the side of the termitary had become so deep
that when the puff-birds were at work in it the tip of the tail just
reached the rough black outer surface of the structure. They devoted
long hours to their task, and I found them at the termitary both morn-
ing and afternoon. They flew away just as I approached at about
8 a.m. on April 3, but their departure was evidently spontaneous, since
they seemed completely indifferent to my presence. In 15 minutes one
of the pair returned and went promptly to work, while a moment later
the second arrived on the perch where they always awaited turns at the
task. They alternated at the work as before, but one spent considerably
more time in the termitary than the other. Between 8:15 and 9:53
this bird gave 57 minutes to the task, while the mate, which I could
distinguish by a disarranged tail feather, remained at work a total of
only 30 minutes. The greater time given by the first was accounted for

84

THE WILSON BLT.LETIX

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

by two long shifts of 16 and 17 minutes, respectively. The other periods
of work of this bird were of 5 to 7 minutes’ duration, and those of the
mate lasted from 2 to 6 minutes.

While at work, they frequently uttered the low, soft peeping, which
was the only vocal sound that I had so far heard from them. The bird
waiting outside sometimes darted after insects, often to a considerable
distance; but there was no courtship feeding. During the longer shifts,
the puff-bird sometimes emerged from the cavity and rested for a short
time while it clung to the lower edge of the hole. Perhaps when I first
watched I had underestimated the amount of work that they actually
performed while inside the cavity. With my ear pressed against the
trunk of the supporting tree, I could hear sounds from within the termi-
tary which were otherwise inaudible to me. The tapping was far more
frequent than I had supposed from the louder taps which alone had
reached me where I had been sitting. There were also sounds which
seemed to indicate that the puff-birds crunched or tore at the substance
of the termitary, in addition to pecking at it.

Returning between four and five o’clock that afternoon, I found the
puff-birds at work. They stayed in the termitary for briefer periods
than in the morning, and changed about more frequently. In the morn-
ing I had been obliged to watch the birds against the sun, but now I
had the sun behind me and received a far more striking impression of
their contrasting white and glossy bluish-black plumage.

The puff-birds were still working at their hole in the termitary in
the middle of the afternoon of April 10, at least 14 days after they had
begun it. On April 13, I managed to reach the nest. I nailed cleats to
the trunk to facilitate frequent visits; and since the branch that sup-
ported the termitary seemed too slender to bear my own weight in addi-
tion, I braced it with a rope tied to the central trunk. Even after I had
climbed to the termitary I could not see into the puff-birds’ nest, whose
entrance opened on the outer side, away from the trunk. To overcome
this difficulty, I laid a stout pole between the nest-tree and the crotch
of a neighboring tree. Then, standing upon the horizontal beam and
steadying myself with one hand upon the branch that supported the
termitary, I could at length look into the opening. The next day I
noticed that the termites were eating away the supporting rope and the
lashings, and I replaced all the cordage with wire for greater safety.

When examined on April 13, the puff-birds’ nest-cavity seemed to
be completed. A narrow, horizontal tunnel, about 7 inches in length
by 1% inches in diameter, led into the top of a spacious, neatly rounded
chamber in the heart of the termitary. To see anything in the dark in-
terior it was necessary to use artificial illumination, in the form of a
small electric bulb attached to the end of vnves leading to an electric

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

85

torch that was hung close by. A small mirror, pivoted transversely on
the end of a long handle, revealed portions of the chamber that could
not be viewed directly.

When I began to nail the cleats to the trunk of the tree, the puff-
birds, which were resting on their favorite perch in front of their nest,
remained where they were until the vibration as I advanced higher
drove them away. During the next 10 days I visited the nest on alter-
nate days. I usually found one of the pair of puff-birds standing guard
on the perch in front of the entrance. Despite the shaking of the slender
branch as I climbed toward the bird, it stayed quietly where it was
until I came within two or three yards of it, when it flew silently away.
Twice I chanced to find a bird in the nest, where it remained, consider-
ably shaken by the swaying of the termitary caused by my movements,
until I had seated myself on the cross-piece in front of the nest and
begun to arrange the lighting apparatus, when it flew out past my ears,
uttering a nasal sound.

The eggs. On April 23 I was delighted to find that the first egg had
been laid. It was placed so near the back of the chamber that when I
put in the light I could see it without the mirror. The egg seemed small
in proportion to the puff-bird. It was pure white, with a beautiful
glossy shell, and resembled the egg of a woodpecker. It reposed on
some chips of the hard black substance of the termitary, which had
not been removed; no material of any kind had been brought into the
chamber to line the nest. On April 24 I found the second egg; and the
third and last was laid on April 26, indicating that the eggs were de-
posited at two-day intervals. During the period of egg-laying one bird
stood guard in front of the nest, as during the 10-day interval between
the completion of the nest and the deposition of the first egg. I made
all my visits during the afternoon, in order to be less likely to disturb
the female while she was laying.

Incubation. On the morning of May 3 I took up a position in view
of the nest at 5:45, just as the darkly overcast sky was beginning to
brighten from black to gray. At 6:16 the puff-bird which had passed
the night on the eggs appeared in the doorway of the nest. The pure
white throat was the only part of the bird which was plainly visible as
it paused in the entranceway to look out upon the forest dripping after
the night’s hard showers and still dim beneath a dense mantle of clouds.
After a minute’s delay, the bird launched forth and flew with short,
swift wing-strokes over the treetops and beyond my range of vision.
At 6:33 a member of the pair arrived and, after a brief survey of the
immediate surroundings, entered the nest. It was impossible to tell
whether this was the bird which had left 17 minutes earlier or (which

86

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

is more probable) the mate. This bird sat in the nest for nearly three
hours while I watched, drenched by the heavy showers that had mean-
while begun to come down. At 9:15 it came to the doorway, looked
about with its head framed in the round aperture, then flew forth.
It paused for many minutes among the branches near the nest, then
flew out of sight over the low trees. Since, without seeing one bird
relieve the other, I could not make certain wLether one or both incu-
bated, I decided to leave. Just as I was passing beneath the nest, at
about 9:30, a puff-bird arrived to enter it. I stood still to watch, but
I was too near, and after a little hesitation the bird flew away again.

Arriving at the nest at 1:57 p.m. on May 5, I found a puff-bird
perching quietly in front of it. Here it remained for half an hour,
sometimes stretching its wings, and once catching a big flying insect,
but mostly it sat motionless. The record of the following hour and a
half is given below:

2:30 The puff-bird entered the nest.

3:03 It left, paused a few minutes on the perch in front of the
nest, then joined its mate in the next tree.

3:25 After pausing for some time in the vicinity of the nest and
catching two insects, a bird entered.

3:32 It left and rested in front of the nest.

3:50 It entered again.

4:01 It left and perched in front of the nest.

This w’as most erratic behavior on the part of birds that had been
incubating their eggs for nine days and that w^ere capable of sitting
nearly three hours at a stretch. I decided to look into the nest and
see whether anything was amiss. The puff-bird that had just left
the nest remained perched in front of it while I climbed the tree. When
I was only about six feet aw’ay, it flew to a more distant perch in the
next tree, and sat, silent and stolid, only turning its head from side
to side as it watched me, during the entire time I wa3 at the nest.

The electric light revealed the eggs safe and sound in their usual
position. A few small black ants were crawling around the interior of
the chamber, and in and out through the entrance tunnel, but they
had been present since before the eggs w^ere laid and w^ere, moreover,
perfectly innocuous. I could see no cause at all for the puff-birds’
uneasiness.

L^pon reaching the nest on the afternoon of ]\Iay 6, I found one
of the pair perching quieth^ on the pole that I had fixed transversely
in front of the termitary. The bird retained its position despite shak-
ing until I came within six feet. At this distance I paused to look at
the chubby little creature, so oddly marked with black and white, and

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

87

to gaze into its large, alert dark eyes. Only when I began to move
closer did it take wing and dart over to a perch in the next tree,
about 12 or 15 feet away, where it remained to watch my proceedings.
The eggs were not in their usual position, where I could see them the
moment I switched on the light. I stuck in the mirror, and turning it
and the electric bulb from side to side, explored all the darker por-
tions of the chamber to learn whether the eggs had been displaced
there. But the result of all my searching was negative. I spent about
half an hour at the nest; and all this time the puff-bird that was
present when I arrived lingered in the same spot, intently and silently
watching me, turning its big head at intervals from side to side.
Before I descended, the mate arrived and perched near the first bird.

I had hardly reached the ground when one of the puff-birds flew
to the perch in front of the nest, where it was soon joined by the mate.
Then the first bird flew to the entrance of the nest and clung there,
apparently wanting to enter, yet fearing to do so. It pushed its head
in a little way, then backed out, then pushed in again, a little farther.
It was plainly torn between two conflicting impulses. At length, with-
out having penetrated to the nest-chamber, the bird retreated and
joined its mate on the perch. The latter then went to the entrance,
repeated the same performance, and came back without having entered.
Then the first flew again to the doorway, but was no more courageous
this time than last, and rejoined its mate on the branch in front of
the nest. Finally the second puff-bird went the second time to the
entrance and, slowly and cautiously, sometimes advancing, sometimes
retreating, arrived at last at the chamber. While these explorations
were in progress, the two birds uttered occasional monosyllabic peep’s,
somewhat louder than I had heard them voice before, but still not loud.

After a minute the puff-bird came out head first, proving that it
had gone all the way into the chamber, where alone there was room
to turn around. It joined the mate on the perch, and after four minutes
the other went inside, though not without considerable hesitation. This
was its third attempt to enter. It remained within for two minutes,
then emerged head first, as the other had done. Then the second,
which meanwhile had withdrawn to a more distant perch, flew again
to the entrance, uttering a peculiar, low, nasal sound as it went past
its mate, which had remained on the branch in front of the nest. It
went inside, came out after a minute, then after a pause went in once
again, making three times in all. After its third exit it flew off to a
more distant perch. The first puff-bird went yet again to the entrance,
where it clung and called with weak peep’s, then flew off to join the
mate, without having entered the nest. The birds devoted 40 minutes
to their apparent hunt for the vanished eggs, before at last they flew
off over the treetops.

88

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

And what could have taken the eggs? No hawk nor owl nor toucan
could have entered the chamber, nor reached the eggs through the
long, narrow entranceway. Any mammal slender enough to creep in
would have been too small to remove the eggs in its mouth, and must
have devoured them where they lay, leaving tell-tale particles of shell.
But a snake could easily have slipped in and engulfed them whole,
leaving no trace of its visit.

Bitterly disappointed by the loss of the puff-birds’ eggs on May 6,
I did not revisit their nest until May 30, when other business took
me into that part of the forest. To my great surprise, the nest was
occupied again. Despite the rather violent shaking caused by my climb
up the slender supporting branch, the puff-bird that was sitting in the
chamber did not dart out until I actually reached the termitary.
Pushing in the electric light, I saw three eggs resting where the first
three had lain. Instead of being immaculate white, as the first set had
been when newly laid, these had become soiled and were covered with
blackish speckles. Apparently they had been deposited a number of
days earlier. Trogons’ eggs laid in termitaries also become heavily
soiled.

I had only two days more to remain on Barro Colorado, and in
a last-minute effort to answer the question whether one or both mem-
bers of the pair incubated, I watched again late on the afternoon of
May 31. This time I was successful in witnessing the replacement of
one by the other. One puff-bird was within when I began my vigil
at 3:40 p.m. I observed no sign of activity at the termitary until
4:23, when the mate came flying through the treetops and settled
on a high bough about 20 feet from the termitary. I was more than
40 feet away and heard no sound, but the puff-bird in the nest evidently
did, for it came to the doorway. Here it paused a minute or two,
looking out, then flew forth and alighted on a twig in front of the
nest, where it delayed for several minutes, puffing out its feathers and
uttering low peep’s. Next it went to a more distant perch and delayed
longer, before at last it winged away over the treetops. The new arrival
lingered where it had first come to rest, then flew to the perch in front
of the nest and delayed still more, knocking the sides of its bill alter-
nately against the branch. Finally, 23 minutes after its arrival, it
entered the nest to stay — and at last I knew that the two sexes of the
Black-breasted Puff-bird share the incubation of the eggs. It sat in
the nest for 78 minutes (until 6:04), when it came out and lingered
for 19 minutes on the perch in front, then flew away through the
treetops. At 6:50 this bird or, more probably, its mate came out of
the forest and after hesitating a minute or two entered the termitary,
when the fading light had become so dim that I could hardly distin-
guish it. This was my last glimpse of a Black-breasted Puff-bird.

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

89

I had watched this nest for a total of 7 hours while incubation
was going on. The 5 sessions on the eggs which I timed ranged from
7 to 162 minutes and averaged 58.2 minutes. Five periods when the
eggs were unattended ranged from 17 to 46 minutes and averaged 25.2
minutes. The nest was occupied by one member of the pair or the
other for only 70 per cent of the 7 hours. In their manner of incu-
bation these puff-birds much resembled such toucans as the Blue-
throated Toucanet {Aulacorhynchus caeruleogularis) and Frantzius’
Aragari {Pteroglossus frantzu). The toucans, like the puff-birds, take
sessions of very irregular length, now fairly long, now very short, and
often go off before the mate arrives to replace them, leaving the nest
unattended, so that one must watch long and patiently to assure him-
self that both members of a pair share the task of incubation. One of
my Black-breasted Puff-birds sat once for a period much longer than
I timed at nests of either of these far bigger toucans, and the sessions
of the pair also averaged longer. Jacamars keep their eggs far more
constantly covered.

The Black-breasted Puff-bird’s habit of nesting in a termitary is
not unique in the family. Cherrie (1916:321) found a nest of the
Two-banded Puff-bird (Hypnelus bicinctus) in a termitary at Caicara
on the Orinoco. An entrance tunnel about 8 centimeters in diameter
led to a spherical chamber about 15 centimeters in diameter, hollowed
out of the heart of the termitary. He records that one of the parents
remained in the cavity, covering the single fresh white egg, while he
cut and hacked at the hard, tough structure and the insects swarmed
out everywhere over the nest in countless numbers. There was no
lining in the chamber; the egg was deposited on the debris at the
bottom of the nest-cavity. Because I did not cut into the termitary that
contained the Black-breasted Puff-birds’ nest, I saw practically nothing
of the insects; they had sealed off the innumerable passages leading
into the part of their dwelling occupied by the birds. The same thing
occurs when trogons carve their nest-cavity in a termitary.

White-whiskered. Soft-wing
Malacoptila panamensis Lafresnaye

The Soft-wing is a stout bird about seven inches in length. Its
soft, loose plumage is colored with many blended shades of brown,
chestnut, tawny, and buff which in aggregate give the bird at a dis-
tance a bright reddish-brown hue. From close by it is seen to be
profusely spotted and streaked with tawny and pale buff on the upper
plumage, and, on the under parts, broadly streaked with brown and
dusky. M. p. panamensis is more liberally streaked than the northern

90

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

race, inornata. At the base of the bill are mustache-like tufts of white
or whitish feathers, for which Sclater (1882:119, and pi. 40) called the
bird the ‘‘White-whiskered Soft-wing” (the substantive a loose trans-
lation of the generic name) — a most appropriate English appellation
which has been strangely ignored by later authors. The bird’s eye is
large and red; its bill rather long, stout, slightly curved, and dark
above; its legs and feet yellowish gray. The coloration of the female
is much less bright than that of the male, but in the dim light of the
woodland it is not easy to distinguish the two.

The species, as a whole, ranges from western Ecuador to southern
^lexico. On the Pacific slope of southern Costa Rica I have met the
bird as high as 4,700 feet above sea-level, but it is much more abundant
below 3,000 feet, and in general throughout its Central American range
is known only from the Tropical Zone. A species of the rain forest,
northward of Costa Rica it is largely if not wholly confined to the
Caribbean side. In the forest the Soft-wings are usually seen within
15 or 20 feet of the ground; but I suspect that they spend a good
part of their time at considerably greater heights, although because
of their habitual immobility they are not often discovered among the
taller trees until one becomes familiar with their voice. Not infre-
quently they wander from the primary forest into neighboring areas
of older second growth, and occasionally I see them in the shady
pasture in front of my house, hard by the forest. Like other forest
birds, they seem often to come to the edge of an adjacent clearing in
the twilight, apparently to enjoy a slightly longer period of daylight
and to hunt food at a time when the illumination beneath the tall
trees is too dim for this activity. Usually I have found Soft-wings
singly, but not infrequently one individual will attach itself to a mixed
flock of small birds of other species.

My notebooks contain no better word-picture of the Soft-wing’s
behavior than that which I wrote many years ago after my first meet-
ing with the species. On the afternoon of September 4, 1930, John T.
Emlen and I were following a trail through tall second-growth woods,
in the Lancetilla Valley near the Caribbean coast of Honduras, when
we met a Northern White-whiskered Soft-wing {inornata) resting upon
a small bough 10 feet above the path. It permitted a close approach
and sat motionless, very upright, while we examined the details of its
plumage through our field-glasses (although most were clearly visible
to the naked eye) and described them minutely to each other in voices
perfectly audible to it. It was quite silent during the quarter of an
hour or more that we had it in view, and while perching was motion-
less except that several times it rapidly about-faced on the branch,
thus alternately exposing its front and back to our close scrutiny.
While it appeared dull and stupid, it was by no means asleep, for its

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

91

eyes were ever watchful for creatures crawling over the surrounding
foliage. When it espied its prey, usually below the level of its perch
and at a distance of 10 or 15 feet, it darted out rapidly, and we dis-
tinctly heard the loud clack of its heavy bill as it closed upon the
booty. Then it returned to a perch, usually the same, to sit quietly
until some other suitable morsel presented itself. Once it shot straight
toward us and picked up some insect in the grass beside the trail,
not 10 feet from where we stood. In its habit of sitting motionless,
scanning the foliage for insects, its rapid darts upon the prey and
return to the same perch, and its habitual silence, it greatly resembled
the Turquoise-browed Motmot {Eumomota superciliosa) of the same
region, but permitted an even closer approach than the latter. After
we had proceeded on our way and crossed the river we saw another
Soft-wing, or perhaps the same again, perched low above the trail; and
in the dim light of evening, I almost bumped into it before it took
flight.

Because of its habitual fearlessness of man, and its habit of re-
maining motionless like a heron or kingfisher while keeping a sharp
lookout for its prey, this puff-bird and many others of its family are
frequently called “stupid,” especially by collectors.

Voice. The Soft- wing is no more gifted in voice than the other
puff-birds I know. The only notes that I have ever heard from it
are thin, weak whistles or peep’s, but these vary considerably in length
and intonation. While I sat in a blind amidst the forest on Barro
Colorado Island in the Panama Canal Zone, watching a nest of an
antwren, a Soft-wing perched motionless for more than a quarter of
an hour on the low twig of a sapling about 20 feet away, and repeated
low, peeping notes which even at this distance were scarcely audible.
At other times I have heard the bird utter a high, thin, sibilant whistle.
One afternoon in May, in the forest in the basin of El General, Costa
Rica, I watched a Soft-wing as it perched on a lower bough of a tall
tree and delivered repeatedly a long-drawn, thin, sharp, high-pitched
tzeeee tzeeee. As he voiced these notes, he twitched his tail far to one
side, then far to the other, holding it motionless for a few moments
at the extremity of each beat. I have often heard notes of this character
floating down from somewhere above me in the heavy forest, but
usually without being able to pick out their author with my eyes.

Nesting. On June 8, 1943, I found in the forest close by my house
in El General the only nest of the White-whiskered Soft-wing that
I have ever seen. It was in a burrow on a hillside which, although
steep, was by no means precipitous — a horse could have climbed
straight up. The forest was high, with a lofty closed canopy, and the
undergrowth of bushes and saplings open and easy to walk through.

92

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

The ground, carpeted with fallen leaves and other litter, bore only a
sparse, scattered cover of low ferns and saplings. The burrow de-
scended obliquely at an angle of about 30 degrees with the horizontal.
It was about 2^ inches in diameter, perfectly straight, with a roomy
chamber at its lower end. The total length from the entrance to the
back of the burrow was 20% inches. The chamber was lined on bot-
tom and sides with large pieces of dead leaves, upon which rested two
pure white eggs. The mouth of the tunnel was surrounded by a low
pile of decaying twigs, some thorny, and dead leaves. On top of these
were three big whole leaves, the largest 12 inches long by 4 inches
wide. The edges of these leaves just touched the mouth of the tunnel.
Although I thought the burrow had been dug by the birds, there was
no fresh earth visible below it. Possibly when excavating, the Soft-
wings carried the loose earth away in their bills, as chickadees and
barbets remove the chips when carving their nest-cavity in wood; but
if they actually did this, the excavation of the burrow must have been
a long and laborious task. The nest was so well hidden, its mouth
closely surrounded by dead leaves in the midst of the long, leaf-strewn
slope, that I might have passed over it without becoming aware of its
existence if a bird had not flown out as I walked by.

The two immaculate white eggs formed the complete set, for on
subsequent days the number did not increase. I wanted to study the
pattern of incubation at this nest, but because of the steepness of the
slope and the positions of the neighboring trunks, the only point which
offered accommodation for a blind was close in front of the burrow. I
feared that alterations in the surroundings so near the nest might re-
duce its chances of escaping predatory animals.

On my subsequent visits to the nest, I almost always found a puff-
bird in charge. As I came near, it would emerge, fly to a bough above
my head and repeat over and over its high, thin, long-drawn whistle.
Then it would rise into the crowns of the trees and vanish. Or some-
times it would, upon leaving the burrow, fly without stopping into the
upper levels of the forest, whence the whistles floated down from the
unseen bird. But if I approached very softly and cautiously, I might
throw in the beam of my electric torch and surprise the Soft-wing in
the nest. It would always be facing outward as it sat on the eggs, and
the large, deep red eyes shone brightly in the beam of light. As soon
as I extinguished the light and stood to one side of the doorway, it
would emerge and fly swiftly out of sight. Sometimes, upon looking into
the tunnel after the bird’s departure, I would see a number of dark-
colored flies, as big as house flies, resting upon the white eggs.

When I approached the nest at 10 o’clock on the morning of June
17, both parents repeated their thin whistles almost continuously, but
they were well up among the trees where I could not see them. Look-
ing into the burrow with the electric torch, I saw that the eggs had

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

93

hatched. The nestlings were pink-skinned, completely naked, and had
tightly closed eyes. Their short, sharp bills curved downward at the
tip; the lower mandible did not exceed the upper in length, as with
newly hatched woodpeckers, kingfishers, and jacamars. I could not
see the nestlings’ feet and did not wish to open the burrow and remove
the birds for a closer examination, knowing that such interference
would diminish their slender chances of living to fly from the nest.
The young Soft-wings moved around rather actively upon their leafy
bed, apparently trying to escape the light.

Two days later the nestlings had vanished, although the burrow and
its surroundings were unaltered. I believe that only a snake could have
entered to swallow the nestlings. I heard the parents whistling in the
vicinity but could not see them; and if later they made another nest
in that part of the forest, it escaped my search.

I have not seen any published description of the nest of the White-
whiskered Soft-wing {Malacoptilapanamensis) ,h\xt Arbib and Loetscher
(1935:327) report having found it breeding in the Panama Canal Zone
during July and August. Todd and Carriker (1922:227) describe
briefly a nest of the closely related Mustached Soft- wing {M. mysta-
calis) discovered in the Santa Marta region of Colombia: “The nest
is placed at the extremity of a hole in a bank of earth, excavated by
the birds to a depth of nearly two feet (in the case of the one ex-
amined). The tunnel proper is from two to three inches in diameter,
while the nest-chamber at the end is enlarged to be about six inches
across and four inches high. The nest is very slight — merely a few twigs
and dead leaves. The one examined was in a bank by the roadside,
where people and animals were passing daily; it contained one young
bird, nearly fully fledged.”

Black-fronted Nun-bird

Monasa nigrijrons (Spix)

The most memorable event of my visit on October 6, 1940, to the
Rio Yavari, a southern tributary of the Amazon which forms part of
the boundary between Peru and Brasil, was a meeting with a flock of
Nun-birds. While we examined a rubber tree in a riverside plantation,
a small flock of these birds perched in the boughs close above us. They
were very tame and allowed us to see them well. They were dark on all
the upper parts, wings, and tail, and their under plumage was dark
gray. Their only bright color was on the strongly tapering bill, which
was brilliant orange. Cherrie (1916:322) states that in Venezuela a
related species {M. niger) has a poppy-red bill and is called pico de
lacre (sealingwax-bill), a name which would equally well fit the
Peruvian bird. Their eyes were large and dark, their feet blackish.
While perching quietly above us they voiced soft musical murmurs, the
while twitching their black tails from side to side.

94

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

The Nun-birds appear to be more sociable than the majority of
the puff-birds, and a careful study of their habits might reveal some
interesting relationships. But we are fortunate in having a description
of a nest of the Black Nun-bird {Monasa niger) found by Cherrie
(1916:322) in the Orinoco region of Venezuela on May 27, 1907. This
was in a burrow situated in a belt of heavy timber bordering the San
Feliz River. The tunnel was about 7.6 centimeters in diameter and 1.5
meters in length, and went down into the level ground at an angle of
about 45 degrees with the surface. Covering the entrance was a pile of
coarse and rotten dead twigs, as large as a half-bushel measure, and “un-
questionably of recent construction.” The mouth of the burrow itself
was reached through a rounded tunnel which ran along the ground
beneath the pile of sticks. So cleverly concealed a nest would not have
been discovered had not the cries of the well-grown young, issuing
from beneath the brush pile, drawn Cherrie’s attention. In the presence
of a pile of dead vegetation over the entranceway, the burrow of the
Nun-bird resembles that of the Soft-wing, but in the Nun-bird this
feature was far more strongly developed; the Nun-bird likewise left
no loose earth about the entrance.

SWALLO^V-WING

Chelidoptera tenebrosa (Pallas)

While voyaging with a rubber survey party over the waterways
of eastern Peru in the gun-boat Amazonas, I saw much of the Swallow-
wings along the shores of the Amazon, the Marahon, and their great
tributaries, the Huallaga, Ucayali, and Napo. Swallow-wings are about
the size of a large swallow, but stouter of body and with a bigger
head. In plumage they are chiefly black, but with the rump pure
white, the abdomen rufous, and the under tail coverts dull white. The
pointed tips of the long wings, when folded, reach almost to the end
of the short tail. The bill, fairly stout at the base but tapering to a
sharp tip, is black and markedly curved. The feet are blackish and
the eyes dark.

These birds rested, generally in pairs, on the topmost leafless twigs
of tall, dead or dying trees along the shores, whence they made long
aerial sallies in pursuit of insects, returning usually to the same high
lookout to devour their victims and await another capture. It did
not occur to me that these “flycatchers” might be puff-birds until
months afterward, when I found them depicted among other members
of this family in Goeldi’s “Album de Aves Amazonicas.” But when
one gives thought to the matter, it is clear that the Swallow-wing has
only developed to a higher degree the insect-catching arts of its
relatives Notharchus and Malacoptila\ it pursues the insects above
the trees rather than among them, with a corresponding increase in

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

95

radius of action and ease of flight. The only note I heard from these
Peruvian Swallow-wings was a weak whistle. From the Amazonian
plain I traced them upward into the Andean foothills; the highest seen
was near San Ramon Chanchamayo, at about 2,700 feet above sea-
level.

Like the Soft-wings and Nun-birds, the Swallow-wings nest in
burrows in the ground. According to Cherrie (1916:323), who found
the species not uncommon along the Orinoco, frequenting open glades
in forested regions or the light woodland bordering savannas, they
may dig their tunnels either in the bank of a stream, like a Bank
Swallow, or in level ground. The straight shaft slants downward at an
angle of about 30 degrees with the horizontal and varies from about
one to two meters in length. At the nether end is a slight enlargement
where the eggs, pure white and generally two in a set, rest upon the
bare ground or on a few bits of dead grass. The birds apparently
carry off in their bills all the earth they excavate, for no loose dirt was
found about the mouth of the tunnel. No mention is made by Cherrie
of a pile of leaves or sticks over or around the orifice of the burrow, as
with those of Monasa and Malacoptila. The young Swallow-wings are
hatched perfectly naked, like the nestling Soft-wings, but their skin is
slate black instead of pink. When they are about half grown and their
pin feathers begin to appear they are said to creep out to the entrance
of the burrow, where they sprawl in the sun while awaiting the visits
of their parents with food. If suddenly alarmed, they scuttle back-
ward into their burrow, never pausing even long enough to turn around.
The bottom of nests containing older young swarm with maggots that
thrive in the excrement and cast-off parts of the insect food — chiefly
small beetles — with which the young are nourished. Cherrie records
that he found four nests between March 2 and May 8.

Summary

The Black-breasted Puff-bird {Notharchus pector alts') lives among
the crowns of the trees in the lowland forests of eastern Panama and
northern Colombia. It perches motionless much of the time, breaking
its long periods of immobility by sudden darts to snatch insects from
the vegetation or from the air.

The only notes heard were a low, weak peep and a nasal sound
uttered when the birds were disturbed at their nest.

On Barro Colorado Island a pair were discovered carving a nest-
chamber into a big, black, arboreal termitary on March 28, 1935. The
sexes alternated at this task, and they worked hard through much of
the day over a period of two weeks before the nest was completed.

During the 10 days which elapsed between the apparent completion
of the chamber and the laying of the first egg, one or the other member
of the pair guarded the nest much of the time. It rested quietly in
front or at times sat within.

96

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Three pure white eggs were laid at two-day intervals.

Male and female took turns at incubation, but usually one flew
away before the other arrived to replace it. Their periods of sitting
were most variable, those timed ranging from 7 to 162 minutes. Dur-
ing 7 hours of observation the eggs were covered only 70 per cent
of the time.

The eggs vanished before hatching, apparently taken by a snake.
The parents made repeated inspections of the nest after their dis-
appearance.

After a few weeks a second set of three eggs was found in the same
cavity.

The White-whiskered Soft- wing {Malacoptila panamensis) dwells
chiefly in lowland forest, but at times is seen in adjoining areas of
older second growth and even in shady pastures. In its manner of
catching insects it greatly resembles the Black-breasted Puff-bird.

Its notes are weak peep’s or high, thin whistles.

A nest was found, on June 8, 1943, in a short burrow going obliquely
down into a steep hillside covered by tall forest. The chamber at the
lower end was lined with dead leaves, and a little heap of twigs and
dead leaves surrounded and concealed the entrance. Although the
burrow was apparently dug by the puff-birds, no excavated earth was
found near it.

Two white eggs formed the full set.

The nestlings hatched quite naked. They vanished, apparently
taken by a snake, when two days old.

The Nun-birds {Monasa) appear to be more gregarious than other
puff-birds. Their nests in burrows (as described by Cherrie) have
points in common with those of the Soft-wing.

The Swallow- wings {Chelidoptera tenebrosa) rest in pairs on the
exposed tops of tall trees, whence they dart out or up in spectacular
fashion to catch flying insects. Their notes are soft whistles. They
nest in burrows in the ground, and the young are born naked.

Literature Cited

Arbib, Robert S. Jr., and Frederick W. Loetscher, Jr.

1935 Some notes from the Panama Canal Zone — summer 1934. Auk, 52;
325-328.

Cherrie, George K.

1916 A contribution to the ornithology of the Orinoco region. Mus. Brooklyn
Inst. Arts Sci., Sci. Bull., 2:133a-374.

SCLATER, P. L.

1882 A monograph of the jacamars and puff-birds. London.

Alexander
F. Skutch

PUFF-BIRDS

97

Sturgis, Bertha B.

1928 Field book of birds of the Panama Canal Zone. G. P. Putnam’s Sons,
New York.

Todd, W. E. Clyde, and M. A. Carriker, Jr.

1922 The birds of the Santa Marta region of Colombia: a study in alti-
tudinal distribution. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 14.

Finca ‘Los Cusingos/ San Isidro del General, Costa Rica

98

THE WILSOX BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

A SINGING FEMALE WOOD THRUSH

BY HERVEY BRACKBILL

The female Wood Thrush [Uylocichla mustelina) of a color
banded pair whose two nestings I studied in Baltimore in 1943 sang
frequently during the laying and incubating stages of both nestings.
Her utterances differed in form from the songs of males and were weaker
and less musical, but their sustained and vibrant quality marked them
definitely as songs. (This female did not return in 1944.)

I have mentioned (1943:82) another female Wood Thrush that,
during a defense of territory, voiced at intervals a short, explosive cry
that had a musical quality and suggested rudimentary song; other ob-
servers have reported song by females of two other hylocichlids, Bick-
nelBs Thrush {H. minima bicknelli) and the Veery {H. juscescens).
Wallace (1939:314) states that practically every sitting BicknelBs
Thrush that he watched sang occasionally during incubation, hatching,
and brooding. The dates given by Halle (1943a: 103, 1943b:46-47)
for the singing of a Veery that seemed to be a female suggest a song
cycle extending from courtship three-fourths of the way through incu-
bation. •

T he songs. The songs of the female Wood Thrush were of two dis-
tinct forms. The one I heard oftenest I recorded as huh-huh-huh-cheee.
The huh notes were much like the common soft call of the Wood
Thrush, but “heavier” or “solider”; although usually three or four
in number, they varied from one to six. Cheee, the accented note of the
phrase, was a somewhat prolonged, definitely vibrant note, resembling
the final note of a male Wood Thrush’s rising song phrase but hoarse
and much below a male’s in volume.

The second song form was huh-huh-huh huh-o-wee, the introductory
hub's as in the first song, but the huh-o-wee a slurred, flat-toned whistle,
with the accent on wee.

There were some variants of both main forms, and also occasional
songs that combined the characteristic sections of both, as: hoo-yuh-wee
cheee (the first phrase a flat-toned whistle, accented on the hoo), and
huh-huh-huh-huh hoo-wee cheee (accent on the wee).

Song cycles. The mate of the singing female, a color-banded bird
from 1942, returned to his nesting territory on May 8, 1943; the female
was present by May 9; nest building occurred May 10 to 13, laying
May 14 to 17, hatching May 28 to 30, and the young left the nest
(prematurely) June 7. Building of the second nest began June 11,
laying occurred June 16 to 18, hatching June 28 to 30, and the young
left the nest between July 10 and 12.

The female’s song was cyclical. Each cycle began, as far as I ob-
served, early on the morning of the second laying day. The first cycle
was at least 16 days. May 15 through 2^Iay 30, song last being heard

Hervey

Brackbill

WOOD THRUSH

99

some hours after the hatching of the fourth and last egg. The second
cycle was at least 5 days, June 17 through June 21, song last being
heard on the third day following completion of the clutch of three eggs.
(On five occasions on four later days during incubation and hatching,
I watched this nest for one to four hours at a stretch without hearing
the female sing.) This decline in the female’s singing from brood to
brood resembles the decline in attentiveness that in a previous study
(1943:86) I recorded for both members of a pair of Wood Thrushes.
Nice (1943:127) found that female Song Sparrows {Melospiza melodia)
sang only before the first nesting.

Place of song. On the first day of each song cycle the female sang
both from the nest rim and from perches out in the territory. On the
second day of the first cycle I once saw her sing in the home tree a
few yards from the nest. With these exceptions, I saw her sing only
when she was sitting on the nest (however, once steady incubation had
begun I never followed her on her foraging trips between sittings).

The greatest distance from the nest at which I observed singing was
43 yards, on May 15. Other song perches that day were 30, 27, and 23
yards from the nest. On June 17 some singing was done 21 yards and
4 yards from the second nest.

Except for one that was only 3 feet up, the perches used were 10
to 18 feet above the ground. The first nest was 17 feet and the second
nest 11 feet above the ground.

Wallace (1939:314-315) actually observed female Bicknell’s
Thrushes singing only from the nest. I infer from Halle’s accounts
(1943a: 103, 1943b:46) that the female (?) Veery sang when away
from the nest.

Hours of song. The female Wood Thrush sang at all hours of the
day. The distribution of my records parallels to some degree my oppor-
tunities for observation ; most records during both nestings fell between
5:00 and 7:00 a. m.; during the first nesting there were a number be-
tween 5:45 and 6:45 p.m. and a scattering between 10:00 and 11:30
a.m.; during the second nesting there was one at 2:45 p.m.

Wallace (1939) mentions that one female Bicknell’s Thrush sang
“at various intervals during the day” (p. 341) and that two sang in
the late evening (p. 338).

Rate. The highest rates of song observed were: May 15, 5 songs
given in 30 seconds; ]\Iay 19, 7 given in each of 2 (non-consecutive)
minutes, 4 in one minute; June 19, 3 in each of 2 (non-consecutive)
minutes.

For periods of continuous singing the highest rates were: May 15,
23 songs in 9 minutes (from the nest rim), 19 songs in 8 minutes (away
from the nest); May 19, 59 songs in 27 minutes (on the nest); June
19, 29 songs in 45 minutes (on the nest).

100

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Volume. The songs varied considerably in volume. At their weakest
they almost justified “whisper” designation; at their loudest they were
still far below male song. I did not determine their carrying power
exactly, but on May 19 I heard song from a distance of 16 yards and
on June 21 from 23 yards; these songs would have been easily audible
at considerably greater distances — ^possibly 35 yards. The songs were
loudest at the start of each cycle.

Attitude when singing. I never saw the female Wood Thrush adopt
an unusual attitude when singing; she perched or sat in her customary
ways; sometimes there was not even a perceptible bill or throat move-
ment.

Song stimulus. During the two nestings I observed the female’s start-
ing to sing 26 times. The apparent stimuli were: the male’s song, 14
times (12 times in first nesting); the male’s calls, once (second nest-
ing) ; the singing male’s nearer approach, once (first nesting) ; the male’s
silent approach to a distance of about 25 yards, once (second nesting)
a neighboring male’s song 80 yards or more away, once (first nesting) ;
the cries of a full-grown young Robin (Turdus migratorius) being
banded 23 yards away, once (second nesting) ; no observed stimulus,
7 times (4 times in first nesting).

On the occasion when the singing male’s nearer approach appeared
to be the stimulus, the nearer perch from which he sang was one of his
most-used ones. Every time during the first nesting that his song
seemed to stimulate the sitting female to sing, he sang from about
that same place (he was not always visible to me). I do not believe
he was ever visible there to the female, but I cannot be sure.

The interval between the male Wood Thrush’s starting to sing and
the female’s response (when she did respond) varied from “at once”
to 7 minutes. The female’s reaction was quickest at the height of her
song cycles. Thus, of 8 song bursts evoked by the male’s singing May
15-19, 4 came “at once” and the others after 30, 60, and 75 seconds,
and 4 minutes of singing by the male. Of 4 such bursts May 25-30, only
one came “at once” and the others after 30 seconds, 6 and 7 minutes.
Of 3 such bursts June 17-19, the intervals were 15, 60, and 75 seconds.

Responsive” singing. Paired birds of a number of species sing
“responsively.” Such song is of three types: (1) the singing of the
male inspires the female to sing — apparently the reverse of this order
is uncommon — ^but the songs of the two birds are entirely uncoordi-
nated; (2) the two birds sing song for song in alternation; (3) the
female’s notes begin as the male’s end and the phrases of the pair,
thus added together without a perceptible break, comprise the species
song.

Hervey

Brackbill

WOOD THRUSH

101

As has been indicated, the song of the female Wood Thrush was,
for the most part, responsive to the male’s in the first sense. So also
was the song of female Bicknell’s Thrushes (Wallace, 1939:338). Only
once did I observe responsiveness of the second type by the Wood
Thrushes: on May 15, while singing away from the nest, the female
for a very short time “answered” the male’s song phrase for phrase;
this appeared to be a chance occurrence.

On one occasion (May 23) the male Wood Thrush sang in response
to the female; after she had given two songs from the nest he broke
more than 25 minutes of silence by singing half a dozen low phrases
from a favorite perch, then flew within a foot of the nest for a few
seconds (his whereabouts during his silent period were not known).

Only one other time did the song of the female Wood Thrush ap-
pear to influence the male’s behavior in any way. On May 15, im-
mediately after she had sung her second song within 45 seconds, the
male flew from a perch about 50 feet away to one within 2 feet of her;
then after a minute’s idleness both birds flew to the ground and foraged.

Shaver (in Laskey, 1944:27) states that in response to song by the
female Cardinal {Richmondena cardinalis) the male may appear and
feed her or copulate with her.

Masculinity in the jemale. Saunders (1929:17) was “inclined to
think that in most cases singing females . . . possess some trace of
masculine characteristics.” Nice (1943:127) found that to be true of
singing female Song Sparrows insofar as their song was “always given
from an elevation ... in contrast to the female’s usual behavior of
staying close to the ground,” and (p. 128) insofar as two out of four
outstanding singers were (at least on occasion) “both unusually ag-
gressive in defending their territories”; however, she noted that one of
those two females had a normal nesting history, while the other for
three straight years was the earliest layer of all her birds.

As already noted, the female Wood Thrush always sang from
elevated places. Which bird of the pair occupied the higher or more
commanding spot at the times the female sang could seldom be de-
termined with certainty. However, twice the female was higher than
the male, and twice I think she was lower, when his song moved her
to sing (there was no correlation between her relative position and the
promptness of her response) ; she once was higher than he, and once on
about the same level, when she sang with no observed stimulus. Wallace
relates (1939:338) that female Bicknell’s Thrushes when they sang
were sometimes above and sometimes below their mates.

This singing female Wood Thrush was no more active in defense of
territory than the female of a pair that I studied intensively in the
preceding year (1943:82) ; once I imperfectly saw an apparent defense
against another Wood Thrush, and once the female helped her mate
drive off a Blue Jay {Cyanocitta cristata).

102

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Summary

A female Wood Thrush, studied in Baltimore in 1943, frequently
sang during the laying and incubating stages of her two nestings.
Her songs differed in form from those of males, and were weaker and
less musical. She sang less during her second nesting than during her
first. She sang both from the nest and from perches out in the territory,
chiefly in the early morning and the evening. The male’s singing was
the commonest stimulus observed. Except on one (apparently chance)
occasion there was no coordinated responsiveness in the singing of the
two birds. Only twice was the male observed to react to his mate’s
singing: both times he flew to her, once first responding with a few
songs. This female showed no other signs of masculinity.

Literature Cited

Brackbill, Hervey

1943 A nesting study of the Wood Thrush. Wils. Bull., 55:73-87.

Halle, Louis J. Jr.

1943a The Veery breeding in Washington, D. C. Auk, 60:103-104.

1943b The spotted thrushes. Aud. Mag., 45:39-47.

Laskey, Amelia R.

1944 A study of the Cardinal in Tennessee. Wils. Bull., 56:27-44.

Nice, Margaret Morse

1943 Studies in the life history of the Song Sparrow, II. Trans. Linn. Soc.
N.Y., 6.

Saunders, Aretas A.

1929 Bird song. N.Y. State Mus. Handbook 7.

Wallace, George J.

1939 Bicknell’s Thrush, its taxonomy, distribution, and life history. Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41:211-401.

4608 Springdale Avenue, Baltimore 7, Maryland

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

103

NOTES ON TEXAS SEASIDE SPARROWS

BY LUDLOW GRISCOM

IN 1944 I published a ‘‘Second Revision” of the Seaside Sparrows,
Ammospiza maritima, which was primarily a study of Gulf Coast
variations based on superb material assembled by George H. Lowery,
Jr., at Baton Rouge. I was in no position at that time to make a criti-
cal study of the birds of the Texas coast then assumed to be sennetti
Allen, and my few notes were prefaced with the remark that our
knowledge of sennetti “really lags behind that of any other subspecies
at the moment.”

In January 1946 Dr. Max M. Peet offered me the opportunity to
examine his series of Ammospiza maritima from the Texas coast, col-
lected by H. H. Kimball. No less than 68 of this series come from
localities other than the type locality (Corpus Christi, Nueces Bay),
and the degree of individual variation in 65 specimens, all presumably
from Matagorda (on the north arm of Matagorda Bay near the mouth
of the Colorado River), is as great as that shown by jisheri on the
coast of Louisiana (Griscom, 1944). Additional specimens from the
Museum of Comparative Zoology and a kind loan, through the courtesy
of Dr. John T. Zimmer, of 32 specimens from the American Museum
of Natural History result in a grand total of 180 specimens from the
coast of Texas from Galveston Bay southward, including every locality
of record. They prove that the present systematic concept of sennetti,
as well as the present definitions of the ranges of sennetti and psheri,
requires substantial revision.

Historically, systematically, and nomenclaturally, the characters of
sennetti are those shown by a large series from the vicinity of Corpus
Christi, the type locality; a total of 80 before me were collected from
1891 (F. M. Chapman) to 1935, between early October and early June
(all birds collected after early April are more or less badly worn). It
appears that all published diagnoses of this subspecies are correctly
based on the characters displayed by the great majority of this series.
The series shows a minor variation already described (Griscom, 1944:
323): two thirds have a grayer tone above; one third are more oliva-
ceous. But it is the extreme variations in the series which are of par-
ticular interest:

1. Slightly darker above, that is, browner; dusky crown stripes
more distinct; dusky and white streaking on back more dis-
tinct; chest band deeper in color and more distinct,
la. One extreme specimen (M.C.Z., Thayer Collection No.
14747).

lb. Nine other specimens, not so extreme.

2. Normal (average), either grayish or olivaceous above — 61 speci-
mens.

104

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

3. Extremely pale and gray above — 7 specimens.

4. Extremely olive and yellow above — 2 specimens (La. State
Univ. Mus. Zool. See Griscom, 1944:323).

The darker extreme of Variation 1 could be interpreted as the pre-
dicted “dark phase” of sennetti (Griscom, 1944:323), although the
degree of difference between the dark and light phases would be very
much less than in any other subspecies of maritima in which two defi-
nite phases have been described.

Actually my prediction of a dark phase in sennetti proves correct
and raises a point of some historical interest. In 1891 F. M. Chapman
went to Corpus Christi and was guided by J. M. Priour to the head

Ludlow

Griscom

TEXAS SEASIDE SPARROWS

105

of Nueces Bay. Here, in a marsh near the mainland end of the “Aran-
sas Railway trestle,” he collected two dark birds and saw three others,
noting especially that no typical sennetti were present in that particu-
lar locality, although he found them common in other marshes of
Nueces Bay. He recorded the dark birds (1891:324) as ‘‘ peninsulae?” ,
but actually they are indistinguishable from light phase fisheri, a race
not described until 1899. Chapman was inclined to suppose that the
dark birds were migrants, but Priour insisted that such dark birds were
resident throughout the year, and later, when Chapman described
fisheri, he gave sennetti full specific rank. Griscom and Nichols (1920:
24) recorded these dark specimens as fisheri and assumed that they
were migrants.

Rhoads (1892:98-99) made a trip to Corpus Christi in late May
1891 and was guided by Priour to the same localities where Chapman
had collected. Rhoads explicitly states (p. 112) that they made every
effort to find some dark Seaside Sparrows but without success. The
fact is that for the next 45 years, Seaside Sparrows were collected in
Nueces Bay in fall, winter, and spring without other dark birds turn-
ing up, with one supposed exception: a specimen (U.S.N.M.) collected
by F. B. Armstrong on March 19, 1899.

As I see it, only two inferences are possible from this meager evi-
dence. If Priour was wrong, we have to explain why fisheri used to
migrate to Nueces Bay, Texas, and now no longer does so. If Priour
was right, a dark phase of sennetti formerly existed there and has now
died out. Evidence to be presented from other coastal localities north
of Nueces Bay will give preponderance to the second inference. More-
over, we must recall in this connection that fisheri is now proved to be
a permanent resident at all localities of record in Louisiana and Texas.

The Texas series of specimens is best described by working north
and east up the coast, commenting on the characters possessed by
specimens from each locality of record. Crossing Nueces Bay ( 1 ) and
proceeding northward we come to the Rockport peninsula, bounding
Copano Bay on the east.

2. Rockport. Two specimens — typical sennetti. (The patches of
marsh are scarce and scant, and the majority have been destroyed by
civilization in the past 25 years. The Seaside Sparrow is nearly extinct
locally.)

3a. Seadrift, head of San Antonio Bay on the east side. Two speci-
mens— minutely browner than typical sennetti.

3b. Tivoli, head of western arm of San Antonio Bay. Six speci-
mens (A.M.N.H.), collected in mid summer, are of vital importance.
Two are juveniles of no use systematically. But of the four adults,
three are clearly normal (light phase) fisheri, and one is sennetti but

106

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

minutely browner than typical sennetti. All are obviously worn, breed-
ing adults; it is impossible to claim that the specimens of fisheri were
migrants. Both types of coloration were taken at the same place on the
same day, hence we have here the same type of evidence as that fur-
nished by George H. Lowery, Jr., for Louisiana, which proved the
existence of two color phases in fisheri.

4. Palacios, middle of Matagorda Bay. One specimen — obviously
browner than typical sennetti.

5. Matagorda, on the north arm of the Bay at the mouth of the
Colorado River. A great series in Dr. Feet’s collection (although the
data on some are questionable) breaks up as follows:

a. 14 are the normal dark phase of fisheri.

b. 32 are the intermediate phase of fisheri.

c. 12 are the normal pale phase of fisheri.

d. 5 are the extreme pale phase of fisheri.

e. 2 resemble sennetti but are obviously browner.

I hasten to add that I do not wish to be held to the exact numbers
in the first four categories. On four occasions in the last year, after a
good interval, I sorted the birds into these four categories, never reach-
ing the same results twice. Actually the series is sufficiently large, so
that one extreme passes into the other extreme by a perfect gradation.

6. Freeport, Brazoria County, at the mouth of the Brazos River.
Three specimens — fisheri in the intermediate phase.

7. Seabrook, on the west side of Galveston Bay. Two specimens —
fisheri, intermediate and pale phase respectively.

8. High Island, on the east side of Galveston Bay. A fine series
(A.M.N.H., Dwight Collection) is fisheri in the light phase. These
birds have always been called fisheri, and for many years this locality
has marked the southernmost, or westernmost, limit of this subspecies.

The evidence submitted above can be summed up in the following
generalizations:

1. Typical sennetti is unknown north of Rockport, Copano Bay.

2. An overwhelming majority of Seaside Sparrows from San An-
tonio Bay (Seadrift) northward are indistinguishable from
fisheri.

3. The existence of a dark and light phase of sennetti is proved.

■4. The light phase is apparently very rare northward of Rockport,
Copano Bay; the dark phase is very rare or extinct southward.

Ludlow

Griscom

TEXAS SEASIDE SPARROWS

107

5. Actually, “typical” sennetti of current textbooks and descrip-
tions is an extreme development of the light phase.

6. The few birds of the sennetti type from San Antonio Bay (Sea-
drift) northward are surprisingly alike, being darker (browner)
than typical sennetti. Actually, however, they are inseparable
from certain extremes of topotypical sennetti described above as
Variation 1, and also inseparable from certain extremes of the
light phase of fisheri, notably reference specimen La. State Univ.
Mus. Zool. No. 6162 (see Griscom, 1944:319), thus establishing
an interesting type of intergradation by individual variation.

The question now arises, how are these facts to be expressed sys-
tematically and taxonomically? An interesting letter received from Dr.
Peet suggests that since the very great majority of specimens from the
Texas coast south to Seadrift, San Antonio Bay, are indistinguishable
from fisheri, they must be named fisheri. With this reasoning I heartily
agree. Since the few specimens of the ^‘sennetti type” from north of
Seadrift are inseparable from extremes of fisheri from Louisiana, no
violence is done in naming them fisheri also. I therefore formally pro-
pose that:

1. The range of fisheri be extended south to San Antonio Bay (Sea-
drift), Texas.

2. The range of sennetti be defined as “Restricted to Xiueces and
Copano Bays, coast of Texas.”

The only taxonomic difficulty that arises is how to name the few
dark birds in existence from Nueces Bay which are indistinguishable
from fisheri. The problem can be finally settled only by competent
field work in the breeding season at Nueces Bay. In the meantime,
protagonists of the migration or storm waif theories, who would call
dark birds from Nueces Bay fisheri, and light birds from farther north
sennetti, can reflect on the fact that both types breed at Tivoli, the
exact halfway spot.

It should be noted that Brownsville is dropped from the range of
sennetti. I was originally responsible for this extension of range (1926.
Auk, 43:24). It was based on four specimens collected in November
1909 by J. M. Priour at “Brownsville,” purchased by Dr. L. B. Bishop
from F. B. Armstrong. Actually, the original labels had been removed,
Priour never collected at Brownsville, and Armstrong bought the bal-
ance of Priour’s collection after his death. Armstrong is well known to
have labeled “Brownsville” everything from Corpus Christi to Tamau-
lipas, and both Priour and he made out series of tags ahead of time.
Thirty years of field work and search have failed to discover a breeding
colony of Seaside Sparrows south of Nueces Bay. If any form of

108

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

the species has ever occurred near the Mexican border, it must have
been a straggler on migration. I am much obliged to Mr. A. J. Duval,
of the Fish and Wildlife Service, and to Drs. Herbert Friedmann and
Peet for assistance in tracing the history of these specimens.

Literature Cited

Chapman, Frank M.

1891 On the birds observed near Corpus Christi, Texas, during parts of
March and April, 1891, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., '3 (art. 22) :31S-328.

1899 The distribution and relationships of Ammodramus maritimus and its
allies. Auk, 16:1-12, pi. 1.

Griscom, Ludlow

1944 A second revision of the Seaside Sparrows. Za. State Univ. Mus. Zool.
Occ. Papers No. 19 (pp. 313-328).

Griscom, Ludlow, and J. T. Nichols

1920 A revision of the Seaside Sparrows. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. Y. No. 32:
18-30.

Rhoads, Samuel N.

1892 The birds of southeastern Texas and southern Arizona observed during
May, June and July, 1891. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1892:98-126.

IVIusEUM OF Comparative Zoology, Cambridge 38, Massachusetts

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

109

NOTES ON BIRDS OF THE GOMEZ FARIAS REGION
OF TAMAULIPAS "

BY STEPHEN W. EATON AND ERNEST P. EDWARDS

ON June 20 and 21, and again from August 4 to 7 in 1946, we
collected and made observations on birds in the Gomez Farias
region of southwestern Tamaulipas, Mexico. The information in the
following paper is presented as a supplement to the thorough report
by George Miksch Sutton and Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr. (1942),- which
was based largely on the work in this area of the Cornell University-
Carleton College Expedition from March 12 to May 4, 1941.

We recorded four species not listed in that report, Columbigallina
talpacoti, Sittasomus griseicapillus, Habia sp. and Basileuterus rufifrons.
In addition, we obtained further data on the extent of the breeding
season and noted the presence of several migrants from the north (in
the first week of August).

The State of Tamaulipas, bounded on the east by the Gulf of
Mexico and on the north by Texas, includes part of the great mountain
range known as the Sierra Madre Oriental, which runs through the
southern and central portions of the State near the western border.
Streams draining the eastern slopes of this mountain range in the
vicinity of Gomez Farias join to form the Rio Guayalejo, which flows
generally southward to the Rio Tamesi. Near the coast, the Tamesi
forms part of the Tamaulipas- Veracruz border, emptying into the Gulf
of Mexico at Tampico. It was close to the easternmost ridges of the
Sierra Madre, along one of the tributaries of the Rio Guayalejo, that
we camped in 1946. (See Map 1.)

Our camp site, about 30 feet above the water on the east bank of
the Rio Sabinas, was on the E. W. Storms ranch, called “Pano Ayuctle,”
the Aztec name for “pumpkin ford.” Pano Ayuctle is about 88 kilo-
meters south of Victoria, Tamaulipas, and three kilometers west of
the Pan-American Highway opposite kilometer-mark 618 (north from
Mexico, D.F.). Mesquite and wild pineapple thickets border much
of the branch road to Pano Ayuctle. In the numerous small clearings
near the river, corn and sugar cane are the principal crops. We fre-
quently encountered plantings of mangoes and citrus trees, chiefly lime,
lemon, and orange, in the vicinity of the dwellings, and at Pano Ayuctle
these were supplemented by a few coffee trees and ornamentals, such as
the royal palms lining the entrance road, flamboyants (Delonix), and

^ To Dr. George M. Sutton, of the University of Michigan, we are grateful for
numerous suggestions helpful in the preparation of this report. The specimens mentioned
are now in his collection. Dr. Robert T. Clausen, of Cornell University, kindly helped
with the identification of some of the plants. The U.S. National Museum and the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service generously allowed access to their bird collections.

* “Birds of the Gomez Farias Region, Southwestern Tamaulipas,” Auk, 59:1-34.

110

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Spanish cedars (probably Cedrelp, mexicana). Along the river are many
cypress trees, frequently with the epiphytic strangling fig wound about
their trunks. Under these trees are thickets of dense tropical vegeta-
tion covering the few' feet between the river and the edge of the cul-
tivated area. At our camp site, the river was about 50 feet wide, and
8 feet deep at the deepest point, while upstream and downstream it was
constricted and shallow’ed into riffles at frequent intervals.

On four occasions, one of us made a trip to the small range of hills
west of the Rio Sabinas; this area will be referred to as “the mountain.”
To reach the mountain it was necessary to ford the river and walk
west along trails which traversed the valley floor. Along these trails

Map 1.

Stephen W. Eaton,
Ernest P. Edwards

TAMAULIPAS BIRDS

111

were thick second growth tangles with, here and there, a few clearings
planted in corn. Unbroken forests of tall trees covered the mountain,
and beneath the trees were small patches of wild pineapple and bam-
boo. Large rocks littered the ground and often formed crevices which
extended 20 or more feet straight down from ground level. It was in
this mountain forest that many species of birds concentrated in flocks
early in August to feed on the ripening fruits of the trees. Intensive
field work along the eastern slopes of this range in August and Sep-
tember should yield important data on bird distribution.

A striking feature of the upper Rio Sabinas is a huge circular
spring called in Spanish the nacimiento — literally, birth [of the river] .
This spring is approximately 75 feet in diameter and furnishes most
of the water for the river — at least to the Pan-American Highway
crossing, approximately 25 kilometers downstream. The spring is bor-
dered on the west by ledges of stratified rock, while on the northeast
side a small drainage stream from the valley above empties into it.
Seepage water trickles down over the rock ledges but adds no ap-
preciable amount to the great flow of water rising from the depths of
the pool. The stream flowing into the nacimiento contributes probably
no more than a twentieth of the volume of the river except during the
rainy season.

The reason for the occurrence of many peculiarly neotropical birds
along the Rio Sabinas and adjacent foothills of the Sierra Madre
Oriental (Gomez Farias region) is evident upon examination of the
physiography of the region. (See Map 1.) The three factors which
we think have a direct effect in making this region the northern limit
of distribution for certain birds are:

a. The humid forest which is more or less continuous along the
eastern slopes of the foothills of the Sierra Madre Oriental from Vera-
cruz northward to a point approximately 50 miles south of Victoria,
Tamaulipas. The humidity of this strip is maintained by the easterly
winds coming off the Gulf of Mexico, rising on reaching the mountains,
and precipitating rain along the eastern slopes. The cloud-banner men-
tioned by Sutton and Pettingill (1942) - is probably the result of these
climatic conditions.

b. Large rivers, such as the Tamesi and Guayalejo, up which birds
make their way from the coast.

c. The dry mesa country north and east of the Rio Sabinas, which
extends from the Sierra Madre Oriental nearly to the Gulf of Mexico
and acts as a barrier to further northward extension of such humid-
forest birds as Sittasomus griseicapillus and Cyclarhis gujanensis.

It is interesting that in early August, while some northern migrants
were already moving southward through the Gomez Farias region along
the Sierra Madre Oriental, several of the local species of birds were
still nesting or feeding young-on-the-wing.

112

THE WILSON BULLETIN

Vol. 60, No. 2
June 1948

Species not Previously Recorded from the Region

Columbigallina talpacoti. Ruddy Ground Dove. On August 7
Eaton saw four of these birds on the mountain at about 1,000 feet
elevation. They were flushed from the forest floor, where they had
apparently been feeding on fruits which had ripened and dropped to
the ground.

Sittasomus griseicapillus sylvioides. Mexican Sittasomus. On
August 6, on the mountain at about 800 feet elevation, Eaton collected
a male specimen with small testes. Two Canyon Wrens {Catherpes
mexicanus) were moving about and singing when the little Sittasomus
flew to a nearby tree. It acted much like a Brown Creeper {Certhia
jamiliaris), creeping up one tree and then flying to the bottom of
another and starting up again. It made no sound of any sort. On col-
lecting it, we noted that the iris was dark brown and the tarsi gray.
The molt was apparently complete except that the three outermost
primaries were still more or less sheathed at the base. The outermost
primary of the right wing was missing. That of the left wing measured
20 mm.; the next, about 37 mm.; the third (from the outside), 61 mm.
In a comparable non-molting specimen the same feathers measure,
respectively, 46, 60, and 66 mm.

On August 7, Eaton saw another Sittasomus farther up the moun-
tain— at about 1,000 feet.

Our Gomez Farias specimen is larger (wing 83, tail 83 mm.) than
the specimens of sylvioides from Veracruz in the United States National
Museum and is slightly duller on the rump and upper tail coverts.
However, considering the extreme freshness of the plumage (which
affords maximum wing and tail measurements), we place the bird with
this race for the present. So far as we have been able to ascertain, the
species has never before been recorded from Tamaulipas.

Basileuterus rufifrons. Rufous-capped Warbler. Eaton saw one
of this species August 6 at the foot of the mountain at the edge of a
clearing.

Habia sp. Ant tanager. Eaton saw four or five ant tanagers on
the mountain in dense bamboo thickets under tall forest trees on August
7. The birds were travelling in a noisy little group and were quite
difficult to approach.

Notes on Nidification

Columba flavirostris. Red-billed Pigeon. On March 18, 1941, Lea
(Sutton and Pettingill, 1942) ^ noted a Red-billed Pigeon with a twig
in its bill. On June 20, we saw one carrying nesting material into a
monkey’s-ear tree (Pithecolobium) .

Stephen W. Eaton,
Ernest P. Edwards

TAMAULIPAS BIRDS

113

Scardajella inca, Inca Dove. Pettingill (Sutton and Pettingill,
1942) ^ found a nest of this species with two heavily incubated eggs
on March 30, 1941. In 1946, we learned from a local ranch owner
that a pair of Inca Doves had just successfully raised young in a tree
in his yard during the latter half of June. On August 5, Eaton flushed
an Inca Dove that was incubating two eggs. These facts indicate that
the species nests through at least six months of the year in this region.

Crotophaga sulcirostris. Groove-billed Ani. On June 20, Edwards
saw an adult make several trips with food to a small tree near our
camp and presumed it was feeding young. On August 7 we noticed
almost full-grown young Anis moving about in little groups.

Tyrannus melanchoUcus . Olive-backed Kingbird. Edwards saw
this species feeding nearly full-grown young on August 6 near the
foot of the mountain.

Myiozetetes similis. Social Flycatcher. On June 20 Edwards dis-
covered a nest in a small clump of Spanish moss (Tillandsta sp.) which
hung from a vine attached to a tree branch high above the river. Its
owner was apparently feeding young.

Parula pitiayumi. Pitiayumi Warbler. On August 5, Edwards saw
an adult feeding a young bird just out of the nest.

Tanagra lauta. Bonaparte’s Euphonia. In the afternoon of June
20, Eaton saw a young bird hunting food near an adult female. When
the adult caught an insect, the young stopped its ineffectual bug hunt
and begged — chipping, and vibrating its wings. The young was like
the female but with lighter yellow on the breast and lighter olive on
the back. On August 7, Edwards saw a male and female building a
nest near the river in a small mass of Spanish moss at the end of a
pendant branch. They made several trips to the nest carrying small
pieces of what appeared to be thin bark, entering the clump of moss
through a poorly defined opening in the side.

Fall Migrants

Actitis macularia. Spotted Sandpiper. On August 5, Edwards saw
this species at the nacimiento. Later in the day, at two points along
the river between the nacimiento and Pano Ayuctle, we saw the species
again (single individuals).

Mniotilta varia. Black and White Warbler. On August 7, Eaton
saw one of these warblers in the forest on the mountain, at about 900
feet elevation.

Seiurus motacilla. Louisiana Water-Thrush. On August 5, we saw
single birds at three localities along the Rio Sabinas between the
nacimiento and Pano Ayuctle. We heard one give a whisper-like song.

114

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Icterus spurius. Orchard Oriole. On August 6, Edwards saw an
adult male, which we presume was a migrant, in a large tree near the
edge of a cornfield west of the Rio Sabinas near Pano Ayuctle.

Miscellaneous Notes

Ictinia plumbea. Plumbeous Kite. We saw single Kites on June
20 and 21, and on August 5 saw two perched in the top of a large
cypress tree two miles upstream from Pano Ayuctle. One of these
was immature with a streaked breast and short tail; the other was
adult.

Claravis pretiosa. Blue Ground Dove. We saw this dove for the
first time on August 5 about a mile from Pano Ayuctle. August 6 and
7, Eaton saw three on the flat land near the base of the mountain.
Sutton and Pettingill (1942) ^ included the species in their list on the
basis of one sight record.

Cyclarhis gujanensis fiaviventris. Mexican Pepper Shrike. On
August 7, Eaton shot a molting female on the mountain at about 800
feet elevation. When first seen, it was hanging almost upside down on
a swaying branch. Its actions reminded Eaton of the behavior of a
parrot. Pettingill (Sutton and Pettingill, 1942) - took the only speci-
men heretofore recorded in Tamaulipas.

Laboratory of Ornithology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New

York

/

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON .BULLETIN

115

GENERAL NOTES

The American Bittern in Puerto Rico. — On November 14, 1947, a female
specimen of the American Bittern (Botaurus lentiginosus) was brought to me by
Mr. Luis Santos, who had killed the bird near a small cienaga northwest of the
town of Anasco, Puerto Rico, densely covered with Typha associations and other
thick clumps of plants typical of swampy areas. According to Mr. Santos, the
bittern was feeding on the mudflats south of the swamp. The specimen (No.
918) is on deposit at the Institute of Tropical Agriculture, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.

As far as I am aware, this constitutes the only recent record of the occur-
rence of the American Bittern in Puerto Rico. The last record known was that
of Danforth (1925. “Birds of the Cartagena Lagoon,” Jour. Dept. Agric. Porto
Rico, 10:46), who flushed one bird in Cartagena Lagoon on the southwestern
corner of the island, on November 30, 1923.

Bond (1945. “Check-list of Birds of the West Indies,” p. 10) records the
species as wintering southward to Panama, and: “Not uncommon winter resident
in Cuba. Also recorded from Puerto Rico, Grand Cayman, Swan Island and from
the Bahamas (New Providence). Should also be found in Hispaniola and Jamaica,
though records of its occurrence on these islands are unsatisfactory.”

Wetmore (1927. “The Birds of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands,” N.Y.
Acad. Sci., Sci. Surv. of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, 9:303) states that the
American Bittern is a migrant straggler in Puerto Rico and cites three definite
records (1873, 1921, and “a skin in the collection of Blanco”), as well as the 1923
record of Danforth. — Ventura Barnes, Jr., Division of Fisheries and Wildlife, De-
partment of Agriculture and Commerce, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.

Anting by some Costa Rican birds. — Within recent years, the curious phe-
nomenon of “anting” has received considerable attention from ornithologists, and
numerous observations have been published, especially in the Wilson Bulletin and
the Auk. In view of this widespread interest, it seems desirable to put on record
a few instances of anting that have come to my attention in Costa Rica during
the last dozen years. My first observation was made at a time when most of
us had never heard about anting, and I shall give it as I recorded it in my journal
on October 28, 1936: “Today at noon the pair of Buff-throated Saltators, Saltator
maximus [a big, thick-billed, olive-green member of the finch family], that fre-
quently come into my yard, flew into the lemon tree in front of the cabin, and
one of them behaved most unusually. It perched on a slender ascending branch
supporting a grayish nest inhabited by fat brown ants of medium size and
began to pick off the ants with its bill. It held its right wing extended in such
a fashion that the primary feathers shielded the side of its breast and belly, and
every time that it picked up an ant, it rubbed its bill rapidly against these feathers.
Then it seemed to eat the ant, but of this I could not make sure, for the creatures
were too small for me to distinguish them in the bill. Once it climbed up very close
to the nest to pick the ants from its surface, and here a leaf interfered with its
reaching its wing, which was held forward as before. As a result, the bird rubbed
its bill against the leaf instead of against its flight feathers. Was this rubbing
against wing or leaf for the purpose of killing the ant?”

My next observation was made more than nine years later, and the actor in
this instance was a little, sharp-billed flycatcher, Pipromorpha oleaginea. On
November 7, 1945, while walking along the creek in front of my house, I found
a lone male (I could tell the sex by the yellow corners of the mouth) in a little
tree growing on the bank. He plucked a small, dark object from the foliage; then
holding it in the tip of his bill, he rubbed it along the inner surface of the
remiges. As he did this, his wing was slightly opened and his tail bent forward

116

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

under the perch. The object in his bill then disappeared, but he found another,
and rubbed it beneath his wing. He did this several times over. I could not
actually distinguish what the bird held in his bill, but after he flew off I found
in the tree a small silken ants’ nest; a number of the blackish ants were crawling
over the boughs and foliage. Without much doubt the flycatcher had been anting.

Early in the morning of April 8, 1947, I met a lone Barred Woodhewer
(Dendrocolaptes certhia) just within the edge of the tall second-growth woods
beside a pasture. It picked from the bark of a tree a big, dark-colored insect
(which might have been an ant), held it in the tips of the mandibles, rubbed it
beneath a wing, then swallowed it. Next it clung to the side of a large silken
ants’ nest that it found near by, apparently plucked off an ant, and extending
its Aving forward, rubbed the ant beneath the partially spread primaries. Again it
clung to the ants’ nest and again passed its bill beneath a wing. It did this several
times more. While passing its bill beneath its wing it perched or rather clung
to slender branches or vines near the ants’ nest, in a posture I had never before
seen a woodhewer take, but somewhat in the manner of a perching bird. That
this was not a natural or secure position for the big tree-climbing bird was
attested by the fact that several times it lost its balance and seemed on the point
of falling off. Except in the first instance, I could not see whether it swallowed
the ants which, apparently, it rubbed beneath its wings.

My fourth and last example concerns the tiny Variable Seedeater {Sporophila
aurita). It is less convincing than my other three instances of anting, because I
could find no ants in the bush where I saw the bird perform; but her actions
were certainly those of a bird anting, and no other explanation of her odd conduct
occurs to me. Early on the morning of May 27, 1947, a female Seedeater flew into
the cestrum bush in front of the house. She searched diligently over the slender
branches until she seemed to find some tiny object. Then, standing high and
bringing her wings forward, she rubbed her bill (and doubtless what she held in
it) beneath her remiges. She did this repeatedly, each time after picking from
a branch some small object which she had difficulty in finding. Once she rubbed
her bill beneath a wing while clinging upside down to a twig. When she flew
off I looked for ants in the bush but saw none — strangely enough, for ants are
usually on everything in this region. The bird herself needed to hunt hard for
them — if this is indeed what she sought — and must have used practically all of
the available supply.

In the north temperate zone, birds have nearly always been observed anting
on the ground, but here in the tropics I have seen birds anting only in trees and
bushes. I believe that in Central America far more species of ants live in trees,
either in nests of their own construction or in cavities and crannies of various
sorts, than in the ground. The only terrestrial ant-hills at all abundant in this region
are those of the leaf-cutting or parasol ants {Atta) and of the fire-ants (Solenopsis) .
The stingless attas are hard, spiny morsels which would hardly seem to lend them-
selves to anting, and the birds seem to leave the well-named fire-ants strictly
alone. The first three birds that I saw anting performed close beside the silken
nests that are woven about the foliage of trees and bushes by Camponotus senex
textor (specimens identified by Dr. M. R. Smith of the U. S. Bureau of Entomol-
ogy) . This is a blackish, stingless ant of medium size that is exceedingly abundant
in the clearings and in the light vegetation in El General, although not found in
the big forest unless it be high up in the sun-bathed tops of the trees where it
might escape detection. The adult ants themselves are no more capable of secreting
silken thread than adult butterflies and moths, but their larvae do; holding the
white grubs in their mandibles and moving them back and forth, the workers
cause the larvae to spin thread where it is needed for building or repairing the
grayish irregularly formed nest. — Alexander F. Skutch, San Isidro del General,
Costa Rica.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

GENERAL NOTES

117

The Wood Duck in New Mexico. — On October 19, 1947, Hugh B. Wood-
ward, H. H. Drum, and Walter Bellman brought in a bag of ducks taken on a
marsh one mile south of Bernardo, Socorro County, New Mexico. In this bag
were two Wood Ducks (Aix sponsa), a male and a female, both immature and
both molting heavily. I saved these as specimens; the female is now in the
collection of the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, the male in Dr.
Max M. Feet’s collection (also housed in the Museum) . So far as I can learn,
no New Mexican specimen has previously been preserved, nor have any sight
records been published since 1928.

W. W. Cooke (in F. M. Bailey’s “Birds of New Mexico,” 1928, p. 131)
quotes Thomas C. Henry on the status of the Wood Duck in New Mexico: “but
two or three were ever met with, and only on the Rio Mimbres.” (Henry was
stationed at Fort Webster, east of Silver City, on the Rio Mimbres from Decem-
ber 1852 to early 1854.) Cooke also notes one sight record made by William H.
Emory near Las Palomas (south of Hot Springs) on October 12, 1846.

Recent observations of the Wood Duck in New Mexico are as follows: John
C. Knox, of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, examined a Wood Duck taken by
a hunter at San Marcial, Socorro County, during the open duck season in 1944.
During the open season in 1945, Knox examined a second Wood Duck killed by a
hunter at San Marcial and also saw one in flight at the same location. In 1946
Knox observed one adult male Wood Duck on a pond in Tingley Park, Albu-
querque, Bernalillo County. Thomas G. Cornish killed a male Wood Duck in
December 1946 on the Rio Grande 10 miles north of Albuquerque, and on De-
cember 22, 1947, he saw another one at the same location. On January 7, 1948,
Roger Tory Peterson and I observed two male Wood Ducks in prime plumage
on a pond in Tingley Park, Albuquerque. They were tame enough for dose
observation though they did not join other ducks and geese in taking food thrown
to them. I observed a male Wood Duck on the same pond on February 25, 1948.

Charles T. Vorhies (1947. Condor, 49:245) has outlined a remarkably sim-
ilar story of the Wood Duck in Arizona. — A. E. Borell, Soil Conservation Serv-
ice, Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Unusual consumption of fish by three species of birds. — On September
2, 1947, I noted a large concentration of birds of several species on the Souris
River below the spillway downstream from Lake Darling, an artificial lake on
the Upper Souris National Wildlife Refuge in North Dakota. The birds appeared
to be feeding almost exclusively — if not entirely — upon small fish. This was
particularly noticeable in the tailrace below the spillway, where the water was
black with a tremendous concentration of fingerlings. The tailrace was about 15
feet by 25 feet in surface area, deep, and without shallow margins, so that all
birds feeding there were swimming. Two Greater Yellow-legs {Totanus melano-
leucus), three Blue-winged Teal {Anas discors), and two Franklin’s Gulls {Larus
pipixcan) were noted swimming in the water and feeding voraciously upon the
fingerlings, which averaged perhaps scarcely more than an inch in length. The
fish seemed to be invariably swallowed head first, and consisted mainly of small
chubs, shiners, and sticklebacks.

While yellow-legs not infrequently consume small fish in shallow water as
a part of a meal, they are rarely found swimming, and only occasionally do they
consume fish in large numbers. They frequent shallow margins and marshes, and
it is rare for them to forage for food in deep water. It is also extremely rare for
teal, or any species of river duck, to consume fish in appreciable quantity. They
are primarily vegetable feeders and are most at home in shallow waters and mud
flats. On this occasion, because of the great concentration of these small fish

118

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

and the relative ease with which they could be obtained, various species of birds
were feeding primarily upon them.

The occurrence is a clear illustration of the fact, often not fully realized, that
availability is an exceedingly important factor in determining food consumption
and that the normal food habits of birds or other animals are often completely
changed by an unusual availability of a particular item that is otherwise rare
in their diet. — Clarence Cottam, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.

Food of the Old-squaw in Lake Michigan. — For many years commercial
fishermen of the Great Lakes have periodically encountered large numbers of
Old-squaws {Clangula hyemalis) in nets set in from 8 to more than 30 fathoms
of water. The heaviest take of these deep-swimming ducks is reported to occur
in nets set in from 8 to 16 fathoms. Reports on depths and numbers of birds
have been recorded in detail by Schorger (1947. Wils. Bull., 59:151-159). The
question has often been raised whether the Old-squaws were seeking fish or pur-
suing their more usual food: insect larvae, small crustaceans, and mollusks.

On March 16, 1938, Durward L. Allen obtained data and stomachs of 36
Old-squaws from commercial fishermen at Saugatuck, Allegan County, Michigan.
The series (21 females, 13 males, and 2 undetermined) included adults and imma-
tures of both sexes.

The stomach contents of these 36 specimens were almost entirely composed
of a small bivalve, Pisidium sp. (a total of 1,550 individuals, an average of 44
per duck), and a deep-water crustacean, Pontoporeia hoyi (a total of 1,295 indi-
viduals, an average of 36 per duck). A small number of another bivalve {Sphae-
rium), a few crayfish {Cambarus), snails {Amnicola limosa and Gyraulus parva),
insect larvae {Chironomus, Orthocladiinae, Prodiamesa, Spaniotoma) , and a small
amount of vegetable matter had also been eaten. The only persisting parts of
the crayfish were gastroliths, and it is possible that these, as well as the vege-
table matter, were remains from food taken before diving into deep water.

The bathymetric distribution of the two principal food organisms, Pisidium
and Pontoporeia, has been reported by Eggleton (1937. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts and
Letters, 22:593-611) for Lake Michigan. In the years studied, both these animals
reached their greatest abundance in depths less than 60 meters (33 fathoms).

We thank J. W. Leonard for identifying the insects and F. E. Eggleton for
verifying our determinations of the other invertebrates. — Karl F. Lagler and
Catherine C. Wienert, Department of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, and The Institute for Fisheries Research, Michigan Department of Con-
servation.

A nest of the Spruce Grouse in east-central Saskatchewan. — On June 6,
1947, on our way from Nipawin, east-central Saskatchewan, to Fishing Lake, 75
miles northward, Walter A. Tholen and I stopped at the fire tower about four
miles from the Fishing Lake cabin. Mr. Wicker in charge showed us a nest of
the Spruce Grouse {Canachites canadensis) that he had found two days earlier. It
was located at the base of a small broken white spruce about four inches thick,
and there was a broken branch hanging over it. Dense sedges and grasses, nearly
all of them dead, surrounded the site, and there were a few scattered branches of
Labrador tea in the vicinity. The nest was 21 cm. in internal diameter and
cupped to a depth of 4 cm. It was made of dead sedges, with a few feathers and
finer sedges for the lining. (Plates 3 and 4.)

The nest contained seven eggs, spotted, over a rather uniform light buff
background, with dark brown. The eggs averaged 42.3 mm. (extremes: 40.9-43.0)
X 31.9 mm. (extremes: 31.2-32.5) ; and 20.5 grams (extremes: 19.8-22.0).

On June 6, when Mr. Whicker showed us the nest in the late afternoon, the
female was incubating. On June 7 she was on the nest at 10 a.m., allowed me
to approach within six feet, and I photographed her. The male was sitting in a

Plate 3

Spruce Grouse nest and eggs. Near Fishing Lake, east-central Saskatchewan,

June 7, 1947.

Plate 4

Female Spruce Grouse, incubating. Near Fishing Lake, east-central
Saskatchewan, June 7 , 1947.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

GENERAL NOTES

119

spruce tree only a short distance away. He allowed me to approach within 50
feet, then flew. I did not see him again. On June 7 I found the female on the
nest at 10:00 a.m. and at 3:30 p.m.; at 5:17 p.m.'she was still on the nest, and
I watched her from then until dark. It was a cold cloudy day with a moderate
northeast wind. At 8:43 p.m., in the dusk, the female suddenly flew directly from
the nest, disappearing into a thick spruce-tamarack swamp. At 9:06 p.m. she
again landed on the little spruce stump above the nest and dropped onto the
eggs after looking carefully about her. It was nearly dark then because of the
heavy clouds but was not entirely dark until 10:30 p.m. On June 9 I was back
at the nest at 4:00 a.m., shortly after daybreak; the female had probably left
and returned earlier, for she remained on the nest during the next eight hours.
During two visits in the afternoon on the same day and two mid day visits on
the following day (June 10), she was on the eggs. Thus during 12 hours’ observa-
tion, she incubated for 11 hours and 37 minutes and fed 23 minutes on June 8
and 9, the 23 minutes being just before dark. She always sat on the nest facing
out from the stump.

Female Spruce Grouse were observed along the roadway near our cabin on
June 8 at 2 p.m. and June 9 at 1:30 p.m. They were dusting in some sand in the
roadway.

Other birds in close proximity to the nest were Greater Yellow-legs {Totanus
melanoleucus) , Richardson’s Owl {AegoUus funereus), Nighthawk (Chordeiles
minor), Canada Jay {Perisoreus canadensis), Ruby-crowned Kinglet (Regulus
calendula), and Myrtle Warbler {Dendroica coronata). On June 9 the Canada
Jays landed only two feet in front of the Spruce Grouse on her nest, but she did
not move; they hopped about her for several minutes. Red squirrels ran about
her on numerous occasions, and two snowshoe hares scampered up and down the
roadway at times, but she showed no sign of disturbance. — Lawrence H. Walk-
INSHAW, 1703 Central National Tower, Battle Creek, Michigan.

A female Bob-white in male plumage. — On June 3, 1944, F. W. Buchanan
collected a Bob-white, CoUnus virginianus, in the valley of Elkhorn Creek, Lee
Township, Carroll County, eastern Ohio. In all outward appearances, the bird
was a typical male, but upon dissection, the specimen proved to have a somewhat
enlarged and apparently functional ovary. The carcass was unfortunately not
preserved; the skin (C.U.21567) has been deposited in the Louis Agassiz Fuertes
Memorial Collection at Cornell University.

Mr. Herbert L. Stoddard informs us {in Utt.) that in all of his experience
with the Bob-white he has never collected an individual exhibiting such a condi-
tion, although on two or three occasions he has seen Bob-whites in the field
whose behavior seemed to indicate a reversal of sex characters.

Two similar cases in wild birds of other species have come to our attention:
one in the Spurred Towhee, Pipilo maculatus montanus, reported by Bergtold
(1916. Auk, 33:439), and one in the Bay-breasted Warbler, Dendroica castanea,
reported by Stoddard (1921. Auk, 38:117). In both cases, the birds, although
wearing male plumage, possessed apparently normal, undiseased ovaries, with ova
in various stages of development.

The plumage-determining mechanisms have been studied most thoroughly,
as would be expected, in the domestic fowl. Whereas the results may not be
applicable to birds in general, they are probably valid for a galliform species such
as the Bob-white. Professor F. B. Hutt, of the Department of Poultry Husbandry,
Cornell University, kindly directed our attention to the pertinent literature.

It is now well established that the secondary sexual characters, including
plumage characters, of female birds are determined by a hormonal secretion of
the ovary, which acts as an inhibitor to male secondary sexual characters. In

120

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

its absence, male secondary characters appear. There are innumerable cases on
record of female-plumaged birds that have assumed male plumage and, upon
dissection, have proved to have abnormal or diseased ovaries. In the extreme
manifestation of this condition a female may actually become a functional male
(Crew, 1923. Proc. Royal Soc. London, 9SB : 256-278) .

It is somewhat more difficult, however, to explain the cases in which a male-
plumaged bird acts and functions as a normal female. The best explanation seems
to be that of Crew (1927. Proc. Royal Soc. London, 101B:514-518) . According
to Crew’s theory, the ovaries of the birds in question undergo occasional periods
of physiological inactivity, and the production of hormones is much reduced. If
such a quiescent period coincides with the period of molt, the new feathers will
be of the male type, since the inhibitory influence of the ovarian hormone is
absent. After the pattern of the feathers has already been determined, the ovary
resumes its normal activity in time to display the ordinary manifestations of the
breeding season. Evidence for this theory of irregular production of ovarian hor-
mones was provided by a Rhode Island Red fowl studied by Crew, which molted
irregularly into male and female plumages in the following annual succession:
male, female, male, male, female. In each plumage, the bird was a good and
consistent layer.

In almost all large collections of bird skins there are specimens which, on
plumage evidence, have been considered by workers examining them to be
incorrectly sexed. It is possible that some of these were specimens like the Bob-
white described above. The possibility serves to emphasize the importance of a
description on specimen-labels of the condition of the gonads rather than a mere
notation of the sex. — Forest W. Buchanan, Amsterdam, Ohio, and Kenneth C.
Parkes, Laboratory of Ornithology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

The eyesight of the Bluebird. — At “The Frith,” near Butler, Pennsyl-
vania, we have a pair of 4,000 volt power-distribution wires, crossing several
hundred yards of the laboratory grounds, 30 feet up in the air. The herbage below
is grass, briars, and low bushes not more than about two feet high.

Bluebirds (Sialia sialis) sit on these wires, their heads bent down, apparently
intent on the gound below. Suddenly one of them will dive down, sometimes
to a point perhaps 10 yards to one side of the point directly under the wire,
instantly capturing a caterpillar, which he immediately takes, not to the wire itself,
but to the power pole or cross arm supporting the wire, a more convenient perch
for battering the grub into pulp. If, after sitting on the wire and watching for
a time, he does not dive, he moves 10 or 20 yards along the wire, and sits and
watches again. I can see no explanation except that he actually sees the caterpillar,
up to 40 or 50 feet away, and deliberately uses the vantage point of the wire to
study the area below quite minutely.

One caterpillar, we could see through the binoculars, was a large cecropia or
allied form, but others were much smaller.

Hawks, we know, can see mice and other small objects from a much greater
height, but we have supposed it was movement on the part of mice that be-
trayed them. Caterpillars of the cecropia type are very quiescent creatures, re-
maining motionless for long periods while they digest their food, then moving
up the stem of the plant an inch or two to a convenient leaf, mowing it quietly
into their mouths, then backing down to the stem and relapsing into a motionless
condition. Most other caterpillars are comparably quiet. Yet the Bluebird spots
them, even with a brisk breeze blowing so that all the vegetation of the country-
side is in motion.

Most passerine birds seem to hunt their food in a myopic way, like the
titmice and -warblers and vireos, by diligent searching at close quarters. Old

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

GENERAL NOTES

121

World flycatchers and the American tyrant flycatchers, like these Bluebirds, watch
from a vantage point, but it is one thing to see a lively, flying insect in mid-air,
and quite another to see a lethargic, camouflaged caterpillar in the brush, — F. W.
Preston and J. M. McCormick, Preston Laboratories, Box 149, Butler, Pennsyl-
vania.

Home range and duration of family ties in the Tufted Titmouse. — ^The
Tufted Titmouse, Parus bicolor, formerly considered rare in Michigan (Barrows,
1912. “Michigan Bird Life,” pp. 692-694), now occurs in moderate numbers
throughout the southern part of the State; yet we have little more information
on the species than was available in the days when it was rare.

From December 1940 to the end of 1947 (8S months), I maintained a band-
ing station at my home in Ann Arbor, a location favorable to birds, and I did
some trapping and banding in every month — usually every week. In that period
I banded 26 adult and 3 young Tufted Titmice. With the exception of one,
banded March 11, the 26 adults were first taken between October 2S and February
23. Half of the adults (13) were never taken (or even identified) again — even
though 17 of the 26 had been color-marked before being released; 11 were retaken
or seen repeatedly between late spring and early fall (on 141 occasions in all).
There is but one other bander (who traps only occasionally) and few observers
in the region I studied ; yet 5 of my color-marked Titmice were repeatedly trapped
or reliably recorded by others within a .6-mile radius from my banding station.
I found two nests of banded birds — .25 and .3 miles from the station. These data
seem to indicate that there is no real migration of this species in Michigan (such
as several writers have postulated) but that there are two classes of birds: A,
those that remain in restricted home ranges throughout the year (hence repeatedly
recorded in a small radius) ; B, those that wander (hence not recorded after
banding). It seems reasonable to suppose that the former are fully adult birds;
the latter, birds in their first winter wandering widely before finally settling on
a home range.

Adults commonly came to the feeding station in twos, and in several cases
I found banded and color-marked pairs remaining together for considerable
periods. Such cases are: Pair 1, January 1942 through March, May 1942 through
August, October 1942 through January 1943; Pair 2, December 1944 through May
1945; Pair 3, January 1941 through April. During these periods the pairs were
seen together frequently, sometimes daily. Gillespie (1930. Bird-Banding, 1:113-
127) has already presented some evidence for permanent mating of this species.

In the six-year study made in California by John B. Price (1936. Condor,
38:23-28) of 64 banded adults and 145 banded juveniles of the nearly related
Plain Titmouse, Parus inornatus, 45 per cent of the adults (banded after being
captured on the nest) were recaptured in subsequent years within 100 yards of
the original nest site whereas only 1,3 per cent of the juveniles were recaptured.
Most mates remained together for at least two or three years.

A more remarkable characteristic of the Tufted Titmouse was the continued
association of the young with their parents. Adults often brought their young to
my feeding station, in one case on the day of fledging (July 8) — from a nest a
third of a mile away. One or more young sometimes continued to come with the
adult pair for many weeks. In one case, two marked young, first brought by the
adults (Pair 1, above) to the feeding shelf on June 22 (1942), continued to accom-
pany the parents until November 8; after that date, only one young came with
the adults, but it continued to appear with them until January 10 (1943).

The greatest age recorded for any of these Titmice I have banded is five
years — for a bird (No. 138-104183) banded December 7, 1941, when it was at
least six months old, and last seen four and a half years later (May 26, 1946).
Two others were at least two and a half years old when last seen. — Josselyn Van
Tyne, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor.

122

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

A Western Lark Sparrow from Florida. — While examining a series of
Lark Sparrows (Chondestes grammacus) in the Louis Agassiz Fuertes Memorial
Bird Collection at Cornell University, I came upon a specimen taken by Fuertes
at Flamingo, Monroe County, Florida, on April 5, 1908. After comparing it
with large series of both the western (C. g. strigatus) and the eastern (C. g.
grammacus) subspecies at Cornell and at the University of Michigan Museum of
Zoology, I have identified it as strigatus. McAtee, Burleigh, Lowery, and Stoddard
(1944. Wils. Bull., 56:152-160) have pointed out the tendency of many western
birds to migrate in an easterly or southeasterly direction. They list (Table 1, p.
156) the Western Lark Sparrow from Louisiana and Mississippi, but I have
been unable to find this subspecies recorded from Florida. — Robert M. Mengee,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

Golden Eagles in Hidalgo, Mexico. — About mid morning on July 10, 1942,
we saw one immature and two adult Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) 10 miles
north of Zimapan, Hidalgo. They sailed on set wings down the steep slopes of a
mountain, crossed the Pan-American Highway a short distance ahead of our
car, and continued over the valley until lost to sight. Although the Golden Eagle
has been recorded from several localities in central Mexico, we have found no
records from as far south as Hidalgo. — Robert M. Mengel, University of Mich-
igan, Ann Arbor, and Dwain W, Warner, Minnesota Museum of Natural History,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

123

EDITORIAL

The Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the Wilson Ornithological Club will be held
jointly with the Ninth Annual Meeting of the Wisconsin Society for Ornithology
in Madison, Wisconsin, April 21 to 24, 1949. Previous meetings have been held in
the fall, but, following numerous requests from Members, the Council decided by
mail ballot to hold the meeting in the spring. Technical sessions, demonstration
sessions, popular sessions, and field trips are being planned by the combined Local
Committees on Arrangements.

OBITUARY

Aldo Leopold, forester, ornithologist, and conservationist, died April 21, 1948,
near Fairfield, Wisconsin. He was born at Burlington, Iowa, January 11, 1887.
After graduating from Yale he served in the Forest Service until 1924, when he
was appointed Associate Director of the Forest Products Laboratory at Madison,
Wisconsin. In 1933, he became Professor of Wildlife Management in the Univer-
sity of Wisconsin. He wrote extensively on game birds and mammals and was the
author of the first book on “Game Management.”

Leon J. Cole, geneticist and ornithologist, died February 17, 1948, at Madison,
Wisconsin, aged seventy. Born at Allegany, New York, he attended Michigan
State College and the University of Michigan and earned the Ph.D. in zoology at
Harvard. He had carried on field work in Alaska, Bermuda, Yucatan, Tortugas,
and Europe. Ornithologists will always remember that it was he who (in 1901)
first publicly proposed in America that birds should be banded and, during "the
following ten years, led the movement for organized bird banding.

ORNITHOLOGICAL NEWS

Herbert Deignan, of the National Museum, is in Australia as ornithologist
with a joint expedition under the auspices of the National Geographic Society and
the Australian Government. Plans for the expedition included a survey of Arn-
hemland, northern Australia.

Seth H. Low has been transferred from his position as Manager of the Salt
Plains National Wildlife Refuge to take charge of the bird-banding program of
the Division of Wildlife Research, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Emerson Stringham (P.O. Box 986, Kerrville, Texas) is preparing a monograph
on Alexander Wilson and is interested in procuring all books and papers by or
about Wilson. He will be glad to hear from Members who wish to dispose of
such books or papers or who know where they may be procured.

Frederick V. Hebard (1500 Walnut Street Building, Philadelphia 2, Penn-
sylvania) is making a study of “injury feigning” in all species of North American
birds. He would like to receive detailed reports from Members on their own
observations of such displays.

THE LOUIS AGASSIZ FUERTES RESEARCH GRANT FOR 1948

The Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research Fund was established to encourage
ornithological research. The grant is designed to help students and amateur orni-
thologists in defraying the expenses of their research programs, particularly such
items as travel, materials, and equipment.

One hundred dollars is given each year to the applicant selected by the Re-
search Committee of the Wilson Ornithological Club on the basis of (1) merits
of the applicant’s project; (2) prospects of successful completion of the project;
(3) ability of the applicant; and (4) financial need of the applicant.

124 THE WILSON BULLETIN „

Vol. 60, No. 2

All members of the Wilson Ornithological Club and all members of its Affil-
iated Societies are eligible for the grant.

Applications should be sent before October 1 to Dr. John T. Emlen, Jr,,
Chairman of the Research Committee (Zoological Department, University of Wis-
consin, Madison 6, Wisconsin). Dr. Emlen will supply application forms on re-
quest, or the applicant may supply the following information in a letter: Name,
address, and age; ornithological training and experience (but note that no formal
training is required as a basis for eligibility) ; subject of investigation (title,
objectives, and scope of project; plan of procedure; progress to date) ; supervisor
or consultant, if any ; ways in which the money would be used ; financial need. A
letter of endorsement by some well-known ornithologist or zoologist is desirable
but not required. Applications which fail to win the grant in any given year
may be re-submitted in following years if desired.

NEW LIFE MEMBER

William H. Phelps, the leader in Venezuelan ornithology and Research Asso-
ciate on the staff of the American Museum of Natural History, was born in New
York City in 1875. While at Harvard he was active in the Nuttall Ornithological
Club and spent the summer of his junior year in Venezuela collecting birds. The
results of this expedition, written in collaboration with Frank M. Chapman,
were published in the Auk in 1897. After graduation Mr, Phelps established
himself in business in Venezuela. Forty years later, in 1937, he retired from busi-
ness, built a museum in the garden of his house in Caracas, and devoted himself
to the study of Venezuelan birds. The Museum has a staff of four: a Curator, his
assistant, and two collectors, William H. Phelps, Jr., works with his father on
the collection and for several years has led the more difficult expeditions. The
Phelps Collection now comprises 43,000 specimens, and more than a hundred
new birds have been described from it. Mr. Phelps’ many papers on Venezuelan
birds constitute a major contribution to South American ornithology.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

125

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Field Guide to Birds of the West Indies. By James Bond. Illustrated by Earl
Poole. Macmillan Company, New York, 1947: 4^X7^ in., ix-f-257 pp.,
col. frontispiece, 211 drawings. $3.75.

Bond’s latest work on West Indian birds is based on his well-known “Birds
of the West Indies” (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1936), but the text has been com-
pletely rewritten and abridged, and the new volume is definitely not a second
edition. The detailed descriptions in the predecessor volume are reduced to a few
lines of general description with particular emphasis on field marks; the ranges
are stated in less detail. On the other hand, the accounts of the haunts, notes,
and habits have been expanded, and a general statement of each bird’s status is
appended — helpful features not to be found in the earlier volume. Poole’s line
drawings which illustrated the 1936 work are again used, with numerous new
ones as well, bringing the total number of species figured to over 210.

The use of Bond’s field guide, which has no keys of any kind, naturally
assumes that the student is able to place in their proper families the birds seen
and then run down the specific identification by comparison with the drawings
and a perusal of the appropriate text. North American migrants and wide-
ranging water birds known to occur in the West Indies are included, as well as
the endemic species, and Bond himself suggests in the introduction that one of
the recent standard North American bird guides can be employed as a useful
adjunct by visitors to the Caribbean. A short statement preceding each family,
of the type used by Mayr in his recent “Birds of the Southwest Pacific,” would
facilitate placing of birds in their proper families by the less experienced observers,
but this suggestion is not intended to be a criticism of what promises to be a
most useful and convenient popular bird guide. — J. L. Peters.

The Birds of Brewery Creek. By Malcolm MacDonald. Oxford University
Press, Toronto, Canada, 1947: 9 X in., x -f 334 pp., 23 photographs (7
in color). $5.00.

However busy he may have been as High Commissioner for the United King-
dom in Canada, The Right Honourable Malcolm MacDonald put his early morning
hours to good use. This book, of engaging and disarming charm, contains no
little factual material. Clever interweaving of first-hand observations and re-
counted incidents has made a highly readable narrative of bird life. Certainly
it is one that can be read with pleasure and much profit by laymen and with
pleasure and probably some profit by most ornithologists.

Launching the account with a description of the area and a chapter devoted
to “A Bird’s Year,” Mr. MacDonald continues with a report of his observations,
arranged chronologically, by months. From a birdless first day in the field to a
final accounting of 160 species, he writes of many varied incidents — and with great
freshness of viewpoint.

The outstanding feature of the book is the easy cadences, which permit
whimsical analogy to follow straight reporting. Without assuming the “sloppy
sentimentality” of which Mr. MacDonald warns, it still is fun to picture his
Red-wing as an Admiral complete with epaulets, or his Robin as a General in
ceremonial dress. Too, one cannot help cheering him in the role of Matchmaker
MacDonald during his encounter with the amorous Buffle-heads.

His life-history reports show remarkably fine powers of observation. Accounts
of the Flicker, Catbird, Oriole, and particularly of the Spotted Sandpiper are ex-
ceedingly well handled. He proposes a very logical theory regarding the “decoy”

126

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

antics, or distraction display, of the Spotted Sandpiper as being related to the
courtship display but later presents new evidence, thus leaving the matter open
to more observation.

The book includes 23 photographs (some in color) by Arthur A. Allen and
W. V. Crich. These are related only in that the birds portrayed are named in
a quoted line of the text. Excellent photographs all, those in color being repro-
duced about as successfully as the present use of this process will allow, but the
black and white ones suffer from a toning which robs them of a good deal of
character.

The book is carefully indexed, so that one may follow all the material relating
to a particular species. Some typographical errors do not appreciably detract from
an otherwise finely produced book. — Rosario Mazzeo.

BIBLIOGRAPHY*

Anatomy (including plumage and molt)

Hudson, George Elford. Studies on the Muscles of the Pelvic Appendage in
Birds II: The Heterogeneous Order Falconiformes. Amer. Midi. Nat. 39 (1),
Jan. 1948:102-127.

PoRTMANN, Adolphe. Etudes sur la cerebralisation chez les oiseaux, Parts 1 and 2.

Alauda 14, 1946:2-20, 5 figs.; 15 (1), 1947:1-15, 2 graphs.

Staples, C. P. Further as to Colour Change without a Moult. Bull. Brit. Ornith.
Club. 68 (4), March 17, 1948:80-88.

See also Life History and Behavior: Brooks (2 titles).

Distribution and Taxonomy

Behle, William H. Systematic Comment on Some Geographically Variable Birds
Occurring in Utah. Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:71-80.

Hering, Louise. Nesting Birds of the Black Forest, Colorado. Condor 50 (2),
March-Apr. 1948:49-56, figs. 12-15.

Kelso, Leon. Embryo Taxonomists. Biol. Leaflet No. 40, Feb. 27, 1948: 1-4.

Longley, William H. Changes in Minnesota Bird Life. Flicker 19 (4), Dec.
1947:87-89.

Miller, Alden H. Further Observations on Variation in Canyon Wrens. Condor
50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:83-85. (Catherpes mexicanus)

Munro, J. a., and I. McT. Cowan. A Review of the Bird Fauna of British
Columbia. B.C. Prov. Mus. Dept. Educ. Spec. Publ. 2, Dec. 1947:1-285, 42 figs.

Parkes, Kenneth C., and Dean Amadon. The Winter Range of the Kennicott
Willow Warbler. Condor SO (2), March-Apr. 1948:86-87. {Phyllosco pus borealis
kennicotti)

Todd, W. E. Clyde. Systematics of the White-crowned Sparrow. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 61, March 4, 1948:19-20. ( Zonotrichia leucophrys nigrilora, new subsp.,
Natashquan, Quebec.)

Tout, Wilson. Lincoln County Birds, Publ. by the author, North Platte,
Nebraska. 1947. 191 pp., 1 pi.. 2 figs. $2.00. (Report of observations cover-
ing some 40 years in Lincoln County, Nebraska.)

See also Anatomy: Hudson, Portmann. History . . . and Institutions: White.

Migration and Flight

Coffey, Ben B. Jr. Southward Migration of Herons. Bird-Banding 19 (1), Jan.

1948:1-5, map. (American Egret, Little Blue Heron, Snowy Egret, Anhinga)

* Loose-sheet reprints of this section have been available for the convenience of
Members who clip the titles and paste them on cards for permanent reference files, but
the number of requests received for these has not covered the printing cost. Unless
additional Members wish to subscribe, reprinting the section must be discontinued. Two
sets of the Bibliography (one for author and one for subject-file) can be supplied
for fifty cents a year. Members are asked to send to the Editor new orders and to
confirm standing orders before September. Double sets for past years (1941-47) are
available at forty cents per year.

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

127

Griffin, Donald R., and Raymond J. Hock. Experiments on Bird Navigation.
Science 107 (2779), Apr. 2, 1948: 347-349, 1 fig. {Morns bassanus homing over
land.)

Mayaud, Noel. Les migrations de Casse-noix mouchetes a travers la France.

Alauda 15 (1), 1947:34-48. {Nucifraga caryocatactes)

Nichols, J. T. A Picture of Bird Migration with Particular Reference to Long
Island, New York. Birds of Long Island No. 5, Jan. 1948:117-136.

Weston, Henry G. Jr. Spring Arrival of Summer Residents in the Berkeley Area,
California. Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:81-82, fig. 21.

Ecology

Dice, Lee R. Application of Statistical Methods to the Analysis of Ecologic As-
sociation Between Species of Birds. Amer. Midi. Nat. 39 (1), Jan. 1948:
174-175.

Glegg, William E. Des dangers que representent pour les oiseaux les araignees et
leurs toiles. Alauda 15 (1), 1947:55-67.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Longley. Population: Kendeigh.

Life History and Behavior

Berger, A. J. Early nesting and Cowbird parasitism of the Goldfinch in Michigan.
Wils. BuU. 60 (1), March 1948:52-53.

Bergman, Goran. Der Steinwalser, Arenaria i. interpres (L.), in seiner Beziehung
zur Umwelt. Acta Zool. Fenn. 47, 1946:1-151.

Brooks, Allan. Pied-billed Grebe. Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948: col. frontis-
piece.

Brooks, Allan. Black-capped Chickadees. Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:
plate opp. p. 89.

Dennis, John V. Observations on the Orchard Oriole in Lower Mississippi Delta.
Bird-Banding 19 (1), Jan. 1948:12-21, 2 photos.

Eigsti, W. E. “Drumming” in the Chimney Swift. Nebr. Bird Rev. 15 (2),
July-Dee. 1947:9-11, 3 figs.

Geroudet, Paul. Quelques notes sur la Harelde de Miquelon, Clangula hyemalis
(L.). Nos Oiseaux 19 (196), Feb. 1948:165-172, 8 figs.

Gibson-Hill, C. a. Common Sandpipers displaying in winter quarters. Brit. Birds
41 (2), Feb. 1948:57-58. (Actitis hypoleucos)

Gooch, Bernard. Pattering action of feeding Lapwing and probing of Starlings
compared. Brit. Birds 41 (2), Feb. 1948:59-60.

Hoffmeister, Donald F., and Henry W. Setzer. The Postnatal Development of
Two Broods of Great Horned Owls. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1 (8),
Oct. 6, 1947: 159-173, 17 photos. {Bubo virginianus)

Hosking, Eric. Studies of some species rarely photographed. XIII. The Scottish
Crossbill. Brit. Birds 41 (2), Feb. 1948:49, pis. 9-14. (Loxia curvirostra
scotica: six splendid photographs of adults and young at nest, with note by
B. W. TCucker].)

Jaeger, Edmund C. Notes on Behavior of the Turkey Vulture and Prairie Falcon.
Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:90-91.

Knowles, Cecilia. Slavonian Grebe rearing two broods. Brit. Birds 41 (2), Feb.
1948:56. (Podiceps [=Colymbus'\ auritus)

Lehtonen, Leo. Zur Winterbiologie der Kohlmeise, Parus m. major L. Ornis Fenn.
24 (2), Oct. 1947:32-47.

Miller, Alden H. White-winged Junco Parasitized by Cowbird. Condor 50
(2), March-Apr. 1948:92.

Morgan, Allen H. White-tailed Kites Roosting Together. Condor 50 (2),
March-Apr. 1948: 92-93.

Peterson, Roger Tory. Arizona Junco. Wils. Bull. 60 (1), March 1948:5, col.
frontispiece.

Preston, F. W. The cowbird {M. ater) and the cuckoo {C. canorus) . Ecology
29 (1), Jan. 1948:115-116.

128

THE WILSON BULLETIN

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

Shackleton, Walter. Three Cases of Parasitism by Cowbirds. Kentucky Warbler
24 (1), Jan. 1948:1-3, 1 photo. (Hylocichla mustelina, Polioptila caerulea,
Vireo olivaceus, in Kentucky.)

Shoemaker, Frank H. Notes on the Nesting of the Acadian and Alder Fly-
catchers. Neb. Bird Rev. 15 (2), July-Dee. 1947:31-35, 3 photos.

Tinbergen, N. Social Releasers and the Experimental Method Required for their
Study. Wils. Bull. 60 (1), March 1948:6-51, 24 figs.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. Nestings of Some Passerine Birds in Western Alaska.
Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:64-70, figs. 17-20. {Motacilla flava alascensis,
Acanthis hornemanni, A. flammea, Spizella arborea ochracea)

Food and Feeding Habits

Brecher, Leonard C. Bronzed Crackles Feeding on Beech Nuts. Kentucky
Warbler 24 (1), Jan. 1948:7-9.

Hebard, Frederick V. Bald Eagle eating shoat on highway. Wils. Bull. 60 (1),
March 1948:53.

Knowlton, George F. Vertebrate Animals Feeding on the Mormon Cricket.

Amer. Midi. Nat. 39 (1), Jan. 1948:137-138.

Miller, Loye. An Enemy of the Horned Lizard. Copeia 1948 (Apr. 15, No. 1):
67. (Falco mexicanus in California.)

Noell, G. W. Bald Eagle captures tern. Wils. Bull. 60 (1), March 1948:53.

Population (including age, and mortality rates)

Hann, Harry W. Longevity of the Oven-bird. Bird-Banding 19 (1), Jan. 1948:
5-12.

Kendeigh, S. Charles. Bird populations and biotic communities in Northern
Lower Michigan. Ecology 29 (1), Jan. 1948:101-114, 1 fig.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Hering. Ecology: Glegg.

Techniques (including banding)

Barclay-Smith, Phyllis. Garden Birds. The King Penguin Books, Penguin Books
Ltd., London, 1946: 4% x 7J4 in., 36 pp., 20 col. pis. (Techniques for at-
tracting and identifying the common birds of Great Britain. The book’s
special value lies in the excellent reproductions of 20 color plates from John
Gould’s “The Birds of Great Britain,” 1862-1873.)

Koskimies, Jukka. Siipimerkinta, uusi menetelma riistalintujen vaellusten tut-
kimista varten. Ornis Fenn. 24 (2), Oct. 1947:54-58, 1 fig. (With English
summary, “Wing marking — a new method for marking gallinaceous birds,”
pp. 57-58.)

See also Ecology: Dice.

History, Biography, Bibliography, and Institutions
White, Leslie A. Notes on the Ethnozoology of the Keresan Pueblo Indians.
Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters 31 (for 1945), 1947:223-243, 8 figs.

Paleontology

Dawson, William R. Records of Fringillids from the Pleistocene of Rancho La
Brea. Condor 50 (2), March-Apr. 1948:57-63, fig. 16 (13 spp., including Pipilo
angelensis, new sp.)

June 1948
Vol. 60, No. 2

THE WILSON BULLETIN

129

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY FOR 1947

As of the date of this report, the Wilson Ornithological Club has 1,562 Mem-
bers, the highest number the Club has ever attained. During 1947 we gained 372
Members and lost, from all causes. 111 — a net gain of 261 Members.

’One of the 372 new Members is a Life Member; the others are divided as
follows: Sustaining Members, 14; Active Members, 100; Associate Members, 257.
The total present membership, by classes, with corresponding figures for 1946

in parentheses, is:

Founders 2 (2)

Life Members 57 (44)

Sustaining Members 106 (72)

Active Members 557 (449)

Associate Members* 840 (734)

During the year, Walter F. Scott did a splendid job as Chairman of the Mem-
bership Committee in offering to great numbers of persons the opportunity to
join the Club, and he is to be congratulated on his fine work.

We now have Members resident in every State in the Union, in most of the
Provinces of Canada, and in many foreign countries. Although not a complete
membership tally by State and country, the following list gives the geographical
distribution of the majority of our Members: California, 61; Illinois, 90; Indiana,
31; Iowa, 50; Massachusetts, 54; Michigan, 113; Minnesota, 54; Missouri, 40;
New Jersey, 27; New York, 134; Ohio, 153; Pennsylvania, 71; Wisconsin, 86;
Canada, 59.

Your new Secretary has enjoyed his work and was particularly impressed by
the splendid cooperation given him by the other Officers and the Members.

All of the statistics of membership contained in this report were furnished by
our Treasurer, Burt L. Monroe. With so large a membership, it requires a tre-
mendous amount of labor to keep records of the Members clear and up to date,
and the Treasurer’s generous donation of time and effort deserves the commenda-
tion of the entire membership.

Respectfully submitted,

December 31, 1947. James B. Young, Secretary.

REPORT OF THE AFFILIATED SOCIETIES COMMITTEE FOR 1947

During the past year there have been no new affiliations with the Club, and it
would seem that it is time to consolidate the affiliations already existing and to
seek new ways to increase their value.

The Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research Grant, for which Members of the Affiliated
Societies, as well as Members of the Wilson Ornithological Club, are eligible, is
one bond of union already established.

It was gratifying to have many members of our most recent affiliate, the Brooks
Bird Club of West Virginia, taking an active part in the 1947 Annual Meeting. It
augurs well that the next Annual Meeting is to be held in association with another
of our affiliates, the Wisconsin Society for Ornithology.

We would like to see such things as active exchange of visitors, journals, pro-
gram ideas, cooperation in research projects, and joint action on conservation
matters develop between the affiliates and our Club. Suggestions are invited from
Members of the Club and from Members of the Affiliated Societies.

Respectfully submitted,

Gordon M. Meade, M.D., Chairman.

December 31, 1947.

. ,,

Q H^i

^ -1

;’v; '

'^•■^ v.^ i' ■• -y uxti ■■ <■■ ,,n lu/^V'.' rf. :'’

I! s'. .■.■ ;■ jii.-^ji A ■•'■’■■ '" • • I'A'MKi'. .< ■' . -;

■,..w V- ' '“■ ■• '’■^•’*'..?i;>’*''‘^

* .»'i< ; it^ ■ i r li'i^W jiUElilHi ' ' n ^ ‘ .• v t.'is' •f,ivi^WFp y ‘^'•^'* i'

-,ji.V' V> >»./!>• .-^i2B? J * V

,;t7.,''* /f''5^^ • ,'i' ,A ■;,.■ '^ • '“ ■ ^ • ■IMV%

I* ’KWnVSUllMiv’ • ' ' ■1-^ ■ ■' . . <^

•• , -.>1 '■■ • VY<)>Wi

( V^'

^•Vcvv^, " /■ ^

K'i.y A ^ " ■:' y#* . “** ■

i

p^'h'.X '

; v-v .- .:■- :. y---“^'''^ ., -1-

I'--- ‘i... .; ' '4y. J • . •», .,, >|.*^,tl-> . vt!|.H

. , , . ,'-'#^'ifJ! . v^.W'V=!L■♦lS^T/^

■w 1; ■ -V . '

TO OUR CONTRIBUTORS

Our members are asked to submit articles for publication in the Bulletin.
Manuscripts will be accepted only with the understanding that they have not
previously been published or accepted for publication elsewhere.

Manuscript. Manuscripts should be typed, with double-spacing and wide
margins, on one side of white paper of good quality and of standard size (8J4 x 11).
The title should be brief and should indicate the subject clearly. Ordinarily the
scientific names of the birds treated should be given and should appear early in
the article. Most articles should conclude with a brief summary.

Bibliography. Literature referred to in the text should be cited by author’s
name, year of publication, and exact page of the particular reference. Such litera-
ture should ordinarily be listed in full at the end of the paper.

Illustrations. Photographic prints, to reproduce well as half-tones, should
have good contrast and detail. Please send prints unmounted, and attach to
each print a brief but adequate legend. Do not write heavily on the backs of
photographs.

Proof. Authors are requested to return proof promptly. Expensive alterations
in copy after the type has been set must be charged to the author.

Reprints. Orders for reprints, which are furnished to authors at cost, should
accompany the returned galley proof.

Reprint Schedule of The Wilson Bulletin

Each

additional

1 page 2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 4 pp.

100 copies $3.05 $4.28 $5.65 $7.39 $8.95 $9.71 $1.33

Each additional

100 copies $1.49 $2.00 $2.85 $3.75 $4.61 $5.48 .86

Covers; $5.04 for first 100 copies; $2.60 for each additional 100 copies.

Charge will be made for a minimum of 100 reprints.

Authors are asked not to pay for reprints before receiving an itemized bill
from the press.

1948

Voi.60

r V ft m i\ '

SEPTEMBER ISSUE

Number 3
Pages 137-204

Elision bulletin

Published by the

lPil£>on d^rnttliolosical Club

at

Ann Arbor, Michigan

THE WILSON BULLETIN

The official organ of the Wilson Ornithological Club, published quarterly, in March,
June, September, and December, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. In the United States
the subscription price is $2.00 a year. Single copies, 50 cents. Outside of the
United States the rate is $2.25. Single copies, 60 cents. Subscriptions should be
sent to the Treasurer. Most back issues of the Bulletin are available at 50 cents
each and may be ordered from: josselyn Van Tyne, Editor, University of Mich-
igan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Ail articles and communications for publication, books and publications for
review, c.xchanges,' and claims for lost or undelivered copies of the magazine,
should be addressed to the Editor.

The current issue of The Wihon Bulletin is printed by the Ann Arbor Press,
Ann Arbor, Michigan. Entered as second class matter July 13, 1910, at Ann Arbor,
Michigan, under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB
Founded December 3, 1888

Named after Alexander Wilson, the first American ornithologist.
President — Oiin S. Pettingiil, Jr., Carleton College, Northfield, Minn.

First Vice-President — Maurice Brooks, West Virginia University, Morgantown
Second Vice-President — W. J. Breckenridge, University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis.

Treasurer — Burt L. Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Ky.

Secretary — Harold Mayfield, 2557 Portsmouth Ave., Toledo 12, Ohio.

Editor of The Wilson Bulletin — Josselyn Van Tyne.

Associate Editor — Margaret M. Nice.

Assistant Editor — G. Reeves Butchart.

Membership dues per calendar year are: Sustaining, $5.00; Active, $3.00; As-
sociate, $2.00. The Wilson Bulletin is sent to all members not in arrears for dues.

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library, housed in the University of Michi-
gan Museum of Zoology, was established in concurrence with the University of
Michigan in 1930. Until 1947 the Library was maintained entirely by gifts and
bequests of books, pamphlets, reprints, and ornithological magazines from mem-
bers and friends of the Wilson Ornithological Club. Now two members have
generously established a fund for the purchase of new books; members and
friends are invited to maintain the fund by regular contributions, thus making
available to all Club members the more important new books on ornithology and
related subjects. The fund will be administered by the Library Committee, who
will be glad of suggestions from members on the choice of new books to be added
to the Library. Harold F. Mayfield (2557 Portsmouth Avenue, Toledo, Ohio) is
Chairman of the Committee. The Library currently receives 65 periodicals, as
gifts, and in exchange for The Wilson Bulletin, With the usual exception of rare
books in the collection, any item in the Library may be borrowed by members
of the Club and will be sent prepaid (by the University of Michigan) to any ad-
dress in the United States, its possessions, or Canada. Return postage is paid by
the borrower. Inquiries and requests by borrowers, as well as gifts of books,
pamphlets, reprints, and magazines, should be addressed to “The Wilson Club
Library, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.”
Contributions to the New Book Fund should be sent to the Treasurer, Burt L.
Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Kentucky (small sums in stamps are acceptable).
A preliminary index of the Library’s holdings was printed in the September 1943
issue of The Wilson Bulletin, and each September number lists the book titles in
the accessions of the current year. A brief report on the recent gifts to the
Library is published in every issue of the Bulletin.

^ 2oofo{iv \

(St 25 I9W'

THE WILSferr BULLETIN

A QUARTERLY MAGAZINE OF ORNITHOLOGY
Published by the Wilson Ornithological Club

1948 Number3

Vol. 60 SEPTEMBER ISSUE Pages 137-204

CONTENTS

Holboell’s Grebes (Colymbus grisegena holbollii) carrying nest

material, Lake Ontario, 1944 John A. Crosby Plate 5

A Nesting of the Carolina Wren

Margaret M. Nice and Ruth H. Thomas 139
Notes on the Yellow-breasted Sunbird

Nathan S. Potter, III 159

Some Kansas Bird Records

M. Dale Arvey and Henry W. Setzer 164
The Edward Harris Collection of Birds Phillips B. Street 167
The Golden-fronted Woodpeckers of Texas and Northern

Mexico Alexander Wetmore 185

General Notes 187

A feeding habit of the Snowy Egret, Fr. Haverschmidt ;
Swains on’s Hawk nesting in north-central Oklahoma, F. M.
Baumgartner ; Sandhill Crane observed in southwestern Ohio,
Haven H. Spencer; Incubation of the Upland Plover, Wood-
row Goodpaster and Karl Maslowski ; Mourning Dove
£L in Alaska, Clarence Cottam; Breeding of Richmond’s Swift
in Venezuela, George Miksch button’, W heatear at Peek skill.

New York, Allan D. Cruickshank; Cardinals bathing.

Miriam G. Dickinson

Editorial • Obituary • Ornithological News 191

Wilson Ornithological Club Announcements 192

New Life Member 192

Ornithological Literature 193

James Fisher, Bird Recognition, I: Sea-Birds and Waders,
reviewed by Harold Mayfield; Ludlow Griscom and Edith V.
Folger, The Birds of Nantucket, reviewed by Frederick C.
Lincoln; E. H. Ware, Wing to Wing, reviewed by Olin
Sewall Pettingill, Jr.; Hal. H. Harrison, American Birds in
Color. Land Birds, reviewed by Margaret M. Nice; Bibli-
ography

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library 203

1 ^

^ •* / ‘ !

.'.^ ‘ ■'<:■. -•■ '•' > '■‘.r’ , • " “’'/' 'v

.’■■■, •, *■ . . -- • •.'■ '.uW. ■ n'lMlwW^-’- * > . ■ ''■r!*'

Wc'' ’.■ ‘ »

?■*'!

- ‘ u<4..c•.'^. '

ili * •

- ' . ,.?#0f'‘ ■.:.; '.. I '' <-,. -

.^ -:V

,1 • if

4 > •

• '/ ' <i‘ .><■• . fr* A'*'--',

" -vV' ^v\

*• • ‘

:^«-‘r‘.'.^. - ...

• V -t.rA-- ‘

■ w . i, .;'• .

L>;’ ‘ "

V. ■• iV

-'’**}|’'X^A

j ^ ' »>, . ■: » • *• /, * 7'-

-1-" ^ -v '""'.•V.MSi’ <i

y*)' * '■'' ■ ■*' ''*' ®

' .* ■■ IeTiL'II^I/U. .^ ■.. I M ' -f ,J ,

■ ::' ''

ikJX^i f'4ilr>V1«rw , '■’.V,'^’*^'- > ' ’ Vlh-. T- . ' C

. .. .'ll; ' ' ■ .-,v ’ ;.^:i,.;,*'^^'.<.' I wyj',v,-.,^j

-.' ■•■ -.4 • * > . Sli '

Plate

Holboell’s Grebes (Colymbus grisegena holboUii) carrying nest material.
Lake Ontario, 1944. From a pointing by John A. Crosby.

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

139

A NESTING OF THE CAROLINA WREN

BY MARGARET M. NICE AND RUTH H. THOMAS^

' I 'HE Carolina Wren, Thryothorus ludomcianus, charming, conspicu-
ous, and widely distributed as it is throughout southeastern United
States, has been much neglected by life-history students. And this in
spite of the fact that it often leaves its characteristic woods habitat to
nest about buildings and even on porches. In 1946 we were able to
watch one nesting of this species from the arrival of the female to the
leaving of the young.

The male, which had been banded March 27, 1941, near North
Little Rock, Arkansas, had lost a mate in late March 1946. On April
18 we noted him bringing three wisps of grass and placing them under
the eaves of the sleeping porch. (Typically, in Ruth Thomas’ experi-
ence, a male does not build until mated.) On April 19 we first saw his
new mate, an unbanded bird.

Building the Nest

In the afternoon of April 19, the new female came onto the porch,
then flew to the base of a nearby oak; the male suddenly dropped
down from his perch, hitting her and giving a loud song; she answered
with the typical “screech” of the female Carolina. Later we discovered
them nest-hunting in a shed to the south; we removed the grape bas-
kets that were stored there and hung one (partially closed with a
shingle) on the sleeping porch.

The next morning (April 20), at 7:55, both came to the porch;
they entered the basket, gave little notes, then left. For a while both
carried material into the tool-shed, some 25 yards to the east. At 8:25
the female returned to the basket and gave little notes, while her mate
sang nearby. At 8:32 she brought the first load of material and gave
notes in the basket; at 8:33 the male entered and left again; the fe-
male came with material, and he followed with a load. She had carried
5 loads and he 6 when, at 8:38, they were frightened away by a boy
coming to the porch. They then made a number of trips with leaves,
and the male tried to insert a large twig but dropped it; at 9:11 they
left. We scattered dead leaves and other nesting material in front of
the porch and placed lichen and cat’s fur from the nest of a Carolina
Chickadee, Pfirm carolinensis , on a nearby chair.

At 11:50 the male brought material, gave “nest notes” in the bas-
ket, and sang loudly. Four minutes later, both were investigating under
the eaves. The male then went to the basket without a load, and his

^ Although the study as a whole was cooperative and largely based on R. H. T.’s
previous experience with the Carolina Wren gained through many years of intensive
banding, observation, and recording, M.M.N. is responsible for the larger part of the
observations recorded here (covering the period April 16-May 28, 1946) and, in the main,
for the writing of the paper.

140

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

mate carried a dead leaf in and out again. He then drove off a male
Bewick’s Wren, Thryomanes bewickiiy with a scat note and sang loudly.
We saw nothing more of them that day until 3:15, when the male made
two trips to the basket with empty bill. While inside, he uttered tiny
squeaks; his mate did not appear. We did not know whether they had
finally selected the basket for their nest.

At 6:50 a.m. on April 21 the male came to the basket without a
load, entered, gave nest notes, then sang once from the edge; his mate
joined him; both entered and stayed for about 3 minutes. Then he
brought two loads. At 7 o’clock she carried in a large load and gave
many notes inside — fit fit fit fit; he joined her, bringing nothing, left,
and returned twice with loads. She came with dead grass, but went
onto the roof. He then brought 8 loads of moss and bits of cypress bark
from the lawn chair; she gathered some grass but dropped it. The male
carried 3 more loads, and at 7:17 she brought more material. By 7:20
he had brought 18 loads, she 4.

Both birds continued working, and between 8 and 10 o’clock the
major part of the nest was constructed. The male carried 107 loads
and his mate 54 — a total of 161 loads — in the first hour; he carried
98 and she 50 — a total of 148 — in the second hour, making an average
during the 2 hours of 1.7 trips per minute for the male and 0.9 trips a
minute for his mate. The dead leaves, oak catkins, dry grass, and the
few twigs that made up the nest were all gathered in the immediate
vicinity — on the ground or from the roof. The female often chattered
when she met her mate and often twittered in the basket. Once the
male was scratching around in the nest and singing inside the basket;
afterward he sang loudly 3 times on the ivy-covered oak, 10 feet from
the nest; his mate came out from the ivy leaves; he sang again, then
brought more loads and gave 2 songs in the nest. Whenever a Blue Jay,
Cyanocitta cristata, appeared, he stopped work and churred — the note
he used when one of the dogs stood on the porch beneath the basket.

Building zeal began to lessen, especially in the male. From 10:38
to 11:08 he brought 23 loads, she 18; from 12:20 to 12:35 he brought
2, she 5; from 1:23 to 1:38 he carried 4, she 8; and from 2:30 to 3:30
he made 3 visits, bringing a load on only one; and she 13, bringing
material all but once. Little more happened that day until between
6:00 and 6:15 p.m., when he made 2 visits, bringing nothing, and she
made 6 trips with material.

Although we were watching for “courtship displays,” we saw little.
At 12 noon the female gave a long trilling cry on the oak branch; the
male went to her, and they may have copulated; he then sang, his
feathers fluffed. Twice in the afternoon we saw him displaying before
her with outspread wings, uttering a kind of chur, but she made no
response. At 6:15, as they were foraging on the ground, he gave her a
caterpillar, which she accepted without any demonstration. (On March

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

141

28, 1937, Mrs. Thomas saw a male Carolina Wren offering a cater-
pillar to his mate; the birds at that time were either building or about
to build.)

The nest was practically completed during this great burst of energy
the morning of April 21; the male’s nest-building urge was satisfied,
but that of the female did not entirely disappear until May 6, the
eighth day of incubation.

On April 22 the pair arrived at 5:30 a.m., the female going into the
basket, the male going onto the top. In the next hour and a half she
came 15 times, bringing hair and fine grass. He visited the nest 3 times,
sang a good deal, and displayed to her once on the wood-pile, but she
gave no response. During the rest of the morning they paid a few visits
to the basket, he empty-billed, she with more lining material ; each gave
soft notes at times in the basket.

The next morning (April 23) they arrived at 5:26 and gave little
notes in the nest; in an hour and a half she carried in 14 bits of lining,
while he made 3 more visits. From 7:45 to 8:45 she carried 2 loads
and was very vocal in the nest. At 9:05 she was nowhere to be seen,
and apparently the male was seeking her. After vigorous singing from
the lawn chair and nearest oak branches, he went into the basket, gave
a tiny note, and came out. He repeated this twice, the last time staying
in for 2 minutes; then he sang loudly from the nearest oak and from
other perches. One visit from the female early in the afternoon was
our only other record for the day.

On April 24, after a heavy downpour late in the night, the Wrens
did not arrive until 7:09 a.m.; the male went into the basket, while
his mate scolded for 2 minutes with her bill full of dry grass; later
they both entered. At 8:07, she brought a tiny root, and at 8: 16 a few
more small roots. These were the only visits during a continuous watch
of over 5 hours.

Egg Laying

On April 25, 6 days after her arrival and 5 days after the start of
nest-building, the female laid her first egg. The times of her early
morning departures and arrivals for the 5 days of egg-laying are given
in Table 1.

From April 26 to 29 the female’s absences from the nest showed a
striking regularity, ranging between 23 and 26 minutes. When laying,
she stayed on the nest from 30 to 64 minutes at a time; the two short-
est periods and also the next to the longest were terminated by her
departure in response to her mate’s singing nearby. She arrived at the
nest to lay her first egg some 9 minutes earlier in the day than on the
following days. (In Finland, at latitude 63° N., in early June, with
sunrise at about 2:30 a.m., one Willow-Warbler, Phylloscopus trochiliis,
went on the nest to lay at about 3:00 a.m. and another at 4:00 a.m.,
both going on the nest slightly earlier from day to day — Kuusisto,

142

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

TABLE 1

Carolina Wren, North Little Rock, Arkansas
Egg Laying

1946

April

Sky

Sunrise

Left

nest

Came
to lay

Minutes

off

Left

again

Minutes

on

25

Clear

5:26

5:43

6:24

41

26

Clear

5:25

5:33

5:56

23

6:30*

30

27

Clear

5:23

5:28*

5:54

26

6:25*

31

28

Clear

5:22

5:29

5:54

25

6:58

64

29

Cloudy

5:21

5:26

5:51

24

6:47*

56

Average

5:23

5:29

5:52

24.5

6:37

44

♦ Apparently left in response to male’s signal song.

1941:34.) On April 25 the Carolina Wrens came to the nest at 5:43
a.m.; the female entered the basket and gave loud chatterings inside;
the male flew to the edge and looked down, whereupon his mate re-
doubled her notes. The night of April 25 was the first she spent in the
basket.

Except for April 28, when we left for the day at 10:25, one of us
was on the porch much of the time every day; on April 25 the female
brought material 3 times during the morning after laying her egg and
stayed from one to 28 minutes; on April 26 she did not reappear after
6:30 a.m., and on April 27 she made but one visit. The male came to
the basket 2 or 3 times each morning; twice, on April 26 and April 28,
he brought caterpillars; one he ate himself, since his mate was not at
home. His first visit on April 28 was very early — 5:18 a.m.; he looked
down into the basket and gave 2 small notes, but getting no response
he left; 11 minutes later his mate hopped onto the edge of the basket
and flew off.

Incubation

During the 14 days of incubation we watched the nest from 2 to 14
hours a day. Unfortunately, owing to the amazingly long periods spent
by the female on the nest and her quietness in leaving, as well as to
our reluctance to disturb her by examining the nest basket, some data,
especially for periods on the nest, are lacking from our records. Six
hours, for instance, on May 10 and 11 yielded only one complete rec-
ord (for a period off the nest) but did give data on the male’s feeding
of his mate.

At least 7 times during the first 8 days of incubation (April 29-
May 6) the female brought catkins or a few hairs on her return to the
nest. About half of her departures were apparently in response to her
mate’s singing nearby; twice she followed him after he had fed her.

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

143

Several times he brought food when she was not there; once, when he
offered her a morsel a minute after her return, she did not accept it.
He was most intent on feeding her early in the morning. On May 7
and 8 his zeal increased but waned in the next 3 days, only to increase
again on the morning of the fourteenth (last) day of incubation, when
he made 13 trips in 5 hours 30 minutes before the hatching of the first
egg (about 1:43 p.m.).

Feeding of female by male during incubation was reported in the
Carolina Wren by Wight (1934), but Laskey recorded none during the
two nestings that she observed in July and August (1946b: 62; and
1948). Laskey suggests that feeding may occur during early nestings
only, as with the Cardinal, Richmondena cardinalis (Laskey, 1944:42).
“Courtship feeding” seems never to have been reported for the Winter
— or European — ^Wren, Troglodytes troglodytes, or for the House Wren,
Troglodytes aedon, both thoroughly studied species; nor for the marsh
wrens, Telmatodytes and Cistothorus (Welter, 1935; Walkinshaw,
1935); but it does occur to some extent in the Rufous-browed Wren,
Troglodytes rujociliatus (Skutch, 1940:308), Bewick’s Wren (Miller,
1941:96; Laskey, 1946a:40), and Northern Cactus Wren, Campylo-
rhynchus brunneicapillus couesi (Anders Anderson, letter).

The results of 92 hours of watching are summarized in Table 2.
We obtained two all-day records as follows: May 2, the fourth day of
incubation, dawned clear; the male gave his first song at 4:40 and
came to the nest with food at 5:20; 8 minutes later the female left.
His second offering, brought at 6:00, he ate himself, for the female had
not returned. His third and last visit came at 5:13 p.m. The female’s
periods off and on the nest lasted the following numbers of minutes
(periods off being in parentheses): (39), 45, (61), 147, (38), 119,
(58), 119, (61), 85, (22). The 6 periods off the nest averaged 46.5
minutes; the 5 periods on the nest, 103 minutes. That evening, which
was rainy, the male went to roost at 6:26 p.m., the female went to the
nest for the night at 6:42. The morning of May 7 was cloudy. The
male gave his first song at 4:52 and sang 188 times during the first
hour. His first visit to the nest occurred at 5:27, and his mate left at
5:35; he brought food 8 times between 6:00 and 12:33 and once more
at 6:38. The female’s periods away from and on the nest were as
follows: (20), 68, (30), 129, (25), 112, (17), 174, (36), 99, (20),
53, (18). The 7 periods off the nest averaged 24 minutes; the 6 on the
nest 106 minutes. Thus, though the periods on the nest were as long
as those of May 2, the periods off the nest averaged little more than
half as long; 62 per cent of the daylight hours were spent on the nest
on May 2, and 79 per cent on May 7, with mean temperatures of 75°
F. and 64° F., respectively, being on May 2, 8° above normal, on May
7, 4° below. On May 7, a clear evening, the female went to the nest
for the night at 6:55 p.m.

144

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

The most striking feature of the female’s behavior during incuba-
tion was the very long periods spent on and off the nest. We never
knew the female to spend less than half an hour on the nest; one session
lasted nearly 3 hours (174 minutes), and the average for the whole
fortnight was 86 minutes. Periods off the nest averaged 3 1 minutes in
length.

A marked lengthening of the periods on the nest appeared on the
fourth day (May 2); during the first 3 days, 11 periods averaged 65.6
minutes; during the last 11 days, 25 periods averaged 95.2 minutes.
Two or more periods on the nest were observed on 6 of the days be-
tween May 2 and May 12; the daily average for 5 of these days ranged
from 103 to 108 minutes, while on the other day 3 periods averaged
95 minutes. Shortening of the periods off the nest was evident from
the fifth day (May 3): 19 periods in the first 4 days averaged 39 min-
utes, 27 periods in the last 10 days averaged 25 minutes. This shorten-
ing was more marked from the sixth day of incubation (May 4) and
coincided with a drop in temperature, the mean temperature of the
first 5 days averaging 69° F. (3° above normal), of the last 9 days,
63.6° F. (4.6° below normal); 64,5 per cent of the time was spent on
the nest during 40.5 hours of observation on the warmer days, 80 per
cent during 51.5 hours of observation on the cool days.

Very long periods on and off the nest were also recorded by Laskey
(1946b: 62; 1948:107) in her study of two Carolina Wrens in Nash-
ville, Tennessee. She watched one nest July 10 and 11, 1946, for 6
hours and 14 minutes; the female incubated 43 per cent of the time,
staying on the nest from 15 to 87 minutes and off the nest from 41 to
more than 85 minutes; temperatures were high (up to 94° F.). She
watched the other nest for 67 hours during incubation, from July 21 to
August 2, 1946; temperatures were normal, averaging 78.6° F., and
daily fluctuations were small, ranging from 3° above normal to 3°
below; 63 per cent of the time was spent on the nest; 33 periods on
the nest ranged from 12 to 137 minutes, averaging 57.9 minutes, and
43 periods off the nest ranged from 9 to 58.5 minutes, averaging 33.5
minutes. Thus periods off the nest averaged almost the same as those
of our Carolina Wren in Arkansas, but periods on the nest averaged a
third shorter; whereas on the average both birds stayed off the nest a
half hour at a time, the periods on the nest averaged for the Tennessee
female about an hour (57.9 minutes), for the Arkansas female, about
an hour and a half (86.1 minutes). Due to the comparative uniformity
of the weather during Laskey’s second study, it was not possible (as it
was in our Arkansas study) to trace a difference in rhythm correlated
with temperature changes; also, in Laskey’s study, the periods on and
off the nest were about the same during the first 4 days as during the
last 10.

Periods spent on and off the nest by these three Carolina Wrens
are very much longer than those of most small passerines that have so

TABLE 2

Carolina Wren, North Little Rock, Arkansas
Incubation

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

145

0«D

ooooooooooOo

0

5^

CO

cd

o'o"+"H+ 1 Id"! 11 + 1 1

+

1

_____ wv W

OJ

H c

Ph’

00000000000000

0

VO

0

0

VO

OvOOlOOcMO'^Tf^CN-^OOsO

id

Cv

cd

V0'0t^l>t^v0v0t^'0^^r^‘0'0

VO

VO

VO

■.-1 10 10 On Cv

rH

10

CO

CN 0 00 VO 0^

cd

d

lovovoor^t^ t^t^oo 00

VO

00

b

/■ — V

(D

iOCOiOin_rOLOiO__t^ lO

CO

fdvd^'.'vovoldo6cdT^^'-^d »d

y-^

c>

W

■Ct CN CO ro CSI CN ro j-i CN CN

CO

CO

CM

c

tc

tTi fO 1-H On 00 ■>-1 ■>-< \0 Cv 10 CS

y-l

c

00 VO CN ro ^ ro 'T-i ro fO

00

1

00

<U

•<-1 ro CN es fO VO VO 10 00 On

1

00

00

o

^ CM fs) CN CN CN <M t-l •.-1 t-h t-<

Ph

c

tJv fO VO VO CM ro CM CM PO fO T-l

VO

t-H

10

CM

CM

. /■ V

/—V

LO LO

CO

0

rriCMrOPO 10 TjHvOiO OO

vd

d

4-)

vOior^O Cv 000 0

00

Cv

f-l r-t y—t

c

£

<u

rG

c

bo

CM CM 1> Tt Tj< 10 LO

'CT'

ri-

o

C

0 --H Ttl 0 CO Ttv

1''.

cn

(U

y—l -.—1 i-H y—< y—t f— ( y—t t— (

1 1 1 1 1 III 1

1

1

.2

--I •r-H 0 10 Ov 0 10 CO VO ro CO

CO

1-1

COPOTjVTfl^OOlOt^lOOOTtl

CO

CO

<u

Ph

d

CM 10 10 CO ^ CM VO CM ^

VO

Cv

Iz;

CO

c

: rt

*

-t—

+-(-

Tj^'TfVCOfO'^CO'rHCOOCMLOCMlOt^

CO

*0

00

Tj C

CO

Cv

T-l

p.

dJ

LO 10 10 to 10 ^

10

i-o

t^TfT-('^^4'^\OCN'r^Tj<CO^rOCNC\

CM

0

■.-I

c

5

Cv

10

n

: ^

1

CO

OsO’-'CMCO'^iOVOr^OOavO’-'CM

"C

c/}

>>

\0

CM CO ^ ^ ^

^ 0

0 rv

c/) X
• to

c3

< <3

H

Ph

Mean lengths of periods on and off the nest and degrees of departure from normal temperature are given in parenthesis in the respective columns.
Data for 2 all-day records (May 2 and 7) are given in boldface type.

* 13 times in 5.5 hours before hatching of the first young (1:43 p.m.).
t 69 times in 86 hours before hatching of the first young.

^45 times in 50 hours before hatching of the first young.

146

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

far been studied. For 21 individuals, of 8 species, listed by Nice (1943:
221, Table XXIII), average periods on the nest ranged from 12 to 49
minutes, with a median of 29.8; average periods off the nest ranged
from 5.7 to 16.5 minutes, with a median of 8.5. The Northern Cactus
Wren also has short periods of attentiveness and inattentiveness (An-
ders Anderson, letter). ^ The number of times the incubating female
leaves the nest each day varies among 1 1 species from 1 1 to 90, with a
median of 21 (Nice, 1943:220). The Carolina Wren of this study left
the nest 6 and 7 times (on the 2 days of complete records). The House
Wren leaves 27 to 43 times a day (Baldwin and Kendeigh, 1927:213).
The Oven-bird, Seiurus aurocapillus, seems to be the only passerine so
far studied with an incubation rhythm at all comparable with that of
the Carolina Wren; 26 full-day recordings by the itograph, involving 4
incubation periods of 3 females, show that the birds left the nest from
5 to 13 times a day, the median being 8.5 times. Periods on the nest
averaged from an hour to nearly 3 hours; periods off from 16 to 22
minutes. There seemed to be considerable variation in incubation
rhythm, even in the same bird, from year to year (Hann, 1937; Nice,
1938).

Relationship Bet'ween Temperature and Incubation Rhythm

As illustrations of relationship between incubation rhythm and
temperature, let us examine a number of cases for which sufficient data
have been obtained: the Carolina Wren of this study; Laskey’s Caro-
lina Wren in comparison with ours; 3 Willow-Warblers, Phylloscopus,
whose incubations were recorded mechanically (Kuusisto, 1941); 3
Song Sparrows, Melospiza melodia, during 4 incubations (92 hours —
Nice, 1937:123, Table IX); 5 Song Sparrows, whose incubations
(representing 29 days) were recorded mechanically by Baldwin and
Kendeigh (Nice, 1937:124); a Barn Swallow, Hirundo r. rustica, for
which 5 full-day observations were recorded (De Braey, 1946:166 ff.;
Nice, 1947); 3 Oven-birds in 4 incubations (covering 26 days), re-
corded by itograph (Hann, 1937; Nice, 1938).

For all except one of the 17 birds involved in the above studies, the
percentage of time spent on the nest decreased with increasing tem-
perature. Thus, our Carolina Wren spent 80 per cent of the daylight
hours incubating when the temperature averaged 63.6° F. and 64.5 per
cent when it averaged 69° F. In Laskey’s study the Carolina Wren
spent 63 per cent of the time on the nest at a mean temperature of 78°
F., whereas the female of our study incubated 73 per cent of the whole
period at a mean temperature of 66° F. The Willow- Warbler {Phyllo-

^ Courtney Jones (1939. “Rock Wrens at Wupatki,” Southwestern Natl. Monu-
ments, Monthly Repts., Supplt. for July, pp. 69-72) found that a Rock Wren
iSalpinctes obsoletusi averaged 18 minutes on the nest, 15 minutes off. Harold Heath
(1920. “The Nesting Habits of the Alaska Wren,” Condor 22:49-55) observed four
nests of the Alaska Winter Wren {Troglodytes troglodytes alascensis) and found that
periods on the nest ranged from 18 to 21 minutes, periods off, from 2 to 5 minutes.

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

147

scopus), incubating during warm weather (with maxima of 80.6° and
82.4° F.) in 1937 spent less time on the nest than did the two females
incubating during cool weather (with maxima of 64.4° to 68° F.) in
1938 (Kuusisto, 1941 : diagrams 11, 15). One of my Song Sparrows
(K7) spent 80 per cent of the time on the nest at a mean temperature
of 57° F.; K3 spent 71 per cent of the time on the nest at a mean tem-
perature of 69° F.; and K2 spent 79 per cent at a mean temperature
of 55° F., 75 per cent at a mean temperature of 70° F. As temperature
increased (48° to 80° F.), there was a consistent decrease (77 per cent
to 72 per cent) in the percentage of time Baldwin and Kendeigh’s Song
Sparrows spent on the nest, with the exception of one bird that incu-
bated 79.5 per cent during an average mean temperature of 75° F.
The time spent by the Barn Swallow on the nest shows a consistently
descending percentage (74 per cent to 66.5 per cent) with an increase
in mean temperature (58.6° to 71° F.). Average temperatures during
the Oven-birds’ incubation ranged from 59° to 80° F., percentage of
time on the nest from 85 and 86 per cent to 73 per cent.

In all cases the length of periods off the nest was correlated with
temperature. This was true of our Wren, whose periods off the nest
decreased markedly in length during the cool weather of the latter part
of incubation (although then another factor may have been involved,
namely, increased attachment to the eggs). In the cool weather of
1938, 92 per cent of the Willow-Warblers’ absences were very short
(less than 10 minutes) ; in the warm weather of 1937 this was true of
only 69 per cent of the absences. The length of periods off the nest of
my Song Sparrows averaged 6 minutes (for K7), at a temperature of
57° F., and 8 minutes (for K3), at a temperature of 69° F.; K2
stayed off 7.8 minutes, at an average temperature of 55° F., and 9 min-
utes, at an average temperature of 70° F. One of Baldwin and Ken-
deigh’s Song Sparrows showed a consistent adjustment to temperature,
her periods off. the nest increasing regularly from 4.1 minutes, at 43°
F., to 7.5 minutes, at 54° F., and all showed a regular average increase
of periods off the nest, from 5.7 minutes, at 48° F., to 16.5 minutes, at
80° F. The Barn Swallow’s periods increased consistently from 2.5
minutes, at 58.6° F., to 5.8 minutes, at 71° F. One Oven-bird (No. 15)
stayed off 16 minutes at 59° F. in 1935, and 22 minutes at 63° F. in
1936; the other two averaged 20 minutes at 80° F.

The number of periods off the nest per day decreased with rising
temperature, for Baldwin and Kendeigh’s Song Sparrows, from 33 to
15; for the Barn Swallow, from 79 to 46; for Oven-bird No. 15, from
9.2 to 5.8. For the Willow-Warblers, periods off the nest were much
fewer in 1937 than in 1938 (Kuusisto, 1941:45); Kuusisto gives actual
figures for only one nest in 1938 (p. 41) ; the bird left 27, 27, 30, and
35 -f times in one day.

148

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Correlative with the lessening of the number of absences with in-
creasing temperature, is the increase in the length of periods on the
nest: for the northern Ohio Song Sparrows a consistent increase from
19.3 minutes to 42.4 minutes; for the Barn Swallow, from 7.2 to 11.9
minutes; for Oven-bird No. 15, from 96 to 170 minutes.

Carolina Wrens and Song Sparrows studied at Columbus, however,
decreased the length of periods on the nest with increasing tempera-
ture. The Wren of our study averaged 98 minutes on the nest at 64°
F. and 71 minutes at 69° F.; Laskey’s Wren averaged 57.5 minutes
at 78° F.; my Song Sparrows averaged 30.5 minutes at 57° F. (K7),
20 minutes at 69° F. (K3), 30 minutes at 55° F. and 27 minutes at
70° F. (K2).

To summarize: in colder weather the birds increased the percentage
of time spent on the nest, shortening the periods off the nest. Ten birds
of four passerine species (5 Song Sparrows in northern Ohio, Oven-
bird, Barn Swallow, 3 Willow-Warblers) increased the length of periods
on the nest, decreasing the number of periods (both on and off). Five
birds of two species (3 Song Sparrows in central Ohio and 2 Carolina
Wrens) decreased the length of periods (both on and off), increasing
the number. It will be noted that in all cases periods off the nest were
shorter in cold weather than in warm, while the number of periods
(both on and off) differs according to whether the periods on the nest
lengthen or shorten.

Care of the Young

Except for giving small notes when fed by her mate, the female
Carolina had been quiet in the nest during incubation. On May 12, at
1:43 p.m., she started to chatter, much as she had done when arrang-
ing material in the nest, and 16 minutes later she again chattered. The
male brought food 6 times between 1:43 and 2:50, when the female
left the nest. We then found that the first young had hatched, and
there was no sign of the shell. The female had left at 9:54, at which
time there were still 5 eggs; she returned at 10:25; unfortunately, no
one was watching the nest from 12:40 to 1:15, so we cannot be sure
that she did not take a brief vacation, but she may have stayed on
continuously for 4 hours and 25 minutes. The male had been feeding
his mate 2.2 times an hour on this morning — in contrast to 0.7 times
an hour during the previous 81.5 hours of observation, but after 1:46
p.m. he fed his mate 4 times an hour. He showed excitement by loud
singing and by, flipping his wings. At 5:47 p.m. his mate was absent,
and he fed the nestling directly for the first time. The next day 3 more
eggs had hatched by 10:00 a.m., and the last one hatched between
12:10 and 4:46.

Two full-day records were obtained: on May 15, when the young
were 2 and 3 days old; and on May 22. In addition, we watched from
one to 11 hours every day except May 20 while the young were in the
nest. A summary of the results is given in Table 3.

TABLE 3

Carolina Wren, North Little Rock, Arkansas
Care of Five Young

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

149

<U W

6

5 oj

H a

oooooooooooooo

OPOO'OfMCMOoOCSTtiOOO'O

<u ^
C

5 tn

'Cl

H c

VO fO CM

’T^ y — '

•§l

QJ bC

a. 0

bCvH

.a c

'b c3

o <u

2 s

pq^

O CM Ov O

ib-^'t^T^f^'oOOOOOOOO

ON to lO CO t-h

a

d

VO

>»

-Q

4)

r a,

a^

>3,

O

o

tfl

bC

.a

4)

4>

■^'OOcO'^co'Ot^t^OTjtiO'^OO

CM'*-HCMVOCMCMCMCMCM'0’-'100^

OCM'>-iCMOv'OOOCMvO«v)oO'<^i^'
fH ■«-< T-l 00 T-H VO ■

•<^'^OV«-lCMt^OOtOT-lt«.vO'^''^t^

CM ^ lO ••-I »-l ^ vrH 1-1 1> TJH CO

O O 10 CO O O CM O 1-H 00 O

vd Tl? »0 00 Ov Ov »-H rji’ vd 00*

»0 CM ov CO O O CO 00 O i-H 1-H O

o d d o CM CM* CM Tji id in oo’ d 1-i

'O

tn <y

Z3

od

5?

4) o
§2

omcM\oot^t^ot^T}<oot^o

vdcdTj^cocdtoididcdidvdi^^idi^

r^TTTjiTjirtcocOfOco^i-HT-ivOi-'

CMCOrt'lO'Ot^OOOvi-'CMCOTjitO'O

i-Hi-ii-(i-i—(T-(T-ii-(CMCMCMCMCMCM

>1

rt

— . o
rt-n

h“-

od

a c

CO

CM

q

id

>

'5b

-■ (U

^ a

a*^

. a

Cl. «J

O O
J=>3

XJ M

4J o

J3

O «

T3
C M-
O —

j3 rt

HQ

♦ Watched in afternoon only,
t For brooding: first four days.

150

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

For the first 3 days (May 13 to 15) the female behaved much as
she had while incubating; she brooded much and fed little. The per-
centage of daylight hours spent on the nest during these days (72 per
cent) was as much as during incubation (73 per cent), and the average
length of periods off was much the same (27 minutes now, 31 minutes
before). The chief difference lay in the number of periods off, which
became twice as numerous (12 on the all-day session of May 15, in
contrast to 6 and 7 on May 2 and 7), and in the length of periods on
(50 minutes now, 86 minutes before). (The explanation of the lower
percentage of brooding on the cool day of May 13, in comparison with
the mild day of May 14, probably lies in the time the observations were
made, in the afternoon on May 13, in the morning on May 14; 64
per cent of the morning hours were spent on the nest on May 15,' 40
per cent of the afternoon hours.)

The female spent the nights on the nest up to May 18, when the
young were 6 and 7 days old; we did not check on this point
on May 19 and 20, but on May 21 the female did not come to the
nest while we watched from 7:02 to 7:30 p.m., by which time it was
very dark. On the following evening, she entered the box at 7:15 p.m.,
evidently for the night, since she had not left by 7:30. Laskey’s female
did not brood the young after they were 4 days old despite unseason-
ably cold weather.

The female showed an almost continuous increase in her rate of
feeding, from 0.5 times an hour (on May 13) to 11 times an hour (on
May 25). The male had a burst of enthusiasm upon the hatching of
the first egg *on May 1 2 and brought food to the nest 6 times an hour,
but his rate dropped the next day to 3.5 times an hour, then gradually
increased to 5.7 times an hour (on May 17 and 18). On May 21, for
the first time, the female outdid her mate; in 18 hours during May 24
to 26 (the last 3 days of nest life) she brought more than twice as
many meals as her mate. Omitting the afternoon of May 12, the rate
for the pair increased consistently from beginning to end, from 4 to
18 times an hour, averaging 9 times an hour for the whole period.
When the young were 2 and 3 days old, 63 meals, or 12.6 for each,
were brought during the day; when the young were 9 and 10 days old,
160 meals, or 32 per nestling, were brought (assuming that only one
bird was fed on each trip, a matter on which we could make no obser-
vations). The hourly rate of feeding during the first half of nest life
was 5.1, during the last half, 12.8, or two and a half times as high —
the same proportional increase as found at 7 Song Sparrow nests (Nice,
1943:231). Beginning with May 16 both parents brought some very
large insects.

During the first week our Carolina Wrens showed the same rate
(number of trips per hour) in feeding their 5 young as did Lasky’s
pair in feeding 3 young: 5.1 trips per hour, or one trip per bird for our
brood, 1.7 trips per brood for hers. During the last 5 days of nest life,

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

151

Laskey’s pair made 6.1 trips per hour (only 2 young were then pres-
ent), whereas our pair, during the last week, averaged 12.8 trips per
hour. For the whole period, Laskey’s pair averaged 2.2 trips per hour
per young, our pair averaged 1.8.

In keeping with the slow pace of the incubation rhythm, both these
pairs of Carolina Wrens fed the young rather infrequently. The hourly
rates per brood of 8 passerine species (Nice, 1943:235) ranged from
39.7 (Great Tits, Parus major) to 11.4 (Song Sparrows); 2 other spe-
cies— American Robins, Turdus migratorius, at 6.5, and Oven-birds at
3.7 — showed a lower rate than our Wrens. The rates per nestling for
the 8 species ranged from 8.4 (Wire-tailed Swallows, Hirundo smithii)
to 3.1 (Song Sparrows); the Robins received 1.7 and 2.1 meals per
hour, the Oven-birds 0.8 to 1.2.

The first sac of excreta we saw carried away was one on May 15
(by the male). On May 22 (a full-day observation) the male carried
off 12; the female, 16 — a total of 28 for the day, or 18 per cent of
the number of feedings. During the 11 hours’ observation two days
later, the male took 4 sacs and the female, 25 — again 18 per cent of
the number of feeding trips.

Leaving the Nest

On May 18 we had first heard notes from the young at some of the
feedings. They squeaked when hammering began nearby but not when
the basket was touched. The next day they responded with sounds to
the shutting of the porch door and to a scratch on the basket. The
female now began giving her tinkle, denoting mild alarm, at Blue Jays.
These tinkles were often heard from then on, and the male churred
more and more vigorously (at times, 70 notes a minute) at the Jays,
which never paid the slightest attention. During the last few days, as
the female assumed the larger share of the task of feeding the young,
the male’s role as policeman became more pronounced.

By May 24 the young had become very noisy at meals, and occa-
sionally they gave the location note — pfit. The next day they called
at times in response to their father’s songs. Between 5:00 and 6:00
p.m. the female fed the young 1 1 times, the male 3 times, but twice he
came to the basket without food and merely looked in.

On May 26, when the young were 13 and 14 days old, the male’s
first feeding of the day came at 4:48 a.m., the female’s at 5:01; both
fed the young industriously during the first hour. The young were
silent at first, but at 6:09 responded to each of the male’s songs with
location notes. At 6:43 a nestling was up on the edge of the basket,
but promptly hopped back; this performance was repeated at 7:20.
The male then came to the basket without food 4 times and peered in ;
once he gave a note, then flew to the west and sang loudly, while the
young scrambled about inside the basket. He was apparently trying
to get the young to leave.

152

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

By 7:38 a.m., 4 young Wrens were up on the edge. The female
now arrived, scolded, and fed the one young inside; she scolded again,
and all disappeared inside. The next minute 3 clambered up again;
the female went to the basket without food, hopped in, and all fol-
lowed her. The male joined them without food, then started to sing from
the nearest oak. At 7 : 42, all 5 young climbed out on the edge, and 2 flew
to the shelf under the eaves. The female went into the basket with
food, came out, and fed one of the young on top; she then hopped into
the basket, giving coaxing notes, and 3 young followed her. The male
churred in the oak and the female tinkled. The male fed a young Wren
in the basket and took away a fecal sac. One fledgling flew from the
shelf and landed on the floor of the porch. The female went to the bas-
ket, then to the young Wren under the eaves, giving coaxing notes, re-
turned to the basket, and fed a young Wren inside. Unlike the male’s,
her efforts seemed to be directed toward getting the young back into
the nest.

The bird on the floor called pfit pfit. With some young in the bas-
ket and some fluttering about, the scene became considerably confused.
Both parents fed young at 7:53 a.m., the female at 7:59, 8:03, and
8:04. Now it appeared that the female, as well as the male, was trying
to lure the young from the nest and its vicinity; she went to the eaves,
giving coaxing notes, while the male went into the basket, which then
contained only one young Wren. At 8:13 both parents entered the
basket, the female carrying an insect; the young Wren followed her
out, but the mother did not feed it. All 5 young started to fly about,
whereupon we decided to band them. The male scolded vigorously
and fluttered to within a few feet of one of us, then left.

We banded 3 young and put them in a trap, and they began to
call; the male appeared and churred. The fourth fledgling screamed
when caught, whereupon the male flew near with slow wing move-
ments— a mild form of “distraction display,” which seems not to have
been previously recorded for the Troglodytidae.

The female flew in and out of the porch, giving the “tolling” notes;
she returned with an insect, went to the empty basket, then left. Seven
minutes later, the male came to the feeding shelf some 15 feet from
the young in the trap; the young began to call. The female arrived
again with food, going to the empty basket, then hurrying past the
trap, calling. The male came 3 times to the basket, looked down at the
young in the trap, then left; the female came 4 times, each time hurry-
ing past the trap, calling loudly. At 9:03 she arrived with food, went
to the basket, called, alighted on top of the trap, returned to the basket,
and left. We then put the trap containing the young under a large drop
trap at the side of the house; the male churred vigorously, but the
female came directly to the young to feed them; we caught and banded
her. We released the young at once; they flew some 15 feet and landed
well.

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

153

The Wrens moved down the hill into the woods, and we did not
see the young again. The male returned occasionally, but the female
was seen only once — on June 18, when she and the male were examin-
ing the nest basket. A pair, apparently juveniles, took posession of the
hill. In late July, the male occasionally appeared to chase them with
much excited singing, but he was not seen after July 28 although he
was watched for until December 18.

Early Morning and Evening Activities

The beginning and end of activities of both male and female were
closely correlated with light. Records for 19 mornings are given in
Table 4. The male’s awakening songs on 8 clear (one slightly misty)
mornings came 27 to 42 minutes (average: 33 minutes) before sunrise;
on 2 cloudy mornings, 21 and 27 minutes (average: 24 minutes); and
on 2 rainy mornings, 14 and 21 minutes (average: 17.5 minutes). Civil
twilight at 35° latitude occurs at 26 to 28 minutes before sunrise at
this time of year (Kimball, 1916:617); thus, the first song on clear
mornings averaged 6 minutes before civil twilight. The male did not
sing as early as the Mockingbird {Mimus polyglottos) ^ Robin, Purple
Martin {Progne subis), Mourning Dove {Zenaidura macroura), Car-
dinal, or the Catbird {Dumetella caroUnensis) , but was always earlier
than the Bewick’s Wren, Chimney Swift {Chaetura pelagica), and
Orchard Oriole (Icterus spurius).

Three of the male’s first visits to the nest on the days the female
was laying took place about an hour after his first song, although one
(on April 28) must have come about 25 minutes after (see Table 4).
During incubation his 4 first visits of the day occurred about half an
hour after his first song, whereas 3 first visits to feed the young came
at 6, 8, and 18 minutes after. Thus a progressively greater bond to the
nest is evident.

The female came to the nest at about sunrise when building and
when feeding young. Her very late arrival (7:09 a.m.) on April 24
may have been due to a heavy downpour that began about 2:00 a.m.
and lasted well into the morning. During the period of laying, she left
the nest from 5 to 8 minutes after sunrise (returning in 23 to 26 min-
utes to lay). On 3 mornings in the early part of incubation she left
the nest 10 to 12 minutes after sunrise; on 2 mornings during the latter
half she left 22 to 23 minutes after. We obtained only one record while
she was brooding the young: on May 15 she left 29 minutes after sun-
rise. Here an increasing bond to the nest seems evident after incuba-
tion started.

Until May 2 the male roosted in a fold of awning outside a west
window of the house; the heavy rain falling that night may have dis-
couraged him from returning. We did not know where he spent his
nights after that except for May 25, when we found him once more in
the awning. On 5 clear evenings he went to roost from 3 minutes be-

154

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

TABLE 4

Carolina Wren, North Little Rock, Arkansas
Early Morning Activities

Date

(1946)

Sky

Sunrise

Male

Female

1st

song

To

nest

To

nest

Left

nest

Building Apr. 22

cloudy

5:29

5:30

22

cloudy

5:28

5:26

24

cloudy*

5:27

7:09

Laying 25

clear

5:26

4:44

5:44

5:43

26

clear

5:25

4:50

5:58

5:33

27

clear

5:23

4:53

5:28t

28

clear

5:22

5:18

5:29

29

cloudy

5:21

4:54

6:05

5:26

Incubation 30

rainy

5:20

4:59

5:42

May 1

misty

5:19

4:50

5:24

5:31

2

clear

5:18

4:40

5:20

5:28

7

cloudy

5:13

4:52

5:27

5:35

9

clear

5:12

4:45

5:18

5:35

10

cloudy

5:11

5:23t

Care of yg. 15

cloudy

5:07

5:05

5:36

19

rainy

5:04

4:50

22

clear

5:02

4:30

4:36

5:09

24

cloudy

5:01

5:07

26

clear

5:00

4:30

4:48

5:01

Time is Central Standard. Hours of sunrise from USWB at Little Rock.

* After heavy rain in latter part of preceding night,
t Called off the nest by male’s loud song nearby.

fore sunset to 2 after; on 4 cloudy evenings, from 2 to 13 minutes
before sunset; and on 2 rainy evenings, 26 and 28 minutes before. His
last feedings of the young usually came around sunset on clear eve-
nings. His last songs were less regular than his roosting or last feeding;
only once did we hear him as late as 9 minutes after sunset — on
May 23.

While there were eggs in the nest the female always came to the
basket before sunset: 1, 2, 5, and 14 minutes before, on clear evenings;
12, 23, and 33 minutes before, on cloudy and rainy evenings. But after
the young hatched she always returned after sunset: 4, 5, 7, 15, and 17
minutes after, on clear evenings; 8 and 10 after, on cloudy evenings.
In fact, on 3 occasions she had difficulty in finding the basket in the

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

155

TABLE 5

Carolina Wren, North Little Rock, Arkansas
Evening Activities

Date

(1946)

Sky

Sunset

Male

Female

Last

song

Last
fed yg.

To

roost

To

nest

Last
fed yg.

Building Apr. 20

cloudy

6:45

6:43

6:43

24

cloudy

6:48

6:44

25

cloudy

6:49

6:45

6:26

26

clear

6:50

6:52

6:49

27

clear

6:50

6:48

6:52

6:45

28

clear

6:51

6:53

29

rainy

6:52

6:26

Incubation 30

cloudy

6:53

6:33

6:40

6:20

May 1

clear

6:53

6:47

6:50

2

rainy

6:54

6:24

6:26

6:42

5

clear

6:57

6:49

6:43

7

clear

6:58

6:53

6:56

Care of yg. 12

clear

7.02

6:55

7:09

13

cloudy

7:03

7:02

7:13

14

clear

7:04

7:08

15

cloudy

7:04

6:49

7:12

16

clear

7:05

7:05

17

clear

7:06

7:08

7:07

7:23

18

clear

7:07

7:08

7:07

7:22

19

cloudy

7:08

7:02

21

clear

7:09

7:12

7:07

22

clear

7:10

6:43

7:15

23

clear

7:10

7:19

7:14

6:59

25

clear

7:12

7:14

7:15

7:14

Time is Central Standard. Hours of sunset from USWB, Little Rock.

dark, having to alight on the stepladder below the nest on May 15,
“stumbling about” on May 17, and on May 13 she could not find the
nest on her return at 7:13 and went away. We turned on the light in
our part of the porch. She came back at 7:16, scolding vigorously, flew
to the ladder, made an unsuccessful attempt to reach the nest, and with
the second try succeeded.

On the 5 days for which we have records of his last feedings and her
final return to the nest, his feedings averaged 8 minutes before sunset;
her returns, 8 minutes after. His day started earlier and ended earlier
than hers. Evening activities for 24 days are shown in Table 5.

156

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Summary

A nesting at North Little Rock, Arkansas, of a color-banded six-
year-old male Carolina Wren, Thryothorus ludovicianus , mated with an
unbanded mate, was watched some 250 hours, from the arrival of the
female on April 19, 1946, to the leaving of the 5 young on May 26.

On April 20 the pair built sporadically in a tool-shed and in a bas-
ket on the sleeping porch; on April 21 they built most of the nest in
the latter place between 8:00 and 10:00 a.m., the male bringing 205
loads, his mate 104. After that, his zeal diminished; in a total of 2
hours and 30 minutes of observation during the rest of the day he
brought 30 loads, she 49. He brought no more material after that, but
she carried in lining for 4 more mornings and continued to bring hair
or grass blades occasio'nally until May 6, the eighth day of incubation.

Five eggs were laid, starting April 25, the female spending the night
in the basket from that date. She left the nest 5 to 8 minutes after
sunrise, returning in 23 to 26 minutes, and stayed on to lay from 30 to
64 minutes.

Incubation lasted 14 days and was performed entirely by the fe-
male. During 92 hours of observation she incubated 73 per cent of
the time, staying on the nest from 31 to 174 minutes, averaging 86
minutes, and staying off the nest from 8 to 84 minutes, averaging 31.
Two all-day observations gave the following results: fourth day, 5
periods on — averaging 103 minutes, 6 periods off — averaging 46.5
minutes; ninth day, 6 periods on — averaging 106 minutes, 7 periods
off — averaging 24 minutes. The mean temperature of the first day was
8° F. above normal; on the second, 4° below normal. During the first
5 days, 64.5 per cent of the time was spent on the nest, with a mean
temperature of 69° F.; periods on the nest averaged 71 minutes and
periods off, 39 minutes. During the last 9 days, 80 per cent of the time
was spent on the nest, with a mean temperature of 63.6° F.; periods on
the nest averaged 99.6 minutes, periods off, 24.4 minutes.

Periods on and off the nest (as also with 2 Carolina Wrens ob-
served by Laskey) were very much longer than those of most passerines
so far studied. Females of 11 species left the nest 11 to 90 times a day
— in contrast to the 6 and 7 times of the Carolina Wren of this study;
the Oven-bird is the only passerine known to have an at all com-
parable rhythm.

In 7 studies of incubation in passerines it was found that the colder
the weather, the more time spent on the nest and the shorter the ab-
sences of the parent. In some cases the absences were also more fre-
quent, the periods on the nest shorter than in warm weather; in other
instances periods on the nest were longer.

M. M. Nice
R. H. Thomas

NESTING OF CAROLINA WREN

157

The male Carolina Wren fed his mate to some extent during nest
building, egg laying, and incubation — 93 times in the 92 hours of the
incubation period.

The young hatched on May 12.

The nest was watched 77.8 hours during the nestling period, includ-
ing 2 all-day sessions; when the young were 2 and 3 days old, the male
made 51 trips, the female 12 — together making 12.6 trips per young;
when the young were 9 and 10 days old, the male made 77 trips, the
female 83 — 32 trips per young. During the first week the parents to-
gether averaged 5.1 trips per hour; during the last, 12.8. The male
increased his rate from 3.5 an hour to 7, the female from 0.5 to 11 ; the
average of each for the whole period was 4.5. Excreta were carried off
after 18 per cent of the feedings on May 22 and 24 (14 and 11 hours
observation).

The young left at 13 and 14 days. After vigorous feeding during
the first hour of May 26, the male began to lure the young out of the
nest by visits without food and by loud singing nearby; the female, on
the contrary, 3 times got the young back into the nest basket after
they had left it. By 8:00 a.m. the female started luring the young out
with coaxing notes and by refusing to deliver the food she carried.

When .we caught a fledgling and it screamed, the male showed a
mild form of distraction display; this is apparently the first record of
this behavior in the Troglodytidae.

Activities of both male and female were closely correlated with
light. The male’s awakening song on clear mornings averaged 6 minutes
before civil twilight. The female came to the nest about sunrise when
nest building and feeding young; she left the nest, when laying, 7 to 8
minutes after sunrise. The male’s day ended at about sunset except on
2 rainy evenings when he came to roost 26 and 28 minutes before sun-
set. The female behaved in much the same way while there were eggs
in the nest, but after the young hatched her return to the nest was
later, once 17 minutes after sunset; on 3 occasions she had difficulty in
finding the nest in the dark.

Literature Cited

Baldwin, S. Prentiss, and S. Charles Kendeigh

1927 Attentiveness and inattentiveness in the nesting behavior of the House
Wren. Auk, 44:206-216.

De Braey, L.

1946 Aupres du nid de I’Hirondelle de Cheminee Hirundo rustica rustica
Linne. Gerjaut, 36:133-198.

Hann, Harry W.

1937 Life history of the Oven-bird in southern Michigan. Wils. Bull.
49:145-237.

Kimball, Herbert H,

1917 The duration and intensity of twilight. Monthly Weather Review,
44(for 1916):614-620.

158

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Kluijver, H. N., J. Ligtvoet, C. van den Ouwelant, and Z. Zegwaard

1940 De levenswijze van den Winterkoning, Troglodytes tr. troglodytes
(L). Limosa, 13:1-51.

Kuusisto, Paivio

1941 Studien iiber die Okologie und Tagesrhytmik von Phylloscopus trochilus
acredula (L). Acta Zool. Penn., 31:1-120.

Laskey Amelia R.

1944 A study of the Cardinal in Tennessee. Wils. Bull., 56:27-44.

1946a Some Bewick Wren nesting data. Migrant, 17:39-43.

1946b Watching a Carolina Wren’s nest. Chicago Nat., 9:59-62.

1948 Some nesting data on the Carolina Wren at Nashville, Tennessee.
Bird-Banding, 19:101-121.

Miller Edwin V.

1941 Behavior of the Bewick Wren. Condor, 43:81-99.

Nice, Margaret M.

1937 Studies on the life history of the Song Sparrow. I. Trans. Linn. Soc.
N. Y., 4.

1938 Review. “Life History of the Oven-bird in Southern Michigan,” 1937,
by H. W. Hann. Bird-Banding, 9:56-57.

1943 Studies in the life history of the Song Sparrow. II. Trans. Linn. Soc.
N. Y. 6.

1947 Review. “Aupres du nid de I’Hirondelle de Cheminee,” 1946, by L.
De Braey. Bird-Banding, 18:174-175.

Sktttch. Alexander F.

1940 Social and sleeping habits of Central American wrens. Auk, 57:293-
312.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H.

1935 Studies of the Short-billed Marsh Wren (Cistothorus stellaris) in Mich-
igan. Auk, 52:362-369.

Welter, Wilfred A.

1935 The natural history of the Long-billed Marsh Wren. Wils. Bull.,
47:3-34.

Wight, E. Mel

1934 Attracting birds at Chattanooga. Migrant, 5:46.

5725 Harper Avenue, Chicago 37, Illinois
North Little Rock, Arkansas

THE WILSON BULLETIN

159

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

NOTES ON THE YELLOW-BREASTED SUNBIRD

BY NATHAN S. POTTER, III

"DETWEEN February 15 and November 5, 1945, while stationed on

Calicoan (a small, sparsely populated coral island at the southern
tip of Samar in the Philippines), I made a few observations on the
Yellow-breasted Sunbird, Nectarinia jugularis jugularis. Since very
little has been recorded on the life history and behavior of this species,
my data, although fragmentary, may be of value.

One of the mdst common birds of the island, whose avifauna I am
describing in another paper, the Yellow-breasted Sunbird seemed to
prefer palm groves that had little or no undergrowth other than scat-
tered bushes or banana plants, but I often saw the sunbirds also at the
edge of the forest and sometimes in the dense woods. During the first
few months of my stay on the island, before the camp area was cleared
for the construction of warehouses, and while our quarters consisted of
tents, from 5 to 12 Yellow-breasted Sunbirds could be seen at any time
in the very midst of the camp. They were apparently undisturbed by
the presence of man and often permitted observation from a distance of
only five or six feet. As the work of clearing the vegetation progressed
in their preferred habitats, the birds became increasingly scarce until
only one or two were seen in a week. Between November 1 and Novem-
ber 5, I saw them in large numbers in the palm areas that had not been
cleared around the naval station at Guiuan on the southern tip of
Samar about 10 miles from the center of Calicoan.

This sunbird is scarcely four and a half inches in length, short-tailed,
and rather drab above (olive-green back and grayish-brown wings).
Yet it is conspicuous and easily observed because of the brilliant
chrome yellow of the underparts, which extends in the female over the
chest, throat, and chin, though in the male these areas are glossy black,
iridescent with bluish-green and dark purple. The bill is long, sharply
pointed, and decurved; the legs set far back on the body. The flight
is rapid and darting, with a quick wing beat.

Voice. The call note of the Yellow-breasted Sunbird was an undis-
tinguished tweet tweet; in flight the sunbirds twittered like swallows;
song, heard only from males, was a sharp clear cheew-wee tweet tweet
tweet tweet tweet. I heard males singing during the full period that I
was on the island.

Feeding habits. These sunbirds were particularly active in the cen-
ter of the foliage of palm trees. An inspection of the yellowish flower-
ing part of felled palms showed the presence of large numbers of dip-
tera and hymenoptera. Small lizards were also much attracted to that

160

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

part of the trees. During the morning the sunbirds often fed quite close
to the ground in leaves, vines, and low bushes; in the afternoon they
were usually in the tops of palms.

Relations between males. On February 20, I saw two male sun-
birds chattering and chasing each other in rapid darting flight; they
then alighted about a foot apart, facing each other, on a low branch
near a nest site? Both birds stretched their necks and pointed their
bills straight upward, displaying their beautiful iridescent throats. In
this position they slowly and stiffly turned their heads from side to
side. During this activity, there was a female Yellow-breasted Sunbird ,
quite near, and although the males seemed more interested in each
other, they twice interrupted the display to give chase to the female.
These activities lasted about 10 minutes, after which the two males
flew off, leaving the female to herself. None of these three birds paid
any attention to another pair of Yellow-breasted Sunbirds that were
not more than 15 feet away during the whole time, nor did that pair
pay any attention to them.

On one occasion a pair was in the top of a palm about 60 feet from
a nest which had just been destroyed. Whenever a second male at-
tempted to alight in the tree, he was immediately and viciously driven
off by the first male.

Courtship. I first saw a male chasing a female on February 18.
Lighting upon the ground 10 to 20 feet from where I was standing,
the female lowered and spread her wings, quivering them and twitter-
ing, as juveniles do when begging for food, while the male probed her
under tail coverts with his bill. An erratic darting flight followed, after
which the birds returned to the same place, the female quivering her
wings as the birds clasped bills and “wrestled” with each other. Then
the male again began probing her under tail coverts with his bill. No
attempt to copulate was apparent. The female flew off, with the male
in pursuit. During this flight, which was fast, erratic in direction, and
at a low height, the male apeared to be trying to grasp the female by,
or under, the tail with his bill. Finally, at a height of about 40 feet,
the male appeared to secure a good hold and both birds began tumbling
downward, recovering about 3 feet from the ground and about 10 feet
from where I was standing. They resumed flight without the male
losing his grip and flew about for 6 to 8 seconds before the male let go
and both birds dropped to the ground. After more bill-clasping and
tail-probing, or biting, by the male, both birds flew off. All of these
activities, lasting some 15 minutes, and accompanied by much twitter-
ing, took place within an area of approximately 4,000 square feet. The
courting pair was apparently unnoticed by another pair which was
building a nest 12 feet from where I was standing.

Nathan S.
Potter, III

YELLOW-BREASTED SUNBIRD

161

I again observed a sexual chase on March 4. After an exciting
rapid chase around and about in a small area, the male flying from 3
to 18 inches directly behind the female, the birds perched quietly in a
palm tree paying no attention to each other. Some sort of contact,
possibly copulation, between a pair was observed after a similar flight
on March 1 1 , following which the male flew off singing.

Nesting. I discovered three nests while they were being constructed.
Two were about three feet from the ground among the exposed roots of
uprooted palm trees about 65 yards from the ocean in a partially
cleared area, and the third was about three feet below the level of the
ground, where a pit some 15 feet in depth and diameter had been dug
in the sand, exposing the roots of a palm tree. This site was 15 feet
from the other two nests.

I discovered the first nest about 8:00 a.m. on February 18 while
the female was building. During a half hour of observation, the female
made four trips to the nest, carrying palm fibers and grasses, as well
as what looked like spiderweb strands. Before adding material to the
nest she appeared to roll the substance in her bill as though putting
saliva on it. At this time the general appearance of the nest was that
of a few wind-blown grasses or fibers that had caught in the tangled
roots of the tree. The bird approached the nest site from various direc-
tions but always lit on the branches of a bush or among the roots some
three feet away before going to the nest. During this time the male fol-
lowed the female very closely, but I did not see him carry any nesting
material. After the female had added material to the nest, the male
once or twice seemed to inspect the work closely before following her.
No construction was in progress when I visited the site during the noon
hour, but when I returned at about 4.00 p.m. the female was again at
work, making about four trips with material during a half hour’s obser-
vation. All this time the male was still in attendance. By February 24
the nest still appeared no more than a small clump of wind-blown
grasses. On February 25 the nest had begun to take form, and an en-
trance hole was evident near the center of the side away from the sea.
Work was still continuing on February 27, and by March 3 the nest was
well-formed and quite similar in construction to that of the Baltimore
Oriole {Icterus galbula) but was about three times as long and much
wispier near the base, so that in general appearance it was still very
like a clump of wind-blown grasses caught in the tree roots. The main
structure of the nest was about 6 inches in diameter and about a foot in
length. During this time neither bird had a favorite perch; both spent
much time in the palms, bushes, tree roots, and on the ground, the male
singing intermittently. There were usually other pairs of these sunbirds
in the immediate vicinity, paying little attention to each other except
when a single male would alight in a tree near a pair, and then the in-
truder would be driven off by the male of the pair.

162

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

On March 3 the nest was dislodged by a bulldozer pushing stumps
into a pile around the nest site. I found the nest little damaged on the
ground. I hung it in the same place it was before, but although it hung
there for several days and a pair of sunbirds frequented the immediate
vicinity, I never saw one visit the nest again, and no further work on
the nest was ever evident. On March 111 saw a female carrying nest-
ing material in the vicinity, and on March 18 1 discovered the new nest
among the roots of the pile of stumps about 12 feet from the location of
the former nest. It was nearly complete, with the entrance hole on the
opposite side from that of the first nest. This nest was later abandoned,
probably because it was adjacent to a truck-parking area, and through-
out the day and night trucks were being parked within two feet of the
nest.

On February 24 I discovered a nest in the sandy pit. It was nearly
completed, and both birds were behaving as those described above.
The pair in the pit and the pair found February 18 that built a nest in
the stumps were working on their respective nests at the same time. I
collected the female of the pair building in the pit about 7:30 a.m. on
February 24 while she was working on the nest. Sticky strands of what
appeared to be spiderweb about an inch and a half long hung from her
bill. (The specimen is in the University of Michigan Museum of
Zoology Collection. Eyes, bill, and feet black; ovary much enlarged.)
At 12:30 p.m. on February 24 a pair was working on the nest in the
pit, the female carrying nesting material to the nest and working on it.
At the same time I saw the other pair at the nest in the stumps, so that
the new female could not have been the one of that pair. A pair con-
tinued to work on the nest in the pit until it was destroyed by filling in
the pit on March 3, after which, due to clearing activities, few birds
were seen, and none carrying nest material.

Ogilvie Grant and Whitehead (1898. “On the Nests and Eggs of
some rare Philippine Birds,” Ibis, 1898:243) describe the nest of this
species as a “neatly-woven pocket-shaped structure, with a roofed en-
trance at the side. It is composed of fibre, dead grasses, and other forest
debris, bound together with spiders’ webs, and lined with cotton and
fine grass.”

Perches and roosting behavior. Palm leaves and dead branches of
trees or bushes varying from 5 to 40 feet in height from the ground
were used as singing perches. Roosting perches were under the leaves
of trees or bushes some 15 feet above the ground. As many as 12 or 15
Yellow-breasted Sunbirds would roost in an area of roughly 10,000
square feet. At the approach of evening there was a constant calling
and twittering before the birds began to settle down. When it began
to get dark, single birds and pairs would drop out of the general activ-
ity and alight on a branch within a foot or two of their perch, which
they finally reached in two or three hops. After leaving the others to go

Nathan S.
Potter, III

YELLOW-BREASTED SUNBIRD

163

to their roost, the birds at first seemed tense and nervous, each spend-
ing a full minute or more before finally settling at their chosen spot for
the night. The protecting leaves under which they hid motionless were
three to five inches above the roosting branch, forming a horizontal
roof. The birds usually roosted singly, but a pair was once seen roost-
ing within a foot of each other. Members of a pair would occasionally
roost about three feet apart; the male and female of one pair selected
different trees, their perches about six feet apart and eight feet from
the ground. On March 1 1 three or four pairs were roosting together, as
pairs, in a dense growth of trees or bushes, perching 6 to 15 feet above
the ground.

Although on March 16 and 17 1 saw flocks of males and females
roosting (the individuals fairly close to each other), almost all sunbirds
roosting in the same area on March 24 were males. On this later date
one male viciously attacked and drove away any bird that came within
20 feet of its perch, and attacked dragonflies and flying bugs that came
within 3 to 5 feet. He did not molest a female sunbird only 6 feet
away; when it was almost completely dark, the male quickly perched
on a twig directly above and only 6 or 8 inches from the female: both
birds being directly under leaves, as usual, and perched at a height of
18 to 20 feet from the ground in one of the larger trees in the area and
just a few feet above the tops of most of the bushes. On March 26, a
pair, presumably the same birds, were roosting on the same perches,
with two other male birds roosting alone within 10 feet of them.

The same perches seemed to be used night after night: I saw male
or female birds perched in the same place time after time, never a bird
of one sex on a perch where I had previously seen a bird of the opposite
sex. When the birds had once settled on their roosting perch, they
became more reluctant to leave it as darkness increased. I could shoot
at them three or four times with gravel in a sling-shot before they
would leave; and they would return shortly afterward, dropping very
quickly to their former perch or flying directly to it when it was very
dark.

2002 Geddes Avenue, Ann Arbor, Michigan

164

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

SOME KANSAS BIRD RECORDS

BY M. DALE ARVEY AND HENRY W. SETZER

Despite the extensive ornithological collections that have been
made in the vicinity of Lawrence, Douglas County, Kansas,
kinds of birds unusual for the county, as well as for the State, con-
tinue to be found in the county from time to time. The following records
of birds are mainly from a collection of mounted birds kindly lent by
Ralph L. Montell, of Lawrence, Kansas, whose intelligent curiosity
led him to save unusual specimens of wildfowl. We are grateful also
to George H. Lowery, Jr., who checked the identification of the specimens
suspected of being Mottled Ducks.

Colymbus auritus. Horned Grebe. The only occurrences of the
Horned Grebe previously ascribed to Kansas are: one specimen “taken
at Manhattan on September 30, 1878,” and a specimen “in winter
plumage in the Matthews collection at Wichita University . . . prob-
ably taken near Wichita, but ... no data attached” (Long, 1935, MS).

According to the A.O.U. Check-list (1931:4), the interior winter
records are “mainly from the region of the Great Lakes.” A male. No.
54, Montell collection, was obtained 2.5 miles north of Lawrence,
Douglas County, Kansas, on the mill pond of the Kansas River, on
16 November 1945, by Montell. This is the second Horned Grebe
definitely known to have been taken in Kansas, and the first from
Douglas County.

Aechmophorus occidentalis. Western Grebe. There are only three
previously known occurrences of the Western Grebe in Kansas, the
latest a bird (K.U. [University of Kansas Museum of Natural His-
tory] No. 6854) taken on 8 November 1901, “in Shawnee County,”
Kansas. Long (1935, MS) states that another mounted bird in the
collections of the University of Kansas (No. 8653) was apparently
taken in Douglas County. A second record from Douglas County
(the fourth from the State) is provided by a male. No. 89, shot 2 miles
north of Lawrence on the Kansas River, Douglas County, on 11
November 1947.

Anas julvigula maculosa. Mottled Duck. In 1886, Goss (1886:6)
recorded a female specimen of Anas julvigula taken by him at Neosho
Falls, Woodson County, Kansas, on 11 March 1876. He tells also
of seeing three other ducks of this species, one of which he shot but
apparently did not save. This identification was later amended by
Goss (1891:58) to Anas julvigula maculosa. The first edition of the
A.O.U. Check-list (1886:115) and all subsequent editions, cited the

M. D. Arvey
H. W. Setzer

KANSAS BIRD RECORDS

165

species as of casual occurrence in Kansas. Long (1940:437) stated
that there were four specimens known from the State. These, ap-
parently, were the following: K.U. No. 3503, 9 , taken in Douglas
County on 6 October 1894, by an unknown collector; K.U. No. 4503,
9, taken 31 March 1895, and without further data; Kansas State
Teacher’s College, uncatalogued, 9, taken at Emporia on 12 March
1890, by A. L. Bennett; and finally the specimen, taken by Goss,
referred to above and now in the Museum of the Kansas State His-
torical Society in Topeka. Re-examination of these specimens reveals
that the two in the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History
are t}/pical examples of the Mallard, Anas p. platyrhynchos, and that
the specimen at Emporia is a Gadwall, Anas strep era. The specimen
taken by Goss was correctly identified. Because of the difficulties in
identification of subspecies of this group in the field, the only accept-
able record of occurrence of the Mottled Duck in Kansas is provided by
Goss’ specimen, and the subspecies must be regarded as an accidental
straggler to the State.

Clangiila hyemalis. Old-squaw. There are four previous records
for this duck in Kansas, none of them from Douglas County (Long,
1935, MS). Two specimens. Nos. 40, and 54, 9, Montell collec-
tion, were taken by Montell in Douglas County: No. 40 on Oxbow
Lake, 3 miles northeast of Lawrence, on 7 December 1944, and No.
54 at a point 2.5 miles north of Lawrence, on the Kansas River, on
10 November 1945. These constitute the first records for Douglas
County, and the fifth and sixth for Kansas. The A.O.U. Check-list
(1931:54) does not mention the occurrence of this species in Kansas.

Somateria spectabilis. King Eider. This species, previously un-
recorded from Kansas, can now be added to the list of Kansas birds
as an accidental straggler on the basis of specimen No. 88, $ , taken
by Ralph L. Montell a mile east of Lawrence on the Kansas River on
24 November 1946. Bent (1925:119) states that a bird of this species
has been taken at Keokuk, Iowa, in winter. Other casual occurrences
are recorded from the Great Lakes. The identification of this speci-
men was kindly confirmed by Dr. Herbert Friedmann of the United
States National Museum.

Gallinula chloropus cachinnans. Florida Gallinule. This bird, re-
corded by Long (1940:441), on the basis of one nest found in Coffey
County, as resident in Kansas, has been discovered breeding in Douglas
County. R. L. Montell found a nest of this bird and obtained the
female (No. 80 in his collection) at Oxbow Lake, 3 miles northeast
of Lawrence, on 22 May 1946. Two chicks from the nest were hatched
artificially but were not preserved.

166

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Caprimulgus carolinensis. Chuck-will’s-widow. This bird is re-
corded as common in southeastern Kansas by Long (1940:445). Long
(1935, MS) lists several birds seen and one specimen taken as far
north as Douglas County. The A.O.U. Check-list (1931:173) lists
the bird only from the southern part of Kansas. A male was taken
by Arvey on 1 July 1948, one mile south of Clinton, Douglas County
(K.U. No. 25026). One other bird was seen in the same locality, and
several were heard. The bird had enlarged testes, and it would ap-
pear, from this and the number of birds present, that a breeding
population existed here. This is the second specimen from Douglas
County, the first having been taken by Long “7^2 miles southwest
of Lawrence on May 4, 1935.”

Literature Cited
American Ornithologists’ Union

1886 Check-list of North American birds.

1931 Check-list of North American birds.

Bent, Arthur Cleveland

1925 Life histories of North American wild fowl. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 130,
Goss, N. S.

1886 A revised catalogue of the birds of Kansas. Kansas Publ. House,
Topeka.

1891 History of the birds of Kansas. Geo, W. Crane & Co., Topeka.

Long, W. S.

1940 Check-list of Kansas birds, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., 43:433-456.

MS The birds of Kansas. 8 April 1935. In Univ. Kansas Mus, Nat. Hist.

Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Lawrence

September 1948
Vol. 60. No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

167

• THE EDWARD HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

BY PHILLIPS B. STREET

Relatively little has been written on the life of Edward Harris
(1799-1863) in comparison with most other ornithologists of a
hundred years ago. Until recently, the only intimate account that I
was able to find was one in Cassinia for 1902 by George Morris, of
Philadelphia, a great- nephew of Harris’ friend. Dr. John Spencer. Many
of Harris’ letters and diaries were available to Morris, who men-
tions how important a part Harris played in the life of Audubon and
in the ultimate success of his great undertaking of portraying the
birds of America:

“. . . were the whole truth told of the life and deeds of Edward
Harris, the ornithological world at least would learn that it owed
him a deep debt of gratitude. ...

“It is true that in the fields of actual discovery his name is hardly
known. It was as a friend and patron of scientific men that he made
his influence felt — an influence exerted so quietly and modestly that its
full force might easily be overlooked, especially at this late day. Of
those who shared the friendships and reaped the bounty of Edward
Harris, it is probable that no one was more deeply indebted to him
than Audubon.”

The most detailed account of Harris’ life yet published has recently
appeared (1947) in a paper of the Newcomen Society entitled “Edward
Harris, Friend of Audubon,” by Peter A. Brannon, of the Alabama
State Department of Archives and History. William Ustick Harris, of
Jackson, Alabama, a grandson of Edward Harris, has presented to the
State of Alabama a collection of his grandfather’s papers, journals,
and relics, and it is from this material that Brannon prepared his inter-
esting Harris biography.

My interest in Harris also stems from a collection — his bird collec-
tion— and a report of its discovery and contents is a necessary addition
to the Harris story.

In October 1937, a Philadelphia contractor, Henry Makin, visited
the office of my father, the late J. Fletcher Street, and, knowing my
father’s interest in birds, remarked that his parents had in their Moores-
town. New Jersey, barn, stored in old boxes and trunks, a collection of
birds which had once belonged to an Edward Harris. He said that
Harris had given them to his father, together with several items of
furniture, guns, and a mineral collection, in lieu of cash in settlement of
a plumbing bill. The donor proved to be Edward Harris, 3rd, a son of
the ornithologist.

My father journeyed to Moorestown and brought away twelve
bushel baskets of birds, the skins varying in condition from good to
exceedingly poor. The condition of many of the specimens was ex-

168

THE WILSON BLTLLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

plained by the Makins. The birds were originally delivered in a large
case of drawers; in due course Mrs. Makin decided the case would make
a fine linen chest and demanded the removal of the skins. They were
then placed in large packing boxes and an old trunk and removed to the
loft of the barn. The capacities of the containers could not have been
very generous, for Mr. Makin, Sr., advised my father that he had to
press the birds down with his feet in order to close the lids. Then Henry
Makin, growing up to young manhood and becoming interested in the
collection of guns, decided to try them out, using the stuffed birdskins
as targets .... Some 400 identifiable skins remain, representing 228
species, including many headless birds, separate heads, wings, and
feet. It is regrettable that so many labels are missing and so many
skins partially or wholly destroyed that a complete account of the
collection is impossible.

Harris apparently collected relatively few of the specimens himself.
Except for those traceable to the Audubon Missouri River Expedition,
of which Harris was a member, all but a few of those skins which bear
labels can be attributed to Spencer Baird, to John K. Townsend’s
Pacific Coast Expedition, or to Auguste Lefevre, a French naturalist.
There is not a single skin whose label indicates that it was taken in the
vicinity of Harris’ New Jersey home.

Upon his return from Europe in 1836, Audubon wrote to Harris
from New York and asked Harris to aid him in procuring permission to
portray the birds which Townsend and Nuttall had collected in the
Rockies and along the Pacific Coast. As Audubon stated, the collection
had been entrusted to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia; it contained “about forty new species of birds, and its value
cannot be described.” Townsend was still in the far west, and hence
the Academy would not allow Audubon to make off with and describe
the new birds. Audubon’s efforts to gain permission being unsuccessful,
Harris made an offer of five hundred dollars for the purchase of the
entire collection, but this too was rejected. At length Audubon went to
Boston and consulted Thomas Nuttall. Then, through the influence of
Nuttall, who understood Audubon’s desire to include the new birds in
his great work, it was arranged that a committee should publish the
descriptions in the Academy’s “Journal” under Townsend’s name and
that Audubon be allowed to purchase the duplicates to paint and pub-
lish in his Giant Folio. Finally Audubon purchased some ninety-odd
skins (F. H. Herrick, 1917. “Audubon the Naturalist,” vol. 2, p. 154).
I have found three skins from the Columbia River with Townsend’s
original labels; others, unlabelled, may be properly attributed to the
same journey, among them five drepanids from the Hawaiian Islands,
including the rare Hemignathus lucidus hanapepe.

Two of the Townsend skins are Snowy Egrets, Leucophoyx thulay
taken at Walla Walla, Columbia River, on July 3 and August 13, 1836.

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

169

Townsend, in his journal of this trip (“Narrative of a journey across
the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River,” 1839), includes in the
appendix a “Catalogue of Birds Found in the Territory of the Oregon”
and fails to list the Snowy Egret. Gabrielson and Jewett (1940. “Birds
of Oregon,” p. 109) list the Snowy Egret as a “rare straggler.” These
two specimens, therefore, are important early Oregon records.

There is also an unlabelled male Hermit Warbler, Dendroica Occi-
dent alis, which I am prepared to claim as one of the two cotypes of the
species. This to me is the prize find of the entire collection. I realize
the hazard of attempting to prove an unlabelled skin to be a type, yet
I feel that the facts warrant the assertion. The points which I submit
in evidence are these:

1. Townsend collected but a single pair of Hermit Warblers. They
were taken “in a pine forest on the Columbia River on the 28th of
May, 1835” {Jour. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 7, 1837:190).

2. There is no evidence that any of the specimens in the Harris
collection from the Pacific Northwest are from any source other than
the Townsend and Audubon Expeditions, and no D. occidentalis was
taken on the latter.

3. The pair of Hermit Warblers shot by Townsend were among
the birds given to Audubon to be figured in his Giant Folio and de-
scribed in his Ornithological Biography (1839, vol. 5, p. 55), and the
measurements given by Audubon in his description of that male com-
pare with the measurements of mine, as follows:

Harris Collection

Audubon’s

Harris Collection

Audubon’s

Wing

Tail

70.0 mm. or 2 9/12 in.
45.5 mm. or 1 9/12 in.

2 8/12 in.
1 9/12 in.

Culmen 8.75 mm. or 4/12 in.
Tarsus 17.25 mm. or 8/12 in.

4/12 in.
8/12 in.

4. Neither cotype is in the U. S. National Museum, though so re-
ported by Ridgway (1902. U .S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 50, pt. 2:569). H. G.
Deignan states (in litt., Nov. 6, 1947) that it is doubtful whether either
cotype has ever been in that collection and suggests that my “male
Dendroica occidentalis might be one of the original specimens.”

In 1837 Audubon planned to explore the west coast of Florida in
company with his son and Harris and to proceed as far as possible
westward along the Gulf Coast into Texas. The Florida part of the
expedition failed to materialize, due principally to the Seminole War,
but the party did journey from Charleston through Georgia and Ala-
bama to New Orleans, collecting for three weeks in that vicinity, and
then proceeding to Galveston, Texas. There is a brief Harris journal
of this trip in the papers now in Alabama, which includes a list of the
birds shot and seen. Since the Audubon journal of this expedition was
lost and never published, the Harris list fills a gap in the early Ameri-

170

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

can literature and is included here (Table 1). There is not a single
specimen in the Harris collection bearing a label that indicates it was
taken on this trip. Included among the birds, however, are the follow-
ing (unlabelled): Swallow-tailed Kite (Elanoides forficatus jorficatus),
Mississippi Kite (Ictinia misisippiensis) , Audubon’s Caracara (Po-
lyborus cheriway auduboni), Roseate Spoonbill (Ajaia ajaja), and
Texas Kingfisher {Chloroceryle americana septentrionalis) .

In December 1838, Audubon writes to Harris from London, “I feel
a great pleasure in preparing a box of bird skins for you according to
your desire.” Whether or not any of the skins I hold are of that ship-
ment I have no means of determining, but sixty skins, mainly shore
and water birds, bear the French labels of “Aug® Lefevre, Naturaliste,
24 rue Dauphine a Paris.”

Audubon set out on his Missouri River Expedition in the spring of
1843. Accompanying him were his friend Harris (who, no doubt, more
than paid his own way), John G. Bell, as taxidermist, Isaac Sprague, as
artist, and Lewis Squires, as general assistant and secretary. During
this journey, which lasted some eight months, Audubon kept a volumin-
ous journal which was published in 1898 by his granddaughter, Maria
Audubon, as a part of the work entitled “Audubon and His Journals”;
and Harris {Smiths. Inst. Fifth Ann. Kept., 1851:136-138) published
a “List of Birds and Mammalia Found on the Missouri River from
Fort Leavenworth to Fort Union . . . .” It was not until recently, how-
ever, that it became generally known that Harris also kept a diary
(which compares favorably with Audubon’s in every respect), and this
is one of the Harris papers donated to the State of Alabama Depart-
ment of Archives and History. A copy has been made from the original
and sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences, and I have had the
pleasure of studying it and comparing it with Audubon’s. It has been
of material assistance in the appraisal of this collection.

The party left Philadelphia on March 13 and arrived in St. Louis
March 28. On April 4, all except Audubon left St. Louis for a few
days’ collecting in southern Illinois. They returned to St. Louis on
April 13. In the Harris collection is a Meadowlark, Sturnella magna,
which was taken on this side trip. The expedition proper got under way
April 25, sailing on the Omega. Under date of May 2, Harris writes:

“Arrived at Independence this morning and took on 144 lbs of Tow
which we had written for. We paid 25 cts. per lb. for it! ! ! Saw abun-
dance of Parroquets today. Bell shot two at the first stopping place.”

May 3: “Stopped at Fort Leavenworth to take on some cargo. Saw
abundance of Parrokeets but did not procure any.”

Under date of May 4, Audubon in his journal mentions the taking
of seventeen Paroquets. There are five Louisiana Paroquets in the Har-
ris collection, one taken May 3, two on May 4, and two undated but
taken in the same locality.

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

171

There is much in the journal to indicate how careful an observer
Harris was. Under May 4, for example, he writes:

“Missouri R. below black-snake Hills shot a Finch supposed to be
new, it has a black head and throat, with a large patch of ash color
on the cheeks and lore space running back to its neck. Shot a number
of Parroquets today.”

May 6: “Shot another Finch of the same species as that of Thurs-
day in better plumage. Both Males. It corresponds in measurements
with Townsend’s Finch F. Townsendii which was described from a
female bird and does not correspond — possibly this may be the male of
that bird. We hope to find the female soon.”

May 8: “Shot another of the rare Finchs.”

Although there must have been considerable discussion over the new
finch (for Harris certainly indicates his doubt), Audubon on May 17
writes in his journal: “I am truly proud to name it Fringilla Harrisii,
in honor of one of the best friends I have in this world.” The finch
proved to be Fringilla \Zonotrichia\ querula of Nuttall, but the ver-
nacular name, “Harris’ Sparrow” remains as a fitting memorial to the
subject of this paper.

The journey from St. Louis to Fort Union, at the mouth of the
Yellowstone River, took, according to Harris’ entry for June 12, “some
17 hours less than 7 weeks and [we] arrived here earlier in the season
by one day than has ever been done before and made a quicker passage
than any other boat by about 15 days.” In spite of the record speed
made upriver, there was much time spent in collecting, observing the
Indians, and buffalo hunting. None of my skins bear labels that posi-
tively indicate their being taken on the journey up to Fort Union, but
by listing the birds mentioned in the Audubon and Harris journals as
having been shot en route and comparing them with my skins, it is
evident that many are the same.

One Western Meadowlark, Sturnella neglect a, bears the label “Mis-
souri River 1843.” It is interesting to note that both Harris and
Audubon recognized this to be a new species even before a specimen
had been secured. It was described by Audubon the following year.
Harris remarks —

May 22: “We have seen a Meadowlark to-day which must prove a
new one, its note is so entirely different from ours.”

May 24: “We killed Red-shafted Woodpecker, Say’s Flycatcher,
Arkansas F., Lark Finch and several of the new Meadow Larks, for new
I will insist it is notwithstanding that we cannot from the books estab-
lish any specific difference, yet it is totally different. But as we cannot
set down these notes on paper, and the world will not take our words
for it if we do, we must be content to refrain from publishing this good
species unless we can on our return find a something about the bird

TABLE 1

From Harris' Journal or the Gule Coast Expedition

172

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

n-

n-l

a>

Xi

w

c

o

4->

w

(U

u

G

<U

"oj

(U

>

o

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

X

X

XXXXXXX XX XXX

C/)

X

H

£

c3

"IS

PQ

C

o

o5

rd

u

c

Seer

Seer

Seer

Seer

Seei

Seei

X

X XXX

XX XXX

CO

>

o

C/3

(U

o

(U

'wi

'

_o

'p

*t/)

c/3

(U

u

<L>

*d

>-i

OJ

p

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

X

X XXX

XX XXX

C/3

O) ^

C/3

<u

<4->

c3

o b

c

(U

<u

o

>T

ci3

tn ^

o

+j

cn

U

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

Seen

XI?]

X XXX

X XX XXX

^■5

OJ

xi c
S f;-

2 S

cS

P

(U

0)

H

'd

From Apr. 3 to 9
Shot

Abundant
Shot. Abundant
Abundant
Abundant .

Seen

Seen

Shot

X

4.J

G

ci

d

G

G

Xi

<

xn

X

o

o

d

(U

a

o

s ^

O J-i

t; cu
<

o

X

X

Shot

Shot.

Ixx XXX

OJ M-.

a o

<y

JLfi

'c

o

c/3

C/3

lin

o "d

•<-> <u

'o3

^ G

3

Td

=3

<

%

in

From A]
Seen
Shot
Do

Do

Do

Seen [ca

Seen

Seen

X

G

O

C

<u

«o

X5

C

«S

V.

T3

<o

G

o

o

S-i

P.

1/3

T3

L.I

w

'o

ITI

Names of Birds

Green Heron
Spoon-Bill Duck
Gadwall Duck
Blue Winged Teal
Green Winged Teal
Black Duck. A. oh
Mallard
Wood Duck
Widgeon
Pintail

Canvass Back
Harlequin Duck
Sanderling
Stilts

Oystercatcher
Plover. Piping
Wilson’s P.

Ring P.

Black-bellied P.
Golden P.
Turnstone
Great Blue Heron
Great White H.
White Egret
Louisiana Heron
Night PI.

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

173

MXXXXXXIXXX XX>^><iXlX XXXX >^Xi XXXXJXIXXXXX

X

ky< ^ Kji >v^k><s^Srf4

r^rSi^K^r^r^ r^r^rSr^

X XXX

X XXXXXX XXXX XX XXX xxxx

X XX

>v< vv* *v< ‘v* *v< *v< M M S<<* *v< ‘v< >v< *v*

XXX

X X

^ +J o o

O il! rCj pCi

-^COC/3

rj . .

o « S

9 aj <u <u

I s

XS^^XXc^Xc^^£.<c^c^X<

>X^flXX

_§ " g

r'gc/3?^

a a

ce ci
'V T3
cl c

=3 S k><

-Q42 X
<I <

-I

<U

c/3 c/3

c «

o
>
b£<
W p.

-o

3 M

ffi "

tn .52

a; . to

pH a 2

m<h-i

tn u
<u 3

S'g

"I

a.

pHii'O a
3 3 ^

CJ^C/3'3| -M

WO («} ^ pJ 'trt c
rt

“J’Shc'^^ <u ^

■q rt pH T3 ,9<p^ ‘rt

'33c2.y’ «3 e

e-g'§-o§.s= gs“=S:§i2STi|g--a2

'-! ^ ,« oj p. u. C 5 o c";; <u <u o pj u. o> i2 .H o
X CAI ^ H c^M O X U > c^

piil

« 'pH a J

c/3 c
X) c/3

pj a»

S to
pH to
pj <y

a'

<u c/3

3 O t/l <u (U

WXPhH

0)

H o
a o
So

p3 pH

O ^
<u.H
D< u

a a

2h<

s5 £

.5H S3

^ 0) H

c/3

£■£
O ^ fc-

pH

MOS

c^H

gpl

6 c

rg ^

O c/3

“Saw a flock and shot one.”

“Shot. Saw a flock of about 20.”

“Found the nest and eggs.”

“Seen. Feed on insects. Very abundant and paired.’

TABLE Continued

From Harris’ Journal of the Gulf Coast Expedition

174

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

PQ

o ^

pH

00

t/3

<U T3

^ g

Is

sP 00

C -3

.2 ^

X) ^

(U t,.,

g* °

pp

XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXX xxxxx

0-.
X3 XS
0) <u

XX XX

xxxxx

XXX XX

XX

0-.
X3 -c

D <U

XX XX

xxxxx

XXX XX

0-. r>-
(U <u

o o

c c

c3 cJ
o u

XX XXX

xxxxx X XXX XX XX

<U

<; o o
^ C3 C

111

£xx

o

CAl X

O *j

^ c

</3 c5
T3

f3 3
(U X 1> (U
dJ <u <u
(73 <I c/3 c/2 X

XXX c53X Xc^

o

C^X

X

XXX

PS

o

c3

bC

q3

s <u

hh

+-> ,14

'^3:9 (u

W o,^

H,4P o mo c

i’S ^ i

o « c §

c^MUWc^O

d O

_ 5 2 d <u

'^3 d g S o -M

13 U .2 ^'3

+H r— I O aj 'O O

^ pq fi, pH c/3

^ c3

§ « w

.'2'd Si
X " 03-^

3 JPQ

g £4 §tn

|^.2’S)2

fH CJ Dh cJ3 Ph Jh C73 Ph

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

175

X XX

xxxxxx

XX X

XX

xxxxxxxxxx

X XXXXX X XX XX XXX XX X

X xxxxxxxxxx

rS rS rSrS ^ rSrS r^rS

X

XXXXX

X XX

X

xxxxxx

X

X

xxxxxxxxxx

rvT

X

1)

■*J

c

—

13

u

S

T3

<L)

c

3S

43

<

O § S

O 1)

7^

5

o

o

o

X

1 J I-C ^ k J

PS 02 CO C/2 P><

43 (U
CO CO

X

XXX XX

X

XX

f^X

CO X X X X X X

C

<u

O

c

c3

X

C

.O

<

X

-Q

rt

>>

c

.£

£

Seen

Seen

X

X

o5

CO

o CO

o'c'^
<u bc h

|3

(J • .-• C3

02 > PQ

ri

^ r:
O o

r-

£ c3

m

o-§

(u O
o 'O

s 53

«o

'V

D

bC-Q

c i:

T3 ?:

o o

O O «

-a '

X)

"w rt
oj o
P^CC

w o

o >>

§ I

a 5

.ti "O T3

Ll. «->

<U

J-, <j
<u ^
43 o3

4S.

«-. O

c3

U

>»

W Oi

O til

q>.-H ui n ,. ^ I-— •. I

to oj3 '^■r'

^ \ Lrf 'Tl fl i »s#f **C X

:3

o -k-> tx-l <U

B

"eft £

C 0.2— d O-C mHC o

p^UtHCCUUUXO<cu

t3 8>.S-dl

5> W Xl;^
i3 >>13 tct-i

.2 O is 2' • >>.S c

”-043 ^ — O O

^02i^C/2 — U><72^^Pi<5Pa

43

X) H

1^

Sll

43
43 *«

Ifl 3JJ ^
3 I-. cn O

t« H c

•ti c m.3

I Si!-|
S^."* o
S 1-j

TABLE 1 — Continued

From Harris’ Journal of the Gulf Coast Expedition

176

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

cj

pq

K

%

pq

XXX! XX

XXX

XXX xxxx

XX

X X X X X X

XX

xxxx

xxxxx

g

feXX

XXXXc^

o

<u ^

^ 13
^>^
V

e <L)

g a

2 a

Oc^

c3

g -o

3 "

■d

d o
o d
o <u

W>^

I>d <u

g3'23^

O ^ jL O <U

3-d M.S
pqUpqpQ Ah

J|3|

U Ah »-i d

«^133 ^

^ 3

Od ^
d c ^ d
se d u
^^d di>
<u d

33 S S
pqJ^XU

Is

;^d .

^ ^d ;

.A d <u d I

+-> -*-’ bOd <u

c3 d fH ^ (U

Y §-| d
S-d ^ S «
£ ^ (u d a '
3 £ 3 "o t> I
^ AhPPOHI

1^3

5i

o c3 3

^^pq

pq

1^1

A)

i

O O

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

177

X! XX! XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XX xxxx

XXXX XX XX XXXXXXXX XX X XXX xxxx X X

XXXXX X XX XXXXXX X X xxxx X X

M M M k/< s> M S><

XXX XX< XX

'V

c

<XX XXX

X

(U ^

^JL
cJ T3

c

rtp^
H u,

6
13 §

u 3
C/3 C/3

bC

.s

~ u

m ^ c

g'5

iS'g

o a

g- 1 M i

c ^ o cJ
H-I X PQ CA) C/3

s.® -S.S

^ o ^ _3

■D ^ O rT tn _
(U rt ii - ,3

W) Cl. ^ X3 b
_CC/3 «3.C

'S bCC/3^ >fe

4-S a'rS «
§ a g a'bbrS
:3 S- c3 iJ ^ ^

y-B J2 2

>^ CJ c/3 c/3 c/3

(U

>1 ^

D O

'O u. o3

o <u ^ *-

o Cl.^ D. Q, O 13

^T3 O^ . 3

;>oajOo>u^i5r

_oaog:>«3>«^
'cJ > '3 ;

S X5 g>'d .

• — ! flj H .

— W)

:3

^ 43 ^t: 2

IH > 2

1 bs-?-? % g V g |’;;,-H.“aSi is - &^5-s|

2 ^ St3'33: $t3 o S cm£*3 c.5'S)3^ u.2 wg
o23:i3i3a>0<u23.3 3rtr? rt^--T33:r 3:^.2 .9

5 13^ .

^ .'g - 'g S ^ 73 .9 -i2 ^ ^ ^ -

..'T4>1313>>%OfHgtH43C/3', ^

178

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

more than we can now discover to establish a specific difference: Mais
nous verrons.”

June 20: “Sprague pointed out to me to-day a passage in Lewis &
Clark’s Journal with which we were unacquainted before but which
goes far to confirm us in the opinion of the whole of our party that the
Meadow Lark of this country is a new one, although we are not pre-
pared without thorough examination and comparison to vouch for any
of the differences mentioned by them with the exception of the notes
of the bird about which there can be no question. It surprises me that
Mr. Nuttall could have passed through this country without noticing
this bird as he is so remarkably accurate in describing the notes of
birds, indeed, he is almost the only man who has written the language
of birds.”

June 21: “I neglected last night to give the extract from Lewis and
Clark’s Journal about the Meadow Lark and will insert it here. It was
on the 22nd of June while they were making the portage around the
Great Falls of Missouri. They say ‘There is also a species of Lark,
much resembling the bird called the Old-Field Lark, with a yellow
breast and a black spot on the croup, though it differs from the latter in
having its tail formed of feathers of an equal length and pointed; the
beak too is somewhat longer and more curved, and the note differs
considerably.’ ”

I have seven skins bearing labels from Fort Union (western North
Dakota), where the expedition maintained headquarters for two
months.

The hybrid flicker {“Picus ayresii” of Audubon) and Sprague’s
Pipit {Anthus spraguei) were discovered on June 19. Harris writes:
“This morning proved cold and rainy, and we did not go out, but it
cleared off partially in the afternoon and Bell and I went ‘out. Bell
shot a Yellow- winged Woodpecker with a red stripe on the cheek (in-
stead of a black one as in the common species). This is no doubt a new
species to our Fauna, but I am inclined to think that I have some-
where seen a specimen of this bird and that it will not prove entirely
new. As we returned home Bell and I fired together and shot a small
bird which proves to be an entirely new Anthus or Titlark.”

Audubon writes: “Harris and Bell have returned, and, to my de-
light and utter astonishment, have brought two new birds: one a Lark,
small and beautiful; the other like our common Golden-winged Wood-
pecker, but with a red mark instead of a black one along the lower
mandible running backward.”

I have a Sprague’s Pipit labelled “Fort Union, June 24/43.” Co-
types are in the Academy of Natural Sciences and the United States
National Museum. My specimen, taken the same day as the Academy’s,
is another cotype. Under date of June 24, Harris remarks: “In the
afternoon Bell and Mr. Audubon rode down to the Fort again and on

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

179

their way killed more of the new Larks. Sprague was out and killed
another, and what is of more consequence discovered its nest with 5
eggs, it is built of grass and placed in a hole in the ground so that the
top of the nest is even with the surface, the eggs are thickly spotted
of a chocolate color. Mr. Audubon remarked that it had very rarely
happened to him to discover a new bird and to ascertain all its habits
and to procure its nest and eggs in the course of a few days as has
been the case with this bird.”

The “new flickers” were the subject of much discussion in both
journals, and Harris in particular has much to say about them under
dates of July 1 and 2. “I would give a great deal to have Dr. Bachman
here with a dozen specimens of Golden-wings from our side of the
mountains,” he remarks, “wouldn’t we make a night of it?”

June 26: “Bell and I walked out with our guns and procured 3
Lazuli Finches.” I have one taken on this date.

Much of the latter part of the stay at Fort Union was devoted to
buffalo hunting, and the pages of Harris’ journal include lengthy de-
scriptions of these experiences. The Harris entry for July 16 tells the
story of the most thrilling of these experiences:

“At this stage of the proceedings Owen discovered another Bull
making his way slowly across the Prairie directly towards us. I was
the only one of the party that had balls for his gun and I would have
gladly claimed the privilege of running him but fearing that I might
make out badly on my first trial run with my large gun which is al-
together too large to run with (weighing eleven pounds) and supposing
the meat could be carried to the Fort where it was wanted. I handed
my gun. and balls to Owen and Bell and I placed ourselves on eminence
to view the chase. Owen approached the Bull who had continued to
advance and was now about a quarter of a mile distant. The Bull
either did not see him or did not heed him and they advanced directly
toward each other until they were about 70 or 80 yards when the Buf-
falo started at a good run, and Owen’s mare, which had already had
two hard runs this morning had great difficulty in preserving her dis-
tance. Owen soon perceived this and applied the whip pretty freely he
was soon within shooting distance and fired a shot which sensibly
checked the progress of the animal and enabled him quickly to be along-
side of him when he discharged the second barrel into his lungs, pass-
ing through the shoulder blade, which brought him to stand precisely
in the position represented in Gatlin’s work of the wounded bull . . . .
But to return to the Bull — Bell and I started now at top of our speed
and as soon as we were within speaking distance called to Owen not to
shoot again. The Bull did not appear to be much exhausted, but he
was so stiffened by the shot in the shoulder that he could not turn
quickly, taking advantage of which we approached him, as we came
near he would work himself slowly around to face us and then make a

180

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

pitch at us. We then stepped to one side and commenced discharging
our six-barrelled pistols at him with little more effect than increasing his
fury at every shot. His appearance was now one to inspire terror, had
we not felt satisfied of our ability to avoid him. I came however very
near being overtaken by him through imprudence. I placed myself
directly in front of him and as he advanced I fired at his head and then
ran directly ahead of him, not supposing he was able to overtake me,
but casting my head over my shoulder I saw Mr. Bull within three feet
of me, prepared to give me a taste of his horns. The next moment I
was off the track and the poor beast was unable to turn quick enough
to avenge the insult. Bell now took the gun from Owen and shot him
directly behind the shoulder blade, he stood tottering for a few moments
with an increased gush of blood from the mouth and nostrils, fell easily
on his knees and rolled over on his side and was soon dead.”

A curious fact is revealed by a comparison of this entry with
that of Audubon in his journal of the same date. The same thrilling
story appears, printed almost sentence for sentence (with some change
in wording) as told by Harris, as though the experience were Audu-
bon’s. Is it possible that faulty copying of the Audubon manuscript in
preparation for its publication was responsible for the omission of credit
to Harris?

July 29: “I should have mentioned that on Thursday morning at
our encampment at the Trois Mamelles Bell shot a Titmouse very
similar in its markings to the common Northern Chickadee, but which
measures % of an inch more in length, than the measurements in Mr.
Audubon’s Syn., appears to us to have a larger tail and more white on
the secondaries, and its note although very similar appears softer and
less hurried in utterance.”

Audubon failed to recognize it as anything new, and wrote as fol-
lows on July- 27: ^‘Bell went to skinning the birds shot yesterday,
among which was a large Titmouse of the Eastern States.” It did prove,
however, to be the bird now known as the Long-tailed Chickadee, Parus
atricapillus septentrionalis, and was described by Harris as Parus sep-
tentrionalis {Proc. Acad, Nat. Set. Phila., 11, 1845:300), the only bird
ever described by him.

At the same time. Bell and Harris shot several sparrows which ap-
peared to belong to a new species. Audubon described them and named
them Emberiza [=Ammodrainus] bairdii, Baird’s Bunting, in honor of
his young friend, Spencer Fullerton Baird, who had been invited upon
the expedition and had had to decline. This was the last bird named, de-
scribed, and figured by Audubon, the plate being the final one repro-
duced in the octavo edition of the Birds of America (1844).

The party left Fort Union on August 16 and arrived at St. Louis
on October 19. Here the skins were divided up, and a supplemental
Harris pocket diary for 1843 includes the following list as his share:

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

181

List of Bird Skins Packed by Sprague and Bell for Share of E. Harris

AT St. Louis

1 Wild Turkey
1 White-fronted Goose
1 Blue Heron

1 Sandhill Crane

2 Sharp-tailed Grous
10 Parrots

1 Magpie

8 M. Lark

5 Yellow-headed Troupials

2 Rusty Grackles

6 Black-headed Grosbeaks

12 Arkansas Flycatchers

9 Arctic Pipilos

13 Lark Finches

3 Rose-breasted Grosbeaks

1 Purple Martin

2 Cow Buntings
1 Rice Bird

1 Cardinal Bird

3 Say’s Flycatchers

2 Cliff Swallows

2 Western Shore Larks
1 Baltimore Oriole
8 Sprague’s Lark
4 Lincoln Finches
1 Muscicapa?

1 Finch?

1 Smith’s Lark Finch
1 Chestnut-collared Bunting
4 Arctic Bluebirds
1 Golden-winged Warbler
1 Worm-eating Warbler
8 Shattuck’s Bunting*

6 Rocky Mt. Wren
4 Lazuli Finches
4 White-crowned Sparrows
1 Hutchin’s Goose

1 White Pelican
11 Pinnated Grous

2 Bell’s Vireo

1 New Black-capped Titmouse

1 Young Snow Goose

2 Tennessee Warbler

* Clay-colored Sparrow.

Out of the List

3 Pinnated Grous
3 Arkansas Flycatcher
3 Lark Finch

Sent to Bell in Exchange

2 Black-headed Grosbeak
2 Arctic Pipilos
1 Young-Rocky Mt. Wren

There are forty-two skins in the Harris collection which were con-
tributed by Spencer Baird; twenty of these bear descriptive labels,
and the remainder simply have labels in Baird’s hand, noting the
species but omitting dates and localities. Herbert Friedmann advises
me that the twenty labelled skins were* entered in the catalogues of the
Smithsonian Institution and must therefore have been in Baird’s pos-
session after his coming to the Smithsonian in 1850. He also reports a
statement in an old memorandum (listing specimens sent to various
persons by Baird prior to his connection with the Institution) that in
1844 Baird sent seventy specimens to a Mr. Edward Harris. Of the
Baird skins which do bear data, all but two were taken at Carlisle,
Pennsylvania, his boyhood home, between 1842 and 1845, the excep-
tions being a Bachman’s Sparrow {Aimophila aestivalis bachmanii) j
taken in 1845 at Savannah, Georgia, and a Western Bluebird {Sialia
mexicana accident alis) ^ from California, undated, which was probably
a Townsend skin. Baird, in a letter to his brother, William, in January
1844, mentions getting “a number of California duplicates from Cassin
in the Academy” (W. H. Dali, 1915. “Spencer Fullerton Baird: A
Biography,” p. 108).

182

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

The most interesting Baird specimens are a Passenger Pigeon,
Ectopistes migratorius, taken at Carlisle on October 19, 1844 (an-
other Passenger Pigeon is unlabelled) and three Empidonax flycatchers,
including two of Baird’s own discoveries, the Yellow-bellied, E. ftavi-
ventris, and the Least, E. minimus. Both species were described by
Spencer and William Baird in September 1843 {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1:283-284), and my skins bear May labels of that year.

It would serve little useful purpose to list the entire 400 specimens
which comprised the Harris collection as found, including the un-
labelled birds and the French trade-skins. Those of particular interest,
however, are as follows:

From John K. Townsend

1. Leucophoyx thula brewsteri (Sno\vy Egret), Walla Walla, Columbia River,

July 3, 1836.

2. Leucophoyx thula brewsteri (Snowy Egret), Walla Walla, Columbia River,

August 13, 1836.

3. Perisoreus obscurus obscurus (Oregon Jay), $, Columbia River, October 11,

1836 (on this date, Townsend was at Ft. Vancouver).

Unlabelled Skins, Most of Which May Be Attributable to the
Townsend Expedition

1. Recurvirostra americana (Avocet)

2. Haematopus bachmani (Black Oyster-catcher)

3. Sphyrapicus varius ruber (Red-breasted Sapsucker)

4. Cinclus mexicanus unicolor (Dipper)

5. Ixoreus naevius (Varied Thrush)

6. Moho nobilis apicalis (Double-plumed Moho)

7. Hemignathus lucidus hanapepe (Nukupu)

8. Himatione sanguinea (White-vented Honey-eater)

9. Vestiaria coccinea (Red Sickle-bill)

10. Vestiaria coccinea (Red Sickle-bill)

From the Missouri River Trip

1. Pedioecetes phasianellus (Sharp-tailed Grouse), Ad., Fort Union, June 26, 1843

2. Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus (Louisiana Paroquet), Kickapou Country,

Missouri River, May 3, 1843.

3. Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus (Louisiana Paroquet), Kickapou Country,

Missouri River, May 4, 1843.

4. Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus (Louisiana Paroquet), Kickapou Country,

Missouri River, May, 1843.

5. Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus (Louisiana Paroquet), Above Ft. Leaven-

worth, Missouri R., May 4, 1843.

6. Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus (Louisiana Paroquet), Unlabelled.

7. Tyrannus verticalis (Arkansas Kingbird), Ad. ?, Fort Union, June 26, 1843.

8. Anthus spraguei (Sprague’s Pipit), Ad. ?, Fort Union, June 24, 1843.

9. Sturnella magna (Meadowlark), Illinois, April, 1843.

10. Sturnella neglecta (Western Meadowlark), Missouri River, 1843.

11. Molothrus ater sqbsp. (Cowbird), Ad. Fort Union, June 22, 1843.

12. Pheucticus m. melanocephalus (Rocky Mountain Grosbeak), Fort Union,

June 22, 1843.

13. Passerina amoena (Lazuli Bunting), Ad. 3, Fort Union, June 26, 1843.

14. Spizella pallida (Clay-colored Sparrow), Ad. ?, Fort Union, June, 1843.

Phillips
B. Street

HARRIS COLLECTION OF BIRDS

183

Unlabelled Sklns, Most oe Which Appear, through Comparison with List
IN THE Harris 1843 Diary, to Have Been Procured on
THE Missouri Rh^er Trip

1. Anser albifrons (White-fronted Goose)

2. Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus (Greater Prairie Chicken)

3. Meleagris gallopavo silvestris (Eastern Wild Turkey)

4. Pelecanus erythrorhynckos (White Pelican)

5. Tyr annus verticalis (Arkansas Kingbird)

6. Sayornis s. saya (Say’s Phoebe)

7. Petrochelidon pyrrhonota albifrons (Northern Cliff Swallow)

8-11. Salpinctes o. obsoletus (Rock Wren)

12. Anthus spraguei (Sprague’s Pipit)

13. Helmitheros vermivorus (Worm-eating Warbler)

14. Vermivora chrysoptera (Golden- winged Warbler)

15. Vermivora peregrina (Tennessee Warbler)

16-19. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Yellow-headed Blackbird)

20-22. Pheucticus m. melanocephalus (Rocky Mountain Grosbeak)

23. Guiraca caerulea interfusa (Western Blue Grosbeak)

24-27. Pipilo maculatus arcticus (Arctic Towhee)

28-34. Chondestes grammacus subsp. (Lark Sparrow)

35. Spizella pallida (Clay-colored Sparrow)

36-37. Zonotrichia 1. leucophrys (White-crowned Sparrow)

38. Melospiza 1. lincolnii (Lincoln’s Sparrow)

Skins with Spencer F. Baird’s Labels

1. Ixobrychus e. exilis (Least Bittern), No. 1522, ?, Carlisle, Pa., May 20, 1844.

2. Tringa fiavipes (Lesser Yellow-legs), No. 1505, $ , Carlisle, Pa., May 10, 1844.

3. Capella gallinago delicata (Wilson’s Snipe), No. 2119, $, Carlisle, Pa., April

16, 1845.

4. Ectopistes migratorius (Passenger Pigeon), No. 1726, Carlisle, Pa., Oct. 19, 1844.

5. Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Eastern Mourning Dove), No. 2072,

Carlisle, Pa., April 11, 1845.

6. Coccyzus a. americanus (Yellow-billed Cuckoo), No. 1537, Carlisle, Pa., May

17, 1844.

7. Centurus carolinus (Red-bellied Woodpecker), No. 794, Carlisle, Pa., Oct.

12, 1842.

8. Empidonax flaviventris (Yellow-bellied Flycatcher), No. 1004, 3, Carlisle,

Pa., May 20, 1843.

9. Empidonax t. traillii (Alder Flycatcher), No. 1013, Carlisle, Pa., May 24, 1843.

10. Empidonax minimus (Least Flycatcher), No. 999, Carlisle, Pa., May 20, 1843.

11. Sitta canadensis (Red-breasted Nuthatch), No. 857, 3, Carlisle, Pa., Nov. 15,

1842.

12. Turdus m. migratorius (Eastern Robin), No. 2052, $, Carlisle, Pa., April 1,

1845.

13. Sialia mexicana occidentalis (Western Bluebird), No. 1244, California.

14. Wilsonia citrina (Hooded Warbler), No. 2246, $, Carlisle, Pa., May 7, 1845.

15. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Bobolink), No. 1516, $, Carlisle, Pa., May 15, 1844.

16. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Bobolink), No. 2297, 3, Carlisle, Pa., May 21, 1845.

17. Spinus t. tristis (Eastern Goldfinch), No. 2203, 3, Carlisle, Pa., May 20, 1845.

18. Aimophila aestivalis bachmanii (Bachman’s Sparrow), No. 2402, Savannah,

Ga., 1845.

19. Spizella arborea (Tree Sparrow), No. 1771, Carlisle, Pa., Jan., 1845.

20. Passerella i. iliaca (Eastern Fox Sparrow), No. 1288, Carlisle, Pa., March

11, 1844.

184

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

An additional twenty-two skins, all eastern birds, have Baird labels
without descriptive data. These probably comprise a part of the early
shipment which Baird mentions in a notebook.

Nine of the Harris birds are now in the collection of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, having been donated by my father. These are the five
Paroquets, a Passenger Pigeon, and three of Townsend’s Hawaiian
drepanids. Twenty-nine skins, mainly from the Lefevre group but in-
cluding the Hemignathus lucidus hanapepe, are now in the Museum of
Zoology, Princeton University. The Newark Museum has eighteen
skins given them by my father in 1941 and has discarded twenty- three
others “with Mr. Street’s permission, evidently because of their condi-
tion.”

The remainder of the Townsend, Missouri River, and Baird speci-
mens listed herein will go to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia with which Harris was so intimately associated. Harris gave
many of his specimens to the Academy during his lifetime. The Pro-
ceedings for 1848 mention a gift of 119 skins. Among entries in the
catalogues showing Harris donations are an American Magpie and a
Bullock’s Oriole from the Townsend Columbia River trip, a further
indication that Harris may have had a considerable portion of the
Townsend duplicates at one time.

I am indebted to Herbert Friedmann of the U. S. National Museum
for information concerning the Baird specimens, to Herbert G. Deignan
of that institution for his comments on the Hermit Warbler, to Rodolphe
Meyer de Schauensee and James Bond of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia for their assistance in the identification of
several of the skins, and to Mr. Bond in particular for his many helpful
suggestions on the preparation of this paper. Peter A. Brannon of the
State of Alabama Department of Archives and History has kindly fur-
nished me with much Harris information, including the hitherto un-
published list from the Gulf Coast Expedition.

520 Packard Building, Philadelphia 2, Pennsylvania

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

185

THE GOLDEN-FRONTED WOODPECKERS OF TEXAS
AND NORTHERN MEXICO

BY ALEXANDER WETMORE

The long series of Golden- fronted Woodpeckers (Centurus auri-
jrons ) in the U.S. National Museum shows a definite dine between
the birds from north-central Texas, which are lighter in color above
and below, and those from Jalisco, Michoacan, and Hidalgo in south-
central Mexico, which are blacker on the dorsal* surface and somewhat
grayer underneath. These differences are most evident in fresh plum-
age, for with wear during spring and early summer the breast shows
a darker gray and the upper surface decidedly more black. Among
breeding specimens in worn condition, those from central and southern
Mexico are definitely blacker than those from north-central Texas.

The extremes are easily separable, but in southern and south-
western Texas and in northeastern Mexico the two kinds of colora-
tion merge so gradually that over a broad area the whole population
is intermediate, making decision as to any sharply drawn dividing line
difficult and in part arbitrary. Texas specimens from San Antonio
and Seguin south to Corpus Christi and the Brownsville region, while
somewhat intermediate, agree best with the southern group, as do
those to the west as far as Eagle Pass on the Rio Grande. Beyond
this point to the westward in Texas the lighter colored plumage pre-
vails, and it presumably ranges also into northern Coahuila, since this
is the coloration found along the Rio Grande River on the American
side at Del Rio and Langtry. A good series from Fort Clark, collected
by E. A. Mearns, also belongs in the lighter colored group. One male
in worn plumage from Monclova, Coahuila, taken May 15, belongs
with the darker, southern, form.

An increase of black markings in the white rump feathers is evi-
dent in skins of the southern group from San Luis Potosi (Jesus Maria,
Ahualulco, Soledad, Hacienda Angostura) and Jalisco (Tupataro).
This tendency is almost absent from two specimens from Michoacan
(Ocotlan) and is present in only part of the material at hand from
Nuevo Leon.

The oldest name available for the birds under discussion, Picus
aurifrons Wagler, 1829, based on a specimen from Ismiquilpam, Hidalgo,
refers to the southern group, which will therefore be known as Centurus
aurifrons aurifrons (Wagler). Two skins in the U.S. National Museum,
from Tula, Hidalgo, are available for comparison. Picus ornatus
Lesson {Rev. Zool. for April 1839, p. 102: from “Mexico,” Abeille
Collection) is a synonym of Centurus aurifrons.

186

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

The northern race will take the name Centurus aurijrons incan-
escens Todd, originally restricted to the “Big Bend” area but now
found to apply to the entire population of western and central Texas.
Mr. Todd has kindly forwarded for examination the series of 10 skins
(5 males and 5 females) on which he based his original description of
this race. These differ from the more southern group in the characters
outlined above. Other distinctions — variation in the depth of the
yellow on the forehead and underparts and in the orange on the
nape — mentioned as characters by Todd prove in the larger series
now available to be individual variations.

Following is a resume of the characters and ranges of the two
groups:

Centurus aurijrons incanescens Todd. Northern Golden-fronted Wood-
pecker.

Centurus aurijrons incanescens Todd, Ann. Carnegie Mus., 30 (Dec. 16,

1946) :298 (12 miles south of Marathon, Brewster County, Texas).

Subspecific characters. — Averaging lighter above, the dark cross-
bars narrower and the white ones correspondingly wider; the white of
the rump and upper tail coverts nearly or completel}^ immaculate;
under surface slightly paler.

Range. — ^Western and central Texas from Eastland County south
to the “Big Bend” area (near Marathon), Langtry, Comstock, Del
Rio, and Fort Clark south probably to northeastern Chihuahua and
northern Coahuila.

Centurus aurijrons aurijrons (Wagler). Wagler’s Golden-fronted
Woodpecker.

Picus aurijrons Wagler, Isis von Oken, 22, pt. 5 (May 1829): col. 512

(Ismiquilpam, Hidalgo).

Sub Specific characters. — Averaging darker above, the dark cross-
bars wider and the white ones correspondingly narrower; the white of
the rump and upper tail coverts usually more or less mixed with
black; under surface slightly darker gray.

Range. — North-central Coahuila (Monclova) and southern Texas
(Eagle Pass, San Antonio, Seguin) south to Jalisco (Ocotlan, Lagos),
Michoacan (Patzcuaro, Querendaro), Hidalgo (Tula), and central
Tamaulipas (Camargo, Forlon, Victoria, Soto la Marina).

Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D.C.

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

187

GENERAL NOTES

A feeding habit of the Snowy Egret. — On April 25, 1947, I watched a Snowy
Egret {Leucophoyx thula) feeding at the edge of a small pool along the road at
Republiek, Surinam. The bird was in shallow water, standing on one foot, and
with the other making rapid trembling movements in the water — the leg stretched
forward, the toes and lower part of the tarsus submerged. It would stop suddenly,
dabble rapidly in the water it had set in motion, and swallow something which I
could not see. Then once more it would stretch one of its legs forward under the
water and resume the vibrating movements. I could not make out whether the
foot that was stretched forward rested on the mud or whether it was held in the
water above it.

Portielje (1928. Ardea, 17:115) described foot trembling in captive Snowy
Egrets in the Amsterdam Zoo, but from his account it appears that his birds
trampled with both feet, as gulls do when feeding. The vibrating movement with
one leg stretched forward is a regular feeding custom in small plovers and other
waders, but I have not seen it recorded in herons. — Fr. Haverschmidt, Paramaribo,
Surinam, Dutch Guiana.

Swainson’s Hawk nesting in north-central Oklahoma. — On June 29,
1948, I found a nest of Swainson’s Hawk (Buteo swainsoni) two miles west of
Stillwater in Payne County, Oklahoma. The nest, located about 25 feet above
the ground in a hackberry tree, contained two eggs, one of which was pipped.
The chick was alive and struggling to emerge. The following morning the parent
birds did not put in an appearance when I revisited the area; the chick in the
process of hatching was dead, and the other egg cold. Later, both adults ap-
peared but did not fly near the nest nor dive down at me as they had on the
previous afternoon. The pipped egg was crawling with ants, which may have
caused the parents to desert. This is the first record of Swainson’s Hawk nesting
in Payne County and appears to extend the nesting range approximately 100
miles north and east of the known breeding range in Oklahoma. — F. M. Baum-
gartner, Department of Zoology, Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College,
Stillwater.

Sandhill Crane observed in southwestern Ohio. — On the afternoon of May 9,
1948, as Karl Maslowski, Gordon Acomb, and I were driving across the bottom-
lands of the Ohio River, 18 miles east of Cincinnati, Clermont County, Ohio, we
observed a Sandhill Crane (Grus canadensis). The bird walked slowly across a
dirt road about a hundred yards in front of us, giving ample time to observe its
great size, dusty gray plumage, and (with 10-power binoculars) the bill and bald
red forehead.

The Crane was foraging through corn and alfalfa fields bordering a slough
formed by a recent flood of the Ohio River. We observed the Crane for over
an hour, hearing its low rumbling croaks and seeing it make several short flights,
its neck outstretched and legs trailing. During one of these flights Maslowski was
able to take a recognizable photograph from a distance of 80 yards. As we fol-
lowed the great bird across the fields, we discovered many of its tracks in the soft
mud, some of which plainly indicated that the Crane had been in the area for
several days.

Sandhill Cranes are rare migrants in Ohio ; the last previous record, as far as
I can determine, was made by Milton B. Trautman in Fairfield County on October
9, 1926 (1940. “The Birds of Buckeye Lake,” p. 228). Louis W. Campbell (1940.
“Birds of Lucas County,” p. 66) listed the last known Ohio breeding record, for
Huron County, Ohio, 1926. Frank Langdon (1879. Jour.Cinn.Soc.Nat.Hist., 1:184)
listed two Sandhill Crane specimens “reported to have been taken” in the vicinity
of Cincinnati. — Haven H. Spencer, Turpin Lane, Newtown, Ohio.

188

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Incubation of the Upland Plover. — On April 29, 1948, at about 11:00 a.m.,
we found two nests of the Upland Plover (Bartramia longicauda) at the Game
Farm of the Ohio Division of Conservation and Natural Resources, six miles north
of Urbana, Champaign County, Ohio.

The nests were approximately 200 yards apart in a strip of timothy and sweet
clover. Each contained two eggs. At the time of discovery a plover flushed from
the first nest; the second was unattended. We checked the nests again at about
4:00 p.m. the same day. The first still contained two eggs; the second contained
three. A fourth egg was later deposited in the second nest, probably on April 30.
(A set of four was also later completed in the first nest.)

Two eggs in the second nest were pipped by 6:00 p.m. on May 24. The caps
of all four eggs appeared ready to be pried open when we last examined them, at
6:00 p.m. on May 26. Four dry chicks were in the nest the next morning. If our
assumption of a date (April 30) for the laying of the fourth egg is correct and the
bird started incubating May 1, then 26 days were required for incubation. Simi-
larly, two eggs in the first nest were pipped May 25. We last examined them
the morning of May 27 and we are confident (judging from their condition then)
that they hatched that day. Incubation periods of 17 to 24 days have been re-
corded for the Upland Plover. Most observations indicate that the period is 21
days (see Buss and Hawkins, 1939. Wils. Bull., 51:202-220).

No mention is made in any literature we have read about both sexes incu-
bating. We witnessed an exchange at 3:30 p.m. on May 25; the incubating bird
arose at the approach of its mate and departed as the mate settled on the eggs.
On May 26 one bird came to the nest as though to relieve the sitting bird, but
the incubating plover packed at it a few times, and it walked away. — Woodrow
Goodpaster and Karl Maslowski, Museum of Natural History, Cincinnati, Ohio.

^ The Mourning Dove in Alaska. — Though the Mourning Dove (Zenaidura
macroura) has been recorded in Alaska, its occurrence that far north is decidedly
rare. The A.O.U. Check-list (1931) states: “Breeds in western and interior North
America from Minnesota, western Arkansas, and Oklahoma to the Pacific coast,
north to Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and British Columbia, and south throughout
Mexico. Winters south to western Panama. Casual at Fort Yukon, Alaska.” As
would be expected, most of the Alaskan records are for the extreme southern
coastal strip. A few stragglers, however, have been noted inland and far to the
north.

The nine published records (north to south) are as follows:

Fort Yukon (northeastern interior, just north of the Arctic Circle) : male
collected by Thomas E. Winecoff on October 9, 1916 (Friedmann, 1931. Auk,
48:205).

Juneau (southeastern coast) : one seen near the city by Allen Hasselborg in
November 1911 (Swarth, 1922. U niv. Calif .Publ.Zool., 24:210).

Sitka (Baranof Island, southeastern coast) : male collected near city by

Merrill on September 14, 1912 (Willett, 1914. Condor, 16:81) ; one Mourning
Dove observed for several hours on September 9, 1940 (Webster, 1941. Condor,
43:121).

Sergief Island (southeastern coast) : an adult female (tentatively identified as
carolinensis) collected on September 3, 1919 (Swarth, 1922. Univ.Calif .Publ.Zool.,
24:209).

Stikine Flats (near Wrangell, southeastern coast): two observed at a ranch
for three weeks of September 1920 (Willett, 1921. Condor, 23:158).

Wrangell (southeastern coast) : one Mourning Dove seen near a house for
most of the summer of 1902 (Willett, 1921. Condor, 23:158) ; Fred H. Gray, who
had observed and collected birds for many years, saw Mourning Doves in and
about the city “on several occasions” (Swarth, 1922. Univ.Calif .PubLZooL, 24:
210).

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

GENERAL NOTES

189

Hydaburg (Prince of Wales Island, southeastern coast) : one Mourning Dove
seen on September 1, 1916 (Willett, 1917. Condor, 19:22).

The files of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service contain eight records of Mourn-
ing Doves in Alaska which apparently have not been published previously. Among
these is one from the, cold interior. They are (from north to south) as follows:

Clear (interior, southwest of Fairbanks, about two degrees south of the
Arctic Circle): William J. Tirre reports (memorandum, October 17, 1947) that a
dove, captured by Mr. and Mrs. Paul Waugh at their home in Clear during a
severe snowstorm on September 30, 1947, and later transported to the Woodland
Park Zoo at Seattle, Washington, has been identified as a Western Mourning Dove
(marginella) .

Juneau: Frank Dufresne records (field notes) one Mourning Dove on a

highway nine miles from the city in August 1942.

Taku Lodge (southeastern coast): Frank Dufresne reports (field notes) one
dove seen from July to September 1940.

Twin Glacier Camp on Taku River (southeastern coast): Frank Dufresne re-
ports (letter, October 3, 1929) a single Mourning Dove — “Carolina Dove {Zenai-
dura macroura)” — on October 2, 1929.

Sitka: Ernest P. Walker states (letter, August 21, 1926) that E. M. Goddard,
writing on July 20, reported a Mourning Dove that appeared near the city about
the end of May 1926 and remained about a month; Frank Dufresne reports (field
notes) a single dove seen at Sitka in July 1938.

Kake (Kupreanof Island, southeastern coast) : Frank Dufresne reports (field
notes) that two doves were seen during July and August 1942.

Goddard Hot Springs (Baranof Island, southeastern coast): Frank Dufresne
writes (letter, October 3, 1929) that E. M. Goddard observed a Mourning Dove
(“a bird of the same type”) at the Springs.

It will be noted that only one of these doves was observed as early as May,
whereas five were recorded during July and August. That the majority of the
birds were fall wanderers may be seen from the fact that seven were observed in
September, one in October, and one in November. All but two of the records were
made in the humid southern coastal strip, where temperatures are rarely low. —
Clarence Cottam, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D.C.

Breeding of Richmond’s Swift in Venezuela. — In a recent paper (?7n/v.lf/cA.
Mus.ZooLOcc.Papers No. 505, Jan. 14, 1948) William H. Phelps and I reported the
occurrence of Richmond’s Swift, Chaetura vauxi richmondi, in Venezuela. The
“seasonal range” of the 26 specimens we discussed indicated that the species was
non-migratory, and “the fact that all 10 specimens taken at Curupao in July had
much enlarged gonads and virtually no tail spines” led us to suppose that it bred
there. Mr. Phelps recently has obtained full confirmation of this supposition. In
a letter dated February 21, 1948, he wrote that his grandson, who has a home at
the Country Club in Caracas (1,000 meters), captured an adult male (Phelps Col-
lection No. 40979) and a young of undetermined sex (No. 40980) in the living
room of his house. They had come in through the fireplace and chimney, where
they presumably had a nest.

The young bird was only partly grown. The blood-sheaths at the base of the
rectrices were about 11 mm. long, and those at the base of the remiges about 14
mm. long. The wing of the adult measured 113 mm., the tail 33 (the spines were
completely worn off). The wing of the young bird measured 81, the tail 29 (the
spines, apparently unworn, were about 3 mm. long).

W. E. Clyde Todd informs me that within recent years he has handled and
identified nine Venezuelan specimens of Richmond’s Swift, of which eight are now
at the Carnegie Museum and one at the U. S. National Museum. These nine

190

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

specimens were from the Sierra de Carabobo, Colonia Tovar, and Petare. They
were collected on April 8, 1929 (two) ; April 30, 1929 (two) ; July 2, 1914 (one) ;
July 22, 1929 (one) ; July 26, 1929 (two) ; and July 28, 1929 (one) — dates which
certainly suggest breeding.

I wish to thank both Mr. Phelps and Mr. Todd for the information on which
the above note is based. — George Miksch Sutton, University of Michigan Museum
of Zoology, Ann Arbor.

Wheatear at Peekskill, New York. — On November IS, 1947, I had the good
fortune to observe a Wheatear {Oenanthe oenanthe) on a railroad embankment
at Peekskill, New York, and carefully studied it at close range. Since I was
familiar with Wheatears in life, this bird’s diagnostic color and shape, perky,
bobbing mannerisms, conspicuous white rump, and jerky black-bordered tail made
me immediately certain of what I had found.

This species is only of accidental occurrence in the United States, and I know
of but five other records for the New York City region; Griscom (1923. “Birds of
the New York City Region”) listed three specimens collected on Long Island,
the last near Jamaica, in 1885; one Wheatear was seen with a flock of Snow
Buntings at Montauk, Long Island, on December 27, 1936, by L. Breslau {Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.Y. No. 50-51, 1940:48) ; another was carefully studied at Moriches
Inlet, Long Island, on June 3, 1941, by LeRoy Wilcox. — Allan D. Cruickshank,
Rye, New York.

Cardinals bathing. — Here in Bluefield, West Virginia, the Cardinal (Rich-
mondena cardinalis ) lives very close to us, and I was much interested by Mrs.
Laskey’s article (1944. Wils. Bull., 56:27-44), especially by the statement that
Cardinals are not bathers. Since then I have kept a record of our bathing Car-
dinals, which is continuous (April 1944-May 1948) except for six months in
1946.

The Cardinals bathe mostly from January through June. I also have single
records of males for July through October, but none at all for November. Judg-
ing from my records, twice as many males bathe as females. In 1947-48, I
recorded males bathing five times in February and May, six times in April;

females bathing six times in February, three times in April.

The Cardinals bathe when there is deep snow on. the ground, as well as
during hot dry weather. The favorite time of day is between noon and three

o’clock, though they also bathe around 8:00 a.m. and after 6:00 p.m., especially

in May and June. They do not bathe together but in succession. Male
usually follows female, and often each returns for a second splash. They bathe
with English Sparrows (Passer domesticus), though perhaps from necessity rather
than from choice.

The largest number of bathers was recorded on December 23, 1945, when
five males and two females followed one after the other. Two more approached
but were frightened away. There was five feet of snow on the ground, tempera-
ture 34° F. (time not noted). On February 1, 1948, four males and one female
bathed with a host of sparrows in and out. This was at 12:30 p.m., with two
feet of snow, temperature 32° F.

One episode of the bath is worth mentioning. On April 26, two male Car-
dinals attempted to join a female Cardinal in the bath. She rose protesting and
called repeatedly. The males continued to splash until the female’s mate arrived
and drove at them, when they left hurriedly without protest. Then the attacking
male took a bath, after which the female resumed her ablutions and he, having
dried his feathers, flew to the rose bush and sang his full-throated purty-purty.
— Miriam G. Dickinson, 2006 Reid Avenue, Bluefield, West Virginia.

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

191

EDITORIAL

James Boswell Young has found it impossible to continue as Secretary of
the Club and Chairman of the Program Committee. To fill these vacancies until
the next regular election of officers, the Executive Council has appointed Harold
Mayfield of Toledo, Ohio.

Our printers make every effort to see that everyone on the mailing hst
receives a perfect Bulletin, but occasionally a defective one slips by. Please check
your Bulletins immediately on their arrival for errors in sequence of pages, soiled
or crumpled sheets, and other defects. Return any defective copy to the Editor,
and it will be replaced. Further, if the addressing machine slips, your Bulletin
may fail to reach you. In such case, please notify the Editor promptly so that
he may send you a copy.

OBITUARY

Albert Kenrick Fisher, a Founder of the American Ornithologists’ Union,
died in Washington, D.C., on June 12, 1948, at the age of ninety-two. Although
trained in medicine, he early turned his attention to ornithology, and in 1885
was, with his chief, C. Hart Merriam, a founder of the “Section of Ornithology”
of the U.S. Department of Agriculture Division of Entomology (the “Section”
later becoming the Bureau of Biological Survey and finally a part of the Fish
and Wildlife Service). The importance of his work in economic ornithology and
in the study of animal distribution was recognized by his election to the presi-
dency of the American Ornithologists’ Union in 1914. A list of his scientific con-
tributions (some 150 notes, reviews, articles, and bulletins) was published in
the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (39:21-28) on his seven-
tieth birthday, March 21, 1926.

Frederick Woods Haecker, engineer and ornithologist, died March 23, 1948,
in Salt Lake City at the age of forty-five. He was a graduate of the Colorado
School of Mines but became a river engineer on the Missouri. From 1941 to
1946 he edited The Nebraska Bird Review, and he was senior author of the most
recent check-list of the birds of Nebraska (1945). He had been a member of
the Wilson Ornithological Club for thirty years and was Chairman of its Com-
mittee on Affiliated Societies.

Edwin Lincoln Moseley, Professor Emeritus of Biology at Bowling Green
State University (Ohio), died June 6, 1948, aged eighty-three. In 1885 he re-
ceived the A.M. degree from the University of Michigan, and in 1887 went to
the Philippines with the Steere Expedition. He afterward described two new
flycatchers which he discovered there {Ibis, 1891), and his name was given to
a kingfisher. Halcyon lindsayi moseleyi (Steere), from Negros Island. He was
head of the Department of Biology of Bowling Green State University from
1914 until his retirement in 1936. In 1932 he served as Vice-President of the
Wilson Ornithological Club.

ORNITHOLOGICAL NEWS

Jean Delacour has been elected an Honorary Member and Ernst Mayr a
Foreign Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union.

Gustav Swanson, formerly Treasurer of the WTson Ornithological Club, will
be the head of the newly organized Department of Conservation at Cornell
University.

192

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Richard H. Pough has been appointed Curator of Conservation and Use of
Natural Resources at the American Museum of Natural History.

Dwain W. Warner has taken the editorship of The Flicker, official organ of
the Minnesota Ornithologists’ Union.

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB ANNOUNCEMENTS

The Wilson Ornithological Club, formerly an associate, is now an affiliate,
society of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.

As an affiliated society we have the privilege of nominating a member of
the Club who is also a fellow of the Association to represent the Club on the
Association Council.

Several years ago, the Wilson Ornithological Club contributed to the support
of the Committee for the Preservation of Natural Conditions, of the Ecologists’
Society of America. The work of this committee has now been transferred to
the recently-established Ecologists’ Union, and we have received an invitation
to join that organization.

By a unanimous vote of the Executive Council, the Wilson Ornithological
Club has accepted institutional membership and will contribute four dollars
annual membership fee.

In memory of S. Morris Pell, talented bird artist, one hundred dollars has
been given to the Wilson Ornithological Club, The donor, who wishes to re-
main anonymous, has requested that the gift be used to help promising young
bird artists. President Pettingill has asked the Research Committee to make the
award.

NEW LIFE MEMBER

Eugene Eisenmann, President of the
Linnaean Society of New York, re-
ceived degrees from Harvard College
and the Harvard Law School and is
now a practicing lawyer in New York
City. His particular avocational in-
terests are in conservation of. natural
resources and the avifauna of Panama,
where, as a child, he first became in-
terested in birds. He is a member of
several scientific societies and has pub-
lished a number of articles and notes
in ornithological journals. Members of
the Wilson Ornithological Club will
remember the stimulating article on
vernacular nomenclature which Mr.
Eisenmann wrote jointly with Hustace
H. Poor and published in the Decem-
ber 1946 issue of the Bulletin.

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

THE WILSON BULLETIN

193

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Bird Recognition, I: Sea-Birds and Waders. By James Fisher. Penguin Books,

Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England, 1947: 4V2 X 7% in., 190 pp., with 114

figs, by Fish-Hawk, 77 maps (mainly by W. B. Alexander) and 72 charts.

Paper. 2s 6d. ($.75 in U.S. bookstores).

This is the first in a series of three pocket-size books, which together will
comprise a field-guide to the birds of the British Isles. Although the title might
lead one to expect them, ducks, geese, herons, and rails are not included in this
volume. The volumes to be published later will cover “game birds, waterfowl,
and birds of prey” and “perching and singing birds.”

This first volume has special interest for Americans because many of the birds
described, or closely related species, are found on our continent.

In the main body of the book, Fisher treats 72 sea birds and shore birds
(“waders” in British usage). For almost every species there is a page of text
facing a picture of the bird, a map showing the bird’s distribution in Britain, and
a “year-cycle” chart telling its status at each season. A remarkable amount of
information, going far beyond mere field identification, is compressed into a page
of text under the headings: “Recognition,” “Breeding” (if the bird nests or has
nested in Britain), “Distribution,” “Movements,” and “To Read.”

The introduction carries a conventional key to identification and a key to
the habitats in which the birds are to be found when away from their breeding
places. The habitat key is in tabular form, one table for sea birds and another
for shore birds, listing the species at the left and indicating preferred habitats by
blocks in the proper cofumns.

At the close of the book, without an introductory heading, there are 11 pages
of pictures of shore birds, terns, and gulls in flight, showing mostly the winter or
immature plumages of birds figured in breeding plumage elsewhere in the book.
There are also a list of the 52 species that have been recorded less than 100
times in Britain and an index.

The main purpose of the volume is to assist the amateur in identifying birds
in the field. That aim is accomplished exceedingly well. The comments on recog-
nition are clear and practical, giving special attention to the characters that dis-
tinguish similar species. Further, the large amount of information about nesting,
migration, and history of the various species, so neatly condensed in this little
book, will make it useful as a reference work to many people who do not need it
as a field guide; it will be especially useful to those who do not have access to
Witherby’s five-volume “Handbook of British Birds,” which Fisher acknowledges
as his principal source. Throughout much of the book Fisher has expressed him-
self in simply-worded phrases instead of in complete sentences; thus, without sacri-
fice of clarity, he has achieved a compactness of text particularly appropriate to a
handbook of this kind.

The half-tone figures are skillfully done and, although in sepia, they are ade-
quate to their purpose, particularly for this group of birds, in which color details
are relatively unimportant for field identification.

The “year-cycle” chart is an ingenious adaptation of the familiar “pie chart.”
The weeks, months, and seasons are shown clockwise around the rim, and sectors
are marked out within the dial to indicate the status of the bird at any time of
the year. Thus, on a circle of 2V4-inch diameter, Fisher presents a summary
which, in the case of the Woodcock, for example, supplies approximate dates for
the following: birds in winter quarters; assembly of residents; early, main, and
late passage of foreign birds in spring; eggs, first and second brood; early, main,
peak, and late passage of foreign birds in fall; dispersal and passage of residents.

An interesting feature of the distribution maps is the use of the “vice-county”
unit in blocking out (by solid color and shadow) the breeding areas and the areas

194

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

of non-breeding occurrence. Since the political divisions of Britain vary greatly
in size and internal complexity, the vice-county system has been created to divide
the counties into smaller areas of “roughly equal [biological] importance.” How-
ever, the distribution maps are so small in this book that it would be difficult for
the reader to identify the exact geographical location of some of the vice-counties
of the interior.

The birds are arranged in the order of the British Check-list, which differs
considerably from the order of the A.O.U. Check-list. The reader interested in the
relationships among birds will notice also that the British scientific names differ
from the American for some genera and species.

The inexpensiveness of this book should encourage its sale. However, the low
price has been achieved partly through the use of pulp paper of low durability;
better resistance to moisture and scuffing would be an advantage in a pocket field
guide.

Incidentally, although the title page gives 245 Fifth Avenue, New York, as
the American address of the publisher, the book is not obtainable there.

This excellent little book is another reminder of the high state of development
of amateur bird study in England. — Harold Mayfield.

The Birds of Nantucket. By Ludlow Griscom and Edith V. Folger. Harvard

University Press, Cambridge, 1948: X in., 156 pp., 17 photos, map.

$3.25.

This book “is the first of a series of faunal studies from areas of Massa-
chusetts which are of exceptional interest for the variety and abundance of
their bird life and the excellence of the historic record.”

Nantucket island was early known as a paradise for sea and waterfowl, and
there is a long record of its importance to sportsmen. This has been documented
in part through publication by the late John C. Phillips of the “Shooting Journal
of George Henry Mackay, 1865-1922” (Cosmos Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1929). The
record of the non-game species, however, is not so clear, despite the occasional
visits of such distinguished naturalists as T. M. Brewer, John C. Phillips, J. A.
Allen, J. H. Farley, W. Sprague Brooks, E. H. Forbush, and the authors of
the present volume. These last freely admit that there remains much to be
learned about the bird life of this and other islands of the northeast. To em-
phasize the point they list nine “ornithological problems” that they recommend
to the attention of bird students visiting Nantucket.

The fact that Nantucket is not on a regular land-bird migration route adds
much interest to the rather large number of species that have been listed. Many
of these were recorded by Miss Folger, who resided on the island for three full
years and who had access to material in the files of the Maria Mitchell Associa-
tion. Mr. Griscom, on the other hand, has had access to unpublished journals
and diaries, and has examined specimens in the principal museum collections. The
work covers not only Nantucket but also the smaller islands of Tuckernuck and
Muskeget to the west.

The Introduction discusses the physiographic and climatic features and the
land-bird migrants, gives an “historical summary,” and notes the changes that
have taken place in the bird life of the island. This is followed by a systematic
list that differs in at least one respect from the usual list: it makes a special point
of indicating what is not known. The list contains 274 species, of which 132 are
land-birds.

The book is admirably written and may well serve as a model for future
reports on insular avifaunas. The photographs used as illustrations are from
the files of the National Audubon Society. The report is indexed and concludes
with a bibliography. — Frederick C. Lincoln.

VoLTo^'Nal ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

195

Wing to Wing. By E. H. Ware. Illustrated with 26 original photographs by the
author and 26 line drawings by Roland Green. Harper & Brothers, New York,
1946: 51/2 X 6% in., 159 pp. $2.75.

During the recent war, E. H. Ware was able to continue his hobby of bird
finding while serving with the Royal Air Force in Britain, Algeria, Tunisia, and
Corsica. His objective was to make a “memory-collection” of the various species
occupying countries where he was stationed. This book is a record of his accom-
plishment.

Mr. Ware relates with enthusiasm coupled with gentle humor his experiences
in seeking species new to him. When each species is ultimately before him, he
describes in an earnest, straightforward manner his first impressions. Especially
good reading are the two chapters concerning his stay at Bordj Menaiel, Algeria,
near the foothills of the Atlas Mountains. This French -Arab village and its coun-
tryside presented a peculiar mixture of friendliness and suspicion, of ancient and
modern living, of squalor and prosperity. Confronted with such a situation his
exploits for birds were occasionally exciting and not infrequently amusing. Also
good reading are the chapters dealing with adventures in the highlands of Scotland
and Corsica, where scenic beauty rivalled the birds for his attention.

“Wing to Wing” is not, and is not intended to be, a contribution to ornithol-
ogy. It is written for persons who, like the author, genuinely enjoy bird finding
as an end in itself. Roland Green’s drawings adequately depict some of the rarer
or more interesting birds which the author “collected.” There is an index to all
species mentioned in the text. — Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr.

American Birds in Color. Land Birds. By Hal H. Harrison. Wm. H. Wise &

Co., New York, 1948: 6% X 9% in., xxiv 486 pp. $5.00.

Mr. Harrison has written good, brief accounts of the land birds of the United
States and has added a recognition chart, in which birds are arranged by size and
color, and distribution charts, in which birds are listed alphabetically under differ-
ent regions. In the introduction he tells of the pleasures of bird watching and
recommends five field guides, as well as Hickey’s “Guide to Bird Watching.”

There are 195 photographs in black and white taken by various people;
many of these are good, but others exhibit pathetic specimens of stuffed birds.
Of the 192 color photographs, a few are excellent; but with the majority, some-
thing has gone wrong in the reproduction process, and many of the pictures are
too blue or too pale. I fear the author’s efforts to help people recognize birds will
be nullified by his publishers, who show the Scaled Quail, White-winged Dove,
Mockingbird, and Broad-winged Hummingbird with almost no color at all,
solid green-blue California Quail, blue and white Sparrow Hawks, pink Brown
Thrashers, a blue Bank Swallow, and a brown and white Violet-green Swallow.
These and many others of the color photographs, as well as the illustrations of
mounted specimens, are worse than useless; they give false and (in the case of the
mounted specimens) repulsive impressions of the birds. I cannot agree with the
claim on the cover that “text and captions tell you everything you need to know
about each bird,” nor that this is “the most beautiful, colorful bird book ever
created.” — Margaret M. Nice.

196

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

BIBLIOGRAPHY*

Physiology (including weights)

Nestler, R. B., J. B. DeWitt, J. V. Derby, and M. Moschler. Calcium and
Phosphorus Requirements of Bobwhite Quail Chicks. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12
(1), Jan. 1948:32-36.

Parasites, Abnormalities, and Disease

Alperin, Irwin M. Abnormal rectrix of Sparrow Hawk. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:
452-453.

Breiding, George H., and Robert L. Rausch. Sarcocystis (Aspergillus? ) in wood
warblers. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:295-296.

Hill, Harold M. Raptorial Hosts of Protocalliphora. Condor 50 (3), May-June
1948:131.

Pletsch, D. D. Parasitic Dipterous larvae from the nasal cavity of a nestling
magpie. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:296-297.

Reid, Vincent H. Lead Shot in Minnesota Waterfowl. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12
(2), Apr. 1948:123-127.

See also Anatomy: Buchanan and Parkes. Distribution and Taxonomy: Clay.

Anatomy (including plumage and molt)

Brooks, Allan. Red-tailed Hawk. Condor 50 (3), May-June 1948: frontispiece,
with note, page 135. (Erythro-melanistic phase.)

Brooks, Allan. Juvenal Horned Lark, Eremophila alpestris merrilli. Condor
50 (3), May-June 1948:131. (Sketch reproduced in black and white.)

Brooks, Allan. Female Coppery-tailed Trogon. Condor 50 (4), July-Aug. 1948:
frontispiece, with note, page 166.

Buchanan, Forest W., and Kenneth C. Parkes. A female Bob-white in male
plumage. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:119-120.

Harrison, Jeffery. The breeding plumage of some western Palaearctic wading
birds. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:72-76.

Harrison, Jeffery. An additional note on the plumage of Arctic-breeding wading
birds. Ibis 90, July 1948:471-472.

Parks, G. Hapgood. A loose-feathered Nighthawk. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:300-
301.

PuMPHREY, R. J. The sense organs of birds. Ibis 90, Apr. 1948:171-199, pis. 1-4,
9 figs.

Sutton, George Miksch. The Juvenal Plumage of the Eastern Warbling Vireo
(Vireo gilvus gilvus). JJniv. Mich. Mus. Zool. Occ. Papers No. 511, May 21,
1948:5 pp., 1 pi.

Distribution and Taxonomy

Abbott, Jackson M. Sutton’s Warbler at Fort Belvoir, Fairfax County, Virginia.

Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:302, pi. 9, lower fig.

Amadon, Dean. On type localities of Catesby. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:295.
Aldrich, John W. Additional light on the races of the Dowitcher. Auk 65 (2),
Apr. 1948:285-286. (Limnodromus griseus.)

* Loose-sheet reprints of this section have been available for the convenience of
Members who clip the titles and paste them on cards for permanent reference files, but
the number of requests received for these has not covered the printing cost. Unless
additional Members wish to subscribe, reprinting the section must be discontinued. Two
sets of the Bibliography (one for author- and one for subject-file) can be supplied
for fifty cents a year. Members are asked to send to the Editor new orders and to
confirm standing orders without delay. Double sets for past years (1941-47) are
available at forty cents per year.

September^rns ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

197

A.O.U. Check-list Committee. Twenty-third Supplement to the American
Ornithologists’ Union Check-list of North American Birds. Auk 65 (3), July
1948:438-443. (Supplements 19-22 were published in the July issues of the
Auk, 1944-47.)

Barnes, Ventura Jr. The American Bittern in Puerto Rico. Wils. Bull. 60 (2),
June 1948:115.

Behle, William H. Birds observed in April along the Colorado River from Hite
to Lee’s Ferry. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:303-306. (Utah and Arizona)

Benson, C. W. Geographical voice-variation in African birds. Ibis 90, Jan.
1948:48-71.

Borell, a. E. The Wood Duck in New Mexico. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:
117.

Brodkorb, Pierce. Taxonomic Notes on the Laughing Falcon. Auk 65 (3), July
1948:406-410, 1 fig. (Herpetotheres cachinnans.)

Burleigh, Thomas D. Notes on the Birds of Georgia Based on Recent Collec-
tions Made in the State. Part 2. Oriole 13 (1), Jan. 1948:2-8.

Chapin, James P. Variation and Hybridization Among the Paradise Flycatchers
of Africa. Evolution 2 (2), June 1948:111-126, 5 figs.

Clay, Theresa. Relationships within the Sterninae as indicated by their Mallo-
phagan parasites. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:141-142.

Dunbar, Robert J. Water Fowl in East Tennessee. Migrant 19 (1), March
1948:1-4.

Eaton, Stephen W. Bird Distribution along the Peace, Slave and Little Buffalo
Rivers of Canada. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:345-352, pi. 10, 1 fig.

Eaton, Stephen W., and Ernest P. Edwards. Notes on Birds of the Gomez
Farias Region of Tamaulipas. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:109-114, map.

Eliot, Samuel A. Jr. Green-tailed Towhee at Northampton, Massachusetts. Auk
65 (2), Apr. 1948:301-302, pi. 9, upper fig.

Fitch, Frank W. Jr. Extension of breeding range of the Inca Dove. Auk 65
(3), July 1948:455-456. (Scardafella inca, in Brazos Co., Texas.)

Griscom, Ludlow. A note on the Western Swamp Sparrow (Melospiza georgiana
ericrypta Oberholser). Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:313.

Hamilton, Rodgers D. The range of the Northern Cliff Swallow in Alaska.
Auk 65 (3), July 1948:460-461.

Hawkins, Roland W. A New Western Race of the Nighthawk. Condor 50 (3),
May-June 1948:131-132. {Chordeiles minor twomeyi, new subsp. from Idaho)

Hill, Harold M., and Ira L. Wiggins. Ornithological Notes from Lower Cali-
fornia. Condor 50 (4), July-Aug. 1948:155-161, figs. 33-36.

Howell, Joseph C. Observations on Certain Birds of the Region of Kodiak,
Alaska. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:352-358.

Lamm, Donald W. Notes on the Birds of the States of Pernambuco and Paraiba,
Brazil. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:261-283.

Lloyd, Hoyes, and Robert G. Lanning. Observations on the birds of Renfrew
County, Ontario. Canad. Field-Nat. 62 (2), Mar.-Apr. 1948:47-65, map.

Lovell, Harvey B. The Pine Warbler in Kentucky. Kentucky Warbler 24 (3),
July 1948:33-39.

Lovell, Harvey B., and Anne L. Stamm. Breeding of the Cedar Waxwing in Ken-
tucky. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:461-462.

McAtee, W. L. Names of the Snowy Owl. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:294-295.

McLaughlin, Vincent P. Jr. Birds in an Army Camp. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:
180-188. (Taylor County, Texas.)

McMurry, Frank B. Brewster’s Booby collected in the United States. Auk 65
(2), Apr. 1948:309-310. (Sula leucogasler brewsteri.)

Manning, T. H. Notes on the country, birds and mammals west of Hudson Bay
between Reindeer and Baker Lakes. Canad. Field-Nat. 62 (1), Jan.-Feb.
1948:1-28, 9 figs.

198

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Manville, Richard H. The Vertebrate Fauna of the Huron Mountains, Michigan.
Amev. Midi. Nat. 39 (3), May 1948:615-640, 1 fig.

Mengel, Robert M. A Western Lark Sparrow from Florida. Wils. Bull. 60 (2),
June 1948:122.

Mengel, Robert M., and Dwain W. Warner. Golden Eagles in Hidalgo, Mexico.
Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:122.

Moreau, R. E. Some recent terms and tendencies in bird taxonomy. Ibis 90,
Jan. 1948:102-111.

Morrison, Alastair. Notes on the birds of the Pampas River valley, south Peru.
Ibis 90 Jan. 1948:119-126.

Morrison, Alastair. A list of the birds observed at the Hacienda Huarapa, De-
partment of Huanuco, Peru. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:126-128.

Olivier, Georges. Une visite aux Reserves de la National Audubon Society et
du Fish and Wildlife Service sur la cote du Texas. UOiseau Rev. Frang.
d’Ornith. 17 (2), 1947:131-144, 2 figs.

Orr, Virginia. Notes on Birds of Sandwich Bay and Vicinity, Newfoundland
Labrador. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:220-225.

PiTELKA, Frank A. Notes on the Distribution and Taxonomy of Mexican Game
Birds. Condor 50 (3), May-June 1948:113-123, fig. 28.

Racey, Kenneth. Birds of the Alta Lake Region, British Columbia. Auk 65
(3), July 1948:383-401.

Rand, A. L. Probability in Subspecific Identification of Single Specimens. Auk 65
(3), July 1948:416-432.

Rankin, M. Neal, and Eric A. G. Duefey. A Study of the Bird Life of the
North Atlantic. Brit. Birds 41 (Supplt.), July 1948, 42 pp., map.

ScHORGER, A. W. Pinicola enucleator eschatosus at Madison, Wisconsin. Auk
65 (2), Apr. 1948:308.

Shields, Louise, and Alston Shields. Prothonotary Warbler’s Nest in Wood
County, West Virginia. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:454.

Wilson, Rowland Steele. The Summer Bird Life of Attu. Condor 50 (3), May-
June 1948:124-129. (Alaska)

Wood, A. A. Status of the Montana junco (Junco oreganus montanus) in On-
tario. Canad. Field-Nat. 62 (1), Jan.-Feb. 1948:32.

Young, James B. The Northern Shrike in Kentucky. Kentucky Warbler 24 (2),
Apr. 1948:21-23.

See also Ecology: Graham and Hesterberg. Techniques: Harrison.

Evolution and Speciation

Lack, David. Natural Selection and Family Size in the Starling. Evolution 2
(2), June 1948:95-110, 1 fig.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Chapin; Moreau.

Migration and Flight

Blake, Charles H. More Data on the Wing Flapping Rates of Birds. Condor
50 (4), July-Aug. 1948:148-151.

Brqoks, Allan. Male Canvas-back, Aythya valishieria. Condor 50 (4), July-
Aug. 1948:162. (Sketch in black and. white)

Gladkov, N.-A. Etude sur certains faits determinant les particularites d’un oiseau
au vol. VOiseau Rev. Frang. d’Ornith. 17 (2), 1947:167-177, 3 figs.

Hurrell, H. G. Simultaneous Watch for Migrant Swifts. Brit. Birds 41 (5),
May 1948:138-145. (Apus apus)

Johnston, David W. The 1946-47 Pine Siskin Invasion of Georgia. Oriole 13
(1), Jan. 1948:1-2.

September 1948 ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Vol. 60, No. 3

199

Meade, Gordon M. The 1945-46 Snowy Owl Incursion in New York State.
Bird-Banding 19 (2), Apr. 1948:51-59.

Nicholson, Donald J. Nocturnal fresh-water wandering of the Black Skimmer.
Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:299-300.

WoLFSON, Albert. Bird Migration and the Concept of Continental Drift. Science
108 (2793), July 9, 1948:23-30, 6 figs.

Ecology

Austin, Oliver L. Predation by the Common Rat (Rattus norvegicus) in the
Cape Cod Colonies of Nesting Terns. Bird-Banding 19 (2), Apr. 1948:60-65.

Graham, Samuel A., and Gene Hesterberg. The Influence of Climate on the
Ring-Necked Pheasant. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (1), Jan. 1948:9-14, 2 figs.

Hoyt, J. Southgate Y. Observations on Nesting Associates. Auk 65 (2), Apr.
1948:188-196, pi. 7, 2 figs.

Lack, David. Notes on the ecology of the Robin. Ibis 90, Apr. 1948:252-279, 2
figs. (Erithacus rubeculd)

Musselman, T. E. a Changing Nesting Habitat of the Wood Duck. Auk 65
(2), Apr. 1948:197-203. (With notes on raising young Wood Ducks in
captivity.)

Oakes, C. “Plover’s Page” Behaviour of Dunlin, Brit. Birds, 41 (8), Aug. 1948:
226-228. (Relation between Calidris [Erolia] alpina and Pluvialis apricaria)

See also Life History and Behavior: Lawrence; Twomey. Food and Feeding
Habits: Scott. Population: Rowan.

Life History and Behavior

Anderson, Anders H., and Anne Anderson. Observations on the Inca Dove at
Tucson, Arizona. Condor 50 (4), July-Aug. 1948:152-154. (Scardafella inca)

Anderson, Anders H., and Anne Anderson. Notes on Two Nests of the Beard-
less Flycatcher near Tucson, Arizona. Condor 50 (4) ,. July-Aug, 1948:163-164.

Bagg, Aaron Moore. Wood Duck courting a Mallard. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:
451.

Barnes, Wm. B. Unusual nesting behavior of a Wood Duck. Auk 65 (3), July
1948:449.

Brackbill, Hervey. a Singing Female Wood Thrush. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June
1948:98-102.

Burnier, j., and R. Hainard. Le Grand-due chez lui. Bubo bubo (L). Nos
Oiseaux 19 (9), June 1948:217-236, pis. 7-8, 8 sketches.

Crandall, Lee S. Notes on the Display of the Three- wattled Bell-bird (Procnias
tricarunculata). Zoologica 33 (Part 2, No. 6), 1948:113-114, pi. 1.

DEL Toro, Miguel Alvarez. Polygamy at a Groove-billed Ani nest. Auk 65 (3),
July 1948:449-450.

Edwards, George, Eric Hosking, and Stuart Smith. Aggressive Display of the
Oyster-catcher (Studied by means of Stuffed Specimens and a Mirror). Brit.
Birds 41 (8), Aug. 1948:236-243, pis. 31-40.

Ford, E. R, Cowbird behavior. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:447,

Goodwin, Derek. Some abnormal sexual fixations in birds. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:
45-48.

Goodwin, Derek. Incubation habits of the Golden Pheasant. Ibis 90, Apr. 1948:
280-284.

Griscom, Ludlow. Notes on Texas Seaside Sparrows. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June
1948:103-108, 1 fig.

Hancock, James W. A Late-nesting Towhee. Kentucky Warbler 24 (3), July
1948:40.

200

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Hodges, James. A Case of Polygamy in the American Redstart. Bird-Banding
19 (2), Apr. 1948:74-75.

Huxley, J. S., Anthony Buxton, Collingwood Ingram, and Derek Goodwin.
Tameness in birds. Ibis 90, Apr. 1948:312-318.

Keighley, J., and R. M. Lockley. The Incubation and Fledging-Periods of the
Razorbill. Brit. Birds 41 (4), Apr. 1948:113-114. (Alca torda britannica)

Laskey, Amelia R. Nesting of Eastern Bluebirds in Abnormal Spring Weather.
Migrant 19 (1), March 1948:9-11.

Lawrence, Louise de Kiriline. Comparative Study of the Nesting Behavior of
Chestnut-sided and Nashville Warblers. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:204-219, 2
figs. (Ontario)

Lebret, T. The “diving-play” of Surface-feeding duck. Brit. Birds 41 (8), Aug.
1948:247.

Mason, Edwin A. Use of Wood Duck Nesting Boxes by Screech Owls. Bird-
Banding 19 (2), Apr. 1948:73.

Pickwell, Gayle. Barn Owl Growth and Behaviorisms. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:
359-373, pi. 11.

Preston, F. W., and J. M. McCormick. The eyesight of the Bluebird. Wils.
Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:120-121.

Price, Homer F. Cowbird tragedy at Prothonotary Warbler’s nest. Auk 65 (2),
Apr. 1948:298.

Rand, A. L. Summer flocking of the loon, Gavia immer (Brun.). Canad. Field-
Nat. 62 (1), Jan.-Feb. 1948:42-43.

Riggs, Carl D. The Family Eurypygidae: A Review. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June
1948:75-80, pi. 2.

Saunders, Aretas A. The Seasons of Bird Song. Revival of Song after the Post-
nuptial Molt. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:373-383.

Sick, Helmut. The Nesting of Reinarda squamata (Cassin). Auk 65 (2), Apr.
1948:169-174, pi. 6, 1 fig.

Skutch, Alexander F. Life History of the Golden-naped Woodpecker. Auk 65
(2), Apr. 1948:225-260. (Tripsurus chrysauchen)

Skutch, Alexander F. Life History Notes on Puff-birds. Wils. Bull. 60 (2),
June 1948:81-97.

Skutch, Alexander F. Anting by some Costa Rican birds. Wils. Bull. 60 (2),
June 1948:115-116.

Skutch, Alexander F. Life history of the Olivaceous Piculet and related forms.
Ibis 90, July 1948:433-449.

Skutch, Alexander F. Life History of the Citreoline Trogon. Condor 50 (4),
July-Aug. 1948:137-147.

Smyth, Thomas. Late nesting of Ruby-throated Hummingbird at Mt. Lake,
Virginia. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:308-309.

Snyder, L. L. Tradition in bird life. Canad. Field-Nat. 62 (2), March-Apr.
1948:75-77.

Sutton, George Miksch. The Nest and Eggs of the White-bellied Wren. Condor
50 (3), May-June 1948:101-112, figs, lb-27. (Nannorchilus leucogaster)

Twomey, Arthur C. California Gulls and Exotic Eggs. Condor 50 (3), May-
June 1948:97-100.

Van Tyne, Josselyn. Home range and duration of family ties in the Tufted
Titmouse. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:121.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. A nest of the Spruce Grouse in east-central Sas-
katchewan. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:118-119, pis. 3-4.

White, M., and C. J. Stevens. “Smoke-bathing” of Starling and of Herring-
and Black-headcd Gulls. Brit. Birds 41 (8), Aug. 1948:244.

Williamson, Kenneth. Field notes on nidification and distraction-display in the
Golden Plover. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:90-98.

September 1948 ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Vol. 60, No. 3

201

Williamson, Kenneth. Eider Duck plucking down during distraction-display.
Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:142-143.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Benson; Lovell and Stamm; Shields and
Shields. Ecology: Hoyt; Lack; Musselman; Oakes. Population: Warner.
Techniques: Atwood; Thompson and Taber.

Food and Feeding Habits

Chapman, Floyd B. Eastern Goldfinch feeding on June berry. Auk 65 (3), July
1948:446-447.

CoTTAM, Clarence. Unusual consumption of fish by three species of birds. Wils.
Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:117-118.

Davis, Malcolm. Cooper’s Hawk ‘drowning’ its prey. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:
298-299.

Hammond, Merrill C. Marsh Hawk kills Baldpate. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:297-
298.

Korschgen, Leroy J. Late-Fall and Early- Winter Food Habits of Bobwhite
Quail in Missouri. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (1), Jan. 1948:46-57.

Lagler, Karl F., and Catherine C. Wienert. Food of the Old-squaw in Lake
Michigan. Wils. Bull. 60 (2), June 1948:118.

Scott, Thomas G. Long-eared Owls and red foxes. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:447-
448.

Turcek, Frank. A Contribution to the Food Habits of the European Magpie
(Pica p. pica). Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:297.

See also Physiology : Nestler et al. Techniques: Hartley.

Population (including age, and mortality rates)

Bourliere, F. Quelques remarques sur la longevite dans la nature du Freux et
du Heron cendre. L’Oiseau Rev. Prang. dVrnith. 17 (2), 1947:178-181.
(Corvus frugilegus and Ardea cinerea)

Ganier, Albert F. Condition of Birds Following a Protracted Snow. Migrant
19 (1), March 1948:7-9.

Hohn, E. O. Mortality of adult and young Mallards. Brit. Birds 41 (8), Aug.
1948:233-235.

Lack, David. The significance of clutch-size. Part HI. — Some interspecific com-
parisons. Ibis 90, Jan. 1948:25-45.

Lack, David. Further Notes on Clutch and Brood Size in the Robin. Brit. Birds
41 (4 and 5), Apr. and May 1948:98-104, 130-137.

Murray, Robert W. Wintering Bobwhite in Boone County, Missouri. Jour.

Wildl. Manag. 12 (1), Jan. 1948:37-45, 1 fig.

Nelson, Bernard A. Pheasant Data from a Two-Year Bag Study in South
Dakota. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (1), Jan. 1948:20-31, 4 figs.

Rowan, William. The Ten-year Cycle. Outstanding Problem of Canadian Con-
servation. Publ. by Dept. Extension, Univ. of Alberta, Edmonton, 12 pp.,
illus.

Stott, Ken Jr. Notes on the Longevity of Captive Birds. Auk 65 (3), July
1948:402-405.

Warner, Dwain Whlard. The present status of the Kagu, Rhynochetos jubatus,
on New Caledonia. Auk 65 (2), Apr. 1948:287-288.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Manville. Evolution and Speclation: Lack.
Ecology: Austin. Life History and Behavior: Van Tyne.

202

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Techniques (including banding)

Atwood, Earl L. Goose Management at Kentucky Woodlands National Wildlife
Refuge, Kentucky Warbler 24 (2), Apr. 1948:23-27.

Bartholomew, George A, Jr. A Method of Capturing English Sparrows. Bird-
Banding 19 (2), Apr. 1948:72-73.

Calhoun, John B. Utilization of Artificial Nesting Substrate by Doves and
Robins. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (2), Apr. 1948:136-142, 3 figs,

Frank, William John. Wood Duck Nesting Box Usage in Connecticut. Jour.
Wildl. Manag. 12 (2), Apr. 1948:128-136.

Harrison, James M, Cabinet colour changes in bird skins. Brit. Birds 41 (4),
Apr. 1948:128.

Hartley, P, H. T. The assessment of the food of birds. Ibis 90, July 1948:361-
381, 1 fig.

Lovell, Harvey B. The Removal of Bands by Cardinals, Bird-Banding 19 (2),
Apr. 1948:71-72.

Robbins, Chandler S., and Robert E. Stewart. Maryland Piping Plover Re-
covered in the Bahamas. Bird-Banding 19 (2), Apr. 1948:73-74.

Shaub, B, M. Combination Window Trap and Feeding Tray. Bird-Banding 19
(2), Apr. 1948:65-70, 2 figs.

Thompson, Donald R., and Richard D. Taber. Reference Tables for Dating
Events in Nesting of Ring-Necked Pheasant, Bobwhite Quail, and Hungarian
Partridge by Aging of Broods. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (1), Jan, 1948:14-19,
2 figs.

White, C. M. N. Skull ossification in certain Passeriformes. Ibis 90, Apr. 1948:
329.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Young. Population: Nelson.

History, Biography, Bibliography, and Institutions
Peters, James L. Thomas Barbour, 1884-1946. Auk 65 (3), July 1948:432-438,
pi. 12.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Amadon.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The following gifts have been recently received.

Dean Amadon — 22 reprints
Ralph Beebe — 18 periodicals
William G. Fargo — 22 reprints and
periodicals

Adrian C. Fox — 1 reprint

Fr. Haverschmidt — 1 reprint

George E. Hudson — 1 reprint

Hermann Jahn — 1 book

John C. Jones — 44 reprints

Alice D. Miller — 1 book

O. J. Murie — 31 reprints and journals

J, J. Murray — 3 reprints

Margaret M. Nice — 3 books ,

From:

William H, Phelps — 6 reprints
William H. Phelps, Jr. — 2 reprints
Frank A. Pitelka — 182 periodicals

K. W. Prescott — 1 book, 19 periodicals
C. L. Remington — 1 reprint

L. E, Richdale — 26 reprints
W. E. Scott — 5 reprints
Arthur E. Staebler — 1 book
Wayne Short — 1 bulletin
Wendell Taber — 1 reprint
Josselyn Van Tyne — 10 reprints
James B. Young — 1 reprint

F. R. Zimmerman — 1 reprint

The following books have been recently purchased from the Wilson Orni-
thological Library Fund: G. L. Walls, “The Vertebrate Eye” (1942) and J. J.
Hickey, “A Guide to Bird Watching” (1943).

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

WILSON CLUB LIBRARY

203

BOOKS: List 6

Books added to the Wilson Orni-
thological Club Library since the pub-
lication of List 5 {Wilson Bulletin 59,
No. 3, September, 1947:190-191). Lists
1 to 4 were published in the September
issues, 1943-1946.

Altum, Bernard, Der Vogel und sein
Leben. 1869.

Anderson, R. M., The birds of Iowa.
1907.

Barclay-Smith, Phyllis, Garden birds.
1946.

Beebe, William, A monograph of the
pheasants. 1918-1922.

Bene, Frank, The feeding and related
behavior of hummingbirds. 1946.
Bruner, Lawrence, R. H. Wolcott, and
M. H. Swenk, A preliminary review
of the birds of Nebraska. 1904.
Chapman, Frank M., Color key to
North American birds. 1912.

Cook, A. J., Birds of Michigan. 1893.
Cooke, W. W., The birds of Colorado.
1897.

Cooke, W. W., Further notes on the
birds of Colorado. 1898.

Coues, Elliott, Birds of the Northwest:
A hand-book of the ornithology of
the region drained by the Missouri
River arid its tributaries. 1874.
Dumont, Philip A., A revised list of
the birds of Iowa. 1934.

Grave, B. H., and Ernest P. Walker,
The birds of Wyoming. 1916.
Griscom, Ludlow, Modern bird study.
1947.

Haverschmidt, Fr., Faunistisch Over-
zicht van de Nederlandsche Broed-
vogels. 1942.

Hickey, Joseph J., A guide to bird
watching. 1943.

Howe, Reginald Heber Jr., and E.
Sturtevant, The birds of Rhode
Island. 1899.

Howe, Reginald Heber Jr., and G. M.
Allen, The birds of Massachusetts.
1901.

Hungarian Ministry of Education,
Damna scientiae hungaricae. 1946.
Jahn, Hermann, Zur Oekologie und
Biologie der Vogel Japans. 1942.
Johnston, I. H., Birds of West Virginia.
1923.

Knight, Ora W., A list of the birds of
Maine. 1897.

Kopman, Henry Hazlitt, Wild acres.
A book of the Gulf Coast country.
1946.

Lack, David, Darwin’s finches. 1947.
MacDonald, Malcolm, The birds of
Brewery Creek. 1947.

Merikallio, Einari, Uber regionale Ver-
breitung und Anzahl der Landvogel
in Sud- und Mittelfinnland. . . .

1946.

Murray, Joseph James, Wild wings.

1947.

Nash, C. W., Check list of the verte-
brates of Ontario and catalogue tf
specimens in the biological section of
the Provincial Museum: birds. 1905.
Pearson, T. Gilbert, C. S. Brimley, and
H. H. Brimley, Birds of North Caro-
lina. 1919.

204

THE WILSON BULLETIN

September 1948
Vol. 60, No. 3

Ruthven, Alexander G., A biological
survey of the sand dune region on
the south shore of Saginaw Bay,
Michigan. 1911.

Saunders, Richard M., Flashing wings.
1947.

Stone, Witmer, The birds of New
Jersey. 1909.

Tout, Wilson, Lincoln County birds.
1947.

Trelease, Sam F., and E. S. Yule, Pre-
paration of scientific and technical
papers (3rd ed.) 1936.

Walls, G. L., The vertebrate eye and
its adaptive radiation. 1942.

Wetmore, Alexander, Birds of Porto
Rico. 1916.

TO OUR CONTRIBUTORS

Our members are asked to submit articles for publication in the Bulletin.
Manuscripts will be accepted only with the understanding that they have not
previously been published or accepted for publication elsewhere.

Manuscript. Manuscripts should be typed, with double-spacing and wide
margins, on one side of white paper of good quality and of standard size (854 x 11).
The title should be brief and should indicate the subject clearly. Ordinarily the
scientific names of the birds treated should be given and should appear early in
the article. Most articles should conclude with a brief summary.

Bibliography. Literature referred to in the text should be cited by author’s
name, year of publication, and exact page of the particular reference. Such litera-
ture should ordinarily be listed in full at the end of the paper.

Illustrations. Photographic prints, to reproduce well as half-tones, should
have good contrast and detail. Please send prints unmounted, and attach to
each print a brief but adequate legend. Do not write heavily on the backs of
photographs.

Proof. Authors are requested to return proof promptly. Expensive alterations
in copy after the type has been set must be charged to the author.

Reprints. Orders for reprints, which are furnished to authors at cost, should
accompany the returned galley proof.

Reprint Schedule of The Wilson Bulletin

Each

additional

1 page

2 pp.

4 pp.

8 pp.

12 pp.

16 pp.

4 pp.

100 copies

Each additional

.. $3.05

$4.28

$5.65

$7.39

$8.95

$9.71

$1.33

100 copies

. $1.49

$2.00

$2.85

$3.75

$4.61

$5.48

.86

Covers: $5.04 for first 100 copies; $2.60 for each additional 100 copies.

Charge will be made for a minimum of 100 reprints.

Authors are asked not to pay for reprints before receiving an itemized bill
from the press.

mud. y

LIBRARY

JAN -6 (91*9

HfiHVARD

1948

Vol.60 DE

UNIVtHiillY

Number 4

•CEMBER ISSUE Pages 205-308

Cte JSttlletin

Published by the

l^ifeon (j^rnitljological Club

at

Ann Arbor, Michigan

THE WH.SON BULLETIN

The ohicial organ of the Wilson Ornithological Club, published quarterly, in March,
June, September, and December, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. In the United States
the subscription price is $2.CX) a year. Single copies, 50 cents. Outside of the
United States the rate is $2.25. Single copies, 60 cents. Subscriptions should be
sent to the Treasurer. Most back issues of the Bulletin are available at 50 cents
each and may be ordered from: Josselyn Van Tyne, Editor, University of Mich-
igan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

All artides and communications for publication, books and publications for
review, exchanges, and claims for lost or undelivered copies of the magazine,
should be addressed to the Editor.

The current issue of The Wilson Bulletin is printed by the Ann Arbor Press,
Ann Arbor, Michigan. Entered as second class matter July 13, 1916, at Ann Arbor,
Michigan, under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB
Founded December 3, 1888

Named after Alexander Wilson, the first American ornithologist.

President — Olin S. Pettingill, Jr., Carleton College, Northfield, Minn.

First Vice-President — Maurice Brooks, West Virginia University, Morgantown

Second Vice-President — W. J. Breckenridge, University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis.

Treasurer — Burt L. Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Ky.

Secretary — Harold Mayfield, 2557 Portsmouth Ave., Toledo 12, Ohio.

Editor of The Wilson Bulletin — ^Josselyn Van Tyne.

Associate Editor — Margaret M. Nice.

Assistant Editor — G. Reeves Butchart.

Membership dues per calendar year are: Sustaining, $S.CX); Active, $3.00; As-
sociate, $2.00. The Wilson Bulletin is sent to all members not in arrears for dues.

WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library, housed in the University of Michi-
gan Museum of Zoology, was established in concurrence with the University of
Michigan in 1930. Until 1947 the Library was maintained entirely by gifts and
bequests of books, pamphlets, reprints, and ornithological magazines from mem-
bers and friends of the Wilson Ornithological Club. Now two members have
generously established a fund for the purchase of new books; members and
friends are invited to maintain the fund by regular contributions, thus making
available to all Club members the more important new books on ornithology and
related subjects. The fund will be administered by the Library Committee, who
will be glad of suggestions from members on the choice of new books to be added
to the Library. Harold F. Mayfield (2557 Portsmouth Avenue, Toledo, Ohio) is
Chairman of the Committee. The Library currently receives 65 periodicals, as
gifts, and in exchange for The Wilson Bulletin. With the usual exception of rare
books in the collection, any item in the Library may be borrowed by members
of the Club and will be sent prepaid (by the University of Michigan) to any ad-
dress in the United States, its possessions, or Canada. Return postage is paid by
the borrower. Inquiries and requests by borrowers, as well as gifts of books,
pamphlets, reprints, and magazines, should be addressed to “The Wilson Club
Library, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan.”
Contributions to the New Book Fund should be sent to the Treasurer, Burt L.
Monroe, Ridge Road, Anchorage, Kentucky (small sums in stamps are acceptable).
A preliminary index of the Library’s holdings was printed in the September 1943
issue of The Wilson Bulletin, and each September number lists the book titles in
the accessions of the current year. A brief report on the recent gifts to the
Library is published in every issue of the Bulletin.

JAN -6 i9(*9

A QUAI^ERLY MJtGA2mB^-©RNITH0L0GY
Published by the Wilson Ornithological Club

1948
Vol. 60

DECEMBER ISSUE

Number 4
Pages 205-308

CONTENTS

Snowy Egret (Leucophoyx thula)
Verdin (Auriparus flaviceps)

Allan D. Cruickshank pi. 6
Allan D. Cruickshank pi. 7

Origin of the Bird Fauna of the West Indies James Bond 207

Gannet in eastern Indiana, Charles M. Kirkpatrick; A Pleisto-
cene record for Mergus merganser, Alexander Wetmore;
Eskimo Curlew and Whimbrel collected in Newfoundland
Labrador, Josselyn Van Tyne; Notes on care and development
of young Chimney Swifts, Maurice F. Baker; Alternate care of
two nests by a Ruby-throated Hummingbird, Walter P.
Nickell; The Calandria Mockingbird flashing its wings, Louis
J. Halle, Jr.; MacGilUvray’s Warbler in Cameron County,
Texas, Max Minor Peet; Nest-building adaptability of the
Eastern Red-wing, Louis W. Campbell; Bronzed Crackle
anointing plumage with orange-skin, Amelia R. Laskey;

Bird notes from southeastern Texas, J. Dan Webster; An un-
usual song of the Slate-colored Junco, Hervey Brackbill
Editorial • Ornithological News • New Life Members 247
Ornithological Literature 249

J. L. Peters, Check-list of Birds of the World (Vol. 6), re-
viewed by J. Van Tyne; Hellmayr and Conover, Catalogue of
Birds of the Americas, reviewed by J. L. Peters; Hatt, Van
Tyne, Stuart, Pope, and Grobman, Island Life: A Study of the
Land Vertebrates of the Islands of Eastern Lake Michigan,
reviewed by J. L. Peters; A. C. Bent, Life Histories of North
American Nuthatches, Wrens, Thrashers, and Their Allies,
reviewed by F. A. Pitelka; A. M. Bailey, Birds of Arctic
Alaska, reviewed by O. J. Murie; F. Bene, The Feeding and
Related Behavior of Hummingbirds, reviewed by H. B.
Tordoff; Bibliography

The Wilson Ornithological Club Library 257

Wilson Ornithological Club Roll 258

Index to Volume 60, 1948 298

Bird Weights from Surinam
General Notes

Fr. Haverschmidt 230
240

y

f

V)-;.

m ?)- ..

,,;.aHx:,

^ffirrfr/:si»>. w C' ;, ,

.y^u~.:.-c.iei::.j^ -

<. u.jt^:yf ,. V-' ■ • "■ ...'"’

w<> 7 miM fUKi y M(t , . . /■ •■ -■, , *J»» .to'/

■, / r >.< ■• • 5.''^

i

Ofl*: " f > / ^ ^

\ M, > .a, filM' ’' .

I *it'ut i^n I in^^l f W to /vXii aH aibil smt to '

Oil tujuy 14- Till ,}^ 7 ., . KA>MU4 uci^Xs^om^^ ,

,0K - '■'■■^ "v ^ X».4i^'.30

■ -‘.?^i'/ . r. ' ,M ii»lu,,L>AW4irA^S =

;nv^{;n<].- vMiixxJfhlA,

V. > '»^5ii i* X M r. . :>ny,V taV ;

.C:4it5] ,. > ^il&o > Ai're i'A;fi*<i :H ,Uv

. I * • i_ •'« r . ^ t . i . t *1 .

V' >i‘»UWn\V4lV'/. ,ls*H ’ idiia xuM .VKfclf^ , -1

im>iU'.ViV5 fr.iKa' '> ■,i;..iVit-.»’J .'■7 i<li. i.t J

IV/jim-X .'(' .i <v '. '.j ‘■■’BV ?»>''.«'W.'J- I'f ^

-11) *^v. )\svi^yif -,i»CV 7. |i'i 10

* '* ‘ '/ r/nU ,•: . .4^ ■vV^l y< ^ *«tK *’^‘*

^ '^:^ > lii .-tM «» * Li fn* >V • : /S^ V a )f<K» Tv f " " ^

k

■Ji„,f'J H U»* V ..I J|

* A&ff *4 fill >vjt ♦.t ' '"i

• ^Xv IM 7 ^y.wVi is LfVMi V,naii\l- • iiaa B.

• 'n %%>UT‘X ' ■> V->rt'‘ ' 1 TL'H

AlvV7)^vtSi n,V (HS\l\ '4l.'»M <■ VI -,^.‘4,

•y -Aw '>•' ‘-4'V ,\'';i!t;<i»in .*. ..'^.,-.<4-6w w»: ' .

4)h» 1 .I'lV.’i . t-S Wit''. .1 ,0 'hi l>g«. )i-^r.«^«sr. ,»*

.« .If V!ijf KwyHV' ,,^?H5S5«.J'v.vt*-'iy' ■«

N,,.. ■ • ' .• .^. . ' '■' ’,

t?i5' f...

. i«i., '’. .(*

»b'S» -•■i>’*----<^V.»»9l -.V -• »Vr^OA^sll;ylw *s<mi

Hri-y " ■ ■•■■—

v'V H

Plate 6

Snowy Egret (Leucophoyx thula). Photographed by Allan D. Crukkshank
at Aransas Refuge^ Texas, April 1948.

biuiiniKi I

JAN -6 I9(i9

December 1 548

December 1 548 TTTF

Vol. 60, N<;j 4

THE WILSON BULLETIN

207

FAUNA OF THE WEST INDIES

BY JAMES BOND

LTHOUGH our knowledge in ornithology of the West Indies

(which include the Antilles, Cayman and Swan Islands, St. An-
drew and Old Providence, and the Bahama Islands) far surpasses
that in any other natural science, there has been no comprehensive
zoogeographic study of the bird life of the region. During the present
century many important data have been gathered, chiefly through
taxonomic research and field work, enabling us to understand more
clearly the relationships of a number of West Indian genera and spe-
cies, and forcing us to revise our concepts of their origin.

Most students of West Indian zoogeography now consider the islands
oceanic, at least in the sense that their vertebrate fauna was received
across the sea. It seems probable that no land-bridge has connected
any of the islands with the mainland since Oligocene time, when,
geologists believe, the Antilles were almost entirely submerged (Schuc-
hert, 1924: 593-595). The earliest land mollusks known from the
West Indies are Miocene (H. A. Pilsbry, verbal information), al-
though certain Antillean groups may have survived from an earlier
period (Pilsbry, 1930: 222-223).

Referring to mammals, Simpson (1940:154) states that “in the
West Indies the Pleistocene land mammals included only peculiar
rodents, insectivores and ground sloths, without any of the ungulates,
carnivores, and other groups abundant on all adjacent continental
areas. This fauna, too, is inexplicable as a result of normal filtering
on a land-bridge.” Simpson suggests that mammals reached the West
Indies by adventitious migration, because this theory explains “sim-
ply and completely, facts that the land-bridge theory does not explain”
(p. 156). Some mammals have been introduced in the West Indies by
man. I have seen Procyon, Dasyprocta, and the West Indian endemics,
Capromys and Geocapromys, in captivity, and on a number of occa-
sions have partaken of their flesh. Such animals are sometimes car-
ried about in order to provide a supply of fresh meat. Chapman
(1892:326) considered that the discovery of a Geocapromys on “Swan
Island” (= Little Swan Island) “differing but slightly if at all from
the Jamaican species,^ points strongly towards the former extension of
land in this direction.” However, Geocapromys was presumably
brought to this remote islet “by aborigines or by rafting” (Allen,
1942:111).

^ The existing Jamaican form (C. brownii) is slightly larger and darker than that
from Little Swan Island.

West Indies Considered as Oceanic Islands

208

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

In discussing the origin of the herpetological fauna of the Antilles,
Emmet Dunn states (in litt.) : “I don’t believe in land connections at
all, except during glacial periods between islands on the same (40
fathom) bank; and I see no explanation of this fauna possible on
terms of land connection with either Central or South America. I can
point to Cuban genera which could only have come from Florida;
from Europe; from Africa; from Central America; from South
America. No conceivable juggling around of mainland forms in past
times could have got that lot together at one time and place for a
land-bridge or a close oversea hop. And Cuba has by far the best
representation of mainland genera. This is a prime fact in the herpe-
tological situation.”

As a result of his study of West Indian land mollusks Pilsbry
(1930:222) states that “it does not seem likely that there has been a
direct connection between Cuba or Jamaica and any part of Yucatan
or Central America later than Paleocene or Eocene.”

But, to my mind, the strongest case in favor of considering the
West Indies as oceanic islands is that presented by Myers (1938:356),
who states that “the most striking feature of the fresh-water fish
fauna of the West Indies is the complete absence of members of the
primary division of fresh-water fishes, in particular the Ostariophysi,
which swarm in all the waters of North, Central, and South America.”
He believes that these aggressive fishes, had they reached the Antilles,
would have thriven and that nothing short of complete submergence
of the larger islands would have destroyed them. Hence he concludes
(p. 362) that “the only conceivable continental connection of a
Greater Antillean land mass is one with Central America at a time
when neither the North American nor the South American Ostariophysi
had invaded much of Middle America Finally, if we are to sup-

pose that all the South American Ostariophysi originally wended their
way southward through Central America, I believe we should have to
push any such continental bridge back into the Mesozoic, if indeed it
ever existed at all.”

Mayr (1944:186) considers that “the majority of the land bridges
postulated during the past 50 years are to be rejected.” He writes
(in litt.) that since “the distances between the various Antilles are so
much shorter than the well-substantiated jumps made by Pacific birds,
I would not hesitate to accept transoceanic dispersal for the whole
Antillean [Region] bird fauna without any major change of the pres-
ent geographical contours.”

I shall show that birds probably reached the West Indies over
water, for the most part at times when the water gaps were smaller,
as during the glacial periods of the Pleistocene. The former proximity
of Jamaica to Honduras is indicated by contour maps of the Caribbean
Sea. The shallow, submarine shelf is seen to extend to the Rosalind

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

209

Bank, far to the eastward of Honduras. A smaller shelf extends south-
westward from Jamaica to the Pedro Bank. In the intervening area
is a relatively deep (600-700 fathom) channel that may have been the
only important water barrier separating Jamaica from Honduras.

For birds (as also for bats, reptiles, amphibians, and invertebrates)
the problem of oversea transportation is obviously simpler than for
mammals and fresh-water fishes. Nevertheless, numerous families of
birds are remarkably sedentary, among which are the Galliformes
which are absent, except by introduction, from the West Indies. True,
there is a Bob-white {Colinus virginianus cubanensis) in Cuba and the
Isle of Pines, but it has been suggested by Gundlach (1893:171) that
the species was introduced in this Republic about the close of the
eighteenth century.^ In this connection it is of interest that the Rufous-
tailed Chachalaca {Ortalis ruficauda), which has been introduced on two
of the Grenadines, has evidently thriven on these islands. It is also
noteworthy that there are no jays (Garrulinae) in the West Indies,
although crows (Corvinae) are well represented in the Greater An-
tilles. Jays are much more sedentary than crows. For example, it is
unusual to find jays on any of the islands off the coast of Maine (even
such large islands as Mt. Desert and Grand Manan) during any season
of the year, although the Blue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata) and (in the
colder months) the Canada Jay {Perisoreus canadensis) are not rare
on the adjacent mainland.

Under normal conditions a stretch of open water, such as a channel
or strait, presents a very effective barrier over which, as I have stated
(1942:97), “only the more aggressive birds are wont to cross.” I
should have added “if and when they are subjected to a physiological
urge to do so.” If a sedentary mainland species is found on an oceanic
island its presence there must be regarded as having probably been
brought about through purely fortuitous circumstances. A hurricane
may sometimes be responsible, as suggested by Darlington (1938:278).

The dispersal of forms of life apart from winged creatures is brought
about in a different manner. Flotsam must be a major factor in the
spreading of plants, invertebrates, and probably of mammals. After
heavy rains in the mountains the larger rivers in the West Indies bring
down debris, part of which, on reaching a relatively calm sea, might
not be affected by salt water, and yet be transported by winds and
currents from one island to another. Thus, it seems to me that even
delicate invertebrates, susceptible to salt water, might be carried some
distance across a sea or ocean. Mayr (1944:182) states that “it has
been found that even strictly oceanic islands in the Pacific may have
rather rich faunas of snails, flightless insects, lizards, and other animals
which were formerly believed to be able to spread only with help of

* Cuban “quail” are certainly of mixed stock, and although those from the Isle of
Pines are supposed to be true cubanensis, an adult male that I collected there can almost
be matched with Florida individuals.

210

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

land bridges.” He adds that “the most successful colonizers among
the beetle fauna of eastern Polynesia are small flightless species that
breed in dead twigs.”

There is general agreement that South America and North America
have been separated during most of the Tertiary. The two continents
are believed to have been united last in middle or upper Pliocene when
the Isthmus of Tehuantepec emerged and, of course, have remained
united ever since. According to Mayr (1946:9) a previous connection
is thought to date back to lower Eocene. During the Miocene there
existed between North and South America a group of Central American
and Antillean islands which I call the Caribbean Archipelago. During
the existence of the Caribbean Archipelago the southern half of the
North American continent was tropical and possessed a fauna distinct
from that of South America. There is evidence that this “tropical
North American fauna” existed at an early date in Central America
and thence spread sporadically to the West Indies. This dispersal was
doubtless accelerated by hurricanes. It is also apparent that in Pleisto-
cene time a number of birds from southeastern North America estab-
lished themselves on the West Indies, and it is noteworthy that all but
one of these species are indigenous to Florida. The single exception
is the boreal White-winged Crossbill {Loxia leucoptera) , which I shall
discuss later. It appears likely that all these birds became part of the
indigenous fauna of the islands at times when they were not subject to
a migratory urge. Unfavorable climatic conditions in the north not
only forced birds south of their normal breeding ranges, but also
apparently caused the extensive migrations from North America to the
West Indies, Central America, and South America that we see today.

Analysis of the Avifauna

Irrespective of the manner by which the indigenous West Indian
birds were originally established on the islands, it is obvious that the
West Indian avifauna is fundamentally tropical North American. The
same is true of the Central American avifauna, although here the
northern element is much restricted, due primarily to competition that
has resulted from the influx of South American species following the
formation of the Central American isthmus. Chiefly as a result of such
invasions, approximately 25 families of birds are indigenous to
Central America (between Chiriqui, Panama, and the Isthmus of
Tehuantepec) that are not represented in the West Indies.

There are certain important differences between the tropical North
American element of the avifauna of the West Indies and that of Cen-
tral America. In Central America there are motmots (Momotidae),
a family believed to have arisen in northern Central America (Chap-
man, 1923:58); but there are no motmots in the West Indies, where
they are replaced by the todies (Todidae). Again, the silky flycatchers
(Ptilogonatidae), which constitute a characteristic, but probably not

Janies

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

211

autochthonous,® Central American element, are absent from the West
Indies, where they are presumably represented by palm-chats (Duli-
dae). The todies and palm-chats may have developed as families in
the Greater Antilles, but I am inclined to believe that Dulus, which is
a sturdy, strong-flying, bird and among the most abundant of Hispani-
olan species, is a relict that developed on the mainland. If it were an
ancient West Indian form we should expect representation of the genus
on other of the larger islands. In regard to the todies, the most primi-
tive of West Indian birds, it is noteworthy that there is only one genus
in this family, whereas there are six genera of motmots, and five of
these inhabit Guatemala. The most significant difference between the
tropical North American elements in the avifauna of Central America
and the West Indies is the apparent absence of native gallinaceous birds
from the islands.

According to my “Check-list of Birds of the West Indies” (1945),
there are in the West Indies 175 indigenous Recent genera, represent-
ing 58 families. Of these no less than 50 (representing 21 families)
are endemic (i.e., not found elsewhere), of which number, 41 are
found in the Greater Antilles, 14 in the Lesser Antilles, and 7 in the
Bahama Islands (Table 1).^ In contrast, the entire group of East
Indian islands on the continental shelf, situated to the west of the
“Wallace Line,” possesses at most 7 endemic genera. It is thus evident
that the West Indies constitute a well defined Subregion of the North
American Region, with rather distinct Greater Antillean and Lesser
Antillean Provinces. I include the Bahama Islands in the former.

Much has been written to show the homogeneity of various other
faunas of the Greater Antilles, the veritable “heart-land” of the West
Indies, but it is apparent that the same can hardly be shown for the
bird fauna. The localized distribution of most West Indian genera in
these islands indicates that Cuba, Jamaica, Hispaniola, and Puerto
Rico have long been separated. An analysis of the endemic West
Indian genera that inhabit the four important Greater Antilles reveals
that 12 of the 19 found in Cuba are unknown from the other major
islands; 11 of 18 found in Hispaniola and 11 of 17 found in Jamaica
have not been reported from Cuba; 8 are found in Hispaniola but not
in Jamaica, and 7 in Jamaica but not in Hispaniola. Nine West Indian
endemic genera inhabit Puerto Rico, of which one (N esospingus) is
restricted to Puerto Rico, and two, both widespread in the Lesser An-
tilles, have not been definitely reported from the other three large
islands. Only four of the West Indian endemic genera (Todus, Sau~
rothera, Tolmarchus, Spindalis) occur on all four islands (Table 2).

•Jean Delacour informs me that the genus Hypocolius, of Asia Minor and northeast-
ern Africa, may be a member of this family.

* Although the number of genera here recognized is excessive according to modem
generic concepts, it is less than are recognized in the “Catalogue of Birds of the
Americas.” A narrow generic concept is useful in zoogeographic studies.

TABLE 1

Distribution of Bird Genera Endemic to the West Indies

212

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Endemic to
Lesser Antilles

Cyanophaia

Eulampis

Endemic to
Greater and Lesser
Antilles

"Ho

o

5

xn

<u ^

O o

<u ^

C/30

Endemic to
Greater Antilles

Cyanolimnas

s ^
lg

f §

Hyetornis

Gymnoglaux

Pseudoscops

Siphonorhis

Tachornis

Trochilus

Mellisuga

Temnotrogon

Priotelus

Todus

Nesoceleus

Xiphidiopicus

Nesoctites

Endemic to
Bahamas and
Greater Antilles

Saurothera f

Tolmarchus

Endemic to
Bahamas and
Greater and Lesser
Antilles

W

<

H

Q
1— 1

W

W

W

<

W

O

<

<!

W

Q

<

W

h-)

W

Q

Q

Q

<

Q

Q

hH

I-]

Q

t-H
r ^

P

h- 1

<

Q

h- 1

HH

w

s

O

W

<

p

W

<

hH

:z;

52:

p

Q

u

o

Q

<

u

O

o

o

3

r ^

p^

<

o

H

<

P.

p^

p^

o

hH

u

U

c/3

CJ

<

H

H

H

pL,

H

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

213

.Vi <j

s'§

IJ-S.
S ^ s

S.2 e3

ce

N

D c3
^

O <J->
M CU
c3 O
^ «->
c3 (U
CJh^

w

a m

flj

<u

.2^ 3

S *3 ^

2 a. bc-^
'5 o c 5^
^ *2

rl G cn gL
M O ^
M C3

« Cj

pl,pm!2;cj

C

Cj tn

a

o o

t/3

•;3 «

pL,^

^ tn t«

4) tj .1-1 "-H

i^-5g
•s-U §

o p

-d

(X

<fi

^'3

So

1 S

3 O

S.’S

—

CO «
T3

ca ^

E "co
O ^

XI o
J3 V,

<Ofi

Also inhabits Cozumel Island, off Yucatan.
Predominantly Lesser Antillean.

214

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Approximately half of the endemic West Indian genera belong to
cosmopolitan families of more or less doubtful origin. The remainder,
excluding the todies {Todus) and palm-chats {Dulus), are members of
tropical North American, or of South American, families.® I wish
particularly to discuss the “South American” element as represented
by the hummingbirds (Trochilidae), tyrant flycatchers (Tyrannidae),
honey-creepers (Coerebidae), and tanagers (Thraupidae). Of these
the tyrannids are unquestionably South American, while the remainder
are presumably so. All these families are now found in North America.

In the latest classification of the Trochilidae (Peters, 1945) 123
genera are recognized, of which as many as 24 are confined to North
and Middle America. In spite of the strikingly specialized forms of
hummingbirds in South America, we can only assume that the family
originated on that continent. It is possible that in North America
hummingbirds were formerly more widely distributed than they are
now. At present the more northern species are among the least spe-
cialized. Specialized forms would be greatly influenced by any change
of climate, such as occurred during the Ice Age, affecting the flowering
plants on which they depend. In spite of their aggressiveness many
hummingbirds have a restricted range; for example, the beautiful
little Bahaman Woodstar (Calliphlox evelynae)^ found on virtually
every island and cay of the Bahamas, has not become established else-
where. The West Indies possess numerous and notable species of this
family, in particular the Streamer-tail (Trochilus polytmus)oi Jamai-
ca, and the tiny Bee Hummingbird {Mellisuga [‘‘Calypte”] helenae)
of Cuba, the smallest bird in the world.

Honey-creepers (Coerebidae), a heterogeneous group related to
finches, tanagers, and wood warblers, comprise another family largely
dependent on flowers. Currently, 10 genera are recognized, though
certain of these (e.g., Conirostrum) should, perhaps, be placed with the
wood warblers (Parulidae). Six of the genera are found north of South
America, but only one genus (in fact, one species) is endemic to Middle
America. This is the aberrant Jamaican Orangequit {Euneornis), con-
sidered by some ornithologists as worthy of family rank. The internal
structure of the three genera of Coerebidae found in the West Indies
(Coereba, Cyanerpes, and Euneornis) was studied by Lucas (1894).
He considered them more nearly related to the Australasian honey-
eaters (Meliphagidae) than to the New World Parulidae or Thraupi-
dae, usually held to be their nearest relatives, basing his conclusions
primarily on the form of the tongue and pattern of the palate; but this
likeness probably is superficial and merely reflects their similar feeding
habits.

® South America has the richest bird fauna of any of the world’s continents, whereas
North America has the most impoverished.

Distribution of Endemic West Indian Genera in the Greater Antilles

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS 2 1 5

Puerto

Rico

ll><XIIIII><|X||||^lll

Jamaica

Hispaniola

Cuba

1 IXIXI 1 l«l 1

Callichelidon

Ferminia

Margarops^

Mimocichla^

Dulus

Euneornis

Microligea

Teretistris

Pyrrhuphonia

Spindalis

Phaenicophilus

Nesospingus

Calyptophilus

Ptiloxena

Nesopsar

Loxipasser

Loxigilla

Melopyrrha -

Loximitris

Torreornis

Puerto

Rico

X

-

X

_

X

—

Jamaica

Hispaniola

1 1 IXXI l«X|lxll \ X X X

Cuba

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cyanolitnnas

Geotrygon

Starnoenas

Hyetornis

Saurothera

Gymnoglaux

Pseudoscops

Siphonorhis

Tachornis

Sericotes^

Trochilus

Mellisuga

Temnotrogon

Priotelus

Todus

Nesoceleus

Xiphidiopicus

Nesoctites

Tolmarchus

Lamprochelidon

Has merely a toe hold in extreme eastern Puerto Rico. Another Lesser Antillean hummingbird genus {Orlhorhyncus) inhabits nearby Vieques

216

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

There are as many as five ® endemic West Indian genera of tanagers
(Thraupidae), a so-called South American family. I feel, however,
that tanagers may have developed independently, from similar frin-
gillid stock, in tropical North America and in South America. It must
be remembered that these birds are very close to the Richmondeninae,
an American subfamily of “finches.” As Griscom (1945:167) has
pointed out: “With a number of tropical American birds there is no
way to settle whether they shall be called tanagers or finches.” If
the tanagers are considered of purely South American origin, the
numerous genera (some very distinct) found in the West Indies indi-
cate that the family is highly aggressive, far more so than the tyrant
flycatchers (Tyrannidae) ; yet the A.O.U. “Check-list of North Ameri-
can Birds” (1931) lists only one tanager genus, in comparison with 11
genera of tyrant flycatchers, as occurring in North America north of
Mexico. This situation may be due to ecological factors rather than
to remoteness of the region of family origin.

The troupial family (Icteridae) is more sharply marked than the
tanager family (Thraupidae). There are some 30 icterid genera rep-
resented in South America, and 20 in North and Middle America.
Many of these genera are restricted to one region or the other, and it
seems futile to speculate on the continent of primary origin. The two
genera confined to the West Indies, the Cuban Ptiloxena and the Jamai-
can Nesopsar^ are closely related to widespread mainland genera, re-
spectively Dives and Agelaius. In fact, recent study of the Cuban
Blackbird {Ptiloxena atroviolacea) indicates that this species may be
congeneric with continental blackbirds of the genus Dives.

The tyrant flycatchers (Tyrannidae) are the only unquestionably
South American family of birds with endemic genera in North and
Middle America. The tyrannids belong to a large group or suborder
(Mesomyodi) of the Passeres, found in both the Old and New Worlds,
but best represented in South America. How the Mesomyodi reached
that continent is one of the great ornithological mysteries. They may
have been derived from the west (via Antarctica?), since the tapaculos
(Rhinocryptidae), with their center of abundance in Chile, are evi-
dently allied to the New Zealand wrens ( Acanthisittidae) , and may
represent the last successful mesomyodian invasion into South America.
The Mesomyodi obviously arrived rather recently in North and Middle
America. The northward spread was spearheaded by the compara-
tively aggressive tyrannids, of which a number of species have reached
Canada. Other, more or less sedentary, mesomyodian families prob-
ably did not become established in Central America until later, since
they have no endemic genera in Middle America and since only one
species, the Jamaican Becard {Platypsaris niger), has arrived in the
West Indies (where it is confined to Jamaica) . It is of interest to note

® One of these (Spindalis) is also found on Cozumel Island, Yucatan.

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

217

218

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

that the genus Platypsaris has reached the southern border of the
United States and, except for the tyrannids, is the northernmost of
mesomyodian genera. It is not surprising that the long-isolated Jamai-
can form, P. niger, is specifically distinct from its mainland relatives,
whereas the form found on the Tres Marias Islands, off the western
coast of Mexico, is conspecific with mainland birds.

There are 117 currently recognized genera of Tyrannidae, of which
10 are not indigenous to South America. Three of these are West
Indian, and are certainly not well marked. Two so-called genera of the
West Indies {^^Hylonax^’ and ^^Blacicus^^) I have long discarded, while
a third (Tolmarchus) might well be united with Tyr annus, from which
it differs chiefly in the absence of attenuated outer primaries, a char-
acter of questionable value generically. Indeed, it seems likely that the
Loggerhead Flycatcher {Tolmarchus caudijasciatus) reached the West
Indies later than the Gray Kingbird {Tyr annus dominie ensis) , for the
latter species, together with the Black- whiskered Vireo {Vireo altilo-
quus), has the now apparently unnecessary habit of migration to South
America from the northern and western parts of its range. North and
Central American genera of Tyrannidae, not indigenous to South
America, are more or less closely related to South American genera;
viz., Deltarhynchus, Eribates, and Nesotriccus are related to Myiar-
chus\ Nuttallornis to Contopus; Aechmolophus, Xenotriccus, and
Aphanotriccus to Praedo and to Mitrephanes. All are monotypic.

West Indian families believed of tropical North American origin
(Mayr, 1946) ^ include the Troglodytidae, Mimidae, Vireonidae, and
Parulidae. There are only two genera (one endemic) of wrens in the
West Indies, but there are numerous thrashers, vireos, and wood warb-
lers there, and the West Indian species in these families are more
closely related to North and Central American, than to South Amer-
ican, forms. Numerous species of the northern subgenus Vireo (in
which I include ^^Laletes^^ and ^^Lawrencia^^) are found in the West
Indies, but none of the widespread southern genus Hylophilus, though
it occurs in Trinidad and Tobago. Again, there are 8 indigenous West
Indian species of the northern wood warbler genus Dendroica, but
none of the southern Basileuterus.

The trogons, a pantropical group, are considered by Mayr (1946:
16) as probably of tropical North American or of Oriental origin.
There are two endemic West Indian genera, one of which {Temnotro-
gon) is barely separable from the mainland genus Trogon. Two other
West Indian families, the New World vultures (Cathartidae) and the
limpkins (Aramidae), are considered by Mayr (p. 6) as of probable
North American origin. This seems to be warranted by fossil evidence.

’The reader will find on pages 26 and 27 of this work by Mayr a classification by
origin of all the families of birds of the Americas.

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

219

but their inclusion in the North American element is purely tentative,
since there are few avian fossils known from South America.®

Relationships of species belonging to genera that are indigenous,
but not endemic, to the West Indies are usually more or less obvious.
Northern forms are characteristic of the West Indies, even among the
water birds. Thus we find among genera occurring in both North and
South America the Great Blue Heron {Ardea herodias), not the Cocoi
Heron (A. cocoi) \ the Green Heron {Butorides virescens)^ not the
Black-crowned Heron {B. striatus)\ the White Ibis {Guara alba), not
the Scarlet Ibis (G. rubra) ; and the remarkable South American genera
of the Ardeidae and Threskiornithidae are absent. All of the West a
Indian land bird genera, exclusive of endemics, are found in North
America (including Mexico) with the exception of two hummingbird
genera {Glaucis and CalUphlox), both known from Central America.
Of course the Antillean hermit {Glaucis), found in the West Indies
only on Grenada, was derived from South America, but the Bahaman
Woodstar {CalUphlox evelynae) has its nearest relative {bryantae) in
Costa Rica and western Panama.

There is reason to believe that very few West Indian species of
birds (and no West Indian genera) have invaded North or South
America. The aggressive grackles probably originated in southern North
America, and thence spread to Central America, the West Indies, and
(recently) to extreme northern South America. Perhaps the most prim-
itive of Central American grackles is the Nicaraguan species {Quiscalus
Y^Cassidix”] nicaraguensis) , which bears a remarkable resemblance to
certain races of the Lesser Antillean Quiscalus [‘‘Holo quiscalus” \
lugubris. The latter has now a toe hold in South America, where it is
virtually confined to towns and settlements, occurring in an association
or ecological niche not occupied by any other icterid.

Of the recent (probably Pleistocene) arrivals in the West Indies,
a number were obviously derived directly from North America, e.g., a
crane {Grus)^ flicker {Colaptes), and crows {Corvus)\ others appar-
ently from Central America, e.g., a rail {Porzana), jacana {Jacana),
and potoo {Nyctibius). The most extraordinary of the recent northern
immigrants is the Hispaniolan White- winged Crossbill {Loxia leucop-
tera megaplaga). Probably this Canadian and Hudsonian Zone species,
which on the mainland of North America does not now breed south of

® Of the 1 5 species of birds known in the West Indies only from subfossil bone
fragments, the most interesting are two Bahaman eagles {Calohierax and Titanohierax),
a peculiar rail (Nesotrochis), and the giant bam owls (Tyto pollens and T. ostologa).
This material is not very enlightening, except as an indication of the former abundance
of small mammals on these islands.

“The family Gruidae is considered of Old World origin by Mayr (1946: 19-20).
He states that cranes “are known from North America as far back as the middle
Pliocene — perhaps even earlier”; but Wetmore (1940: 48-50) records as many as 7
species of Gruidae from the Eocene. The Sandhill Crane (G. canadensis), the only
species found in the West Indies, is reported from the Pliocene.

220

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

the Adirondacks of New York, reached the West Indies fortuitously
during the Ice Age when it must have ranged farther south than at
present. Finding climatic and ecological conditions (viz., pine forest)
suitable, the bird has thrived in the mountains of Hispaniola at alti-
tudes above 4,000 feet.^^ However, it is the other North American or
“Holarctic” species, the Red Crossbill (L. curvirostra) , that has spread
southward into Central America.

Most of the recent arrivals in Cuba reached the island from the
north. On the other hand, most of those inhabiting Jamaica were
probably derived from the west, and some of these (e.g., the rail Por-
zana flaviventer, and Gray Potoo, Nyctibitis griseus) have spread to
Hispaniola. I am inclined to believe that two emberizine species, the
Grasshopper Sparrow {Ammodramus savannarum) and the Andean
Sparrow {Brachyspiza capensis) reached the Antilles from the west.
The former does not breed in Cuba, where conditions seem favorable to
its existence, and where it occurs as a rather rare but regular winter
resident. The species is widespread in North and Central America,
and is found in northwestern South America south to Ecuador. A
closely related genus (Myospiza) occurs in South America. The only
other indigenous species of this subfamily in the West Indies is the
peculiar Zapata Finch {Torreornis), confined to a remote part of the
Zapata Swamp in Cuba.^^ It is difficult to account for the dearth of
members of this subfamily of finches in the West Indies, since the
Emberizinae are well represented in both North and South America;
and 17 genera, including both Ammodramus and Brachyspiza^ inhabit
Central America.

The Andean Sparrow (Brachyspiza capensis) is absent from North
America (i.e., from north of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec), and is
known in the West Indies only from Hispaniola, where it has a more
circumscribed range than any other species (with the exception of the
La Selle Thrush, Turdus swalesi), being confined to the Cordillera
Central of the Dominican Republic. The Central American races of
Brachyspiza likewise inhabit only the hills and mountains, but at the
height of refrigeration of the Ice Age presumably occurred at low ele-
vations (Griscom, 1932:25). During this period the species may well
have inhabited Jamaica. Certain South American forms, such as the
race found on Curagao and Aruba, have become adapted to tropical.

“ Hispaniola is the only island in the West Indies with a distinct subtropical bird
fauna, and even here few species are restricted to the Subtropical Zone, notably Loxia
leucoptera and the Andean Sparrow {Brachyspiza capensis). In Cuba every species
characteristic of the higher altitudes in the Sierra Maestra also occurs elsewhere at or
near sea level, while all the species of other islands are known from elevations as low as
2,000 feet.

^ The three genera of birds that are confined to the Zapata Swamp (Cyanolintnas,
Ferminia, and Torreornis), are highly specialized in their adaptation to the conditions
under which they occur, indicating that such habitats have existed for a long period in Cuba.

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

221

even arid tropical, conditions. I feel confident that Brachyspiza was
developed in South America, probably during late Pliocene or early
Pleistocene, and subsequently worked its way northward. The original
stock that gave rise to Brachyspiza may have been derived from North
America, where closely related genera (viz., Zonotrichia, Melospiza,
and Passer ella) exist today. If the Andean Sparrow had spread south-
ward, as contended by Chapman (1940), we should expect the West
Indian and Central American races to be the most differentiated be-
cause of long isolation, but this is not the case. The migratory form,
australis, that breeds in southern South America, is the most distinct
of the many races of this species. Again, if a North American Brachy-
spiza had been so ‘‘exceptionally well qualified” to colonize (the genus
occurs in the Tropical, Subtropical, Temperate, and Puna Zones of
South America), one would expect some representation of the species
on the northern continent. Chapman was convinced that a southward
movement took place in “postglacial” times, a period estimated by
geologists as comprising 25,000 to 30,000 years; but it is unlikely that
geographic variation such as exists among South American forms of
this species could have developed in so short a period, for Wetmore
(1933:238) believes that since the close of the Tertiary “there have
arisen only some of the slight differences of color and size that dis-
tinguish the less well marked subspecies.” I agree with Chapman
(1940:385) that Brachyspiza is a poorly differentiated genus and con-
sider that the widespread B. capensis should be regarded as congeneric
with some, if not all, of the forms now included in the North American
genera mentioned above. At present, however, it seems premature to
call it, as Chapman does, a Zonotrichia.

Vulnerability of Insular Birds

Decreased competition and comparative scarcity of predators tend
to cause vulnerability in island populations. The individuals simply
do not retain the traits necessary to the existence of their mainland
representatives. For example, on Cozumel Island the Black Catbird
{Melanoptila glabrirostris) is abundant and remarkably tame, whereas
the same bird on the adjacent mainland is rare and very shy (Griscom,
1926:11). I have little doubt that if Black Catbirds from Cozumel
were released in Yucatan they would soon perish, but that those from
the mainland would survive if brought to Cozumel.

Although one species native to the West Indies has become estab-
lished in South America (the grackle Quiscalus lugubris), it is un-
likely that a genus peculiar to these islands could invade any conti-
nental area. It is axiomatic that a genus now confined to the West
Indies is not necessarily of West Indian origin; that the occurrence of
a genus both in the West Indies and in some part of the South or
North American continents is an indication of its mainland origin.

222

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Even the so-called West Indian genus Tiaris (the grassquits), one of
the most abundant and widespread genera in the West Indies, but of
local distribution in other parts of tropical America, probably origi-
nated in North or South America.

The Galapagos finches (geospizids), by far the most primitive of
Galapagos land birds, are believed by Lack (1945:7) to be
allied to the grassquits. I do not disagree, but consider that Melano-
spiza, a rare relict and monotypic genus confined to St. Lucia, is more
closely related. Lack states (pp. 6-7) that the only diagnostic feature
of the so-called subfamily “Geospizinae” is the presence of long, fluffy
feathers on the lower back; and this timaliid-like character is as fully
developed in the St. Lucian Black Finch {Melanospiza) , the adult male
of which bears a remarkable resemblance to the Medium Ground-finch
{Geospiza jortis). Ridgway (1901:544), an astute taxonomist, noted
the affinity of Melanospiza to Tiaris Y^Euetheia”]}^ It is possible that
the St. Lucian Black Finch represents a primitive stock that invaded
the Galapagos Islands and the West Indies, but has been extirpated
on the mainland due to stress of competition. The geospizids of the
Galapagos doubtless survived through lack of competition with main-
land species and the absence of important predators.

In the West Indies it is unusual to find more than one species of a
genus on any small island: where two such species associate, one is
always dominant. Such conditions do not necessarily prevail on the
mainland, nor even in Trinidad or on the four large islands of the
Greater Antilles which offer diverse ecological habitats. As many as
three resident species of Dendroica inhabit the pine forest of Grand
Bahama and Abaco, but each appears to occupy a separate ecological
niche. All may be found in the same tree, but the Olive-capped Warb-
ler {D. pityophila) is apt to forage nearer the ground than the Pine
Warbler {D. pinus)\ and the Yellow- throated Warbler {D. dominica),
unlike the other species, may often be seen probing for food behind
crevices in the bark, its long, narrow bill being well adapted to this
method of feeding.

Recent arrivals in the Lesser Antilles include the Yellow-bellied
Elaenia {Elaenia fiavogaster) . Previously, there had evidently been
two invasions of the genus into the West Indies; the first (probably
from Central America) represented by the Greater Antillean Elaenia
(E. jallax)y which inhabits Jamaica and Hispaniola; the second (pos-
sibly from Central America) represented by the Caribbean Elaenia
(E. martinica), a species that has a most extraordinary range. Con-
fined to the West Indies and other Caribbean islands, including man-
grove islets off the coast of Yucatan, the Caribbean Elaenia is more
numerous in the Lesser Antilles than elsewhere. It does not inhabit

“In the latest classification the Fringillidae (Hellmayr, 1938), Melanospiza,
Tiaris, and the geospizids are placed in three separate subfamilies.

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

223

Puerto Rico nor other islands to the westward, except the Cayman
Islands and some Caribbean islands off South and Central America.
The species is exceedingly like E. flavogaster morphologically, but dif-
fers considerably in behavior, and may readily be identified in the field.
Obviously, one would expect considerable competition between such
closely related (‘‘sibling”) species where their ranges overlap. This is,
indeed, the case. On Grenada, E. flavogaster has completely ousted
martinica from the lower, hotter parts, and these two flycatchers now
occur on this island as representative forms, one {martinica) inhabit-
ing the mountains, the other {flavogaster) the lowlands. In the Grena-
dines only flavogaster is found at the present time. On St. Vincent,
however, both flavogaster and martinica occur together near sea-level,
with the former decidedly dominant.

It is apparent that a continental form arriving in the West Indies
ousts its insular representative. Where, however, more than one spe-
cies of a genus has entered this region from the mainland a different
situation exists. In this case it appears that the first to become estab-
lished on a small island will tend to keep out any allied form. This is
well illustrated in the Apodidae by the distribution of Lesser Antillean
swifts of the genus Chaetura. Three South American species have in-
vaded the Lesser Antilles, but not more than one is known to occur on
a given island.^® Thus, the Gray-rumped Swift {Chaetura cinereiven-
tris) is the Grenada species; the Short-tailed Swift {Ch. brachyura),
the St. Vincent species; while the Lesser Antillean Swift {Ch. mar-
tinica) inhabits St. Lucia, Martinique, Dominica, and Guadeloupe.
All of the above, in addition to two other species of Chaetura, have
been recorded from Trinidad. Two of these Lesser Antillean swifts
have been noted on islands northwest of Guadeloupe, where their oc-
currence must be considered accidental or casual. It is evident that
these islands are too small to maintain even a single species of swift,
and therefore fail to constitute “stepping stones” for the spread of
these aggressive birds to Puerto Rico.

Derivation of the Lesser Antillean Avifauna

Most, if not all, birds that have arrived in the West Indies from
South America have entered the region via Jamaica or Grenada, but it
is astonishing that so few South American species have spread into
these islands. Every ornithologist who has visited Grenada and Trini-
dad has been amazed at the difference between their avifaunas. The
difference is even more marked if we compare the bird life of St. Lucia

“ Although I have never found more than one species of Chaetura on St. Vincent
and Grenada, it is quite possible that a second species exists on one or both of these
islands.

“ The Lesser Antilles comprise islands from Grenada north and northwest to the
Anegada Channel. They do not include the Virgin Islands, although these have a
Lesser Antillean element in their avifauna.

224

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

with that of the continental islands of Trinidad or Tobago. The inclu-
sion of the latter islands as part of the West Indies would more than
double the number of indigenous genera of land birds and add as many
as 15 families to this Subregion.

Among the earliest birds to invade the Lesser Antilles from South
America were hummingbirds (Trochilidae), for it is virtually certain
that the Lesser Antillean genera Orthorhyncus (Antillean Crested
Hummingbird) and Sericotes (Emerald-throated Hummingbird) were
derived from the south, since only on the southernmost islands do we
find racial variation: it would be futile to speculate whence came the
others — the Garnet- throated Hummingbird {Eulampis) and Blue-
headed Hummingbird {Cyanophaia) . Of the recent arrivals (i.e., birds
identical with, or not specifically distinct from, those of northern South
America), as many as 14 are not found north of St. Vincent. One
South American species, the Bananaquit {Coereba flaveola) is known
to be highly aggressive. There is a record of the Trinidad race (luteola)
from Grenada, a record of the Dominican race (dominicana) from
Martinique, and I have seen the species at sea at least two miles off the
coast of Antigua. The Glossy Cowbird (Molothrus bonariensis minimus')
was unknown in the Lesser Antilles until 1899, but has since become
established on these islands as far north as St. Lucia. Another example
of an aggressive South American species is the Blue-black Grassquit
{'V olatinia) , which inhabits Grenada and has been observed at sea be-
tween this island and Trinidad (Chapman, 1894:33). One important
fact to remember is that all of the South American genera that have
recently invaded the Lesser Antilles have likewise spread northward
into Central America, or at least now inhabit Central America.

Northern elements in the Lesser Antilles include wrens (Troglody-
tidae), thrashers (Mimidae), thrushes (Turdidae), vireos (Vireonidae),
and wood warblers (Parulidae). Among these families the genera and
species endemic to the Lesser Antilles are, I believe, relicts, and were
formerly more widespread in the West Indies. For example, the range
of the Pearly-eyed Thrasher {Mar gar ops fuscatus) is significant: pri-
marily Lesser Antillean, this species ranged west to Mona Island,
where it is abundant. It is also found on many of the southern Bahama
Islands, but is not known to occur beyond Mona in the Greater Antilles
except on the little island of Beata, off the southern coast of the
Dominican Republic.

The genera endemic to the West Indies and found in the Lesser
Antilles belong to five families, namely the hummingbirds, thrashers,
thrushes, wood warblers, and the finches. St. Lucia has the
richest, Grenada and Barbados the poorest, representation of these
genera (Table 3), while as many as seven (three strictly Lesser An-
tillean) inhabit the small and geologically recent island of Saba.

The distinctness of the avifauna of the Lesser Antilles is prob-
ably due to their geographical isolation, affording the birds compara-

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

225

TABLE 3

Distribution of Endemic West Indian Genera on the Larger Lesser Anthles

Guade-

Domi-

Marti-

St.

St.

Gren-

Barb-

loupe

nica

nique

Lucia

Vincent

ada

ados

Cyanophaia

-

X

X

-

-

-

-

Eulampis

X

X

X

X

X

-

-

Sericotes

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Orthorhyncus

Allenia

Margarops

X

X

• - TT.

X

X

X

•V

X

X

' *
X

A

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

X

?

Cinclocerthia

X

X

X

X

X

-

-

Ramphocinclus

-

-

X

X

-

-

-

Mimocichla

-

-X-

—

-

-

—

-

Cichlherminia

X

X

?

X

?

-

-

Catharopeza

-

-

-

-

X

-

-

Leucopeza

-

-

-

X

-

-

-

Melanospiza

-

-

-

X

-

-

-

Loxigilla

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

live freedom from competition. Scarcity of winter resident land birds
on these islands is also a factor favoring the survival of the relicts.
North American migrants abound in the Greater Antilles and the
Bahamas and have certainly had a deleterious effect on the indigenous
bird life. Thus, in Cuba, Jamaica, and Hispaniola, the Golden Warbler
(Dendroica petechia) is chiefly restricted to mangrove swamps, whereas
in the Lesser Antilles this warbler also inhabits secondary growth. The
primitive Arrow-headed Warbler {Dendroica pharetra)^ of Jamaica, is
confined to mountain forest, and is relatively less widespread than its
ally, the Lesser Antillean Plumbeous Warbler {D. plumbea).

Derivation of the Bahaman Avifauna

It is the accepted opinion that the present Bahama Islands were
submerged during Pliocene and (early ?) Pleistocene times, and have
never been connected with any other land area (Schuchert, 1935:
plate 16). All Bahaman birds must therefore be regarded as more or
less recent arrivals, and this is soon evident to any student of the
avifauna. The most notable Bahaman species are the Bahaman Wood-
star {Calliphlox evelynae) and the Bahaman Swallow (Callichelidon
cyaneoviridis) . The former, as I have pointed out, has its nearest rela-
tive in Central America, the genus having evidently been extirpated in
the intervening area. The latter comprises an ill-defined monotypic
genus not entirely restricted to the Bahamas, since individuals evidently
winter in Cuba. There is a decided Floridian element, including a
Brown-headed Nuthatch {Sitta pusilla), on the northwestern islands
of the group, but most of the birds have come from Cuba, probably
having reached the islands as a result of hurricanes. Such storms may
have carried Thick-billed Vireos {Vireo crassirostris) and bananaquits

226

THE WILSON BLT.LETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

{Coereba) to the Bahamas from the Cayman Islands. Neither is known
to occur in Cuba, perhaps because their ecological niches had been
filled by the Cuban Vireo {Vireo gundlachii) and Blue Honey-creeper
{Cyanerpes cyaneus) respectively, although this honey-creeper and the
bananaquit live side by side in tropical continental areas. The prox-
imity of the Bahamas to Cuba in periods of glaciation is indicated by
the extensive and extremely shallow Great Bahama Bank. The narrow
gap presented by the Old Bahama Channel would not have prevented
an influx of numerous Cuban birds into the northern islands.

Although some Bahaman forms (e.g., the Bahaman races of Mimo-
cichla plumb ea and Spindalis zena) are very distinct from those in
Cuba, there is little variation in birds on these islands, only seven spe-
cies breaking up into minor geographical races. For example, only one
form of the highly plastic bananaquit (i.e., Coereba flaveola bahamen-
sis) is found in the Bahamas.

It seems to me possible that the Bahaman forms of the Greater
Antillean Bullfinch (Loxigilla violacea) and Black-faced Grassquit
{Tiaris bicolor) may have been derived from Cuba, although neither
species occurs there at present. Taking their place in Cuba are the
Cuban Bullfinch {Melopyrrha nigra) and the Cuban Grassquit {Tiaris
canora). In support of this theory, I might mention that Black-faced
Grassquits of Hispaniola and Jamaica are identical, whereas Bahaman
individuals represent a quite distinct subspecies. Indeed, one cannot
mention a single land bird that can be said without question to have
reached the Bahamas from Hispaniola. Perhaps the explanation is that
the high mountainous ‘backbone” of this island is sufficient to dissipate
a hurricane moving up from the Caribbean, even such a storm as that
which devastated the southern coast of the Dominican Republic on
September 3, 1930, one of the worst ever recorded in the West Indies.
Probably as a result of this hurricane, four species reached Mona
Island, and at least three of these, a Sparrow Hawk {Falco
sparverius dommicensis) , the White-winged, Dove {Zenaida a. asiatica),
and the Smooth-billed Ani {Crotophaga ani) are now established there
as residents (Bond, 1946:2).

One of the most remarkable cases of bird distribution in the West
Indies is that of the Bahaman Mockingbird {Mimus gundlachii), a
species that is most nearly allied to South American forms of the
genus. Its range is very circumscribed in Jamaica, where it is confined
to arid sections near the southern coast. It also inhabits islets off the
northern coast of Cuba and is widespread in the Bahamas, but is absent
from Grand Bahama and Great Abaco, although present on the little
mangrove cays north of these islands.

Conclusions

The West Indies are a group of oceanic islands, at least in the
sense that their vertebrate fauna (mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians.

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

227

James
Bond

and fresh-water fishes) did not reach this region by way of a land
bridge. The islands comprise a Subregion of the North American
Region, and may be divided into two provinces — the Greater Antillean
Province (including the Bahama Islands) and the Lesser Antillean
Province.

The avifauna of the West Indies is fundamentally and predom-
inantly tropical North American, derived from the north and from the
west. The South American element, which entered through Jamaica
and the Lesser Antilles, is of comparatively recent arrival and com-
prises only members of aggressive families. The West Indies give us a
rather clear picture of a tropical North American avifauna, which has
been largely eradicated in Central America since the formation of the
Central American isthmus, which permitted an influx of a great many
more or less sedentary South American forms, for the most part of
mesomyodian families. What is left of the tropical North American
element in Central America is not unlike that which is present in the
West Indies, but it is significant that there are no jays nor, apparently,
any indigenous species of gallinaceous birds on these islands. A few
West Indian genera (e.g., Corvus, Sitta, Loxia) are of Palaearctic origin,
but these are also represented in North America.

The only so-called “South American” families with numerous endem-
ic genera in the West Indies are the Trochilidae (hummingbirds) and
Thraupidae (tanagers). The Trochilidae are probably, but not unques-
tionably, South American in origin; and the Thraupidae may have
arisen independently and simultaneously from primitive fringillid stock
in tropical North America and in South America, through parallel
evolution due to specialized feeding habits.

The avifauna of the Bahama Islands was almost entirely derived
from Cuba and Florida, with the Cuban element older and pre-
dominant.

There can be no doubt that dispersal of birds in the West Indies
has been largely brought about by hurricanes, but the prevailing east-
erly trade winds have had little effect on bird distribution.

Literature Cited

Allen, Glover M.

1942 Extinct and vanishing mammals of the Western Hemisphere. Amer.
Comm. Internatl. Wild Life Protection, Spec. Publ. No. 11.

Bond, James

1942 Additional notes on West Indian birds. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
94:89-106.

1945 Check-list of birds of the West Indies. Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia.

1946 The birds of Mona Island. Notulae Naturae No. 176.

Chapman, Frank M.

1892 Notes on birds and mammals observed near Trinidad, Cuba, with
remarks on the origin of West Indian bird-life. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., 4:279-330.

228

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1Q4S
Vol. 60, No. 4

1894 On the birds of the Island of Trinidad. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
6:1-86.

1923 The distribution of the motmots of the genus Momotus. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 48:27-59.

1940 The post-glacial history of Zonotrichia capensis. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., 77:381-438.

Darlington, P. J. Jr.

1938 The origin of the fauna of the Greater Antilles, with discussion of
dispersal of animals over water and through the air. Quart. Rev. Biol.,
13:274-300.

Griscom, Ludlow

1926 The ornithological results of the Mason-Spinden expedition to Yucatan.
Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 236.

1932 The distribution of bird-life in Guatemala. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
64.

1945 Modern bird study. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
Gundlach, Juan

1893 Ornitologia cubana. “La Moderna” Press, Havana.

Hellmayr, Charles E.

1938 Catalogue of birds of the Americas. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser.,
13, pt. 11.

Lack, David

1945 The Galapagos finches (Geospizinae) Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., No.

21.

Luc.4s, Frederic A.

1894 Notes on the anatomy and affinities of the Coerebidae and other Ameri-
can birds. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 17:299-312.

Mayr, Ernst

1944 The birds of Timor and Sumba. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 83:127-
194.

1946 History of the North American bird fauna. Wils. Bull., 58:3-41.
Myers, George S.

1938 Fresh-water fishes and West Indian zoogeography. Smiths. Kept, for
1937:339-364.

Peters, James Lee

1945 Check-list of birds of the world. Vol. 5. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Mass.

Pllsbry, Henry A.

1930 Results of the Pinchot South Sea E'xpedition, — 1. Land mollusks of the
Caribbean Islands, Grand Cayman, Swan, Old Providence and St.
Andrew. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 82:221-261.

Ridgway, Robert

1901 The birds of North and Middle America. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., 50,

pt. 1.

ScHUCHERT, Charles

1924 Historical geology (Pt. 2 of “A text-book of geology,” by L. V.
Pirsson and C. Schuchert, 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., N. Y.)

1935 Historical geology of the Antillean-Caribbean region. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc,, N. Y.

Simpson, George Gaylord

1940 Mammals and land bridges. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30:137-163.

James

Bond

WEST INDIAN BIRDS

229

Wetmore, Alexander

1933 Development of our knowledge of fossil birds. In “Fifty years’ prog-
ress of American ornithology, 1883-1933” (American Ornithologists’
Union), pp. 231-239.

1940 A check-list of the fossil birds of North America. Smiths. Misc. Coll.,
99, No. 4.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

230

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

BIRD WEIGHTS FROM SURINAM

BY FR. HAVERSCHMIDT

The importance of bird weights has been stressed recently by a
number of authors (e.g., Huxley, 1927; Baldwin and Kendeigh,
1938; Amadon, 1943). For palearctic birds our knowledge has become
comparatively extensive, especially since the pioneer work by Heinroth
( 1922) , and the vast material assembled by Weigold (1926) from migrant
birds at Heligoland.

The latest summaries of bird weights from all over the world as given
by Heinroth (1922) and Groebbels (1932) show how little is known
about the weights of neotropical birds. It is not always possible for col-
lectors to take weights of their specimens during expeditions in the tropical
rain forest; that is primarily a task for the resident ornithologist. Fol-
lowing a suggestion by Ernst Mayr, I have weighed all birds since I
started collecting in Surinam in June 1946, recording the weights on
the labels of the specimens. Birds weighing more than 1,000 or less than
11 grams had to be omitted. The time between the actual killing and
the weighing varied from 2 to 12 hours. In the following list I give
weights for 216 species of birds, with the month of the year and, in most
cases, the sex of the bird weighed.

The list makes possible some interesting comparisons. For example,
the Guianan race of the worldwide Barn Owl {Tyto alba hellmayri)
weighs 446-558 grams; its smaller relative from the middle of Europe
(T. a. guttata), according to Niethammer (vol. 2, 1938:121), only
220-355 grams. The collecting of weights of worldwide species would
be of the greatest interest.

Nomenclature in the following list is based on Peters (1931-1948)
and Cory and Hellmayr (1918-1942).

Herons. Ardeidae Grams

Pilherodias pileatus

Mch.

d"

S91

Butorides s. striatus

Dec.

$ imm.

ISS

Jan.

cf imm.

181

Mch.

d

187

Sep.

d

173

Florida caerulea

May

d

247

Bubulcus ibis

Dec.

d

326

Jan.

3 ??

330,341,342

3 dd

346,372,380

Feb.

332,368

Mch.

d

34S

Leucophoyx t. thula

May

d

277

Hydranassa t. tricolor

Apr.

?

233

May

d

242

Tigrisoma 1. lineatum

Apr.

d,9

875, 737

Jiy.

d imm.

980

Fr.

Haverschmidt

BIRD WEIGHTS

231

Ibises and Spoonbills.

Threskiornithidae
Mesembrinibis cayermensis
Guar a rubra

Swans, Geese, and Ducks. Anatidae
Dendrocygna autumnalis discolor

Anas b. bahamensis

Hawks. Accipitridae
Elanus 1. leucurus
Elano'ides forficatus yetapa

Odontriorchis palUatus
Chondrohierax uncinatus
Ictinia plumb ea
HeUcolestes hamatus

Heterospizias m. meridionalis
Buteo m. magnirostris

Buteo albicaudatus colonus
Asturina n. nitida

Leucoptemis a. albicollis
Hypomorphnus u. urubutinga
Buteogallus aequinoctialis

Busarellus n. nigricollis

Geranospiza caerulescens

Herpetotheres c. cachinnans
Micrastur mirandollei
Daptrius a. americanus
Daptrius ater

Milvago chimachima paludivagus

Falco peregrinus anatum
Falco a. albigularis

CuRASsows, Cracidae
Ortalis m. motmot

Grams

Mch.

c?

785

Apr.

2 $$

415, 520

Jne.

cT imm.

890

Nov.

cT imm.

637

May

9

550

Aug.

cT

500

Nov.

2 d'd'

475, 527

2 99

505, 633

Dec.

e

533

Apr.

cT imm.

272

Jan.

9

435

Jne.

9

405

Mch.

9

416

Mch.

9

235

Jan.

2 cTcT

267, 267

Nov.

9

450

Dec.

9

435

Mch.

?

395

Apr.

d

377

May

9

921

Jly.

cf

206

Aug.

9

270

2 dd

260, 240

Sep.

9

268

Feb.

9

257

Oct.

9 imm.

585

Nov.

d

357

May

9 imm.

320

Jne.

9

516

Oct.

d

600

Sep.

9 imm.

659

Jly.

9

735

Sep.

c^,9

760, 730

Nov.

d

634

Jan.

d imm.

636

Mch.

9 imm.

600

Apr.

9

829

May

cf

502

Apr.

cf

230

May

295,284

Aug.

cf

567

Jne.

9

556

Apr.

9

586

Jly.

cf

330

Mch.

?

251

May

9

326

Aug.

cf ,cf imm.

310,235

Dec.

cf

575

Sep.

cf

120

Oct.

cf

132

Dec.

cf,9

108, 206

Jan.

cf

495

Mch.

cf

500

May

cf

493

Oct.

9

385

232

THE WILSON BULLETIN

Vol. 60, No. 4

Pheasants. Phasianidae
Colinus cristatus sonnini

Aug.

cT

Grams

117

Limpkins. Aramidae

Aramus s. scolopaceus

Dec.

9

930

Rails. Rallidae

Aratnides c. cajanea

Jne.

9

462

Porphyrula martinica

Jly.

9

213

Sun-grebes. Heliornithidae

Heliornis julica

Oct.

d imm.

no

Sun-bitterns. Eurypygidae

Eurypyga h. helias

Nov.

9

211

Feb.

d

295

Jacanas. Jacanidae
Jacana spinosa jacana

Mch.

d

118

Apr.

d

112

Plovers. Charadriidae

Charadrius hiaticula semipalmatus

Dec.

?

45

Charadrius collar is

Oct.

2 dd

25, 23

Nov.

9

26

Apr.

9

27

Charadrius wilsonia cmnamominus

Nov.

d

56

Sandpipers. Scolopacidae

Bartramia longicauda

Mch.

d

166

Tringa flavipes

Nov.

2 dd

68, 79

Tringa melanoleuca

Mch.

?

145

Tringa solitaria cinnamomea

Sep.

9

37

Dec.

d

38

Actitis macular ia

Sep.

d

37

Oct.

9

25

Catoptrophorus s. semipalmatus

Mch.

9

236

Limnodromus g. griseus

Sep.

cT

81

Capella p. paraguaiae

May

d

130

Oct.

d

88

Ereunetes pusillus

Sep.

d

20

Nov.

d

22

Mch.

?,9

22, 20

Erolia minutilla

Oct.

d,9

17,22

Erolia juscicollis

Nov.

d,^

23,36

Erolia melanotos

Oct.

3 dd

46, 55, 56

Himantopus himantopus mexicanus

Nov.

d

149

Dec.

?

132

Gulls. Laridae

Phaetusa s. simplex

Jne.

d

239

Aug.

?

208

Gelochelidon nilotica aranea

Nov.

9

154

Sterna albifrotis antillarum

Sep.

d

39

Sterna superciliaris

Jne.

d

57

Skimmers. Rynchopidae

Rynchops nigra cinerascens

Apr.

d

298

Pigeons. Columbidae

Columba speciosa

Dec.

2 dd

315,296

Columba cayennensis cayennensis

Mch.

d

193

Jly.

d

167

Fr.

Haverschmidt

BIRD WEIGHTS

2

Grams

Columba plumbea pallescens

Nov.

cT

no

ColumbigalUna passerina griseola

Jan.

d"

32

Apr.

cf

34

Sep.

d

34

Oct.

d

29

Nov.

2 dd

27,29

Columbigallina t. talpacoti

Jne.

d

41

Jiy.

?

45

Aug.

$

44

Sep.

9

52

ColumbigalUna m. minuta

Jne.

2 dd

2 7,34

Sep.

d

28

Nov.

2 dd

26,30

2 99

28,34

Leptotila r. ruf axilla

Jan.

d

135

Oct.

d

152

Leptotila verreauxi brasiliensis

Feb.

c^,9

120, 100

Mch.

cf

129

Jne.

9

121

Aug.

9

99

Oct.

d

113

Oreopeleia montana

Oct.

d

85

Parrots. Psittacidae
Ara s. sever a

Jne.

9

364

Ara n. nobilis

Feb.

9

129

Aratinga 1. leucophthalmus

Jiy.

c^,9

160, 165

Aratinga pertinax chrysophrys

Jne.

9

78

Aug.

c^,9

90, 100

Pyrrhura picta picta

May

3 99

65, 69, 63

Forpus p. passermus

Feb.

9

20

May

c^,9

22, 23

Jne.

c^,9

20,23

Aug.

d

21

Brotogeris c. chrysopterus

Apr.

c^,9

53,49

Sep.

d

49

Pionites m. melanocephala

Jiy.

d

152

2 99

148, 130

Pionus menstruus

Nov.

9

213

Pionus juscus

Jiy.

d

199

Amazona o. ochrocephala

Nov.

9

451

Jan.

9

406

Amazona amazonica amazonica

Jan.

c^.9

298, 312

Deroptyus a. accipitrinus

Jan.

9

2 70

Feb.

<^.9

211, 190

Cuckoos. Cucuxidae
Coccyzus a. americanus

Apr.

9

59

Coccyzus m. minor

Aug.

9

63

Piaya c. cayana

Jiy.

d

93

Aug.

d

94

Sep.

d

84

Oct.

d

93

Nov.

d

101

Piaya m. minuta

Jan.

d

38

Apr.

9

44

Jne.

9

37

Sep.

9

37

Crotophaga major

Mch.

?

169

May

d

159

Crotophaga ani

Jiy.

2 dd

95. 108

Aug.

2 dd

78,99

233

234

THE WILSON BULLETIN ®voi!"6S' no.''^

Tapera n. naevia

Barn Owls. Tytonidae
Tyto alba hellmayri

Typical Owls. Strigidae
Otus choliba crucigerus
Pulsatrix perspicillata perspicillata

Rhinoptynx c. clamator

PoToos. Nyctibtidae
Nyctibius grandis

Goatsuckers. Caprimulgidae
Nyctidromus a. albicolUs

Chordeiles a. acutipennis

Swifts. Apodidae
Chaetura s. spinicauda

Trogons. Trogonidae
Trogon m. melanurus
Trogon s. strigilatus

Kingfishers. Alcedinidae
Ceryle t. torquata
Chloroceryle a. americana

Chloro ceryle i. inda

Chloroceryle ae. aenea

Jacamars. Galbulidae
Galbula d. dea

Galbula galbula

Puff-birds. Bucconidae
Notharchus t. tectus

Bucco t. tamiata
Monasa atra

Grams

Mch.

cf

40

Apr.

?

41

Nov.

?

498

Apr.

9

446

Mch.

c^,9

485,558

May

d*

142

Jne.

cT

591

Dec.

$

765

Nov.

d

347

May

?

502

Nov.

?

581

Sep.

2 cTcT

49, 54

Apr.

cT

53

Jan.

d

46

Nov.

d

47

Oct.

d

14

Jiy.

^,9

107,88

Jiy.

9

69

Aug.

9

79

Sep.

9

73

Nov.

d

81

Feb.

d

78

May

9

293

Mch.

d

25

Oct.

9

23

Mch.

d

46

Apr.

d

55

Dec.

d

15

Mch.

d

11

Apr.

11, 15

May

d

12

Apr.

d

31

May

c^,9

22,24

Aug.

d

25

Oct.

d

30

Jan.

d

20

Mch.

9

20

May

d

18

Jiy.

9

22

Nov.

9

21

Jan.

9

28

Feb.

d

23

Oct.

9

27

Nov.

d

21

Dec.

2 99

33,35

Apr.

c^,9

85,91

Oct.

9

94.5

Sep.

d

34

Oct.

2 dd
9

29,32

37

Nov.

d

31

Chelidoptera t. tenebrosa

Fr.

Haverschmidt

BIRD WEIGHTS

235

Barbets. Capitonidae
Capita niger

Toucans. Ramphastidae
Ramphastos tucanus

Pteroglossus aracari atricollis

Pteroglossus viridis

Selenidera culik

Woodpeckers. Picidae
Meloppr-bes cruentatus

Chrysoptilus p. punctigula

Celeus elegans hellmayri

Celeus torquatus
Dryocopus 1. Uneatus

Phloeoceastes rubricolUs
Phloeoceastes m. melanoleucos

Veniliornis sanguineus

Veniliomis cassini
Picumnus minutissimus

Wood-hewers. Dendrocolaptidae
Xenops minutus ruficaudus
Glyphorynchus s. spirurus

Grams

Sep.

cf

44

Nov.

cf

54

Jly.

cf

690

Aug.

?

420

Oct.

cf

540

Feb.

9

218

Jne.

d

210

Apr.

9

152

May

d

279

Jly.

9

130

Dec.

d

121

Feb.

9

120

Jly.

2 dd

129, 135

9

138

Feb.

2 dd

60, 63

Sep.

d

56

Feb.

c^,9

65,61

Nov.

d

62

May

d

63

2 99

52,58

Feb.

9

154

Apr.

d

152

Jne.

9

139

Jne.

2 dd

107, 113

Mch.

d

209

Apr.

d

217

May

9

158

Aug.

d

206

Sep.

d

210

Jne.

9

206

Dec.

d

197

Mch.

9

230

Apr.

9

251

Aug.

c^.9

247, 251

Jan.

9

26

Mch.

30

May

d

24

Jly.

d

24

Sep.

30.23

Jly.

d

27

Sep.

d

28

Oct.

9

33

Jan.

d

11

Mch.

9

13

Dec.

9

12

Sep.

d

11

Feb.

d

14

Aug.

d

12

Sep.

9

13

Oct.

9

14

Jan.

9

38

Aug.

d

36

Sep.

d

35

Oct.

2 dd
9

35,

38

Dendroplex p. picus

236 THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Grams

Xiphorhynchus guttatus polystictus

Oct.

9

49

Nov.

d"

S3

Xiphorhynchus o. obsoletus

Sep.

cJ

37

Dendrocincla f. juliginosa

Jiy.

cJ

42

Dendrexetastes r. rufigula

Apr.

9

68

Oven-birds. Furnariidae
Synallaxis albescens albigularis

Aug.

cf

12

Synallaxis r. rutilans

Dec.

c^,9

15, 16

Jan.

cf

17

Synallaxis g. gujanensis

Apr.

cf

23

May

d

16

Certhiaxis cinnamomea cinnamomea

Oct.

cf

13

May

d

16

Ant-birds. Formicariidae
Taraba major semijasciatus

Nov.

d

59

Dec.

d

55

May

9

57

Sakesphorus c. canadensis

May

d

22

Jiy.

d

20

Sep.

9

20

Feb.

9

25

Thamnophilus d. doliatus

Apr.

9

25

Jiy.

d

30

Sep.

d

32

Oct.

9

25

Feb.

d

25

Thamnophilus p. punctatus

Dec.

d

20

Jan.

d,9

21, 25

Jiy.

d

21

Sep.

2 dd

17, 17

9

16

Oct.

d

22

Sclateria n. naevia

Jan.

d

20

May

d

21

Cercomacra n. nigrescens

May

d

19

Cercomacra tyrannina saturatior

Jan.

d

19

Myrmoborus leucophrys angustirostris

Jan.

9

16

May

d

17

Percnostola r. rufifrons

Oct.

9

26

Nov.

d

24

Feb.

d

29

Jiy.

d

25

Myrmoderus ferrugineus

Oct.

9

25

Myrmoderus a. atrothorax

Jan.

d

18

Sep.

9

12

Dec.

9

16

COTINGAS. COTINGIDAE
Attila c. cinnamomeus

Nov.

d

41

May

9

28

Jiy.

d

40

Aug.

d

37

Dec.

d

40

Rhytiptema simplex frederici

Sep.

9

29

Dec.

d

36

Pachyramphus rufus

Feb.

d

18

Mch.

9

IS

Jne.

d

14

Jiy.

9

17

Fr.

Haverschmidt

BIRD WEIGHTS

237

Grams

Pachyramphus marginatus nanus

Jan.

cf

21

Oct.

?

22

Nov.

?

22

Pachyramphus polychopterus tristis

Sep.

cf

17

Platypsaris minor

Jan.

$

36

Tilyra c. cayana

Aug.

?

60

Sep.

cT

68

Tityra inquisitor erythrogenys

Jan.

d

36

Querula purpurata

Apr.

d

109

Manakins. Pipridae

Jiy.

95,99

Pipra a. aureola

Jne.

d

14

Manacus m. manacus

Jly.

d

15

Aug.

?

12

Nov.

2?$

11,15

Tyrant Flycatchers. Tyrannidae

Feb.

d

13

Fluvkola p. pica

Mch.

d

13

Jly.

?

11

Arundinicola leucocephala

Jan.

cf

13

Muscivora tyrannus

Apr.

d

35

Jne.

d

32

•

Sep.

d

36

Tyrannus melancholicus despotes

Sep.

d

42

Dec.

?

37

Feb.

d

38

Tyrannus dominicensis vorax

Mch.

50,48

Legatus leucophaius leucophaius

Feb.

d

19

Apr.

$

24

May

d

20

Oct.

d

21.5

Myiodynastes maculatus maculatus

Mch.

?

40

May

2 dd
?

39,48

46

Aug.

9

45

Megarynchus p. pitangua

Jly.

d

61

Dec.

S3, 52

Myiozetetes c. cayanensis

Dec.

?

24

Feb.

d

26

Oct.

d

28

Pitangus s. sulphuratus

Jne.

d imm.

SO

Jly.

d

57

Sep.

d

57

Feb.

d

49

Pitangus 1. lictor

May

2 dd
?

27,25

23

Jne.

d

24

Elaenia j. flavogaster

Nov.

d

22

Elaenia cristata

May

d

16

Oct.

3 dd

14, 17.5, 18.5

Dec.

d

23

Elaenia gaimardii guianensis

Jan.

d

11

Cnemotriccus juscatus fumosus

Jne.

9

26

Empidonomus varius rufinus

Jly.

cf

24

Swallows. Hirundinidae

Progne ch. chalybea

May

d imm.

30

Sep.

9

36

Stelgidopteryx ruficollis cacabatus

Mch.

2 dd

14, 16

Apr.

9

IS

238 THE WILSON BULLETIN

VOl. oO, No. 4
Grams

Iridoprocne albiventer

Apr.

cT

17

Crows and Jays. Corvidae

Cyanocorax cayanus

Dec.

?

175

Wrens. Troglodytidae

Thryothorus leucotis albipectus

Jan.

6

22

Thryothorus c. coraya

Feb.

cT

18

Aug.

$

19

Mockingbirds. Mimidae

Dec.

21

Mimus g. gilvus

Jiy.

6

56

Oct.

c^.9

58,55

Donacobius a. atricapillus

Aug.

c^,9

38,31

Thrushes. Turdidae

Nov.

d

33

Turdus n. nudigenis

Sep.

9

58

Oct.

d*

60

Dec.

9

67

T Urdus /. fumigatus

Oct,

cf

75

Turdus leucomelas ephippialis

Apr.

cT

73

Jiy.

cf imm.

55

Honey-creepers. Coerebidae

Feb.

d*

63

Cyanerpes cyaneus cyaneus

Oct.

e

12

Dec.

c^,9

15, 16

Apr.

cT imm.

12

Dacnis c. cayana

Sep.

9

12

Troupials. Icteridae

Oct.

d*

2 ?$

12

12, 13

Xanthornus d. decumanus

Aug.

cT

280

Xanthornus viridis

Jiy.

cf

330

Cacicus cela cela

Nov.

d*

81

Dec.

6

103

Cacicus h. haemorrhous

Dec.

9

74

Feb.

cf

104

Psomocolax o. oryzivorus

Nov.

d*

120

Molothrus bonariensis minimus

Aug.

d"

36

Oct.

d*

39

Holoquiscalus 1. lugubris

Aug.

2 cTd*

60,65

Icterus chrysocephalus

Nov.

cT

38

Jan.

9

41

Icterus n. nigrogularis

Dec.

d*

35

Feb.

9

30

Mch.

S

35

Agelaius i. icterocephalus

May

d

35

Leistes m. militaris

May

d",9

51,39

Sturnella magna praticola

Oct.

d',?

86, 73

Tanagers. Thraupidae

Tanagra v. violacea

Feb.

d"

11

Calospiza p. punctata

Feb.

9

13

Calospiza m. mexicana

Jiy.

d

27

Sep.

d

17

Thraupis e. episcopus

Dec.

9

37

Jiy.

9

32

Thraupis palmarum melanoptera

Aug.

?

45

Sep.

2 dd

37,26

Ramphocelus c. carbo

May

9

23

Sep.

d

26

Fr.

Haverschmidt

BIRD WEIGHTS

239

Grams

Tachyphonus rufus

Jne.

J

33

Jiy.

$

31

Sep.

d"

34

Oct.

d

31

Nemosia p. pileata

Oct.

d",9

15, IS

Jan.

$

16

Feb.

d

IS

Apr.

9

12

May

2 dd

IS, 16

Latnprospiza melanoleuca

Apr.

32,34

Schistochlamys m. melanopis

Jan.

d

34

Finches. Fringillidae

Aug.

d

38

Saltator m. maximus

Nov.

9

55

Saltator coerulescens oUvascens

Feb.

d

48

Mch.

d

47

May

d

SO

Cyanocompsa cyanoides rothschildii

Feb.

d

24

Sporophila a. americana

Mch.

d

11

Jne.

d

11

Feb.

d

12

Arremon t. tacitumus

Oct.

d

22

Nov.

d

23

Dec.

d

28

Myospiza h. humeralis

Oct.

2 dd
9

14, 17.5
IS

Literature Cited

Amadon, Dean

1943 Bird weights as an aid in taxonomy. Wils. Bull., 55: 164-177.

Baldwin, S. Prentiss, and S. Charles Kendeigh

1938 Variations in the weight of birds. Auk, 55:416-467.

Cory, Charles B., and Charles E. Hellmayr

1918-1942 Catalogue of the birds of the Americas. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
Zool. Ser., 13, Pts. 1-11.

Groebbels, Franz

1932 Der Vogel. Vol. 1. Berlin.

Heinroth, Oscar

1922 Die Beziehungen zwischen Vogelgewicht, Eigewicht, Gelegegewicht und
Brutdauer. Jour. f. Ornith., 70:172-285.

Huxley, J. S.

1927 On the relation between egg-weight and body- weight in birds. Jour.
Linn. Soc. London (Zoology), 46:457—466.

Niethammer, Gunther

1938 Handbuch der Deutschen Vogelkunde. Three volumes. Vol. 2. Leipzig.
Peters, James L.

1931-1948 Check-list of birds of the world. Vols. 1-6. Cambridge, Mass.
Weigold, Hugo

1926 Masse, Gewichte und Zug nach Alter und Geschlecht bei Helgolander
Zugvogeln. Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen. Neue Folge. Ab-
teilung Helgoland. Vol. 15, No. 17.

14 Waterkant, Paramaribo, Surinam, Dutch Guiana

240

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

GENERAL NOTES

Gannet in eastern Indiana. — On December S, 1947, a Gannet {Morus
bassanus) was found by Mrs. Sparkle Crowe at the side of State Road 22, about
three miles northwest of Portland, Jay County, Indiana. The Gannet had
no obvious injury, was able to walk about, and it defended itself with its
beak; it was kept alive for several days but apparently took no food. The
stomach was empty and the body somewhat emaciated. The only mark of injury
was a bare area about eight by two inches, extending diagonally across the
breast. This suggested that the Gannet had flown into a wire. The specimen
was a male in the speckled, yearling plumage. The bird and information on
its capture was given to me by P. R. Macklin, of Portland. The skin is now
in the Purdue University Wildlife Laboratory collection.

The only other record I find for Indiana is given by Butler (1906. Auk, 23:274)
of an immature Gannet taken on Lake Michigan two miles from Michigan City
in November 1904. The recent record for Indiana approximately coincides with
records for Ontario and Ohio in the 1947 Christmas Bird Count (1948. Audubon
Field Notes, 2, No. 2). On December 14 an immature Gannet was seen at
Hamilton, Ontario. Another immature was caught alive at Toledo, Ohio, on
December 22, and two individuals (ages not given) were reported at Cleveland,
December 27. — Charles M. Kirkpatrick, Purdue University Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Lafayette, Indiana.

A Pleistocene record for Mergus merganser in Illinois. — From excava-
tions for the North Shore Channel of the Chicago drainage system F. C. Baker
(“Life of the Pleistocene or Glacial Period,” 1920, pp. 37, 85, 100, 109, 190, 394)
obtained a nearly complete right humerus of a bird identified by R. W. Shufeldt
as Mergus serrator. In September 1946, Leverett A. Adams, of the Zoological
Museum, Urbana, Illinois, showed me this specimen, and subsequently he for-
warded it to Washington for more critical examination.

The bone is dark brown in color, lighter at the ends, and is complete except
for a jagged break in the shaft, probably made when the specimen was exhumed.
On careful comparison I find that it is Mergus merganser, rather than Mergus
serrator. It is the second record of M. merganser for the Pleistocene, the bird
being known also from the Fossil Lake deposits of Oregon.

When specimens of the same sex of merganser and serrator are compared,
the humerus in merganser is seen to be longer, the bone in three males measuring
from 92 to 96 mm., and in three females from 85.5 to 89.3 mm. In three males of
serrator, it measures 86.3 to 89.6 mm.; and in one female, 81.6 mm. The shaft
is also slightly heavier in merganser. Since the fossil is 88 mm. in length, on
this character it might be either the female of merganser or the male of
serrator.

In the humerus of merganser the raised line toward the head of the shaft that
forms the scar for the attachment of the muscle latissimus dorsi posterioris lies
close to the upper side of the outer face. In serrator this line descends lower,
and at a sharper angle, to or nearly to the center of this face. The fossil agrees
with merganser in this character, and also has the slightly more robust shaft found
in that bird. It is identified therefore as M. merganser (being similar in si2e
to the female of merganser).

The fossil under discussion was found in the Wabash formation (late
Pleistocene) at a spot 2,690 feet north of Foster Avenue, Bowmanville, a section
now included in the city of Chicago, Illinois.— Alexander Wetmore, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington 25, D. C.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

GENERAL NOTES

241

Eskimo Curlew and Whimbrel collected in Newfoundland Labrador. —
On August 29, 1932, Ernest Doane collected a female Eskimo Curlew {Numenius
borealis) at Battle Harbour, Labrador, from a small flock of curlews scattered
about the barrens eating berries. When Doane approached within “long gun-shot
range,” all but two of the flock took wing. Having collected one of the remaining
two, Doane realized that both were Eskimo Curlews. He was sure, however, that
the other birds in the flock were Hudsonian Curlews {Numenius phaeopus hud-
sonicus). Doane wrote me that the bird he collected was very fat — unlike Hud-
sonian Curlews, which “never are.” It is noteworthy that Murphy (1933. Auk,
50:101) reported a very convincing “probable record” of four Eskimo Curlews
seen on Montauk Point, Long Island, just two weeks later than Doane’s Labrador
record. The last previously reported specimen of the Eskimo Curlew is apparently
that taken April 17, 1915, near Norfolk, Nebraska (Swenk, 1916. Smiths. Kept, for
1915:338).

At Red Bay (Straits of Belle Isle), Labrador, Doane collected a male Whimbrel
{Numenius phaeopus phaeopus) on May 14, 1932. Doane wrote that a single
strange curlew had been reported to him about April 27 but he had discounted the
report at first. Then others reported it, and finally Enos Yetman shot the bird
for him on May 14. Doane recognized it as a Whimbrel and made special note of
the fact that it was not unusually thin (as a stray might be expected to be) and
that the testes were slightly enlarged. This specimen measures as follows: wing,
238 mm. (arc) ; tail, 103 mm.; culmen, 77 mm. It seems, therefore, to be typical
phaeopus. Salomonsen (1935. Dansk Orn. Foren., 29:112-113) gives the wing
measurement of the male of the somewhat larger subspecies, islandicus (recorded
a number of times in Greenland), as 240 to 260 mm. There seem to be but three
previous records for any form of Whimbrel in North America exclusive of Green-
land: off Sable Island, Nova Scotia, May 23, 1906; Great South Bay, Long Island,
New York, September 4, 1912; Barrow, Alaska, June 10, 1938. — Josselyn Van
Tyne, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor.

Notes on care and development of young Chimney Swifts. — I had an
unusual opportunity to observe nesting Chimney Swifts {Chaetura pelagica)
on July S, 1948, when we discovered a nest with four eggs in a chimney, directly
opposite the flue opening, in the kitchen of our home near Columbia, Missouri.
Since the flue was at eye-level, it was easy to make daily observations of the
nest.

We partly closed the flue-opening with paper, leaving an aperture for observa-
tion purposes. The adult birds flushed readily, and care was necessary to avoid
disturbing them. On the morning of July 17, all four eggs were hatched. The
parent birds were more reluctant to leave the nest the last three days of incubation
and the first few days after the hatch than they had been previously.

At hatching the young appeared to be completely naked and blind. They
were brooded almost continuously until the sixth day, at which time the primaries
were unsheathed. From the sixth to the tenth day after hatching, the young
were brooded part of the time each day but not continuously. After the tenth
day the young were not brooded during the day. By this time the tail and dorsal
feathers were unsheathed, and the young were quite black, except one, which
was smaller than the other three and still naked. This “runt” survived and
left the nest with the others, but was about one week behind his nest-mates in
early development. On and after the eighth day, the young preened considerably.
The young left the nest on August 5, but remained in the chimney for several
days thereafter. The exact time of their first flight could not be determined,
but it was on or before the twenty-fourth day. All four were seen in the chimney
on the twenty-first day after hatching.

242

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

During the first three days after hatching, cool rainy weather persisted, and
the parent birds took turns feeding and brooding the young. While one
brooded, the other foraged. When coming to the nest, the adult would alight
and cling to the chimney wall at one side of and below the nest. The other
would then fly out of the chimney, and the first bird would climb up to the
edge of the nest and feed one or, more often, two of the young, then take its
turn at brooding. A point of interest was that when the young begged for
food they hung their heads over the edge of the nest and down, instead of holding
them up as is the case with many tree- and ground-nesting birds.

Intervals between feedings varied from 6 to 20 minutes. On only one occasion
was the food item observed. This was a medium-sized horsefly, which the young
had difficulty in grasping and swallowing. — Maurice F. Baker, Missouri Conser-
vation Commission, Columbia, Missouri.

Alternate care of two nests by a Ruby-throated Hummingbird. — An
example of the alternate care of two nests by a female Ruby-throated Humming-
bird {Archilochus colubris) was observed in Bloomfield Hills, Oakland County,
Michigan, in July 1947.

Mrs. G. N, Sieger and her daughter, Betty, in whose garden the nests were
found, made the initial discoveries, as well as a major part (110 hours) of the
subsequent observations. My own observations were confined to five periods
(June 20; July 13, 20, 27; August 2) totalling about 15 hours.

The first nest, discovered June 20, was saddled over an elm branch and
fastened to an upright twig, 12 feet above the ground and 10 feet from the main
trunk. This nest measured outside one inch in height by one and a quarter
inches in diameter and three quarters of an inch in inside diameter; it contained
no more than half the amount of material usually used in a completed nest
and appeared to have been built hastily. There was one egg in the nest.

From June 20-22, the female was observed on the nest and about the nest
site, but from June 23 through July 3, she was not seen on the nest during
several periods of watching. From July 4 through 7, she was seen on and
around the nest several times a day. No observations were made of the con-
tents of the nest after June 20 until July 8, when Miss Sieger reported a nestling
several days old.

On July 10, Mrs. Sieger discovered an apparently completed second nest
three feet, nine inches down the same branch from the first. This was secure-
ly saddled on a live twig and well fastened to the larger branch with spider
silk. This nest, measuring, outside, two inches in height by one and three-
quarters inches in diameter and three quarters of an inch in inside diameter,
contained at least double the amount of material used in the first and was
heavily camouflaged with lichens.

During the afternoon of July 12, Mrs. Sieger several times observed the
female alternately sitting on the lower nest and feeding the young in the upper
nest. The interior of the second nest was not examined until the morning of
July 13, when there were two eggs. During three and a half hours of
observations on this date, the female was gathering food in the nearby flower
garden, feeding the nearly full-sized young, sitting on the eggs in the lower nest,
and chasing House Wrens, Robins, and Catbirds from the nest tree.

On July 14-15 a number of observations were made. The female spent
her time gathering food, feeding the young, and incubating. About 7:30 p.m.
on July 15, the young was exercising its wings on the edge of the nest in a
manner which resembled flight. The next morning it apparently had left the
nest and was not seen afterward.

The female continued incubating the eggs in the second nest. One egg hatched
on the morning of July 25, the other during the late afternoon of July 26. Both

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

GENERAL NOTES

243

young left the nest on August 11; they were last seen on August 20, when they
were feeding in the flower garden and perching in a tree near the nest site.

Only one adult hummingbird (the female) was seen in the vicinity during
the entire period of observations.

Although I find no reference in the literature to the alternate care of two
nests by one hummingbird of any North American species, Skutch in his article in
Bent (1940. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 176:461) writes of similar behavior in a
White-eared Hummingbird {Hylocharis 1. leucotis), which he found nesting in
Guatemala. — Walter P. Nickell, Cranbrook Institute of Science, Bloomfield
Hills, Michigan.

The Calandria Mockingbird flashing its wings. — In The Wilson Bulletin
of June 1947 (pp. 71-73), Francis H. Allen carried forward a discussion begun
by George Miksch Sutton (1946. Wils. Bull., 58:206-209) on the North American
mockingbird’s {Mimus polyglottos) habit of lifting or flashing its wings when en-
gaged in hunting insects on a lawn. He suggested, as a possible reason for the
flashing, that the white patches thus displayed reflected light on the grass, thereby
revealing sluggish insects and startling more active ones into betraying them-
selves by motion.

It has, until recently, seemed quite plausible to me that, whatever its function,
the reason for the North American mockingbird’s wing-flashing was connected
with display of the white patches. My confidence in this theory was shaken in
October 1947, however, during a visit to Argentina, when I observed the Caland-
ria Mockingbird (ilf. saturninus), which has no white in its wings, doing the
same thing in the same way.

I suggest that a good approach to many of these behavior puzzles in our
North American species would be to inquire into possible similar behavior among
related species abroad. In this particular case, a complete check on the many
species of Mimus scattered throughout this hemisphere, some with white in their
wings and some without, might provide a clue. — Louis J. Halle, Jr., 1423
Shepherd St., N.W., Washington 11, D.C.

MacGillivray’s Warbler in Cameron County, Texas. — MacGillivray’s
Warbler, Oporornis tolmiei, is characteristically a bird of the west, breeding from
Arizona and New Mexico to the Pacific Coast. During migration it occurs
somewhat farther east and occasionally has been recorded as far as San Antonio,
in central Texas, and at Gainesville, Cooke County, in the extreme northern and
slightly more eastern part of the State. Most of the Texas records are for the
extreme western counties. MacGillivray’s Warbler has not previously been
recorded from the lower Rio Grande country. In my collection are five speci-
mens, all males, of tolmiei collected by H. H. Kimball at Los Fresnos, Cameron
County: four. May 4, 1933, and one. May 5, 1933. My identification of these
warblers was confirmed by George M. Sutton and Allan Phillips. Sutton’s
measurements of the tails of the specimens are, in mm.: 50, 54, 54, 56, 58. All
the specimens have the typical plumage of MacGillivray’s Warbler, and have the
characteristic white spots, one above and one below the eye.

Judging from a comparison of the tail measurements and the color (a some-
what paler yellow) of the under parts with those of birds in similar plumage
from the coast region of California and Oregon, the Los Fresnos specimens belong
to the race recently described by Phillips as the Southern MacGillivray’s Warbler,
Oporornis tolmiei monticola. The slightly darker and grayer upper parts said to
characterize this subspecies are evident in three males, questionable in the
fourth, and not present in the fifth. — Max Minor Peet, M. D., University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

244

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Nest-building adaptability of the Eastern Red-wing. — West Sister Island,
Lucas County, Ohio, the most westerly of the Lake Erie island group, is a 90-
acre limestone pUe which rises abruptly from Lake Erie. It is 8.75 miles north-
east of Jerusalem Township, Lucas County, the nearest mainland. Except for
one small stretch near the lighthouse, cliffs 10 to 20 feet high are continuous
around the island. The top is covered with a rather thin layer of soil. About
20 per cent of the area is grown with bluegrass, patches of nettles, and shrubs.
The remainder is predominately hackberry forest. There are no swales or
marshes on the island ; in fact, not a single cat- tail grows there.

In spite of this situation the Eastern Red-wing (Agelaius phoeniceus phoeni-
ceus) is the dominant songbird of the island. On June 16, 1946, Laurel Van
Camp and I visited the island with a party of IS members and guests of the
Toledo Naturalists’ Association. We found that the Red-wings had adapted
their nest-building habits to the character of the island.

All the nests that we discovered held young. Several nests were more or
less typically constructed in the bluegrass meadow. One was built in a shrub.
Three were on a mat of bedstraw within the forest only a few inches above
the ground and several in jack-in-the-pulpit plants. One nest was built in an
abandoned Flicker’s {Colaptes auratus) nest about 5 feet above the ground in an
8-foot-high tree stub, within but near the edge of the forest. The nesting
cavity was at least 10 inches deep; it contained three or four nestlings. — ^Louis
W. Campbell, 4S31 Walker Avenue, Toledo, Ohio.

Bronzed Grackle anointing plumage with orange-skin. — On June 22,
1948, about 6:00 p.m., I saw two Bronzed Crackles (Quiscalus quiscula versicolor)
behaving curiously and watched them for at least 15 minutes. One, an adult
female, was on the rear lawn, pecking at something in the grass and apparently
anointing her wings. After each downward peck she grasped a primary feather
at its base and pulled it through her mandibles. The other grackle, with the
dark eyes and brownish plumage of a juvenile, was on a low, flat-topped compost
heap about a yard from the adult female, standing among discarded halves of
oranges from which the juice had been extracted. It bent down occasionally
as if to touch one of the orange-skins but did not go through preening motions.
It gave the impression of not knowing what to do. Every few minutes the adult
stopped her preening and ran up to the juvenile, which immediately ran to the
spot she had occupied. Then they immediately changed positions again, the
adult pecking and preening, the juvenile standing among the orange-skins on the
compost heap. Apparently startled by an automobile, they suddenly flew, and I
investigated the spot in the grass where the adult female had stood. Several
halves of fresh orange-skin had rolled from the compost, and one showed
several newly-pecked areas from which the oily outer layer had been removed.
This was clearly another instance of “anting” with substitute material.

During this observation the adult Bronzed Grackle anointed only the wing
feathers, working from the underside, assuming a hunched position. The tail
was invisible to me because it was bent downward in the grass.

There was evidence on several days during the following month (July)
that fresh orange-skins had been pecked in the same manner, but my efforts to
obtain further data were unsuccessful.

There are several instances on record of both Purple and Bronzed Crackles
anointing the plumage with ants and various materials. Hervey Brackbill (1948,
Auk, 65:70-73) observed Purple Crackles {Quiscalus quiscula stonei) using various
species of ants on several occasions during late June, July, and early August.
Mary Emma Groff and Brackbill (1946. Auk, 63:246-247) report Purple Crackles
anting with juice from unripe English walnuts (Juglans regia) from early June

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

GENERAL NOTES

245

until mid- August. Mrs. H. N. Robinson (1945. Ind.AudSoc.Yearbook, 23:14)
describes a Purple Crackle rubbing a grape on its body under the wing and
apparently attempting to carry it, pushed upward under the wing.

G. Hapgood Parks (1945. Bird-Band., 16:144) observed Bronzed Crackles
in early July pecking green fruits of the cucumber tree {Magnolia acuminata),
then passing the feathers of wings, tail, and body through the bill. Raymond
W. Hill (1946. Wils.BulL, 58:112) saw a male Bronzed Crackle in April repeatedly
rubbing a moth ball on wing and body plumage.

Brackbill mentions that when two male Purple Crackles were present on
two occasions during anting, both birds indulged in the act of raising the
head, pointing the bill upward. At the beginning of my observation before I
had made the age distinction, one of the birds pointed its bill upward as they
exchanged places.

The field worker may go on indefinitely • recording instances of anting with
various juices, but no adequate explanation can be found without laboratory
work, including an analysis of these materials and their effect on bird plumage.
— Amelia R. Laskey, Graybar Lane, Nashville 4, Tennessee.

Bird notes from southeastern Texas. — In 1947 I spent some scattered
days in the field in southeastern Texas; among the birds recorded, four seem worthy
of report. Specimens collected are now in the California Academy of Sciences.

Tringa solitaria solitaria. Eastern Solitary Sandpiper. I took a small adult
female April 26 on Galveston Island. Williams (1938. Auk, SS:66) reported
this subspecies as a common migrant in Texas, but the only specimens reported
from the State in recent years, since the subspecific distinctions have been
well defined, were from the extreme south, in the Rio Grande valley (Griscom
and Crosby, 1925. Auk, 42:529-530).

Empidonax virescens. Acadian Flycatcher. I saw the species many times
and collected three adults near Willis, Montgomery County, between June 25 and
July 30, along a creek in the mixed sweet gum-short leaf pine woodlands. I
saw one young just out of the nest July 11. This record seems to represent the
southern edge of the breeding range in eastern Texas for this species. Bent (1942.
Bull.U.Sdfatl.Mus. 179:196) lists Houston as the edge of the breeding range, but
neither Williams (letter) nor I know of any basis for this.

Hylocichla mustelina. Wood Thrush. At Willis, Montgomery County,
south of the known summer range, I heard a Wood Thrush singing July 12 and
saw one (at the same spot) July 29. The species was not listed at all by Davis
(1940. Condor, 42:83) from Brazos County, only a few miles to the west.

Hirundo rustica erythrogaster. American Barn Swallow. On July 8, with
George G. Williams, I saw a group of nine Barn Swallows, of which about five
were young of the year, around a small wooden bridge over a brackish stream
on Galveston Island. Beneath the bridge were two nests — one containing four
large young, the other, five eggs (a second laying?). On July 17 I returned
and found the four young from the first nest on the wmg; the second nest
contained only three eggs and had apparently been abandoned. I collected one
adult male and one juvenile; Dr. Herbert Friedmann, of the National Museum,
confirmed my identification. The Barn Swallow has not previously been reported
breeding in Texas east of San Antonio and the hundredth meridian. In Louisiana,
Mississippi, and Alabama, the only breeding records are on coastal islands, where
the race insularis breeds (Burleigh, 1942. La.State V niv. M us. Zool.Occ. Papers No,
11:179-183). George G. Williams has kindly provided the following excerpt
from his own field notes: “June 19,1934. One [Barn Swallow] on Galveston
Island. No long tail. Sitting on fence beside road and very gentle. Probably
a young bird.” — J. Dan Webster, Jamestown College, Jamestown, North Dakota.

246

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

An unusual song of the Slate-colored Junco. — On about March 22, 1948,
I heard high in the trees about my home an unfamiliar bird song: a thin trill

followed by a rapid group of soft tweets — usually four but sometimes less.
The trill was like a junco ’s, but the complete song suggested a warbler. I could
not locate the singer. On March 24 I again heard the song and this time found
the bird about 60 feet up in an oak; it was a Slate-colored Junco {Junco
hy emails) . After singing a minute or so longer it gave chase to another Junco
a few feet away and was lost to sight. On March 25 I heard the same song,
again given from a high perch. On each occasion that I heard the Junco it
was about 8:00 a.m. Saunders (1942. Summer Birds of the Allegany State
Park, N.Y. State Mus. Handbook 18:297) records, as unusual, a similar song
by a Slate-colored Junco on its breeding ground. — Hervey Brackbill, 4608
Springdale Avenue, Baltimore 7, Maryland.

Plate 7

Verdin (Auriparus flaviceps). Photographed by Allan D. Cruickshank
near Brownsville, Texas, May 1948.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

THE WILSON BULLETIN

247

EDITORIAL

Because of the pressure of other work your present Editor has asked to be re-
lieved of the responsibility at the conclusion of the present volume, his tenth. He is
grateful for the very generous help and encouragement received from members and
friends throughout his editorship.

The Council has been fortunate in securing the services of David E. Davis of
Johns Hopkins University as the new Editor of The Wilson Bulletin.

Dr. Davis is a graduate of Swarthmore College and received the Ph.D. from
Harvard for his studies on the social nesting habits of a subfamily of cuckoos, the
Crotophaginae. His ornithological studies have taken him to Cuba, Panama,
British Guiana, Brazil, and Argentina. He has also worked at the University of
Chicago on the reproductive physiology of the domestic fowl and, for the Rocke-
feller Foundation, on the ecology of yellow fever in Brazil. Dr. Davis is now
Assistant Professor in the School of Hygiene and Public Health of Johns Hopkins.

The Membership Roll published in this issue contains 1,626 names and is the
longest in the history of the Club. Gratitude is due to Dorothy Hobson and her
assistants on the Membership Committee and to the many Members who have
brought the Club and its Bulletin to the attention of other bird students.

The Roll was prepared by our faithful Treasurer, Burt L. Monroe, who has
checked it throughout with the greatest care. Nevertheless, he assures us that there
are certain to be errors in a list of this size, and he asks that Members notify him
promptly of any inaccuracy or omission.

We are grateful to the many Wilson Club members and friends who have helped
in the preparation of the current volume of the Bulletin. We wish particularly
to thank: W. J. Breckenridge, Allan D. Cruickshank, Harrison F. Lewis, Karl H.
Maslowski, Ernst Mayr, R. Allyn Moser, Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr., Nathan S.
Potter, III, T. M. Shortt, George Miksch Sutton, Milton B. Trautman, Henry
van der Schalie, and Alexander Wetmore.

ORNITHOLOGICAL NEWS

The Sixty-sixth Stated Meeting of the American Ornithologists’ Union was held
in Omaha, Nebraska, October 11 to 14, 1948. The officers elected were: President,
Robert Cushman Murphy; Vice-Presidents, Josselyn Van Tyne and Alden H.
Miller; Secretary, Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr.; Treasurer, R. Allyn Moser; Council
Members, Austin L. Rand, John T. Zimmer, Frederick C. Lincoln, and A. J. van
Rossem. The Council appointed Harvey I. Fisher, of the University of Illinois,
Editor of the Auk, and awarded the Brewster Medal to David Lack of Oxford,
England, for his work (published in 1945 and 1947) on the Galapagos finches. The
following were elected: Fellows — Oliver L. Austin, Jr., Thomas D. Burleigh, James
C. Greenway, Jr., Roger T. Peterson, Frank A. Pitelka; Members — Maurice Broun,
Allen J. Duvall, Albert I. Good, Charles O. Handley, Sr., George E. Hudson, Joe T.
Marshall, Jr., Charles K. Nichols, Max M. Peet, William H. Phelps, Jr., John McB.
Robertson, James O. Stevenson, Robert W. Storer, Arthur Stupka, Wendell Taber,
Ralph E. Yeatter.

The 1949 meeting will be held in Buffalo, New York.

248

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

William Vogt, ornithologist and ecologist, member of the Wilson Ornithological
Club from 1935, has been awarded the Mary Soper Pope Medal by Cranbrook
Institute of Science “for distinguished contribution to the field of plant sciences.”
Mr. Vogt is Chief of the Conservation Section of the Pan-American Union and
author of the important new book, “Road to Survival.”

As one of the exhibits at the Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the Wilson Ornitho-
logical Club, to be held in Madison, Wisconsin, in April 1949, the University of
Wisconsin Library is preparing a display of bookplates used by ornithologists or
designed by bird artists. Members owning such bookplates are requested to send
copies to Gilbert H. Doane, Director, The General Library, University of Wisconsin,
816 State Street, Madison 6, Wisconsin.

NEW LIFE MEMBERS

Dr. Frederick E. Ludwig received his
medical training at the University of
Michigan and now practises medicine at
Port Huron, Michigan. With his father,
C. C. Ludwig, he has carried on an ex-
tensive program of banding guUs and
terns on Lakes Huron and Michigan
since 1929. Major reports on the results
of their banding Caspian Terns and
Ring-billed Gulls were published in 1942
and 1943. Dr. Ludwig served in the
Navy for three and a half years during
World War II, retiring with the rank of
Lieutenant Commander. While serving
in the Solomon Islands region he made
an extensive collection of birds, estab-
lishing many new distributional records.

Richard H. Rough, a member of the
Wilson Ornithological Club since 1938,
is Curator of Conservation and Use of
Natural Resources at the American
Museum of Natural History. His in-
terest in natural history dates from his
boyhood days, and, after a short career
as an engineer and businessman, he
joined the staff of the National Audubon
Society in 1936. He is a graduate of the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
and also did work at Washington Uni-
versity, Harvard University, and the
University of Colorado. His natural
history interests have taken him over
most of North America, the West Indies,
and a good deal of Europe.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

THE WILSON BULLETIN

249

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

Check-list of Birds of the World, Vol. 6. By James Lee Peters. Harvard Uni-
versity Press, Cambridge, Mass,, 1948: 6 X9 in., xi -f 259 pp. $6.50.

The sixth volume of Peters’ monumental check-list of world birds completes his
account of the non-passerine birds. The woodpeckers are the only North American
family treated in this volume; the other families listed are: jacamars, puff-birds,
barbets, honey-guides, and toucans. (The wry-necks are included in the wood-
pecker family.)

Three of ten woodpecker genera of the A.O.U. Check-List are changed: “Ce«-
turus’* and ‘‘Balanosphyra’* are included in the genus Melanerpes; ‘^Hylatormis^*
is placed in the genus Dryocopus, along with four other New World species and two
Old World species. Many readers will be very curious to know the facts behind
these changes, and I hope Peters will publish a brief analysis of these cases in an
ornithological journal, as he has previously done in the case of certain hawks,
doves, owls, and toucans.

The “publisher’s note” on the jacket contains the good news that in this volume
the author has followed the definite policy of listing all synonyms published since
1900 (the date of volume 2 of Sharpe’s Hand-list — the last previous complete
revision of most of these families).

Two preoccupied names have been replaced: Picus canus *‘ricketti/’ of south-
eastern China, and Melanerpes (Centurus) rubricapillus ‘Wubriventris" of Yucatan.

Peters’ total of 395 species in the order Piciformes shows remarkably close
agreement with the 389 species estimated for the order by Ernst Mayr in 1946
{Auk, 63:66).

Below is a tabulation of the genera, species, and subspecies treated in this volume:

Genera Species Subspecies

Galbulidae, Jacamars 5 16 38

Bucconidae, Puff-birds 10 33 76

Capitonidae, Barbets 13 78 255

Indicatoridae, Honey-guides 4 13 36

Ramphastidae, Toucans 5 41 87

Picidae, Woodpeckers and Wry-necks 38 214 855

Totals 75 395 1347

There is a surprisingly marked change in the type used in this volume compared
with that used in the earlier ones. Unfortunately, the paper used is even poorer
than that used in volume 5, which was far poorer that that used in volume 4.

It is hard to understand why a University press cannot sell for less than $6.50
an unillustrated, partly subsidized, 260-page volume for which there is an assured
sale of a thousand copies.

I have nothing but praise for the author’s work on this volume. His excellent
judgment and uncanny accuracy in handling the extraordinary amount of detail
involved have resulted in a volume which will be of the greatest help to ornithol-
ogists everywhere. — Josselyn Van Tyne.

250

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Catalogue of Birds of the Americas. By Charles E. Hellmayr and Boardman

Conover. Field Museum of Natural History, Zoological Series, 13, Part 1, No. 2,

August 18, 1948: viii + 434 pp. $4.10 postpaid.

This long awaited part of the indispensable Catalogue of Birds of the Americas
covers the following orders: Sphenisciformes, Gaviiformes, Colymbiformes, Pro-
cellariiformes, Pelecaniformes, Ciconiiformes, and Anseriformes. There still remain
to be published volumes containing the Falconiformes and the Charadriiformes.
According to the preface, which is by the junior author, literature (as given in the
Zoological Record) has been taken into account up to 31 December 1944. Some
new forms described since that date and before 31 December 1946 have been in-
cluded, and a few important recent papers are mentioned in the footnotes.

The general arrangement of this part is uniform with previously published
parts and requires no comment, but perhaps some departures from current treatment
of various groups, especially where the treatment differs from that accorded in the
A.O.U. Check-List, may be mentioned.

Phalacrocorax brasilianus (Gmelin) replaces Ph. olivaceus (Humboldt), Ardea
occidentaMs Audubon is regarded as the white phase of Ardea herodias wardi Ridg-
way, and being of earlier date, replaces it. Botaurus lentiginosus peeti Brodkorb is
recognized. The Lesser and Greater Snow Geese are maintained as specifically
distinct. The White-cheeked Geese are divided into four species: Branta leuco-
pareia leucopareia and B. 1. occidentalis ; B. minima; B. canadensis parvipes, B. c
moffitti, B. c. interior, and B. c. canadensis; B. hutchinsu. Mergus serrator major
Schi0ler is recognized as a valid race breeding in Greenland north to Upernavik
and Scoresby Sound and wintering in southern Greenland.

The splitting up of the genus Anas comes as a shock — Querquedula, Chaulelas-
mus, Mareca, Eunetta, Nettion, Punanetta, and Dafila are restored, although two
of the most aberrant species, A. specularoides and A. specularis, are retained in
Anas.

The radical rearrangement of the Anatidae proposed by Delacour and Mayr is
referred to in a footnote on p. 283, but none of their proposals is adopted.

Some readers find statistics interesting, and for this reason it may be noted that
the volume deals with 118 genera and 401 forms divided among 20 families. — J. L.
Peters.

Island Life: A Study of the Land Vertebrates of the Islands of EasterN'

Lake Michigan. By Robert T. Hatt, Josselyn Van Tyne, Laurence C. Stuart,

Clifford H. Pope, and Arnold B. Grobman. Cranbrook Institute of Science,

Bulletin No. 27. Copyright 1948: 179 pp., frontispiece, 43 figs., 1 map. $4.00.

In the northeastern part of Lake Michigan, off the western shore of the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan, lies a group of islands whose members vary in size from a
few acres to nearly sixty square miles and in character from mere sand or gravel
bars rising a few feet above lake level to wooded islands whose greatest elevations
rise over 450 feet. Some are but a few yards from shore, others are situated fifteen
or more miles from the nearest point on the mainland. While some scattered field
work had been done previously on these islands, it was not until 1937 that the
Cranbrook Institute of Science inaugurated a serious attempt at a faunal survey of
the group as a whole. In cooperation with members of the staff of the Museum of
Zoology of the University of Michigan, parties visited all of the larger and many
of the smaller islands in the group, beginning early in the summer of 1937 and
continuing during the summer months in 1938, 1939, and 1940. While observations
were made in fields other than vertebrate zoology, this report covers amphibians,
reptiles, birds, and mammals.

The book contains several chapters dealing with the geological and cultural
history of the islands and their physical features, as well as accounts of the verte-

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

251

brate groups mentioned above. There is also a brief account of the modification
of habits noted among certain species and a discussion of the factors of distribu-
tion. The results of the survey show what one would expect to be the situation
in an island group such as this, namely, the absence of many mainland species for
no apparent reason.

The book is most attractively gotten up, sturdily bound, and printed on an
excellent grade of paper. — J. L. Peters.

Life Histories of North American Nuthatches, Wrens, Thrashers, and Their

Allies. By Arthur Cleveland Bent. United States National Museum Bulletin

195. 1948: xii + 475 pp., 90 half-tone plates. $1.75.

This is the sixteenth volume in “Bent’s Life Histories.” It deals with the nut-
hatches, creeper, wren-tit, dipper, wrens, mockingbird, catbird, and thrashers, a
total of 28 species. The basic scheme of organization of Bent’s life-history ac-
counts is now well known to most students of birds. Those not familiar with
them and without access to any of the recent volumes can refer to earlier, more
extensive reviews (for example, Linsdale, 1942. Wils. Btdl., 54:219-220; Rand, 1947.
Wils. Bull, 59:179-181).

The species accounts, in this as in past volumes, consist of a series of topical
headings under which a variety of information is assembled. Especially under
such headings as “nesting” and “behavior,” this information is a mixture of observa-
tional data and interpretive comment that runs the gamut from meaty, conscien-
tiously phrased statements of carefully gathered facts to loose reporting loaded
with appalling anthropomorphisms. Thus, in the account of the White-breasted
Nuthatch, we have excerpts from the fine paper by Butts thrown into proximity
v/ith an absurd note, taking up more space than the first, on an incident between
nuthatches and woodpeckers reported in 1918 in Bird-Lore. The latter might bet-
ter have been omitted. We do not need to appeal to the ante-bellum period of the
study of bird behavior in America to make the subject “lively.”

The present volume deals with some of the most intensively studied American
birds. The account of the House Wren draws heavily on the papers of Kendeigh
and Baldwin for its most informative paragraphs, and accounts of the Mocking-
bird and Wren-tit, for example, rely in varying degrees on the expert studies by the
Micheners and Erickson, respectively. The account of the Wren- tit, by the way,
prepared by Miss Erickson herself, is a well-written, simplified version of her
previously published work.

It follows from these comments that “Bent’s Life Histories” are not the defini-
tive studies they are sometimes thought to be. They are compilations, some of them
authoritative summaries, most of them sketchy and fragmentary in their treatment
of a species. The serious student must consult the literature to which Bent’s
accounts will often refer him. The published papers on the House Wren, for
example, probably already exceed this volume in bulk. “Bent’s Life Histories”
would seem to serve two main purposes; first, to provide a general, more or less
narrative description, following a topical outline, of the “haunts and habits” of
North American birds useful to the reader who wants more information than our
standard bird books offer; second, to provide students with clues to source mate-
rials and with items of information not otherwise available. In these respects.
Bent’s volumes are a real contribution to ornithology.

Contributors to this volume, other than Erickson, are W. M. Tyler (accounts
of the White-breasted Nuthatch, Red-breasted Nuthatch, Brown Creeper), A. O.
Gross (House Wren and Catbird), R. S. Woods (Cactus Wren and California
Thrasher), and A. Sprunt, Jr. (Mockingbird). There is an excellent and especially
large series of photographs included in this volume. (The lower figure of plate
30 is inverted.) A bibliography of 23 pages and index of IS pages are provided. —
Frank A. Pitelka.

252

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Birds of Arctic Alaska. By Alfred M. Bailey. Colorado Museam of Natural

History, Popular Series, No. 8, April 1, 1948: > 6^ X 10 in., 317 pp., 101 photos,

1 map. Cloth, $4.50; paper, $3.00; postage $0.10.

This book is a compilation of previously published and new information result-
ing from the expedition of the Colorado Museum of Natural History to north-
western Alaska in 1921-22. The chapter on the vegetation of the Arctic Slope of
AJaska, by Joseph Ewan, is excellent; it includes an historical account of previous
collecting and a discussion of plant distribution and ecological relationships. Ewan
mentions the “epochal and comprehensive Flora of Alaska being published by
Dr. Eric Hulten of Stockholm,” a much deserved recognition of that industrious
scholar.

Bailey’s narrative account of his expedition (104 pages) familiarizes the reader
with the environment and gives a vivid picture of migration and bird activity.

In the annotated list Bailey does not attempt to give extensive life history
data, but includes whatever life history and migration observations are warranted
by the rarity of given birds. As an example, the first hand information on the
nesting of the Yellow-billed Loon is very welcome. As might be expected, an in-
teresting mingling of Siberian and Alaskan species was found.

Some difficult taxonomic problems are dealt with. When Bailey undertakes to
clarify the status of the forms of Canada geese occurring in western and northern
Alaska he inevitably runs into the perplexities that have puzzled other workers
with these birds. His study of downy young of geese reveals significant differences,
as well as similarities, among several forms; his data are a contribution to the
subject, but his conclusions, although tentative, will probably arouse some disagree-
ment.

In northwestern Alaska such birds as the Siberian and American Pintails, Rough-
legged Hawks, Gyrfalcons, and Peregrine Falcons, find a meeting place. This
may also be said of a few birds of the eastern Arctic and of western Alaska, such as
the two Golden Plovers and the Solitary Sandpiper. The problem of the races of
Erolia ptilocnemis appears to have been satisfactorily solved by Conover, whom
Bailey refers to, though in my opinion there are some cases that still do not fit in.

Bailey agrees with the recent decision of the A.O.U. Committee on Nomencla-
ture in recognizing barrovianus as a subspecies of the Glaucous Gull. There can
now be no question about the validity of this race, which has been the cause of
so much heated argument in the past. But we need breeding specimens from many
localities in the Arctic to understand properly the nesting distribution. The whole
question of the relationships of the Arctic gulls still deserves critical attention.

The reader must be impressed with the fact that the Colorado Museum of
Natural History chose an area of unusual interest when they sent their expedition
to northwest Alaska, where so many taxonomic-distributional problems await
solution.

The illustrations on the whole are excellent and useful. Although photographs
of dead birds are generally not appealing, the view of the three Yellow-billed Loons
is of interest to anyone interested in external bird anatomy. Bailey has more than
usual success with photographs of mounted groups; yet such photographs are
always less satisfactory than those of living animals. However, it is hard to criticize
the photograph of the polar bear group facing page 89, which is an outstanding
artistic creation.

This book brings together a valuable lot of information on the ornithology of
northwestern Alaska, with a number of new records of occurrence, nesting, and
migration, with analyses of several important taxonomic problems, including many
measurements and color comparisons. It will continue to be a useful reference work
on the Alaskan avifauna — Olaus J. Murie.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

253

The Feeding and Related Behavior of Hummlncbirds, with Speclvl Reference

TO THE Black-chin, Archilochus alexandri (Bourcier and Mulsant) . By Frank

Bene. Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 9, No. 1, October

1946: pp. 395-478, pis. 22-33, 4 figs. Cloth, $2.50; paper, $1.50.

The rather ambitious title of this paper is misleading. The publication contains
detailed original work on one species of hummingbird, Archilochus alexandri, with
some references to published data on feeding habits of other species. The observa-
tions on which the paper is based were made in Phoenix, Arizona, during the spring
and summer months, 1939 to 1942.

Trapping and marking hummingbirds is admittedly difficult, and Bene felt that
this difficulty was “overcome to a large extent by adopting a system of identifica-
tion in which notations were made of individual differences in physiognomy and
habits.” However, I believe that Bene’s methods of identifying individual birds
cast a shadow of doubt on some of his results based on field observations. The type
of reasoning that Bene used in identification of individuals is illustrated by the fol-
lowing passage (pp. 419-420) : “There could be no question that this bird was one
of the five or six that had been visiting the feeders the previous year. But which
one of them ? I resorted to the rule of elimination. She made no attempt to build
her nest in the yard and ignored the nasturtium of which Fl [F indicates female]
was very fond. So, tentatively, she was not Fl. She spent very little time in the
yard, unlike F3. . . . She was a fully grown adult. Apart from Fl only one female
adult had been patronizing the feeders last year. Therefore, she was probably F2.
She was in the habit of entering the yard from the north and leaving in the same
direction, a routine which corresponded with F2’s last year. Her nest was probably
in an oleander across the alley where a neighbor, while trimming it, had found an
old nest prior to this bird’s arrival. The location of the nest corresponded with the
direction of her departure from the yard. Therefore, in light of these clues I
labeled her F2?.”

Bene discusses “the quest for the optimum in breeding and feeding,” “selection
and defense of breeding and feeding territories,” “feeding routine,” “food consump-
tion and regulation of diet,” “feeding adaptation and technique,” “flower prefer-
ence,” “sensory perception and recognition of sources of food,” and “learning to
feed.” There is no question that many valuable contributions are to be found
in this imposing list of topics. However, Bene’s anthropomorphic treatment of
the topics makes it very difficult to separate the wheat from the chaff. Bene also
goes into considerable detail, the value of which I question, on the behavior of
sick and injured hummingbirds.

Bene did not claim to be an experienced ornithologist. The present study was
carried on during a period of illness preceding his death in 1943, before publication
of this paper. He deserves credit for working under what must have been a tre-
mendous physical handicap.

Although scientific names, some incorrectly spelled, are given for most of the
plants, no attempt has been made by either the author or the editor to include
scientific names of all the hummingbird species mentioned. The paper is well
printed but there are several typographical errors. Many of the citations in the
bibliography are incomplete. Since the paper was published after Bene’s death, it
seems to me that much of the responsibility for these obvious faults belongs to the
editor.

The twelve plates in the paper reproduce some interesting photographs of hum-
mingbird habitats, feeding and flight postures, and food plants. — Harrison B.
Tordoff.

254

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Parasites, Abnormalities, and Disease

Bowdish, B, S. Heron mortality caused by Eustrongylides ignotus. Auk 65 (4),
Oct. 1948:602-603.

George, John L., and Robert T. Mitchell. Notes on Two Species of Calliphoridae
(Diptera) Parasitizing Nestling Birds. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:549-552.

Anatomy (including plumage and molt)

Boyd, H. J., and Ronald Alley. The function of the head-coloration of the nest-
ling Coot and other nestling Rallidae. Ibis 90 (4), Oct. 1948:582-593. (Fulica
atra)

Brooks, Allan. Cooper Hawk. Condor 50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948: col. frontispiece,
with note, page 230.

Brooks, Allan. Great-winged Petrel, Pterodroma macroptera. Condor 50 (5),
Sept.-Oct. 1948:226. (Sketch reproduced in black and white.)

Davis, Malcolm. Loose-feathered birds. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:601-602.

McDowell, Sam. The Bony Palate of Birds. Part I. The Palaeognathae. Auk
65 (4), Oct. 1948:520-549, 6 figs.

Snyder, L. L. Additional instances of paired ovaries in raptorial birds. Auk 65
(4), Oct. 1948:602.

See also Distribution and Taxonomy: Lowe.

Distribution and Taxonomy

Carleton, Geoffrey, and Hustace H. Poor. Cape May Warbler breeding in New
York State. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:607.

Cottam, Clarence. The Mourning Dove in Alaska. Wils. Bull. 60 (3), Sept. 1948:
188-189.

Cruickshank, Allan D. Wheatear at Peekskill, New York. WUs. Bull. 60 (3),
Sept. 1948:190.

Eisenmann, Eugene. Surf-bird and Vermilion Flycatcher in Panama. Auk 65
(4), Oct. 1948:605-606.

Fleugel, James B. Brewer’s Blackbirds Found Nesting in Kalamazoo County.
Jack-Pine Warbler 26 (2), April 1948:63-64.

Friedmann, Herbert. The Green-winged Teal of the Aleutian Islands. Proc. Biol,
Soc. Wash. 61, Sept. 3, 1948:157-158. (New subsp.: Anas crecca nimia from the
Aleutian Islands.)

Friedmann, Herbert. Mirandolle’s Forest Falcon. Smiths. Misc. CoU. Ill (1),
Sept. 22, 1948, 4 pp., 2 pis. {Micrasiur mirandollei)

Godfrey, W. Earl, and A. L. Wilk. Birds of the Lake St. John Region, Quebec.
Natl. Mus. Can. Bull. No. 110 (Biol. Ser. No. 36), 1948, 32 pp., 1 pi., 1 map.

Griffin, William W. Wintering Yellow-throats in the Atlanta Region. Oriole 13
(2-3), April- July 1948: 13-16.

Lovell, Harvey B. The Pine Warbler in Kentucky. Kentucky Warbler 24 (3),
July 1948: 33-39.

Lowe, Percy R. What are the Coraciiformes? Ibis 90 (4), Oct. 1948:572-582, 12
figs.

Mason, C. Russell. Painted Redstart in Massachusetts. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:
613.

Mayfield, Harold. Boat-bUled Heron in East-central Tamaulipas, Mexico. Condor
50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:228.

Mayr, Ernst. The Bearing of the New Systematics on Genetical Problems. The
Nature of Species. Advances in Genetics 2, 1948:205-237.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

255

Miller, Alden H. A New Subspecies of Eared Poor-will from Guerrero, Mexico.
Condor 50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:224-225. (New subsp.: Otophanes mcleodii rayi
from Guerrero, Mexico.)

Monson, Gale. Egrets nest along Colorado River. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:603-604,
pi. 18, middle fig.

Nichols, David G. First Long Island breeding record of the Brown Creeper. Auk
65 (4), Oct. 1948:612-613.

Odum, Eugene P. Nesting of the Mountain Vireo at Athens, Georgia, Conclusive
Evidence of a Southward Invasion. Oriole 13 (2-3), April-July 1948:17-20,
1 photo.

Pangburn, Clifford H. Hurricane in southern Florida brings rarities to northern
part of state. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:608-609.

Phillips, Allan R. Geographic Variation in Etnpidonax traillii. Auk 65 (4), Oct.
1948: 507-514. (New subspp.: Empidonax traillii alascensis, from Alaska; E. t.
extimus, from Arizona.)

Sedwitz, Walter, Irwin Alperin, and Malcolm Jacobson. Gadwall breeding on
Long Island, New York. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:610-612.

Stevenson, Henry M., and Arthur Stupka. The Altitudinal Limits of Certain
Birds in the Mountains of the Southeastern States. Migrant 19 (3), Sept. 1948:
33-60.

Stringham, Emerson. Kerrville, Texas, and Its Birds. Pacot Publications, Kerr-
ville, Texas, 1948, 31 pp.

Sutton, George Miksch. White-throated or Bat Falcon in Nuevo Leon, Mexico.
Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:603, pi. 18, upper fig.

White, C. M. N. The African Plain-backed Pipits — a case of sibling species. Jhh
90 (4), Oct. 1948:547-553.

Wetmore, Alexander. The Golden-fronted Woodpeckers of Texas and Northern
Mexico. WUs. Bull, 60 (3), Sept. 1948:185-186.

See also Anatomy: McDowell. Ecology: Marshall.

Migration and Flight

Hewitt, O. H. Quebec recovery of White-fronted Goose banded in Greenland.
Bird-Banding 19 (3), July 1948:124.

Odum, Howard T. The Bird Navigation Controversy. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:584-
597.

Wynne- Edwards, V. C, Yeagley’s theory of bird navigation. Ibis 90 (4), Oct. 1948:
606-611, 1 map.

Yeagley, Henry L. A Preliminary Study of a Physical Basis of Bird Navigation.
Jour. Applied Physics 18 (12), Dec. 1947:1035-1063, 1 fig., 4 maps.

Ecology

Kelso, Leon. Bioelectronic Observations (VII). Biol. Leaflet No. 42, Oct. 1, 1948:
1-4, 1 photo.

Gullion, Gordon W. Young Short-eared Owl “Captured” by Plant. Condor 50
(5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:229.

Marshall, Joe T. Jr. Ecologic Races of Song Sparrows in the San Francisco Bay
Region, Part I, Habitat and Abundance. Condor 50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:193-
215, figs. 40-42.

Life History and Behavior

Batts, H. Lewis Jr. Some Observations On the Nesting Activities of the Eastern
Goldfinch. Jack-Pine Warbler 26 (2), April 1948:51-58, 2 photos.

Bradley, Hazel L. A Life History Study of the Indigo Bunting. Jack-Pine Warbler
26 (3), July 1948:103-113.

256

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

CoNDER, P. J. The breeding biology and behaviour of the Continental Goldfinch
Carduelis carduelis carduelis. Ibis 90 (4), Oct. 1948:493-525, 8 figs.

Crandall, Lee S. Notes on the Display of the Three-wattled Bell-bird {Procnias
tricarunculata) . Zoologica 33 (Part 2), July 15, 1948:113-114, pi. 1.

Davies, O. J. H., and R. D. Keynes. The Cape St. Mary Gannet Colony, New-
foundland. Ibis 90 (4), Oct. 1948:538-546, 1 fig.

Dickinson, Miriam G. Cardinals bathing. Wils. Bull. 60 (3), Sept. 1948:190.

Fry, Varian. Another Common Tern nest with seven eggs. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:
604-605, pi. 18, bottom fig.

Geroudet, P. Comment dorment les oiseaux? Nos Oiseaux 19 (10), Aug. 1948:
259-262, 3 photos.

Gibson-Hill, C. a. Display and posturing in the Cape Gannet Morus capensis. Ibis
90 (4), Oct. 1948:568-572, pis. 7-8.

Goodpaster, Woodrow, and Karl Maslowski. Incubation of the Upland Plover.
WUs. Bull. 60 (3), Sept. 1948:188.

Haecker, Fred W. A Nesting Study of the Mountain Bluebird in Wyoming.
Condor 50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:216-219.

Halle, Louis J. Jr. Veeries Breed in Washington. Wood Thrush 4 (1), Aug.-Oct.
1948:2-7, 1 photo.

Keighley, J., and E. J. M. Buxton. The Incubation Period of the Oyster-catcher.

Brit. Birds 41 (9), Sept. 1948:261-266. (Haematopus ostralegus occidentalis) .
Laskey, Amelia R. Some Nesting Data on the Carolina Wren at Nashville, Ten-
nessee. Bird-Banding 19 (3), July 1948:101-121.

Mayr, E. Repeated anting by a Song Sparrow. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:600.
Miller, J. Robert. Courtship of the Northern Blue Jay. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:600.
Miller, J. Robert, and Jean T. Miller. Nesting of the Spotted Sandpiper at
Detroit, Michigan. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:558-567, pi. 15.

Nice, Margaret M., and Ruth H. Thomas. A Nesting of the Carolina Wren.
Wils. Bull. 60 (3), Sept. 1948:139-158.

Nicholson, Donald J. Nest-robbing behavior of the Purple Martin. Auk 65 (4),
Oct. 1948:600-601.

Packard, Fred M. Eastern Kingbirds Share Nesting Sites with Baltimore Orioles.
Bird-Banding 19 (3), July 1948:124.

Potter, Nathan S. III. Notes on the Yellow-breasted Sunbird. WUs. Bull. 60 (3),
Sept. 1948:159-163.

Rollin, Noble. A Note on Sun-bathing by Birds. Brit. Birds 41 (10), Oct. 1948:
304-305, pis. 52-54.

Scott, J. E. Three Weeks on the Muskegs. Ool. Rec. 22 (3), Sept. 1948:33-44.
(Alberta) .

Sick, Helmut. The Nesting of Chaetura andrei meridionalis. Auk 65 (4), Oct.
1948: 515-520, pi. 14.

Wagner, H. O. Die Balz des Kolibris Selasphorus platycercus. Zool. Jahrb. 77
(3-4), March 1948:267-278, 7 figs.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. Nestings of Some Shorebirds in Western Alaska.

Condor 50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:220-223, figs. 43-46.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. Mallard nesting in an old Magpie nest. Auk 65 (4),
Oct. 1948:599.

Food and Feeding Habits

Haverschmidt, Fr. a feeding habit of the Snowy Egret. Wils. Bull. 60 (3), Sept.
1948:187.

James, Robert Leslie. Some Hummingbird Flowers East of the Mississippi. Cas-
tanea 13 (3), Sept. 1948:97-109.

Marvel, C. S. Unusual feeding behavior of a Cape May Warbler. Auk 65 (4) , Oct.
1948:599.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

ORNITHOLOGICAL LITERATURE

257

Mayr, E. Gulls feeding on flying ants. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:600.

Nicholson, Donald J. Berry-feeding of the Ring-billed Gull. Auk 65 (4), Oct.
1948:601.

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. Male Hudsonian Chickadee feeds mate in mid-air.
Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:598-599.

See also Anatomy: Boyd and Alley.

Population (including age, and mortality rates)

Arnold, Lee W. Observations on Populations of North Pacific Pelagic Birds. Auk
65 (4), Oct. 1948:553-558, 1 fig.

Blaln, Alexander W. On the Accidental Death of Wild Birds. Jack-Pine Warbler
26 (2), April 1948:58-60, 1 photo.

Dennis, John V. A Last Remnant of Ivory-billed Woodpeckers in Cuba. Auk 65
(4), Oct. 1948:497-507, pi. 13.

Erickson, Arnold B. Passerine Bird Populations of the Savannah River Refuge,
South Carolina. Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:576-584, pi. 17, 2 figs.

McClure, H. Elliott. Factors in Winter Starvation of Pheasants. Jour. Wildl.
Manag. 12 (3), July 1948:267-271.

McHugh, Tom C. A Nesting Census from the Subalpine Belt of Colorado. Condor
50 (5), Sept.-Oct. 1948:227-228.

See also Life History and Behavior: Davies and Keynes. Techniques: Michener and
Farner.

Techniques (including banding)

Borror, Donald J. Analysis of Repeat Records of Banded White-throated Spar-
rows, Ecol. Monog. 18, July 1948 : 411-430, 4 figs.

Illman, Wm. I., and D. H. Hamly. A Report on the Ridgway Color Standards.

Science 107 (2789), June 11, 1948:626-628.

Michener, Harold, and Donald S. Farner. A Proposed System of Age Terminol-
ogy in Bird Banding. Bird-Banding 19 (4), Oct. 1948:147-156.

SuTHARD, J. G. Treatment of Moulds and Bacteria on Egg Collections. Ool. Rec.
22 (3), Sept. 1948:44-47.

Tanner, Ward D., and Glenn L. Bowers. A Method for Trapping Male Ruffed
Grouse. Jour. Wildl. Manag. 12 (3), July 1948:330-331.

Zimmer, John T. More About Ridgway’s Color standards and color nomenclature.
Science 108 (2805), Oct. 1, 1948:356.

History, Biography, Bibliography, and Institutions

Oehser, Paul H. Louis Jean Pierre Vieillot (1748-1831). Auk 65 (4), Oct. 1948:
568-576, pi. 16.

Street, Phillips B. The Edward Harris Collection of Birds. Wils. Bull. 60 (3),
Sept. 1948:167-184.

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB LIBRARY

The following gifts have been recently received. From:

Ralph Beebe — 60 magazines, 44 reprints
Herbert Friedmann — 3 reprints
Fr. Haverschmidt — 1 reprint
Leon Kelso — 1 pamphlet
Amelia R. Laskey — 1 reprint
Louise de K. Lawrence — 3 reprints
William A. Lunk — 1 reprint
Richard H. Manville — 1 reprint

Margaret M. Nice — 1 book
William H. Phelps — 2 reprints
Katie Roads — 21 reprints, 1 book
W. E. Scott — 4 periodicals, 1 reprint
Wayne Short — 2 bulletins
A. F. Skutch — 2 reprints
Emerson Stringham — 1 pamphlet
Josselyn Van Tyne — 10 reprints

258

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB

Officers, 1948

President

First Vice-President. .
Second Vice-President

Secretary

Treasurer

Editor

Olin Sewall Pettingill, Jr.

Maurice Brooks

W. J. Breckenridge

James Boswell Young*

Burt L. Monroe

Josselyn Van Tyne

Additional Members of the Executive Counch

George H. Lowery, Jr.

Elective Members

Milton B. Trautman Richard H. Pough

Past Presidents

Lynds Jones
R. M. Strong
T. C. Stephens
Albert F. Ganier
J. W. Stack

Jesse M. Shaver
Josselyn Van Tyne
Margaret M. Nice
Lawrence E. Hicks
S. Charles Kendeigh
George Miksch Sutton

James Henry’ Bruns

Trustees

R. Allyn Moser A. W. Schorger

Representative on the American Ornithologists’ Union Council
Burt L. Monroe

Editorial St.aff of The Wilson Blxletin

Editor Josselyn Van Tyne

Associate Editor Margaret M. Nice

Associate Editor Frederick N. Hamerstrom, Jr.

Assistant Editor G. Reeves Butchart

Chairmen of Committees

Endowment Fund Harold F. Wing

Louis Agassiz Fuertes Research Grant John T. Emlen, Jr.

Membership Dorothy M. Hobson

Affiliated Societies Charles L. Conrad

Library Harold F. Mayfield

Wildlife Conservation H. Albert Hochbaum

Illustrations T. M. Shortt

Succeeded by Harold Mayfield in August 1948.

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

WILSON CLUB ROLL

259

Members

**** — Honorary Member. *** — Life Member. ** — Sustaining Member.

* — ^Active Member. Others — ^Associate Members.

♦♦Abbott, Cyril Edward, Westminster College, Salt Lake City 5, Utah 1937

Abbott, Capt. Jackson Miles, The Engineer School, Fort Belvoir, Vir-

ginia 1948

Abbott, Jacob Bates, Whitehall, Haverford, Pennsylvania 1945

♦Adams, I. C. Jr., 3 N. Glenwood Ave., Columbia, Missouri 1933

Addy, Charles Edward, 56 Spofford St., Newburyport, Massachusetts. .. 1941
♦♦Adelson, Richard Henry, 34 Wensley Dr., Great Neck, Long Island, New

York 1938

Afsprung, Arthur E., 3308 Bishop St., Cincinnati 20, Ohio 1948

♦Aiken, Max J., 420 N. Darling Ave., Fremont, Michigan 1945

♦Aldrich, John Warren, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington 25, D.C...1930

♦Alexander, Donald C[hild], Rawley, Massachusetts 1937

♦Alexander, Gordon, Department of Biology, University of Colorado,

Boulder, Colorado 1936

♦Alexander, Maurice MEyron], Department of Forest Zoology, New York

State College of Forestry, Syracuse 10, New York 1945

Allan, Philip FEarley], 1801 Carleton Ave., Ft. Worth, Texas 1939

♦Allen, AErthur] AEugustus], Fernow Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New

York 1914

Allen, Durward Leon, Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland 1933

♦Allen, Francis HEenry], 215 LaGrange St., West Roxbury 32, Massa-
chusetts 1941

♦Allen, Otis W., 5045^2 W. Market St., Greenwood, Mississippi 1944

♦Allen, Robert PEorter], Box 26, Austwell, Texas 1947

♦Allin, Dr. A Elbert] E Ellis], Provincial Laboratory, Fort Wilham, On-
tario, Canada 1943

Allyn, Dr. PEaul] Richard, 806 First National Bank Bldg., Springfield,

Illinois 1944

♦Alperin, Irwin M., 2835 Ocean Ave., Brooklyn 30, New York 1939

♦Alpert, Bernard, 260 West End Ave., New York City 23 1939

♦Amadon, Dean, American Museum of Natural History,

Central Park W. at 79th St., New York City 24 1935

♦Amidon, Mrs. Hilda FEarnum], 282 Sigourney, Hartford, Connecticut. .. 1942
♦Ammann, George Andrew, Game Division, Michigan Department of

Conservation, Lansing 13, Michigan 1935

Amundson, Roald, State House, Nebraska State Conservation Department,

Lincoln, Nebraska 1948

♦Anderson, Anders HEarold], 3221 Kleindale Rd., Tucson, Arizona 1937

♦Anderson, John M., Winous Point Waterfowl Club, Route 1,

Port Clinton, Ohio 1938

Anderson, Paul Knight, 126 W. River St., Orange, Massachusetts 1947

♦Anderson, REudolph] MEartin], National Museum of Canada,

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 1937

♦Andrews, James Clinton, 1 E. York St., Nantucket, Massachusetts 1947

Anthes, Clarence AElvin], 713 Hamilton Ave., Waukesha, Wisconsin 1939

Anthony, Jesse, D., 722 1st Ave., E., Grand Rapids, Minnesota 1944

Appleton, JEohn] SEparhawk], Simi, California 1936

♦Arbib, Robert SEimeon] Jr., 115 Lafayette Place, Woodmere,

Long Island, New York 1947

Armington, Sven, Blanchegatan 18, Stockholm, Sweden 1948

♦♦Armstrong, Miss Virginia, Musketaquid Rd., Concord, Massachusetts 1939

260

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Arnett, John Hancock Jr., Cambridge City Hospital,

Cambridge, Massachusetts 1944

Arnold, Elting, 514 Dorset Ave., Chevy Chase IS, Maryland 1941

Arnold, Rev. Jay [Hartzell], 20 N. Pine St., York, Pennsylvania 1945

Arny, Samuel A., 1435 Octavia St., New Orleans 15, Louisiana 1947

Aronoff, Arthur Edward, 59 W. 71st St., New York City 1948

*Ashton, Randolph, 800 Crown St., Morrisville, Pennsylvania 1941

**Austin, John Brander, 464 State Rd., Bala-Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 1947

*Austin, Dr. Oliver LCuther], Box 236, Tuckahoe, New York 1930

Ayer, Mrs. N[athan] Edward, 1300 Hillcrest Dr., Pomona, California. .. 1936

**Aylward, David A., 20 Spruce St., Boston 8, Massachusetts 1945

*Ayres, Charles C. Jr., 922 N. Green St., Ottumwa, Iowa 1944

Bacon, Brasher Collins Sr., Spring Lake Wildlife Refuge,

Madisonville, Kentucky 1948

Baechle, John Wfillard], C.P.P.S., St. Joseph’s College,

Collegeville, Indiana 1943

Baer, Miss Myrtle W., 1237 N. Jefferson St., Milwaukee 2, Wisconsin 1941

Bagg, Aaron Moore, 72 Fairfield Ave., Holyoke, Massachusetts 1948

*Bailey, Alfred Marshall, Colorado Museum of Natural History,

City Park, Denver 6, Colorado 1928

**Bailey, Harold H [arris], Rockbridge Alum Springs Biological

Laboratory, Route 2, Goshen, Virginia 1908

Bailey, Mrs. H. M., 1020 Jones St., Sioux City 18, Iowa 1918

Bailey, Robert Aflexander], Sarona, Wisconsin 1947

Bailey, Rolfe Wayne, 520 Second Ave., S., Charleston, West Virginia 1946

***Baker, Bernard William, Marne, Michigan 1938

*Baker, John Hfopkinson], 1165 Fifth Ave., New York City 1930

Baker, Maurice Ffrank], Wildlife Bldg., Columbia, Missouri 1947

*Baker, Paul Sfeaman], Pearsall Way, Bridgeport 5, Connecticut 1946

*Baker, Rollin Harold, Museum of Natural History, University of

Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 1938

*Baker, William Cfalvin], Department of English, University of

Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 1931

Baldwin, Mrs. Amy G., 6355 Kimbark Ave., Apt. B, Chicago 37, Illinois. .1943
Baldwin, Ralph Frank, 301 Morris Ave., S.E., Grand Rapids 3, Michigan 1947

Ball, William Howard, 5818 30th Ave., Hyattsville, Maryland 1924

**Ballard, Albert Donald, 1326 S. Stanislaus St., Stockton 35, California. . 1944
^Bancroft, Miss Constance Jfordan], Indian Mountain School,

Lakeville, Connecticut 1947

*Banks, Clinton Sfeeger], 202 Wilma Ave., Steubenville, Ohio 1945

Banta, Miss Edna, Route 6, Connersville, Indiana 1945

*Barber, Bertram Aflpha], Department of Biology, Hillsdale College,

Hillsdale, Michigan 1945

^Barbour, Llewellyn P [helps], 94 Wood St., Willoughby, Ohio 1948

*Bard, Fred George, Provincial Museum, Normal School, Regina,

Saskatchewan, Canada 1946

Barkalow, Frederick Schenck Jr., Box 5215, State College Station,

Raleigh, North Carolina 1936

Barlow, James H., 61 Morville Dr., Rochester 13, New York 1945

Barnes, Dr. Ivston R., 401 Ridge Rd., Hamden 14, Connecticut 1948

Barnes, William Bryan, Room 10, State House Annex, Indianapolis,

Indiana 1941

Barnes, W. Hughes, Oglebay Institute, Wheeling, West Virginia 1946

Barnickol, Miss Kathleen Marie, 3530 Washington Blvd., Indianapolis 5,
Indiana 1948

December^l948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 261

Barry, Mrs. Paul A., 2111 Park Hill Dr., Columbus 9, Ohio 1948

♦Bartel, Karl E[mil] Edgar, 2528 W. Collins St., Blue Island, Illinois 1934

♦Bartlett, Guy, 1053 Parkwood Blvd., Schenectady 8, New York 1938

♦Bartlett, Wesley H., 122 S. Ridgley Ave., Algona, Iowa 1936

♦Bartsch, Paul, Gunston Hall Rd., Lorton, Virginia 1894

♦Batchelder, Charles Foster, 7 Kirkland St., Cambridge, Massachusetts 1927

Batchelder, Edgar M[arden], 690 Lynnfield St., Lynn, Massachusetts 1941

Bates, Charles Evarts, Box 34, East Wareham, Massachusetts 1945

Battrick, Miss Mary Lucile, Williamsfield, Ohio 1948

♦Batts, H[enry] Lewis Jr., Washtenaw Rd., Ypsilanti, Michigan 1946

Bauers, Harold A[ugust], 2321 N. 32nd St., Milwaukee 10, Wisconsin 1947

♦Baumgartner, Frederick Milton, Department of Entomology, Oklahoma

A. & M. College, Stillwater, Oklahoma 1935

Baumgartner, Milton Dfaniel], Route 3, Stillwater, Oklahoma 1944

♦♦Baxter, William, Mayflower Apts. C-503, Wilmington, Delaware 1945

♦Beach, Pearle Leenhouts (Mrs. Walter H.), 328 Parsells Ave.,

Rochester 9, New York 1941

Beard, Mrs. Dorothy Bradberg, 425 Jones St., Eveleth, Minnesota 1948

Beard, Elizabeth Browne (Mrs. Allen Shelby), 9904 Berwick Rd.,

Rosedale Gardens, Plymouth, Michigan 1942

Beardslee, Clark Smith, 132 McKinley Ave., Kenmore 17, New York 1942

Beardsley, Miss Mfargaret] Hortense, 410 S. Prospect St.,

Ravenna, Ohio 1941

Beck, Rollo Howard, Planada, California 1943

Becker, George Cfharles], 176 Garfield Ave., Clintonville, Wisconsin 1941

Becker, Mrs. Paul A., 251 E. Phelps Ave., Owatonna, Minnesota 1944

Beckley, Oliver E[lihu], Hotchkiss Grove, Branford, Connecticut 1948

Bedell, Miss Marie L., 1430 W. 20th St., Lorain, Ohio 1940

♦Beebe, Ralph, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse 29, Michigan 1924

♦Beebe, William, 33 W. 67th St., New York City 1944

♦Beecher, William J[ohn], Chicago Natural History Museum,

Chicago 5, Illinois 1948

Beemer, Mrs. Eleanor Vfirginia], Pauma Valley, Pala, California 1948

♦Begley, Devere Marshall, 508 N. Water St., Sparta, Wisconsin 1947

Behle, William H[arroun], Department of Biology, University of Utah,

Salt Lake City 1, Utah 1935

♦Behrend, Fred W[illiam], 322 Carter Blvd., Elizabethton, Tennessee 1944

♦♦Belcher, Paul Eugene, 988 Jefferson Ave., Apt. 3, Akron, Ohio 1938

♦Bell, Henry HI, 296 W. Evergreen Ave., Chestnut Hill,

Philadelphia 18, Pennsylvania 1946

Bell, Ruth Estelle (Mrs. Harry A. Jr.), Route 1, Martinsville, Indiana 1948

♦Bellrose, Frank Jr., Illinois Natural History Survey, Havana, Illinois 1935

♦Bennett, Logan Jfohnson], Room 2248, Interior Bldg., Fish and Wildlife

Service, Washington 25, D.C 1934

♦Bennett, Miss Mary Afllison], 623 E. Carroll St., Macomb, Illinois 1933

♦Bennett, Walter W., 5617 Harcourt Ave., Los Angeles 43, California 1945

♦Bennitt, Rudolf, Department of Zoology, University of Missouri,

Columbia, Missouri 1932

♦Benson, Mrs. Mary Heydweiller, 183 Cherry Rd., Rochester 12,

New York 1937

Benson, Seth Bertram, 645 Coventry Rd., Berkeley 7, California 1930

♦Bent, Arthur Cfleveland], 178 High St., Taunton, Massachusetts 1893

Berger, Andrew Jfohn], Department of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1940

Bergey, William R., 33 Mill St., Kitchener, Ontario, Canada 1948

262

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Bergstrom, E[dward] Alexander, 233 Ridgewood Rd., West Hartford 7,

Connecticut 1943

*Berkowitz, Albert Clarence, Tension Envelope Corporation,

1912 Grand Ave., Des Moines 14, Iowa 1946

Berlin, Grace [Fern] (Mrs. Herbert), Route 1, Monclova, Ohio 1946

Berner, Lester M[ax], Box 418, Webster, South Dakota 1948

Berriman, Charles S., 4220 Broadway, Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

Beule, John DLavid], 312 W. 3rd St., Beaver Dam, Wisconsin 1948

*Biaggi, Virgilio Jr., College of Agriculture, Mayaguez, Porto Rico,

West Indies 1945

Bibbee, Paul Cecil, Athens, West Virginia 1947

Biddle, John, 16811 Fernway Rd., Shaker Heights 20, Ohio 1945

Bilby, Hfenry] Afnthony], 9, Albert Rd., Hayes, Mid^esex, England 1947

***Billington, Cecil, 761 Southfield Rd., Birmingham, Michigan 1939

*Binnington, Miss Nora Lfouise], Catawissa, Missouri 1941

*Birchett, Guess Efleanore] (Mrs. Joseph T.), 202 E. 7th St.,

Tempe, Arizona 1948

Birkeland, Henry, Roland, Iowa 1934

♦♦Bishop, Dr. Louis Bfennett], 450 Bradford St., Pasadena 2, California. .1903
Bissonnette, Thomas Hume, Trinity College, Hartford 6, Connecticut. .. .1939
Black, Charles Theodore, 409 Agricultural Hall, Michigan State College,

East Lansing, Michigan 1935

♦♦♦Blain, Dr. Alexander Wfillis], 2201 Jefferson Ave., E., Detroit 7,

Michigan 1902

♦Blake, Emmet R[eid], Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5,

Illinois 1939

Blanchard, Miss Dorothy, 2014 Geddes Ave., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1948

Blanchard, Harold Hfooper], 32 Calumet Rd., Winchester,

Massachusetts 1946

♦♦Bleitz, Donald Lewis, 5338 Hollywood Blvd., Hollywood 27, California. .1948

♦Blincoe, Ben [edict] Joseph, 8766 N. Main St., Dayton 5, Ohio 1919

Blincoe, Edith S. (Mrs. Ben J.), 8766 N. Main St., Dayton 5, Ohio 1926

♦Boggs, Ira Brooks, West Virginia University, Morgantown,

West Virginia 1938

Bohland, Michael F., 515 N. Walnut St., Batesville, Indiana 1948

Bohland, Mrs. Michael F., 515 N. Walnut St., Batesville, Indiana 1948

Bolt, Benjamin F[ranklin], 1110 Armour Blvd., Kansas City 3, Missouri. 1914

♦♦Bond, James, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia 3, Pennsylvania 1945

Bond, Richard M[arshall], 3322 S.W. Fairmount Blvd., Portland 1,

Oregon 1936

Boorstin, Dr. Daniel J., 852 E. 57th St., Chicago 37, Illinois 1946

♦Borden, Richard, 1031 Canton Ave., Milton, Massachusetts 1947

♦Borell, Adrey Edwin, Soil Conservation Service, Box 1348,

Albuquerque, New Mexico 1936

♦Borror, Donald J[oyce], Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1927

Boulton, Rudyerd, 3317 Dent Place, N.W., Washington 7, D.C 1942

Bourliere, Dr. F., 8 Rue Huysmans, Paris 6, France 1945

Bourne, Neil [Fitzroy], 39 Flatt Ave., Hamilton, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦Bourne, Raymond D[ory], 118 E. Vine St., Oxford, Ohio 1946

Bowdish, Beecher Sfcoville], Demarest, New Jersey 1921

Bowen, Leon Wfalker], 77 Evergreen Ave., Bloomfield, New Jersey 1942

Bowen, Robert Marvin, 5009 Leeds Ave., Halethorpe 27, Maryland 1947

Bowers, J. Basil, 381 51st St., Oakland 9, California 1942

Bowman, Robert Ifrvin], International House, University of California,
Berkeley 4, California 1948

VofTorNa 4^ WILSON CLUB ROLL 263

Boyd, Miss Elizabeth M[argaret], Mount Holyoke College,

South Hadley, Massachusetts 1941

Boyd, Hugh J., 24 Bedminster Rd., Bristol 3, England 1946

*Brackbill, Hervey [Groff], 4608 Springdale Ave., Baltimore 7, Maryland. . 1942

***Bradley, Miss Hazel L[ouise], 301J4 Third St., Jackson, Michigan 1944

Bradley, Homer L., Sand Lake Refuge, Columbia, South Dakota 1939

Brandenburg, Miss Arminta Aflice], State Hospital, Toledo, Ohio 1941

♦**Brandt, Herbert W., 2245 Harcourt Dr., Cleveland 6, Ohio 1945

*Branum, Miss Florence [Pauline], 117 N. Ewing St., Lancaster, Ohio 1946

Brauner, Joseph, 10817 Strathmore Dr., Los Angeles 24, California 1942

***Brecher, Leonard C[harles], 1900 Spring Dr., Louisville 5, Kentucky 1939

**Breckenridge, Walter J[ohn], Museum of Natural History, University of

Minnesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1929

Breiding, George Hferbert], 487 National Rd., Fulton, Wheeling,

West Virginia 1942

Brennan, Bernard P., 658 Park Place, Brooklyn 16, New York 1948

Brereton, Dr. E[wart] L[ount], Box 99, Barrie, Ontario, Canada 1943

*Brigham, Edward M[ orris] Jr., Kingman Memorial Museum,

Battle Creek, Michigan 1931

*Brigham, Hferbert] Storrs Jr., 3817 Sedgwick Ave., New York City 63.. 1942
Bristow, Harry Sherman Jr., Pine Ave., Cedars, MarshaUton, Delaware. .1942
Broadbooks, Harold Efugene], Museum of Zoology, University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1948

Brockschlager, Miss Mary Elizabeth, 518 E. Fourth St.,

Cincinnati 2, Ohio 1948

*Brokaw, De Witt P., 176 Rockview Ave., Plainfield, New Jersey 1948

Broley, Charles Lfavelle], Delta, Ontario, Canada 1946

Brooks, Mrs. Benjamin Talbot, 191 Shore Rd., Old Greenwich,

Connecticut 1945

^Brooks, Earle A[mos], 166 Plymouth Rd., Newton Highlands,

Massachusetts 1933

♦♦♦Brooks, Maurice Graham, Division of Forestry, West Virginia

University, Morgantown, West Virginia 1927

Broome, Forrest Jones, 7411 Keeler Ave., Detroit 21, Michigan 1947

Broun, Maurice, Route 2, Kempton, Pennsylvania 1935

Brown, Clarence D., 222 Valley Rd., Montclair, New Jersey 1938

Brown, Eflmer] E[vans], Davidson College, Davidson, North Carolina. .1945
*Brown, N. Rae, Faculty of Forestry, University of New Brunswick,

Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada 1945

Brownsey, Leah [Belle] (Mrs. Edgar George), 2911 San Isidro St.,

Tampa 6, Florida 1946

Brueggemann, Miss Anna L[ouise], 584 Sheridan Ave., Columbus 9, Ohio. 1943

♦♦♦Bruns, James Henry, 1820 Jefferson Ave., New Orleans, Louisiana 1941

*Bryens, Oscar McKinley, 231 S. Main St., Three Rivers, Michigan 1924

Buchanan, Forest Wendell, Amsterdam, Ohio 1939

Buchanan, Marjorie H. (Mrs. Keith), Box 531, Amsterdam, Ohio 1946

*Buchheister, Carl W., 1006 Fifth Ave., New York City 28 1943

♦Buckstaff, Ralph Noyes, Oshkosh Public Musuem, Oshkosh, Wisconsin 1941

♦♦Burelbach, Maj. Martin J., 510 W. 4th St., Chattanooga 3, Tennessee 1942

♦Bures, Joseph August, 2316 Hayson Ave., Pittsburgh 16, Pennsylvania. .. 1946

♦Burget, Martin Lewis, Dyke, Colorado 1948

♦Burget, Russel Lincoln, 526 Devon Place, Toledo 10, Ohio 1944

♦Borland, Lee Jfohnson], Room 14, Fernow Hall, Cornell University,

Ithaca, New York 1939

♦Burleigh, Thomas Dfearborn], School of Forestry, University of Idaho,

Moscow, Idaho 1922

264

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol, 60, No. 4

^Burlingame, Mrs. Virginia S[truble], 812 S. 8th St.,

Bozeman, Montana 1946

Burner, Miss Florence H[elen], 5350 Reisterstown Rd.,

Baltimore 15, Maryland 1948

*Burns, Maurice E[dward], 735 W. 10th St., Escondido, California 1948

Burns, Robert David, 1805 Greenleaf Dr., Royal Oak, Michigan 1948

*Burr, Irving Wfingate], 265 Littleton St., West Lafayette, Indiana 1945

*Burt, William Henry, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1928

*Butchart, G. Reeves, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1943

*Butsch, Robert Stearns, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1947

Bytzko, Miss Anne, 13563 Arlington, Detroit 12, Michigan 1948

Cadbury, Joseph Moore, Johnson Court 1, 16 E. Johnson St.,

Germantown, Philadelphia 44, Pennsylvania 1943

Cagle, Fred R., Department of Zoology, Tulane University,

New Orleans 15, Louisiana 1942

*Cahalane, Victor Hfarrison], National Park Service, Washington 25, D.C..1933

Caldwell, Miss Sara Eflizabeth], 220 E. Lincoln St., Findlay, Ohio 1946

Calvert, Earl Wellington, Route 2, County Home, Lindsay,

Ontario, Canada 1937

Calvert, Scott B., 5147 E. North St., Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

Calvert, William Jfonathan] Jr., 615 N. Pelham Rd.,

Jacksonville, Alabama 1942

Camburn, F. Lawrence, Edwin S. George Reserve, Pinckney, Michigan 1947

Campbell, Mrs. Edith Abbott, Lyme Rd., Hanover, New Hampshire 1945

Campbell, John David, 1222 W. State St., Geneva, Illinois 1944

*Campbell, Louis W [alter], 4531 Walker Ave., Toledo 12, Ohio 1926

*Campbell, Miss Mildred F[lorence], 29 N. Hawthorne Lane,

Indianapolis 19, Indiana 1938

^Campbell, Thomas Hfodgen], 24 15th Ave., Columbus 1, Ohio 1946

Carlander, Kenneth Dixon, Department of Zoology, Iowa State College,

Ames, Iowa 1948

Carnes, Mrs. Herbert E., 25 Kenwood Rd., Tenafly, New Jersey 1944

Carpenter, Dorothea Shafer (Mrs. John L.), 402 Walnut St.,

Alexandria, Indiana 1946

^Carpenter, Floyd S., 2402 Longest Ave., Louisville 4, Kentucky 1934

Carpenter, Forrest Aflmon], Des Lacs National Wildlife Refuge,

Kenmare, North Dakota 1948

Carpenter, Dr. John L [eland], 402 Walnut St., Alexandria, Indiana 1946

^Carpenter, Thomas L., 557 N. 68th St., Milwaukee 13, Wisconsin 1948

*Carroll, Col. Robert P., 305 Letcher Ave., Lexington, Virginia 1942

***Carrothers, Miss Vera, 14704 Alder Ave., East Cleveland 12, Ohio 1938

Carson, L[enwood] B[allard], 1306 Lincoln St., Topeka, Kansas 1948

Carter, Bertha May (Mrs. E. W.), Route 4, Bowling Green, Ohio 1946

^Carter, Dennis [Lee], Box 84, Thor, Iowa 1947

**Carter, Russell W[ebster], 126 N. MacArthur Blvd., Springfield, Illinois. . 1946

Carter, T. C., Northwestern State College, Alva, Oklahoma 1947

*Cartwright, Bertram William, 59 Elm Park Rd., Winnipeg,

Manitoba, Canada 1930

^Case, Leslie Delos Sr., 616 Barber Ave., Route 1, Ann Arbor, Michigan. . .1938
Cassel, J[oseph] Frank[lin], Department of Zoology, Colorado A. & M.
College, Fort Collins, Colorado 1940

December^l94^8 WILSON CLUB ROLL 265

*Cater, Milam B[rison], Box 133, Millboro, Virginia 1944

**Cavendish, Miss Virginia G., 1661 Sixth Ave., Huntington,

West Virginia 1946

**Chalif, Edward Louis, 37 Barnsdale Rd., Short Hills, New Jersey 1947

*Challey, John [Raymond], 1349 2nd St., N., Fargo, North Dakota 1948

^♦Chambers, W[illie] Lee, Robinson Rd., Topanga, California 1909

Chance, Edgar Pfercival], Gurdons, Witley, Godaiming, Surrey, England. 1941
^Chapin, James P[aul], American Museum of Natural History, Central

Park W. at 79th St., New York City 24 1945

Chapin, John L[adner], Physiology Department, Strong Memorial

Hospital, Rochester, New York 1947

Chapman, Floyd Bfarton], 1944 Denune Ave., Columbus 11, Ohio 1932

Chapman, Herman Floraine, 712 South Dakota Ave., Sioux Falls,

South Dakota 1947

Chapman, Lawrence B., 1 Woodridge Rd., Wellesley 81, Massachusetts. . 1940

Chapman, Mrs. Naomi Fran, Box 177, Flossmoor, Illinois 1945

*Chase, Henry B. Jr„ 517 Decatur St., New Orleans 16, Louisiana 1932

**Chatham, Comdr. Thurmond, 112 Stratford Rd., Winston-Salem,

North Carolina 1945

Chenault, Tandy P., Mount Sterling, Kentucky 1948

Chiavetta, Kenneth James, Conservation Commission, U.S.D.A. Bldg.,

Elkins, West Virginia 1948

Childs, Henry Efverett] Jr., 441 Boynton Ave., Berkeley 7, California. .. 1948
Chilman, Ruth E[va] (Mrs. W. A.), 15464 Asbury Park,

Detroit 27, Michigan 1948

Christine, Chad [wick] W[ilson], 420 Riverview Terrace,

Maysville, Kentucky 1947

Christisen, Don[ald] M[erle], Route 2, Columbia, Missouri 1947

Christy, O. B., 2820 University, Muncie, Indiana 1948

**Church, C[harles] T[homas], 70 Pine St., New York City 5 1945

Chutter, Miss Mildred C., Box 229, Athens, Ohio 1936

Clapp, G[eorge] Howard, Box 114, Hartland, Wisconsin 1941

***Clarkson, Mrs. Edwin O., Wing Haven, 248 Ridgewood Ave.,

Charlotte 7, North Carolina 1940

Clausen, Arthur William, 120 W. Main St., Dwight, Illinois 1947

♦Clay, William M[arion], Department of Biology, University of Louisville,

Louisville 8, Kentucky 1947

Clemens, William B[ryson], 40 N. Church St., Cortland, New York 1942

Clement, Roland Cfharles], 49 Tremont St., Fall l^ver, Massachusetts 1941

Clifford, Mrs. Scot, Brendonwood, Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

♦Clow, Miss Marion, Box 163, Lake Forest, Illinois 1929

♦Coffey, Ben Barry Jr., 672 N. Belvedere, Memphis 7, Tennessee 1927

Coffin, Anna Audenried (Mrs. Francis Hopkinson), 1512 Jefferson Ave.,

Scranton, Pennsylvania 1947

Cogswell, Howard Lfyman], Department of Zoology, University of

California, Berkeley 4, California 1944

Collias, Nicholas E[lias], Department of Zoology, University of

Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wisconsin 1945

Collins, Mrs. Edna, 1123 N. Hawthorne Lane, Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

Collum, Charles Edward, 1070 Lucile Ave.., S.W., Atlanta, Georgia 1947

Collum, Thomas Francis, 1070 Lucille Ave., S.W., Atlanta, Georgia 1947

Coman, Edward L., 26 Lake St., Wakefield, Rhode Island 1948

Comfort, James F., 27 N. lola Dr., Webster Groves 19, Missouri 1947

Common, Mrs. James A., 141 Flower Ave., W., Watertown, New York.. 1945
Compton, Miss Dorothy M[ay], 22 Wilton St., Princeton, New Jersey ... 1945

266

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

*Compton, Lawrence Verlyn, Soil Conservation Service, Box 1898,

Ft. Worth 1, Texas 1923

*Congdon, Dr. R[ussel] T[hompson], Medical Arts Bldg.,

Wenatchee, Washington 1944

Conkey, John H., 11 Chestnut St., Ware, Massachusetts 1947

Conn, Robert Carland, 769 Park Ave., Bound Brook, New Jersey 1945

***Conover, [H.] Boardman, 6 Scott St., Chicago 10, Illinois 1944

*Conrad, Charles L[ouis], 1206 Warwood Ave., Wheeling, West Virginia. . 1937
*Conway, Albert E., Department of Psychology, Lafayette College,

Easton, Pennsylvania 1939

*Cooch, Graham, 685 Echo Dr., Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 1945

Cook, Bill J[ames], 969 Congress Ave., Glendale, Ohio 1948

*Cook, Miss Fannye Addine, State Fish and Game Commission,

2550 N. State St., Jackson 44, Mississippi 1923

***Cooley, Miss Eleanor Graham, R.F.D., Berwyn, Maryland 1936

Coombes, Robert Armitage Hamilton, Sea Bank, Bolton-le-Sands,

Carnforth, Lancashire, England 1936

Corn, Lawrence R., 329 N. 41st St., Camden, New Jersey 1945

*Cottam, Clarence, Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior,

Washington 25, D.C 1929

Cottrell, George William Jr., 70 Lake View Ave.,

Cambridge 38, Massachusetts 1941

*Court, Edward J., 1723 Newton St., N.W., Mt. Pleasant, Washington, D.C.. . 1944
Cox, Dorothy Ploch (Mrs. Lawrence G.), Star Route,

Crosslake, Minnesota 1947

^Crawford, Gene H., Bowdoin National Wildlife Refuge, Malta, Montana. 1948
*Creager, Joe C[lyde], L. A. Cann Rd., Drawer 1267,

Ponca City, Oklahoma 1947

Crewson, Ray[mond] [Charles], 111 E. Texas Ave., Sebring, Ohio 1947

Crichton, Vincent, Chapleau, Ontario, Canada 1948

Crowder, Orville Wfright], 2910 Guilford Ave., Baltimore 18, Maryland. 1946

♦Cruickshank, Allan Dudley, Highland Hall, Rye, New York 1939

Cruttenden, John Rudy, 2020 Maine St., Quincy, Illinois 1945

♦Cunningham, James W., 3009 E. 19th Terrace, Kansas City, Missouri. .. .1935
♦Currier, Edmonde Sfamuel], 8541 N. Chicago Ave., St. Johns Station,

Portland, Oregon 1930

♦Curtis, Miss Elizabeth L[ong], 5648 Beach Dr., Seattle 6, Washington 1935

♦Curtis, Robert A[ndrews], Route 1, Goffstown, New Hampshire 1945

♦Dahlberg, Wendell Ofscar], 11312 S. Michigan Ave., Chicago 28, Illinois. 1939

Dainty, Jack, 6 Wolfe Ave., Deep River, Ontario, Canada 1947

Dallas, George M., 18 Summit St., Philadelphia 18, Pennsylvania 1948

♦Dambach, Charles A., Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1934

Damon, David, Game, Forestation and Parks Commission,

State Capitol, Lincoln, Nebraska 1933

♦Dana, Edward Fox, 57 Exchange St., Portland 3, Maine 1939

Danner, May S. (Mrs. John M.) , 1646 Cleveland Ave., N.W., Canton, Ohio. 1921
Darby, Richard Tfhorn], 5029 Hazel Ave., Philadelphia 43, Pennsylvania 1948
♦♦Darden, Constance S. (Mrs. Colgate W. Jr.), University of Virginia,

Charlottesville, Virginia 1943

Davey, Dr. Winthrop Nfewbury], University Hospital,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1941

♦Davidson, William Mark, Box 66, Laurel, Maryland 1933

♦Davis, Clifford Vernon, Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Montana State College, Bozeman, Montana 1945

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 267

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Davis, Dr. David E[dward], School of Hygiene and Public Health,

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore 5, Maryland 1940

♦♦Davis, Mrs. Edward M., 159 E. Lyman Ave., Winter Park, Florida 1946

Davis, George, Route 5, Murfreesboro, Tennessee 1936

Davis, George W., 148 Northfield St., Montpelier, Vermont 1941

Davis, Howard Henry, Little Stoke, Patchway, Bristol, England 1947

♦Davis, John, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California,

Berkeley 4, California 1939

♦Davis, Lfouie] Irby, Box 988, Harlingen, Texas 1933

♦Davis, Russell S., Clayton, Illinois 1947

Davis, Wfilliam] B., Department of Wildlife Management,

College Station, Texas 1938

Davis, William Franklin, 423 W. 46th St., Ashtabula, Ohio 1947

♦Davisson, A. Paul, 1112 Fleming Ave., Edgemont, Fairmont,

West Virginia 1947

♦Dean, Mrs. Blanche Evans, 2100 20th Ave., S., Birmingham, Alabama 1947

♦Dear, Lt. Col. Lfionel] Sfextus], Box 127, Port Arthur, Ontario, Canada 1939
Dechen, Mrs. Lillian Orvetta. 14 Summer St., Port Dickinson,

Binghamton 6, New York 1939

♦Decker, Cfharles] 0., 6450 Kenwood Ave., Chicago 37, Illinois 1938

Deevey, Edward Sfmith] Jr., Osbom Zoological Laboratory,

Yale University, New Haven 11, Connecticut 1948

♦DeGarmo, William Russell, 1570 Virginia St., E.,

Charleston, West Virginia 1946

DeGroot, Dudley Sargent, West Virginia University,

Morgantown, West Virginia 1948

Dehner, Rev. Eugene Wfilliam], St. Benedict’s College, Atchison, Kansas. 1944
Deichmann, [Kjeld] Henrik, Moss Glen, Kings County,

New Brunswick, Canada 1948

♦♦♦Delacour, Jean [Theodore], American Museum of Natural History,

Central Park W. at 79th St., New York City 24 1944

Delavan, Wayne G., Route 2, Box 61, Bronson, Kansas 1943

♦DeLury, Ralph Emerson, 330 Fairmont Ave., Ottawa, Ontario, Canada.. 1920

♦Denham, Reginald [Francis], 100 Central Park, S., New York City 19 1948

♦Denton, J[ames] Fred Jr., 1510 Pendleton Rd., Augusta, Georgia 1935

Derdiger, Mrs. Caroline V., 3122 15th Ave., S.,

Minneapolis 7, Minnesota 1944

Derleth, August [William], Sauk City, Wisconsin 1940

♦♦de Schauensee, Rodolphe Meyer, Devon, Pennsylvania 1945

♦♦♦Desmond, Hon. Thomas C[harles], Box 670, Newburgh, New York 1942

♦Deusing, Murl, Milwaukee Public Museum, Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin. .. .1937
Devitt, Otto Edmund, 218 Eglinton Ave., E., Toronto, Ontario, Canada.. 1935
Dice, Lee R[aymond], Laboratory of Vertebrate Biology,

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1943

Dickinson, J[oshua] C[lifton] Jr., Department of Biology,

University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 1939

♦Dickinson, Miriam S. (Mrs. William Winston), 2006 Reid Ave.,

Bluefield, West Virginia 1942

♦Diem, Kenneth Lee, 2418 Santa Barbara St., Santa Barbara, California. .1948

Dietrich, Otto Killian, 225 Glendora Ave., Louisville 12, Kentucky 1947

♦Dilger, William C[hristopher], 126 Lake Ave., Hilton, New York 1946

♦Dingle, Edward von Siebold, Huger, South Carolina 1921

♦Dixon, Miss Clara, Albion College, Albion, Michigan 1947

♦Dixon, J[ames] B[enjamin], Route 1, Box 688, Escondido, California 1936

Dixon, Keith Lee, International House, Berkeley 4, California 1946

♦Dobie, Mrs. J. Frank, 702 Park Place, Austin, Texas 1948

268

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

**Dodge, Victor K[enney], 137 Bell Court West, Lexington 23, Kentucky. .1935

*Doenges, Miss Yuvon B[ernadine], Route 8, Defiance, Ohio 1948

Doerhoefer, Basil, Route 6, Box 538, Louisville, Kentucky 1947

**Doering, Hubert R., 6522 Michigan Ave., St. Louis 11, Missouri 1945

*Dole, Sumner A[lvord] Jr., 19 Tahanto St., Concord, New Hampshire. . 1947
Domm, Lincoln V[alentine], Whitman Laboratory of Experimental

Zoology, University of Chicago, Chicago 37, Illinois 1936

Donahue, Miss [Henri] etta Helen, Department of Zoology,

Botany and Zoology Bldg., Columbus 10, Ohio 1947

^Donnelly, Thomas Wallace, 1432 44th St., N.W., Washington 7, D.C 1947

♦Douglass, Donald W., Game Division, Michigan Department

of Conservation, Lansing 13, Michigan 1929

♦Downer, Alice Porter (Mrs. C. T.), Box 82, Lanham, Maryland 1945

♦Downing, Paul E[arl], 835 Waukegan Ave., Highland Park, Illinois 1943

Drum, Miss Margaret, 217 South St., Owatonna, Minnesota 1937

♦Dudley, John Mfurchie], 20 Germain St., Calais, Maine 1944

Duff, C. V., 1922 Tamarind Ave., Hollywood 28, California 1946

Duff, James Vfictor], 418 Clark Hall, Pomona College,

Claremont, California 1948

Duffield, Marjorie 0[lney] (Mrs. John W.), Institute of Forest Genetics,

Placerville, California 1948

Dugan, Caldwell Norton, 446 14th Ave., N.E., St. Petersburg, Florida. .. 1948

^♦♦Dugan, Dr. William Dunbar, 221 Pierce Ave., Hamburg, New York 1945

♦DuMont, Philip Aftkinson], 4114 Fessenden St., N.W.,

Washington 16, D.C 1928

Dundas, Lester Harvey, Slade National Wildlife Refuge,

Dawson, North Dakota 1943

Dunt, R. H., “Lynhurst,” Kenilworth Rd., Sale, Cheshire, England 1948

Durand, Miss Lucia Relf, 640 Middlefield Rd., Palo Alto, California 1948

Dusi, Julian Lfuigi], 251 Taylor Station Rd., Blacklick, Ohio 1941

♦Duvall, Allen Joseph, Fish and Wildlife Service,

Department of the Interior, Washington 25, D.C 1942

Dyar, Mrs. Jessie Goss, 974 N. Audubon Rd., Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

♦Dyer, William A., 112 Allen St., Union City, Michigan 1947

♦Eagleson, Joseph P., 85 E. Gay St., Columbus 15, Ohio 1943

♦East, Ben, Holly, Michigan 1948

♦Eastman, Whitney Hfaskins], % General Mills, Inc.,

General Mills Bldg., Minneapolis 1, Minnesota 1941

♦Eastwood, Sidney Kingman, 5110 Friendship Ave.,

Pittsburgh 24, Pennsylvania 1928

Eaton, Stephen Wfoodman], 808 S. Main St., Geneva, New York 1942

Eckelberry, Don R[ichard], 47 Brentwood Rd., Bay Shore,

Long Island, New York 1948

Eddy, Garrett, 4515 Ruffner St., Seattle 99, Washington 1947

♦Edeburn, Ralph Mfilton], Department of Zoology, Marshall College,

Huntington, West Virginia 1947

♦Edge, Mrs. Charles N[oel], 1215 Fifth Ave., New York City 29 1931

♦Edwards, Ernest Pfreston], Fernow Hall, Cornell University,

Ithaca, New York 1947

Edwards, James L., 27 Stanford Place, Montclair, New Jersey 1947

♦♦Edwards, Robert Davis, % Stock Trend Service, 95 State St.,

Springfield, Massachusetts 1945

♦♦♦Edwards, Robert L[omas], Department of Biology, Harvard University,

Cambridge 38, Massachusetts 1945

Edwards, R[oger] York, Department of Zoology, University of British

Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada 1948

December^l948 WILSON CLUB ROLL . 269

♦Edwards, Sylvia P. (Mrs. Robert L.), Department of Biology,

Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Massachusetts 1946

♦Eichman, Cuno, 3276 Daleford Rd., Shaker Heights 20, Ohio 1948

♦Eifert, Virginia S[nider] (Mrs. Herman D.), 70S W. Vine St.,

Springfield, Illinois 1941

♦Eifrig, Charles William Gustave, Windermere, Orange Co., Florida 1907

Eighme, Miss Marietta MLuriel], 1201 N. Court St., Ottumwa, Iowa 1947

♦♦♦Eisenmann, Eugene, 110 W. 86th St., New York City 1942

Eisenmayer, Miss Betty Jean, 1917 N. Main Ave., Springfield 1, Missouri. 1948

♦Ekblaw, George Elbert, 511 W. Main St., Urbana, Illinois 1914

♦♦Ekblaw, Walter Elmer, Clark University, Worcester 3, Massachusetts. .. 1910
♦♦Eklund, Dr. Carl MLilton], Rocky Mountain Laboratory,

Hamilton, Montana 1945

♦Elder, William H[anna], 105 Wildlife Conservation Bldg.,

University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri 1938

Ellarson, Robert S[cott], 431 Sterling Court, Madison 5, Wisconsin 1948

Ellett, C [lay ton] W[ayne], Department of Botany, Ohio State University,

Columbus 10, Ohio 1948

♦Elliott, Richard M., 1564 Vincent St., St. Paul 8, Minnesota 1940

Ellis, Miss Hazel Rosetta, Keuka College, Keuka Park, New York 1942

Ellsworth, Miss Emma Margaret, 6331 N. 32nd St., Omaha 11, Nebraska. 1948

Emans, Miss Elaine V[ivian], Hutchinson, Minnesota 1947

Emerson, David L[owell], 25 Everett Ave., Providence, Rhode Island 1939

♦♦♦Emerson, Guy, 16 E. 11th St., New York City 3 1938

♦Emilio, SEhepard] Gilbert, Route 4, Laconia, New Hampshire 1929

♦Emlen, John Thompson Jr., Department of Zoology,

University of Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wisconsin 1936

Empey, Miller, Freeland, Michigan 1939

♦English, Pennoyer Francis, Department of Zoology,

Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania 1934

Ennis, J[ames] Harold, Cornell College, Mt. Vernon, Iowa 1942

♦Erickson, Mary M[arilla], University of California Santa Barbara

College, Santa Barbara, California 1930

Erickson, Ray Cfharles], Malheur National Wildlife Refuge,

Burns, Oregon 1939

♦♦Errington, Paul Lfester], Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1932

Eshleman, Sfilas] Kendrick HI, 733 E. Lassiter St., Gainesville, Florida. 1947

♦Etz, Mrs. Elizabeth Cecilia, Thomhedge, Wheeling, West Virginia 1940

♦♦Eustice, Mrs. Alfred L., 1138 Sheridan Rd., Evanston, Illinois 1944

♦Evans, Dr. Evan Morton, 550 Park Ave., New York City 1929

♦Evenden, Fred Gfeorge] Jr., 521 Hayes St., Woodburn, Oregon 1948

Everett, Miss Constance Antoinette, 206 Ninth St., N. E.,

Waseca, Minnesota 1948

Eynon, Alfred E., 5 Beach Rd., Verona, New Jersey 1947

♦Eyster, Marshall Blackwell, 203 Vivarium Bldg., Wright and Healey Sts.,

Champaign , Illinois 1947

Fales, John H[ouse], 1917 Elkhart St., Silver Spring, Maryland 1939

♦♦Fargo, William G filbert], 506 Union St., Jackson, Michigan 1923

♦♦Farmer, Earl Wilson, Box 1362, Steubenville, Ohio 1946

♦Farner, Donald Sfankey], Department of Zoology,

The State College of Washington, Pullman, Washington 1941

♦Fawver, Ben Jfunior], 512 W. White St., Champaign, Illinois 1948

Feeney, W. S., Box 132, Ladysmith, Wisconsin 1937

♦Feighner, Miss Lena Veta, 298-1 S. Tremont St., Kansas City, Kansas.. 1935
♦♦♦Feigley, Miss Margaret Dfenny], 544 Chestnut St., Winnetka, Illinois. .. 1944
♦Ferguson, William, 5907 Mason St., Omaha, Nebraska 1946

270

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Fetherston, Miss Kathleen ELlizabeth], Pelee Island, Ontario, Canada. . .1946

*Fichter, Dr. E'dson Harvey, 440 N. 26th St., Lincoln, Nebraska 1948

Finfrock, Clarence Millard, School of Law, Western Reserve University,

Cleveland 6, Ohio 1948

*Finster, Miss Ethel B., Louisburg College, Louisburg, North Carolina 1931

*Fischer, Richard Bfernard], 140-19 Beech Ave., Flushing, New York 1942

*Fisher, Mrs. Glen, Route 3, Box 168, Oshkosh, Wisconsin 1948

Fisk, Frederick Charles, 490 First St., N.W., Linton, Indiana 1948

Flamm, Mrs. Ruth Marrielgien, Lake Lillian, Minnesota 1948

Fleetwood, Raymond J[udy], Bosque del Apache National Wildlife

Refuge, San Antonio, New Mexico 1931

*Fleisher, Edward, Brooklyn College, Brooklyn 10, New York 1947

Fleugel, James Bush, 1104 American National Bank Bldg.,

Kalamazo 0 , Michiga n 1942

*Flexner, John Morris, 2204 Douglass Blvd., Louisville 5, Kentucky 1948

*Floyd, Judge Joseph Larke, 302 Citizens Bldg., Canton, Ohio 1903

*Fluekiger, Miss Dora Whitman, Hotel Dauphin, Broadway at 67th St.,

New York City 23 1948

Flynn, Michael Bfurke], 282 Rider Ave., Syracuse 4, New York 1942

*Foley, Edward J fames], 5349 N. Bay Ridge Ave.,

Milwaukee 11, Wisconsin 1947

Folger, Miss Edith Virginia, 1 Vestal St., Nantucket, Massachusetts 1946

*Foote, Maurice E'fdwin], Route 1, Mantua, Ohio 1932

Ford, Edward Rfussell], Newaygo, Michigan 1914

Fordham, Stephen Crane Jr., Delmar Game Farm, Delmar, New York 1948

Forsyth, Mrs. Louise Afnn], 71 Lebanon Rd., Hanover, New Hampshire 1940

Forsyth, Max Allyn, 313 N. 16th St., New Castle, Indiana 1948

Foster, Ben R., Agricultural Station, Christiansted,

St. Croix, Virgin Islands 1947

Foster, Edwin Gfarfield], 36 Arvine Park, Rochester 11, New York 1948

Fowle, Cfharles] David, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,

100 Queen’s Park, Toronto, Ontario, Canada 1947

*Fox, Adrian C., Box 1451, Lincoln, Nebraska 1937

♦Fredrickson, Richard William, 1019 Kentucky St., Lawrence, Kansas 1947

♦♦French, Mrs. Elizabeth Thomas, 1801 Las Lomas,

Albuquerque, New Mexico 1943

French, Norman Roger, 1031 W. Edwards St., Springfield, Illinois 1947

♦Fries, Waldemar Hans, 220 Valley Rd., Merion Station, Pennsylvania. . 1947

Fromholz, Miss Addie Nye, 1101 W. Cherokee Ave., Enid, Oklahoma 1947

Frost, Herbert Hamilton, 178 E, 2nd St., S., Rexburg, Idaho 1941

♦Frye, 0. Earle Jr., Box 834, Punta Gorda, Florida 1940

♦Fryman, Miss Kathryn Eflizabeth], 114 Oak St., Wyandotte, Michigan. . 1943

Fulmer, Mary Frances (Mrs. L. R.), 437 Crane Ave., Kent, Ohio 1947

♦Furniss, Owen Cfecil], Port Alberni, Vancouver Island,

British Columbia, Canada 1934

♦Gabrielson, Ira Nfoel], 1807 Preston Rd., Parkfairfax,

Alexandria, Virginia 1913

Gaillard, Stephen Lee, 9 Lee Place, Bronxville, New York 1942

Gaines, Jack Raymond, 411 W. Koch St., Bozeman, Montana 1945

Gairloch, Stanley Sftanford], Kingston, Rhode Island 1948

Gale, Dr. John Sfumner], U. S. Veterans Administration Hospital,

Indianapolis 44, Indiana 1948

♦Gale, Larry Rfichard], Greensburg Ave., Hodgensville, Kentucky 1948

♦Galley, John Efdmond], 1610 W. Holloway Ave., Midland, Texas 1945

Gallup, Frederick Norman, Escondido, California 1947

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

WILSON CLUB ROLL

271

^•‘Gammell, Dr. R[obert] T[heodore], Kenmare, North Dakota 1943

**Ganier, Albert F[ranklin], 2112 Woodlawn Dr., Nashville S, Tennessee. .1915
Garner, William Vaughn, 447 E. Wacksworth St., Philadelphia 19,

Pennsylvania 1948

Garrett, Miss [Mary] Lois, 1709 Chestnut St., Kenova, West Virginia. .1942

Garrison, David L[loyd], Lincoln, Massachusetts 1940

Gashwiler, Jay S., Fish and Wildlife Service, 436 Federal Bldg.,

Salt Lake City, Utah 1944

*Gates, Miss Doris [Berta], 814 W. 4th St., North Platte, Nebraska 1948

Gates, J. Herman, Box 346, Wakefield, Rhode Island 1948

Gensch, Robert Henry, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 1001 Fidelity Bldg.,

Kansas City 6, Missouri 1939

George, John Lfothar], Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1939

Gerstell, Richard, % Animal Trap Company of America,

Lititz, Pennsylvania 1939

Gibbs, Robert H[enry] Jr., 304 College Ave., Ithaca, New York 1948

Gibbs, Walter C., 114 W. Thornapple St., Chevy Chase, Maryland 1941

*Gier, Herschel Thomas, Department of Zoology, Kansas State College,

Manhattan, Kansas 1937

Giernot, Bruno Benjamin, 1111 E. Burlington, Iowa City, Iowa 1948

Gifford, Harold, 3636 Burt Ave., Omaha, Nebraska 1936

Gilbert, Miss Kathryn Helen, 714 1st Ave., W., Grand Rapids, Minnesota. 1945

Gill, C[harles] Tferry], Box 1607, Harlingen, Texas 1947

'•‘♦Gillen, Harold W., Denslow Rd., New Canaan, Connecticut 1944

Gillette, Mary Howie (Mrs. Darwin Clay), Box 145, Ulster, Pennsylvania. 1946

♦Gillette, John Wells, Route 4, Niles, Michigan 1948

Gilligan, James P., Department of Biology, Boise Junior College,

Boise, Idaho 1938

Giltz, Maurice L[eroy], Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1939

Ginn, William Edward, 511 E. Van Buren St., Columbia City, Indiana. .1941
Glazier, William H[enry] Mfonroe], 36 High St.,

Peterborough, New Hampshire 1948

Glenn, Robert W., 509 Orchard Ave., Avalon, Pittsburgh 2, Pennsylvania. 1934

Glore, W[alter] Sfcott] Jr., 350 Maple Ave., Danville, Kentucky 1947

Glover, Fred A[rthur], Department of Zoology, Iowa State College,

Ames, Iowa 1947

Goebel, Herman [John], 78-52 80th St., Brooklyn 27, New York 1946

♦♦Goetz, Christian John, 3503 Middleton Ave., Cincinnati 20, Ohio 1930

♦Goldman, George M., Emory at Oxford College, Oxford, Georgia 1947

Good, Ernest E[ugene], Stone Laboratory, Put-in-Bay, Ohio 1937

Goodman, John David, Department of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1944

♦Goodridge, Ed\vin Tyson, Province Line Rd., Princeton, New Jersey 1944

♦Gordinier, Earl Jferome], Ogemaw Game Refuge, St. Helen, Michigan. .. 1948

Gorrell, Mrs. E. C., 222 S. Monticello St., Winamac, Indiana 1948

♦Goslin, Charles Rfussell], 726 E. King St., Lancaster, Ohio 1940

♦Goslin, Robert Mfartin], 316 Wilson Ave., Columbus 5, Ohio 1936

Gosner, Kenneth Lynn, 453 Mt. Prospect Ave., Newark, New Jersey 1948

Gough, William McDonald, 28 Baby Point Rd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada. 1944

Graber, Mrs Jean Wfeber], 1522 Polk St., Topeka, Kansas 1948

♦Gram, Margaret Edwards (Mrs. H. James Jr.), 207 McKinley Ave.,

Detroit 30, Michigan 1941

♦Grange, Wallace, Babcock, Wisconsin 1930

♦Grant, Cleveland Pfutnam], 245 Davis St., Mineral Point, Wisconsin 1928

272

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

♦Grave, Miss Kathryn Ann, 4925 29th Ave., S., Minneapolis 6, Minnesota. .1947
Graves, Miss [Cynthia] Katherine, 1209 N. Illinois Ave., Apt. 28,

Indianapolis 2, Indiana 1942

Gray, William Arthur, Room 646, 224 S. Michigan Ave.,

Chicago 4, Illinois 1938

Grayce, Robert, 141 Main St., Rockport, Massachusetts 1946

Greeley, Fred[erick], 1121 Rutledge St., Madison 3, Wisconsin 1942

♦Green, NEorman] Bayard, Zoology Department, Marshall College,

Huntington 1, West Virginia 1943

♦♦Greene, Albert E., 517 Oswego St., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1939

♦Greene, Earle REosenbury], 116 S. Scott St., New Orleans 19, Louisiana. 1930

Greenhalgh, Clifton M., 1230 E. 1st St., S., Salt Lake City, 2, Utah 1939

♦Greenwell, Guy A., Mendon, Missouri 1947

Greer, Rev. Edward C., 422 E. 10th St., Davenport, Iowa 1948

♦Gregory, Stephen SEtrong], Jr., Box N, Winnetka, Illinois 1922

Griffee, WEillet] E., 510 Yeon Bldg., Portland 4, Oregon 1947

♦Griffin, William WEelcome], 135 Peachtree Way, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia. .1946
♦♦Grimes, SEamuel] A[ndrew], Route 6, Box 82 G, Jacksonville 7, Florida. 1924

♦Grimm, William CEarey], Box 274, Laughlintown, Pennsylvania 1939

♦Grinnell, Lawrence lErving], 710 Triphammer Rd., Ithaca, New York 1939

♦♦Griscom, Ludlow, Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Cambridge 38, Massachusetts 1937

♦Groesbeck, William MEaynard], 376 Seneca Rd., Hornell, New York 1947

Grose, E. R., Sago, West Virginia 1939

♦Groskin, Horace, 210 Glenn Rd., Ardmore, Pennsylvania 1937

♦Gross, Alfred Otto, 11 Boody St., Brunswick, Maine 1927

♦Grube, GEeorge] EEdward], 52 Cayuga St., Trumansburg, New York 1948

Gruenewald, Robert Franklin, Box 422, Sanborn, Iowa 1948

♦Guelf, George F., Brockport, New York 1944

Guhl, AElphaeus] MEatthew], Department of Zoology, Kansas State

College, Manhattan, Kansas 1948

Gullion, Gordon W [right]. Department of Zoology, University of

California, Berkeley 4, California 1947

♦Gunderson, Harvey Lorraine, Museum of Natural History,

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1941

Gunn, WEilliam] WEalker] HEamilton], 49 Barrington Ave.,

Toronto, Ontario, Canada 194.'^

Hadeler, Miss Catherine [Wilma], 900 Harmon Ave., Dayton 9, Ohio.. 1945

♦Hadley, Thomas E., 48 Wellesley Dr., Pleasant Ridge, Michigan 1944

♦Haessler, Dr. FEerdinand] Herbert, 324 E. Wisconsin Ave.,

Milwaukee 2, Wisconsin 1947

♦♦Hagar, Mrs. Jack, Box 339, Rockport, Texas 1930

♦Hague, Florence S., Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar, Virginia 1931

♦Haines, Robert L[ee], 54 E. Main St., Moorestown, New Jersey 1947

Haines, T. P., Biology Department, Mercer University, Macon, Georgia. .1941
♦Hainsworth, William PEickard], 216 Railroad Ave.,

North Andover, Massachusetts 1930

♦Hale, James BEall], 115^ 2nd St., N., Ladysmith, Wisconsin 1947

♦Hall, Fred T., 1568 Winton Rd., N., Rochester 9, New York 1937

♦Hall, George AErthur], Department of Chemistry,

University of Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wisconsin 1946

♦Hall, Mrs. Gladys AEreta], 912 Douglas Ave., Kalamazoo 52, Michigan. . .1947

Halladay, Ian REussel], 218 Belsize Dr., Toronto 12, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦Haller, Frank DEenver], Department of Forestry and Conservation,

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 1940

♦Hallman, Roy Cline, Box 826, Panama City, Florida 1928

Decemb^i9^ WILSON CLUB ROLL 273

Hallowell, Miss Essie V., 237 E. High St., Pendleton, Indiana 1948

**Hamann, Carl F[erdinand], Maple Lane, Aurora, Ohio 1947

*Hamerstrom, Frances (Mrs. Frederick N. Jr.), Edwin S. George

Reserve, Pinckney, Michigan 1948

*Hamerstrom, Frederick N. Jr., Edwin S. George Reserve,

Pinckney, Michigan 1934

^'''Hamilton, Charles W[hiteley], 2304 Goldsmith Ave., Houston 5, Texas ..1948
^Hamilton, William J[ohn] Jr., Department of Zoology,

Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 1933

^Hammond, Merrill C[lyde], Lower Souris Refuge, Upham, North Dakota 1939
Hampe, Irving E., 5559 Ashbourne Rd., Halethorpe,

Baltimore 27, Maryland 1945

Hancock, James W[illiam], Route 1, Madisonville, Kentucky 1946

^Handley, Charles Overton Jr., 6571 Roosevelt Ave.,

Charleston 4, West Virginia 1941

*Handley, Charles Overton Sr., 6571 Roosevelt Ave.,

Charleston 4, West Virginia 1925

*Hann, Harry W[ilbur], 1127 Church St., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1930

*Hanna, Wilson Creal, 141 E. F St., Colton, California 1936

Hansman, Robert H[erbert], 1215 Avenue F, Fort Madison, Iowa 1948

Hanson, E[lmer] C[harles], 1305 Wisconsin Ave., Racine, Wisconsin 1940

Hardy, [Cecil] Ross, Department of Zoology, Weber College,

Ogden, Utah 1940

Hardy, Frederick C., 133 N. Central St., Apt. 2, Somerset, Kentucky 1948

*Harford, Dr. Henry Mfinor], 926 Argyle Bldg., Kansas City 6, Missouri. .1946

♦Harkness, Reed B., 4908 Laclede Ave., St. Louis 8, Missouri 1942

Harley, James Bickel, Route 1, Box 394, Pottstown, Pennsylvania 1947

Harmon, Dr. Karl S., 209 S. Walnut St., Eldon, Missouri 1947

Harmon, Wendell H[arold], Humboldt, Nebraska 1947

Harper, Arthur R[oland], 559 Aeden Rd., Columbus, Ohio 1948

*Harper, Francis, Route 1, Mt. Holly, New Jersey 1930

Harrell, Byron Eugene, 1594 Stanford Ave., St. Paul 5, Minnesota 1943

Harrington, Dr. Paul, 813 Bathurst St., Toronto 4, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦♦Harriot, Samuel C[arman], 200 W. 58th St., New York City 19 1934

Harris, Dave, Box 84, Deadwood, South Dakota 1947

Harris, Stuart Kimball, 33 Lebanon St., Winchester, Massachusetts 1946

♦♦Harrison, Hal H., 1102 Highland St., Tarentum, Pennsylvania 1941

Hartley, Albert Thomas, Columbiana, Ohio 1944

♦Hartman, Frank A[lexander], Hamilton Hall, Ohio State University,

Columbus 10, Ohio 1941

♦Hartwell, Arthur MCowry], 1506 Mt. Curve, Minneapolis, Minnesota 1940

Hartwell, Reginald Warner, 121 N. Fitzhugh St., Rochester 4, New York. .1947

Harwell, Charles Albert, 2630 Hilgard Ave., Berkeley 9, California 1948

Haskins, Mrs. Edith D., 39 Park St., Hanover, New Hampshire 1941

Hasson, Mrs. Ethel May, Box 86, Centerburg, Ohio 1948

♦Hatch, Miss [Clara] Grenville, 1548 Wilhelmina Rise,

Honolulu 17, Hawaii 1948

Hausler, Mrs. M., 7348 Paxton Ave., Chicago, Illinois 1936

♦♦Havemeyer, Henry 0[sborne], Mahwah, New Jersey 1930

Haverschmidt, Fr., 14 Waterkant, Paramaribo, Surinam,

Dutch Guiana 1946

♦Hawkins, Arthur S., Lake Mills, Wisconsin 1936

Hawkins, B. L., Hamline University, St. Paul 4, Minnesota 1936

♦Hawkins, Miss Naomi M., 94 College St., South Hadley, Massachusetts. . 1948

Hawksley, Mrs. Janet P., 123 Lafayette Circle, Cincinnati, Ohio 1942

Hawver, Miss Marguerite N., 621 N. Grove St., Bowling Green, Ohio 1946

274

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Hayward, Bruce J[olliffe], Museum of Natural History,

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1948

♦Hayward, Cfharles] Lynn, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah 1947

♦Hazard, Frank Orlando, Wilmington College, Wilmington, Ohio 1946

♦♦Hebard, Frederick Vfanuxem], 1500 Walnut Street Bldg.,

Philadelphia 2, Pennsylvania 1940

♦Heckler, Sydney B., 1207 N. 7th St., St. Louis 6, Missouri 1942

♦Hedges, Harold Cfharles], Route 2, Lake Quivira, Kansas City 3, Kansas 1940
Heed, William B fatties], 101 West Virginia Ave.,

West Chester, Pennsylvania 1947

♦Heffelfinger, George Wfright] Pfeavey] Jr., Route 2, Mound, Minnesota 1948
♦Hefley, Harold Mfartin], Department of Zoology, University of Arkansas,

Fayetteville, Arkansas 1 942

Heft, Orvil F., 15790 Lindsay, Detroit 27, Michigan 1945

♦Heidenkamp, Joseph Jr., 538 Glen Arden Dr., Pittsburgh 8, Pennsylvania. .1942

Heiser, Jfoseph] Mfatthew], 1724 Kipling St., Houston, Texas 1939

Helema, Miss Flarel Ann, 1224 W. Oklahoma Ave., Enid, Oklahoma 1947

Heifer, Miss Louise, 111 Ninth St., Watkins Glen, New York 1938

♦Helm, Robert William, Route 4, Bozeman, Montana 1947

Helmer, Dorothy Sfmith] (Mrs. John H.), 943 Judson Ave.,

Evanston, Illinois 1948

Hendricks, Gfeorge] Bartlett, % The Berkshire Museum,

Pittsfield, Massachusetts 1943

♦Hendrickson, George Of scar], Department of Zoology, Iowa State

College, Ames, Iowa 1933

Henning, Miss Kay Janice, 302 5th Ave., Decorah, Iowa 1947

Henning, Mrs. Tom, 710 5th Ave., Decorah, low’a 1947

♦Henry, C. J., Lower Souris Refuge, Upham, North Dakota 1933

♦Hensley, Marvin Max, 203 Vivarium Bldg., Wright and Healey Sts.,

Champaign , Illinois 1947

♦Henwood, Mrs. Ethel May, 604 W. Main St., Urbana, Illinois 1941

Herbert, Richard A., 961 Fox St., Bronx, New York 1947

♦Herman, Carlton M., 1060 Cragmont Ave., Berkeley 8, California 1946

♦♦Hesterberg, Gene Afrthur], Michigan Department of Conservation,

Escanaba, Michigan 1948

♦Hickey, Jfoseph] J fames], 424 University Farm Place,

Madison 5, Wisconsin 1940

♦♦♦Hicks, Lawrence Emerson, 8 Chatham Rd., Columbus, Ohio 1925

Hiett, Lawrence Dfavison], 1945 Ottawa Dr., Toledo 6, Ohio 1929

♦Higgins, Harold Gfuymon], 455 S. 3rd St., E., Salt Lake City, Utah 1941

Higgins, Thomas Francis, 32-73 43rd St., Astoria 3, New York 1947

Hill, Julian Werner, 1106 Greenhill Ave., Wilmington 56, Delaware 1935

Hill, Raymond W., 3316 Kenmore Rd., Shaker Heights,

Cleveland 22, Ohio 1941

♦Hill, Wfillis] Eugene, Station Communications, MCAS, El Toro,

Santa Ana, California 1948

♦Hillmer, Davis B., 8228 Woodward Ave., Detroit 2, Michigan 1926

♦Hinds, Frank J., Biology Department, Western Michigan College of

Education, Kalamazoo, Michigan 1935

♦Hinshaw, Thomas Dfoane], 1827 San Juan Ave., Berkeley 7, California. .1926

♦Hiscock, L. Harris, 44 W. Lake St., Skaneateles, New York 1948

Hobson, Dorothy Madden (Mrs. L. G.), 1309 N. Pennsylvania Ave.,

Apt. 39, Indianapolis 2, Indiana 1935

Hock, Raymond J fames]. Department of Zoology, Cornell University,

Ithaca, New York 1946

votTo%a ? WILSON CLUB ROLL 275

Hodges, Mrs. Elizabeth D[ole], 2923 Troost, Box 527,

Kansas City 10, Missouri 1948

Hodges, Jim, 3132 Fair Ave., Davenport, Iowa 1946

Hoffman, Paul William, 8415 Kenyon Ave,, Wauwatosa 13, Wisconsin. .. 1940
Hoffmeister, Linus C[hristian], 504 W. Ripa Ave., Lemay 23, Missouri. . .1939
Hofslund, Pershing B[enardJ, Department of Zoology, University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1944

Hoke, Mrs. Glen A., 801 E. 21st St., Little Rock, Arkansas 1946

Holden, Fenn Mfitchell], 920 Lake Angelus Shores, Pontiac 17, Michigan. .1947

^Holland, Harold May, Box 615, Galesburg, Illinois 1915

Holsen, James N., 612 Cuyler Ave., Princeton University,

Princeton, New Jersey 1944

Hopkins, Ralph Cfleary], Box D, Horicon, Wisconsin 1947

Horton, Louise D. (Mrs. M. B.), 360 Prospect St.,

Fall River, Massachusetts 1941

Hosier, Miss Maud L., Box 204, Palmer, Alaska 1948

Hostetter, Dfavid] Ralph, Eastern Mennonite School,

Harrisonburg, Virginia 1937

Hough, Mrs. Eleanor Sloan, 1515 Mariposa Ave., Boulder, Colorado 1941

Hough, Mrs. Mary [Yeager], 19 North Dr., Lawrence Brook Manor,

City Route 9, New Brunswick, New Jersey 1946

Flouston, Cflarence] Stuart, Box 459, Yorkton, Saskatchewan, Canada.. 1948

*Hovind, Ralph Bernard, Box 321, Ladysmith, Wisconsin 1947

Howe, [Henry] Branch Jr., 414 W. Ponce de Leon Ave., Decatur,

Georgia 1943

Howell, Joseph C., Department of Zoology and Entomology,

University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 1938

Howell, Thomas R[aymond], Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,

University of California, Berkeley 4, California 1947

*Hoyt, J[ohn] Southgate Y[eston], Box 54, Etna, New York 1936

Hubbard, Dr. Hugh Wells, 3 Chien Yin Hsiang, Nanking, China 1947

Hubert, Mrs. Philip Arthur Jr., 17 Lenox Rd., Summit, New Jersey 1948

Hughes, Wallace, 6630 S. McArthur Ave., Apt. 83-D,

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 1947

Hulbert, Lloyd Clair, Montana State University, Missoula, Montana. ... 1938
Humphrey, Philip Strong, Apt. 84, G.I. Village, Amherst College,

Amherst, Massachusetts 1948

*Hunt, Ormond Edson, General Motors Bldg., 3044 W. Grand Blvd.,

Detroit 2, Michigan 1937

Hurley, John B[eatty], 401 S. 17th Ave., Yakima, Washington 1937

Hurst, John Wfildeboor], 522 S. 6th St., Bozeman, Montana 1945

♦Hutchinson, Arthur E., 40 Glendessary Lane, Santa Barbara, Cahfornia. . 1940

♦♦Ingersoll, Albert M[ills], 908 F St., San Diego 1, California 1921

♦♦Ingersoll, Marion Cfrory] (Mrs. Raymond V.), Duck Island, Northport,

Long Island, New York 1942

Ivor, H. Roy, Route 1, Cooksville, Ontario, Canada 1945

♦Jackson, Cficero] Ffloyd], University of New Hampshire,

Durham, New Hampshire 1936

♦Jackson, Francis Lee, 541 Hammond St., Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts. .. 1941

Jacobs, Miss [Chloe] Veda, 1221 21st Ave,, Longview, Washington 1947

Jacobson, Dr, Malcolm Afrthur], 57 W. 57th St., New York City 19.... 1947
James, Douglas Arthur, 25455 Dundee Ave., Huntington Woods,

Michigan 1946

Jameson, Efverett] Wfilliams] Jr., Division of Zoology, University of

California, Davis, California 1941

Janson, Reuel G., Box 864, Mobridge, South Dakota 1947

276

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Janvrin, Dr. Edmund R[andolph] P[easlee], 38 E. 8Sth St.,

New York City 28 1942

**Jaques, F[rancis] L[ee], 610 W. 116th St., New York City 27 1939

Jeffries, Robert Harold, 5069 Nowaldo Ave., Indianapolis 5, Indiana 1948

Jenkins, James Hfobart], 2012 Eljosa Ave., Waycross, Georgia 1939

♦Jenner, William, 806 W. Davis St., Fayette, Missouri 1933

Jensen, Henry, Box 112, Park River, North Dakota 1948

*Jensen, Mrs. Ove F., R.F.D., Maple City, Michigan 1948

Johnson, Albert George, Route 2, Box 457, Waukesha, Wisconsin 1947

Johnson, Allan E[dwin], 4201 Hillside Ave., Lincoln 6, Nebraska 1948

Johnson, Donald Tfheodore], 2336 W. 108 Place, Chicago 43, Illinois 1947

♦Johnson, Frank M [organ], 404 6th St., Fairmont, West Virginia 1946

♦Johnson, JLohn] 0[scar], 112 7th St., S.E., Watertown, South Dakota.. 1948
Johnson, Miss Mabel Claire, 30 Westfield Rd., West Hartford

Connecticut 1946

Johnson, Miss Myrtle Elizabeth, 4647 55th St., San Diego 5, California. .1948

♦Johnson, Mrs. Oscar, 38 Portland Place, St. Louis, Missouri 1931

♦Johnson, Robert ALnthony], 98 East St., Oneonta, New York 1930

Johnson, William M[cNutt], Route 6, Knoxville, Tennessee 1939

Johnston, David Ware, 1037 St. Charles Ave., N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 1943

Johnston, James Weeks Jr., Department of Zoology, North Dakota

Agricultural College, Fargo, North Dakota 1948

♦Johnston, Miss Verna R[uth], 1812 W. Sonoma Ave.,

Stockton, California 1941

♦Jones, Harold Cfharles], Box 61, East Carolina Teachers College,

Greenville, North Carolina 1929

Jones, John Cfourts], 5810 Namakagan Rd., Washington 16, D.C 1931

Jones, Joseph Piper, Box 405, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 1948

♦♦♦♦Jones, Lynds, 352 W. College St., Oberhn, Ohio Founder

♦Jones, Sfolomon] Paul, 509 West Ave., N., Waukesha, Wisconsin 1921

♦Jones, Victor Efmmons], Idaho State College, Pocatello, Idaho 1938

Jorae, Miss Irene Frances, Central Michigan College of Education,

Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 1942

Joyner, Jfohn] Wfilliam] E[dwin], Box 647, Rocky Mount,

North Carolina 1947

♦Jung, Clarence [Schram], 6383 N. Port Washington Rd.,

Milwaukee 9, Wisconsin 1921

♦Jurica, E., Lisle, Illinois 1940

Kahmann, Karl W., Route 2, Hayward, Wisconsin 1941

♦Kahn, Dina Hfope] (Mrs. Reuben L.), 1122 Michigan Ave.,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1938

♦Kalmbach, Edwin Richard, Fish and Wildlife Service, 546 Custom House,

Denver 2, Colorado 1926

Kampf, Roy C., 555 Ruth St., Bridgeport, Connecticut 1948

Karplus, Martin, 259 Otis St., West Newton 65, Massachusetts 1947

♦Kase, John Cfharles], 501 Chestnut St., Mifflinburg, Pennsylvania 1937

Kaspar, John Loren, 392 23rd St., Oshkosh, Wisconsin 1947

Kassoy, Irving, 891 Faile St., New York City 59 1948

Kater, Leon, Dodd Rd., Route 1, Willoughby, Ohio 1948

♦Keating, Dr. F[ rands] Raymond Jr., 1414 Damon Court,

Rochester, Minnesota 1944

♦Keefer, Charles A., Box 68, Austwell, Texas 1947

Keely, Josiah, Box 383, Huntington, Long Island, New York 1947

♦♦Kelker, George Hills, School of Forestry, U.S.A.C., Logan, Utah 1938

Keller, Cfharles] Efdward], 637 Eastern Ave., Indianapolis 1, Indiana. . .1946
Keller, Richard Tfhomas], 717' S. 16th St., St. Joseph, Missouri 1943

P«ember 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 277

Vol. 60, No. 4

♦Kelley, Mrs. Eliza Mabel, 71 Division St., Newport, Rhode Island 1948

♦Kelley, William N[eal], Route 14, Box 1070, Affton 23, Missouri 1948

Kelly, George Fleming, Department of Research and Education,

Solomons, Maryland 1947

♦Kelsey, Homer Stone, 16 Chestnut St., Spring Valley, New York 1945

Kelsey, Paul Manning, Route 1, Newfield, New York 1948

♦Kelso, Leon H[ugh], 1370 Taylor St., N.W., Washington 11, D.C 1930

♦Kemsies, Emerson, 102 Farragut Rd., Greenhills 18, Ohio 1948

♦Kendeigh, Sfamuel] Charles, Vivarium Bldg., University of Illinois,

Champaign, Illinois 1923

♦♦Kennedy, Bruce Aflbert] Hfamilton], 389 W. 10th Ave., Columbus 1,

Ohio 1947

♦Kennedy, Elizabeth Dean (Mrs. Walter Joseph), 514 Grand Ave.,

St. Paul 2, Minnesota 1948

Kenyon, Karl Wfalton], Fish and Wildlife Service, 2725 Montlake Blvd.,

♦♦Kerr, Mrs. Mary Helen, 1246 Delaware, Springfield 4, Missouri 1943

♦Kersey, Lulu Brooks (Mrs. Glen B.), 647 Gordon Terrace,

Chicago 13, Illinois 1948

Kessel, Miss Brina, University of Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wisconsin 1946

Key, Mrs. J. Frank, Buena Vista, Virginia 1945

Kiefer, Arthur Sfamuel], 86 Erie Rd., Columbus 2, Ohio 1948

Kiefer, Elizabeth D[eyo] (Mrs. Francis), 243 Gratiot Blvd.,

Port Huron, Michigan 1941

♦♦♦Kieran, John, 4506 Riverdale Ave., New York City 63 1942

Kildow, Tfhomas] Monroe, Box 520, Tiffin, Ohio 1948

♦Killip, Thomas HI, 139 Edgeview Lane, Rochester 10, New York 1946

Kindler, Mrs. Grace E[mma], Sheridan Dr., Route 1, Lancaster, Ohio 1937

♦King, Miss Betty Jean, 3212 Maher St., Toledo, Ohio 1947

King, John Arthur, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1947

♦♦King, Louise E. (Mrs. Stanley), 1103 N. 2nd St., Ames, Iowa 1944

Kirby, Edward Vincent, 5145 Lowe Ave., Chicago 9, Illinois 1945

♦Kirkpatrick, Charles M., Department of Forestry, Purdue University,

West Lafayette, Indiana 1948

Kizer, Richard Allen, 426 Forest Hill Dr., West Lafayette, Indiana 1947

♦♦Klein, Richard P[aul], Jackson Rd., Route 4, Chagrin Falls, Ohio 1946

♦Kletzly, Robert Cfharles], Conservation Commission, U.S.D.A. Bldg.,

Elkins, West Virginia 1948

Klimstra, W[illard] Dfavid], Insectary, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.. 1948

♦Klonick, Allan S., 828 Grosvenor Rd., Rochester 10, New York 1941

Kluge, Miss Helen Hfenrika], Woodtick Rd., Waterbury 63, Connecticut. .1942
Knollmeyer, Lewis Edward, Department of Commerce and Economics,

University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 1945

Knox, Miss Margaret Rfichardson], 4030 Park Ave.,

Indianapolis 5, Indiana 1937

Koch, Peter, Cincinnati Museum of Natural History, Cincinnati 10, Ohio. 1939

Koehler, Mrs. Arthur, 2308 11th Ave., Los Angeles 16, California 1941

♦Kolb, Cfharles] Haven Jr., 5021 Midwood Ave., Baltimore 12, Maryland. 1937
♦♦Kortright, Francis Hferbert], 633 Eastern Ave., Toronto 8,

Ontario, Canada 1943

Kossack, Charles Wfalter], 715 S. Division St., Barrington, Illinois 1945

♦Kozicky, Edward Lfouis], Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1943

♦Kramar, Nada, 1906 K St., N.W., Washington 6, D.C 1947

♦Kramer, Theodore Cfhristian], 1307 Granger Ave., Ann Arbor, Michigan. 1939

278

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
VoL 60, No. 4

Kraus, Douglas L[awrence], Rhode Island State College,

Kingston, Rhode Island 1942

Kreag, Keith K., 1348 Edgewood Ave., Birmingham, Michigan 1942

Krebs, Juanita F[ile] (Mrs. R. W.), 3416 North Blvd.,

Baton Rouge 12, Louisiana 1946

Kritzler, Henr>-, Marine Studios, Inc., St. Augustine, Florida 1945

Krug, Howard H[enr>'], Chesley, Ontario, Canada 1944

Krumm, Kenneth, La creek National Wildlife Refuge, Martin,

South Dakota 1948

Kubichek, Wesley Frank, Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of

the Interior, Washington 25, D.C 1947

♦Kugel, Miss Agnes R[ose], Department of Botany, Grand Rapids Junior

College, Grand Rapids, Michigan 1946

Kuitert, Louis Cornelius, Agricultural Experiment Station,

University of Florida, GainesxiUe, Florida 1938

Kurth, E[rnest] A[lbert], 1024 Elm St., Grinnell, Iowa 1947

*Kutz, George C[arl], 705 S. Holcombe St., Stillwater, Minnesota 1944

♦Kutz, Hariy Leon, Maine Cooperative Wildlife Unit, University of

Maine, Orono, Maine 1939

Kyle, Mrs. Jennie L>*nne, 2905 E. 5th Ave., Knox\dlle 15, Tennessee 1947

♦KyUingstad, Henr>- CCarrell], Mountain Village, Alaska 1940

Laakso, Martin, Westminister College, Fulton, Missouri 1948

♦Lacey, George Macrae, % D. M. Smythe, 3724 Pitt St.,

New Orleans, Louisiana 1945

Lacey, Miss Mifton H., Box 614, Canton, Ohio 1939

Laffoon, Jean Luther, Department of Zoology and Entomology',

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1940

Lagler, Karl F., 514 Monroe St., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1941

Laing, Charles Corbett, 762 N. Van Buren St., Milwaukee 2, Wisconsin. . 1948

Lake, Robert N., Woodstock, Vermont 1941

Lambert, Adaline Train (Mrs. Howard T.), 1903 Ross St.,

Sioux City, Iowa 1947

♦♦♦Lambert, Bert H., 16854 Wildemere Ave., Detroit, ^lichigan 1936

♦Lambert, Robert John Jr., 2802 Kenmore Ave., Dayton 10, Ohio 1945

Lanyon, Wesley E[dwin], 106 Cayuga Heights Rd., Ithaca, New York.. 1943

♦Larrabee, Austin Park, 306 S. 15th St., Yankton, South Dakota 1921

♦Larrison, Earl Jfunior], Laboratory of Vertebrate Biology,

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1946

Larson, Goodman Kenneth, 310 W. 16th St., Grand Island, Nebraska 1945

♦Laskey, Amelia Rudolph (Mrs. Frederick Charles), Graybar Lane,

Nash\*ille 4, Tennessee 1928

Lastreto, C[arlos] B[artholomew], 605 Market St.,

San Francisco 5, California 1948

♦Lattin, Jack Dfaniel], 5726 W. Ohio St., Chicago, Illinois 1945

Latzko, Gordon Charles. 92 Gordon St., Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 1948

Lawlor, Mrs. Abigail, Victor, Iowa 1947

Lawrence, Mrs. Louise de Kiriline, Rutherglen, Ontario, Canada 1946

♦Lawrence, William Hobart. 1410 Decatur St., N.W., Wadiington 11, D.C. .1943

Lay, Daniel Wayne, Box 133, SUsbee, Texas 1939

♦Layne, James Nfathaniel], 6308 N. Oakley Ave., Chicago 45, Illinois 1947

♦Lea, Robert B[ashford], 24 N. Worth Ave., Elgin, Illinois 1940

Lea\-itt, Benjamin Burton, Department of Biology, University of Florida,

Gainesvilie, Florida 1947

♦Lee, Forrest Byron, 1502 KUian Blvd., St. Goud, Minnesota 1947

♦Lee, [William] Donald, 431 Greenmount Blvd., Dayton 9, Ohio 1947

♦♦Lee, Miss ZeU Charlotta, 1423 Douglas St., Sioux City 18, Iowa 1946

December 1048 WILSON CLUB ROLL 279

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Leebrick, Karl C[layton] Jr., Route 3, Canastota, New York 1946

*Leedy, Daniel L[ovey] Ohio Wildlife Research Unit, Ohio State

University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1936

Legg, William Cflarence], Mt. Lookout, West Virginia 1939

**Lengemann, Miss Martha A., 360 Cedar St., Imlay City, Michigan 1946

*Leopold, A [Ido] Starker, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,

Berkeley 4, California 1940

Lepingwell, Alan Rix, 3580 St. Joseph St., Lachine,

Montreal 32, Quebec, Canada 1947

♦Lesher, Samuel W., Department of Zoology, Washington University,

St. Louis S, Missouri 1941

Levy, Alice Kflund] (Mrs. H. P.), 11680 Laurelwood Dr.,

North Hollywood, California 1941

*Lewis, Harrison Flint, Dominion Wildlife Service, Department of Mines

and Resources, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 1939

♦Lewis, Bro. Hubert, La Salle Institute, Glencoe, Missouri 1940

♦Lewis, Kenneth M[acKay], Children’s Nature Museum, 849 Clifton Rd.,

N.E., Atlanta 6, Georgia 1947

♦Lewy, Alfred, 2051 E. 72nd Place, Chicago 49, Illinois 1915

Lieftinck, John E[dmund], 1826 W. Market St., Akron 13, Ohio 1945

♦Ligon, James Stokley, P.O. Box 950, Carlsbad, New Mexico 1948

Linck, Miss Virginia M., 5015 Whitfield, Detroit 4, Michigan 1948

♦Lincoln, Frederick Charles, Fish and Wildlife Service,

Washington 25, D.C 1914

♦Linsdale, Jean M[yron], Jamesburg Route, Monterey, California 1928

Linton, MCorris] Albert, 315 E. Oak Ave., Moorestown, New Jersey 1941

♦Livesay, Miss [Elizabeth] Ann, 712 S. MacArthur Blvd.,

Springfield, Illinois 1948

♦Lloyd, C[lark] K., 11 N. Elm St., Oxford, Ohio 1925

♦Lloyd, Hoyes, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rockcliffe Park,

Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 1922

Loetscher, Frederick W[illiam] Jr., 143 N. 3rd St., Danville, Kentucky .. 1946

♦♦Logan, Dulaney, Route 1, Box 449, Louisville 1, Kentucky 1947

♦Logan, Mrs. Olivia Hambleton, Route 3, Breeze Hill, Camden, Ohio 1948

Longley, William H[oward], 334 S. Albert St., St. Paul 8, Minnesota 1943

Loomis, Mrs. Mary L., 1014 S. 30th Ave., Omaha 5, Nebraska 1946

Lord, Frederic P[omeroy], 250^4 President St., Dunedin, Florida 1939

Lorenz, Mary Rachael (Mrs. Fred A.), Route 1, Ravenna, Ohio 1947

Lovell, Harvey B., 3011 Meade Ave., Louisville 13, Kentucky 1936

♦♦♦Low, Seth Haskell, Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland 1931

♦Lowe, William Joseph, 205 Second St., Bismarck, North Dakota 1947

♦♦♦Lowery, George H[ines] Jr., Museum of Zoology, Louisiana State

University, University, Louisiana 1937

Lowther, Malcolm Alfred, 16213 Ashton Rd., Detroit, Michigan 1944

♦Ludwig, Claud C[ecil], 506 Wilson Bldg., Lansing, Michigan 1938

♦♦♦Ludwig, Dr. Frederick Edwin, 2864 Military St., Port Huron, Michigan. .1941
♦Lueth, Francis X[avier], 104A 5th St., Blakeley Island,

Mobile, Alabama 1947

Lukens, William Weaver Jr., Upper Gulph Rd., Radnor, Pennsylvania. .. 1947

Lum, Miss Elizabeth C[aroline], Cincinnatus, New York 1940

Lundin, Harry, Sparbanksvagen 11, Stockholm 32, Sweden 1948

♦Lunk, William A., 29 Bell Run Rd., Fairmont, West Virginia 1937

Lupient, Mrs. Mary [Louise], 212 S.E. Bedford St.,

Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1944

♦Luthy, Ferd Jr., 306 N. Institute, Peoria, Illinois 1937

280

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

♦Lyman, Clara Cross (Mrs. Frederick C.), 1716 Colfax Ave., S.,

Minneapolis, Minnesota 1944

Lyons, Mrs. Robert C., 25 Woodland St., Huntington, Long Island,

New York 1940

MacFayden, Clifford J fames], 179 Bowood Ave., Toronto,

Ontario, Canada 1948

♦MacLulich, D [uncan] Aflexander], 15 Bellwood Ave., Ottawa,

Ontario, Canada 1933

♦MacMullan, Rfalph] Austin, Game Division, Department of Conservation,

Lansing, Michigan 1 940

MacPherson, Ralph Jfoyce], 9331 Genessee Ave., Detroit 6, Michigan. .. 1948
McAlpin, Robert E., 24 College Manor Apts., East Lansing, Michigan. .. 1948

♦McAtee, Waldo Lee, 6342 Ellis Ave., Chicago 37, Illinois 1911

♦♦♦McCabe, Robert Aflbert], 424 University Farm Place,

Madison, Wisconsin 1942

♦McCamey, [Benjamin] Frankflin] [Jr.], Plant Science Department,

University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 1945

McCausland, Robert Linsley, 2206 Chapline St., W’heeling,

West Virginia 1948

♦♦McClary, Miss Susan C., N. Main St., Windsor, Vermont 1945

McClure, Miss Bernice, 2543 Woodbum Ave., Apt. 10,

Cincinnati 6, Ohio 1948

♦McClure, Hfowe] Elliott, Box 292, Station A, Bakersfield, California. .. 1942

♦McConnell, H. B., 142 E. Warren St., Cadiz, Ohio 1948

♦McCue, Earl Newlon, Box 104, Morgantown, West Virginia 1941

♦McCullagh, Dr. Efrnest] Perry, 2020 E. 93rd St., Cleveland, Ohio 1937

McDonald, Malcolm E., P.O. Box 42, Ann Arbor, Michigan 1936

McEntee, Elinor G. (Mrs. Howard G.), 490 Fairfield Ave.,

Ridgewood, New Jersey 1948

♦♦McGaw, Elizabeth Tfaylor] (Mrs. G. Hampton), 18 Beach St.,

Woodsville, New Hampshire 1945

♦McGeen, Daniel S., 1231 (2ass Lake Rd., Pontiac 9, Michigan 1944

McGraw, Ethel B. (Mrs. Harrison B.), 2559 Wellington Rd.,

Cleveland Heights 18, Ohio 1948

♦♦♦McIIhenny, Edward Avery, Avery Island, Louisiana 1910

Mclnally, John [William], 32 Sydenham St., Simcoe, Ontario, Canada. .. 1948
♦McIntosh, William Bfaxter], 3523 Edgewood, Pittsfield Village,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1942

Mclver, Samuel H., 6326 Knox Ave., S., Minneapolis 9, Minnesota 1947

♦McKeever, Christopher Killian, 1043 Carroll St.,

Brooklyn 25, New York 1948

McKinley, Daniel Lfawson], % Poultry Station, Mountain Grove,

Missouri 1948

McKinley, George Gfael], P.O. Box 12, La Grange, Kentucky 1945

McKinney, Robert Gferhard], 86 Hurstbourne Rd., Rochester 9,

New York 1948

McKinney, Mrs. W’alter A., 2932 S. Woodward Blvd.,

Tulsa 5, Oklahoma 1945

♦McKnight, Edwin Tfhor], 5038 Park Place, Friendship Station,

Washington, D.C 1936

♦McLaughlin, Frank Wfinnifred], 242 Mansion Ave., Audubon,

New Jersey 1948

McManus, William Reid, Memramcook, New Brunswick, Canada 1946

♦McMath, Robert R., Lake Angelus, Route 4, Box 104,

Pontiac, Michigan 1934

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 281

Vol. 60, No. 4

McMurray, Arthur A., Room 306-C, 864 Monroe St.,

Memphis 3, Tennessee 1939

McNeUl, Richard ETarl], 10638 Charlevoix Ave., Detroit 14, Michigan. . .1948
Maass, Miss Frances B[lanche], 85-41 102 St., Richmond Hill, 18,

New York City 1948

Mack, Hiorace] GLordon], % Gilson Mfg. Co., Ltd., Guelph,

Ontario, Canada 1937

♦♦Mackenzie, Dr. Locke Litton, 829 Park Ave., New York City 21 1947

Maclean, Miss Dorothy W[illiams], 21 Ashley St., Hartford 5,

Connecticut 1939

Magath, Dr. Thomas Byrd, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota 1935

♦Magner, J[ohn] Marshall, 516 Bacon Ave., Webster Groves 19, Missouri. 1948
Magney, Mrs. G. R., 5329 Washburn Ave., S., Minneapolis 10,

Minnesota 1940

♦Malcomson, Richard O., Central College of Education,

Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 1948

Malley, Philip P., 114 Glendale Rd., Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 1935

♦Mallory, Dr. Dwight H[arcourt], 17 Sherwood St., Brockville,

Ontario, Canada 1946

♦Maness, Mrs. A. P., 101 Larchmont Ave., Chattanooga 4, Tennessee 1948

♦Manley, C[alvert] Hfamilton], 1113 Woodmont Ave.,

New Kensington, Pennsylvania 1946

♦Manners, Edward Robert, 216 New Broadway, Brooklawn, New Jersey. .1942
♦♦Mannix, Lucille Marie (Mrs. J. R.), 790 Prospect Ave.,

Winnetka, Illinois 1947

♦Manville, Richard H[yde], Department of Zoology, Michigan State

College, East Lansing, Michigan 1941

♦Marfield, George RCowland], 1820 S. Olive Ave., Alhambra, California. .1948
♦Margolin, A[braham] Sftanley], Science Hall, West Virginia University,

Morgantown, West Virginia 1944

♦Markle, Jess Matthew, 917 Sierra St., Madera, California 1943

Markle, Millard S., Earlham College, Richmond, Indiana 1948

♦Marshall, Raymond Ofscar], Route 2, Columbiana, Ohio 1945

♦Marshall, Terrell, 372 Skyline Dr., Park Hill,

North Little Rock, Arkansas 1944

Marshall, William H[ampton], Division of Entomology and Economic

Zoology, University Farm, St. Paul 1, Minnesota 1942

Martin, Paul S[chultz], Box 532, West Chester, Pennsylvania 1946

♦Maslowski, Karl H[erbert], 1034 Maycliff Place, Cincinnati 30, Ohio.... 1934
♦Mason, Charles Irving, Wildlife Research Laboratory, Delmar,

New York 1947

Mason, C[harles] NCathan] Sr., 6432 31st St., N.W.,

Washington IS, D.C 1947

Mason, Miss Esther, 2523 Montgomery St., Louisville 12, Kentucky 1941

♦Mathiak, Harold A[lbert], Box D, Horicon, Wisconsin 1941

Mayer, Bird Wells (Mrs. John H.), 103 S. Miller St.,

Cynthiana, Kentucky 1948

♦Mayfield, Gfeorge] R[adford], Vanderbilt University,

Nashville, Tennessee 1917

♦Mayfield, Harold F[ord], 2557 Portsmouth Ave., Toledo 12, Ohio 1940

♦♦♦Mayr, Ernst, American Museum of Natural History, Central Park W.

at 79th St., New York City 24 1933

♦Mazzeo, Rosario, 120 Elm St., North Cambridge 40, Massachusetts 1947

Meachem, Frank B., State Museum, Raleigh, North Carolina 1948

♦Mead, Corwin M., Grant, Nebraska 1948

Mead, Frank Waldreth, 227 Brighton Rd., Columbus 2, Ohio 1948

282

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

**Meade, Gordon M[ontgomery], Box 25, Trudeau Sanatorium,

Trudeau, New York 1937

**Meitzen, Logan H[erman], Route 13, Box 515, Houston, Texas 1947

Mellinger, E[nos] 0[ren], Fish and Wildlife Service, Bull’s Island,

Awendaw, South Carolina 1939

Melone, Miss Theodora Gfardner], Geology Library, Pillsbury Hall.

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1947

*Meltvedt, Burton W., Paullina, Iowa 1930

Mendall, Howard Lfewis], 28 Pendleton St., South Brewer, Maine 1936

Meng, Heinz Karl, 116 Miller St., Ithaca, New York 1943

Mengel, Jane Sftrahan] (Mrs. Robert M.), 20 E. Shore Dr.,

Whitmore Lake, Michigan 1948

**Mengel, Robert MEorrow], 20. E. Shore Dr., Whitmore Lake, Michigan. .1937

^Meredith, Col. Russell Luff, % General Delivery, Augusta, Montana 1946

*Meritt, James Kirkland, 99 Battle Rd., Princeton, New Jersey 1944

***Merry, Miss Katherine, State Teachers College, Wayne, Nebraska 1944

Messner, Clarence John, 308 McKinley, Grosse Pointe 30, Michigan 1944

**Metcalf, HEomer] NEoble], Department of Horticulture,

Montana State College, Bozeman, Montana 1944

♦Metcalf, Zeno PEayne], State College Station, Raleigh, North Carolina. . 1900
♦Mewaldt, LEeonard] REichard], Department of Zoology,

Washington State College, Pullman, Washington 1947

♦Meyer, Henry, Biology Department, Ripon College, Ripon, Wisconsin. .. 1939
♦♦Meyerriecks, Andrew JEoseph], 119-30 146th St., South Ozone Park 20,

Long Island, New York 1948

Michaud, Howard HEenry], 824 N. Chauncey St.,

West Lafayette, Indiana 1938

Michaux, Joy Houston (Mrs. Frank W.), 1607 Bluff St.,

Wichita Falls, Texas 1947

♦Michener, Harold, 418 N. Hudson Ave., Pasadena 4, California 1926

Mickey, Arthur BEayard], 1516 Rainbow Ave., Laramie, Wyoming 1935

Middleton, Douglas SEarsfield], 7443 Buhr Ave., Detroit 12, Michigan. . 1946

♦Middleton, Mary Elizabeth (Mrs. Archie D.), Brady, Nebraska 1948

♦Mikkelson, Mrs. Herbert G., 4200 Chicago Ave.,

Minneapolis 7, Minnesota 1948

Miles, Eleanor Burgess (Mrs. Philip E.), 1900 Arlington Place,

Madison 5, Wisconsin 1943

♦Miles, Merriam Lee, 2350 Cherokee Ave., Baton Rouge, Louisiana 1941

♦Miller, Alden HEolmes], Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,

Berkeley 4, California 1930

Miller, Mrs. Alice, 2200 Belmont, Dearborn, Michigan 1944

Miller, Mrs. Clarence Heath, 1354 Herschel Ave., Cincinnati 8, Ohio 1941

♦♦♦Miller, Douglas Scott, 122 Lawrence Ave., E., Toronto, Ontario, Canada. .1939

Miller, Helen Burns (Mrs. Gilbert M.), Spring Gap, Maryland 1948

Miller, J fames] Robert, 137 Haven Rd., University Heights,

Syracuse, New York 1946

Miller, Loye HEolmes], University of California, 405 Hilgard Ave.,

Los Angeles 24, California 1939

♦Miller, Lyle EDeVerne], 650 Almyra Ave., Youngstown, Ohio 1947

Miller, Rfaymond] Ffoster], Baker University, Baldwin City, Kansas. .. 1945

Miller, Richard Wfells], 113 W. 8th St., Cambridge, Ohio 1948

Miller, Ross J., 1630 Maryland Dr., Urbana, Illinois 1948

Miller, William REosewarne], Fish and Game Service,

Montpelier, Vermont 1946

Mills, Robert HEenry], 5115 Allen St., Bryan, Ohio 1941

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 283

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Milnes, Miss Hattie K[ernahan], 331 Gowen Ave., Mt. Airy,

Philadelphia 19, Pennsylvania 1935

Miner, Miss Edna Wolf, 2206 Brun Ave., Houston 6, Texas 1947

*Minish, Edward C., 1047 Fairview Ave., Youngstown 2, Ohio 1923

♦Mitchell, Harold Dies, 378 Crescent Ave., Buffalo, New York 1936

♦♦Mitchell, Mrs. Osborne, Route 1, Streetsville, Ontario, Canada 1933

♦Mitchell, Mrs. R. V., Wade Park Manor, E. 107th St.,

Cleveland 6, Ohio 1943

♦♦Mitchell, Walton Ifungerich], 398 Vassar Ave., Berkeley 8, California. .. 1893
Mockford, Edward [Lee], 4140 Graceland Ave., Indianapolis 8, Indiana. .1946

Mohler, Levi Lfapp], 1000 S. 35th St., Lincoln, Nebraska 1942

♦Mohr, Charles E[dward], Audubon Nature Center,

Greenwich, Connecticut 1947

♦Monk, Harry Cfrawford], 406 Avoca St., Nashville 5, Tennessee 1920

Monroe, Burt Lfeavelle] Jr., Ridge Rd., Anchorage, Kentucky 1946

♦Monroe, Burt Lfeavelle] Sr., Ridge Rd., Anchorage, Kentucky 1935

Monroe, Mrs. Frank, 1227 Center St., Bowling Green, Kentucky 1948

♦Monson, Gale, P.O. Box 1717, Parker, Arizona 1933

♦Montgomery, Robert Dudley Sr., Erie Shooting and Fishing Club,

Erie, Michigan 1948

Moore, Miss Clara Alma, 576 E. Fall Creek Blvd., Apt. 5,

Indianapolis 5, Indiana 1939

♦Moore, Miss Dora, 18 W. Carpenter St., Athens, Ohio 1934

Moore, George Afzro], 323 Admiral Rd., Stillwater, Oklahoma 1928

Moore, Robert Bfyron], 3554 Hollywood Dr., Baton Rouge 5, Louisiana. 1947
♦♦♦Moore, Robert Thomas, Meadow Grove Place, Flintridge,

Pasadena 2, California 1939

♦Moorman, Robert B., 693 Pammel Court, Ames, Iowa 1941

Moran, James Vincent, 1 Alfred St., Jamaica Plain,

Boston 30, Massachusetts 1943

Morgan, Allen Hungerford, Cochituate Rd., Wayland, Massachusetts 1943

Morgan, Thomas Nolen, 142 Woodland Ave., Oberlin, Ohio 1947

Morrell, Charles K., 119 E. Maxwell St., Lexington, Kentucky 1943

♦Morrell, Miss Elise, 1311 White Ave., Knoxville 16, Tennessee 1942

♦Morrissey, Thomas Jfustin], 325 McClellan Blvd., Davenport, Iowa 1946

Morron, [Percy] [Le]Roy, 843 Neil Ave., Columbus, Ohio 1948

♦Morse, John Sails, Route 3, Benton, Kentucky 1947

♦Morse, Margarette Elthea, 122 W. South St., Viroqua, Wisconsin 1921

Morton, Blanche Lfiffick] (Mrs. Walter P.), 3434 E. Fall Creek Blvd.,

Indianapolis 5, Indiana 1948

♦♦Morton, Duryea, Route 1, Sinking Spring, Pennsylvania 1947

Morton, Miss Thelma [Pauline], 1300 Burch Ave., N.W.,

Cedar Rapids, Iowa 1947

Moser, Jane Myers (Mrs. R. Allyn), R.F.D. 1, Benson Station,

Omaha 4, Nebraska 1946

♦Moser, Randolph, Aberdeen, Idaho 1944

♦♦Moser, Dr. Rfeuben] Allyn, R.F.D. 1, Benson Station,

Omaha 4, Nebraska 1940

♦Mossman, Hfarland] Wfinfield], 2902 Columbia Rd.,

Madison 5, Wisconsin 1948

Moul, Edwin Tfheodore], Department of Botany, Rutgers University,

New Brunswick, New Jersey 1942

Moule, John Wfilliam], 68 N. Oval St., Hamilton, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦Mousley, William Hfenry], 4073 Tupper St.,

Westmount, Montreal, Canada 1922

284

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

♦*Mudge, Edmund W. Jr., 5926 Averill Way, Dallas, Texas 1939

*Muirhead, Miss Peggy Porter, University of Illinois, Biological Science

Division, Navy Pier, Chicago, Illinois 1940

Munro, J[ames] Aflexander], Okanagan Landing, British

Columbia, Canada 1935

*Munter, Rear Admiral Wfilliam] H[enry], 4518 52nd Ave., N.E.,

Seattle 5, Washington 1933

Murdock, James Ingram, 311 Irving Ave., Glendale 1, California 1940

*Murie, Adolph, McKinley Park, Alaska 1932

*Murie, Oflaus] J[ohn], Moose, Wyoming 1934

*Murphey, Eugene Edmund, 432 Telfair St., Augusta, Georgia 1935

*Murphy, Paul Cfharles], 935 Goodrich Ave., Apt. 10,

St. Paul 5, Minnesota 1944

Murray, Rev. Jfoseph] J[ames], 6 White St., Lexington, Virginia 1931

♦Murray, Dr. Leo T., Box 138, Billings, Montana 1948

♦Musgrove, Jack Wfarren], 2414 Adams Ave., Des Moines, Iowa 1947

Musselman, Tfhomas] Efdgar], 124 S. 24th St., Quincy, Illinois 1940

Myers, Buford MfacMartin] Jr., 2609 Calhoun St.,

New Orleans 15, Louisiana 1948

Myers, William A., 3955 College Ave., Indianapolis 5, Indiana 1948

♦Naether, Carl [Albert], 4442 Woodman Ave., Sherman Oaks, CaKfornia. .1948

Nauert, Miss Erna, 7351 Sharp Ave., St. Louis 16, Missouri 1948

Naylor, Mrs. Robert, 617 S. Lake, Miles City, Montana 1948

Neal, Dorothy Phillips (Mrs. Charles), Box 133, Demorest, Georgia 1946

♦Necker, Walter L., 6843 Hobart Ave., Chicago 31, Illinois 1947

♦Neff, Johnson Andrew, 546 Custom House, Denver, Colorado 1920

♦Nelson, Arnold Lars, 3256 Van Hazen St., N.W., Washington 15, D.C 1932

Nelson, Charles EfUsworth] Jr., 124 Oxford Rd., Waukesha, Wisconsin. .1937
Nelson, Detlof Bfennett], 12039 S. Princeton Ave.,

Chicago 28, Illinois 1947

Nelson, Mrs. Esther Marie, 515 E. Minnehaha Parkway,

Minneapolis 9, Minnesota 1945

Nelson, Grace Sharritt (Mrs. Aimer P.), Box 22, Jackson, Wyoming 1946

♦♦♦Nelson, Miss Theodora, 315 E. 68th St., New York City 21 1928

Nelson, Urban C., Box 358, Fergus Falls, Minnesota 1939

Nero, Robert William, Route 1, Box 427, Cudahy, Wisconsin 1947

♦Nessle, James P., 1823 Barrows St., Toledo 12, Ohio 1936

♦Netting, M [orris] Graham, Carnegie Museum,

Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 1941

Nevius, Mrs. Richard, Route 1, Greenville, Tennessee 1940

New, John, 340 W. 86th St., New York City 24 1946

♦♦Newlin, Lyman W[ilbur], Deephaven Park, Route 3,

Wayzata, Minnesota 1945

Newton, Earl T[homas], 5145 Swope Parkway, Kansas City 4, Missouri. 1939

♦Nice, L[eonard] B., 5725 Harper Ave., Chicago 37, Illinois 1932

♦♦♦Nice, Mrs. Margaret Morse, 5725 Harper Ave., Chicago 37, Illinois 1921

♦Nichols, Charles K[etcham], 212 Hamilton Rd.,

Ridgewood, New Jersey 1933

♦Nichols, John Treadwell, American Museum of Natural History,

Central Park W. at 79th St., New York City 24 1941

♦Nichols, L[eon] Nelson, 331 E. 71st St., New York City 1937

Nicholson, Donald John, 1224 Palmer St., Orlando, Florida 1945

♦Nickell, Walter Prine, Cranbrook Institute of Science,

Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 1943

♦Nielsen, Beatrice Wise (Mrs. G. W.), 640 Elden Dr.,

Campbell, California 1945

De^mber 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 285

Vol. 60, No, 4

Nordquist, Theodore C., 2701 York Ave., N., Robbinsdale, Minnesota. .. 1941

Noren, Oscar B., 17015 Kinloch, Detroit 19, Michigan 1945

*Nork, Theodore J., 451 Wrightwood Ave., Chicago 14, Illinois 1947

Norman, James L[ee], Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma,

Norman, Oklahoma 1948

*Norris, Frank G files]. Route 3, Steubenville, Ohio 1946

Norris, Robert Allen, 165 Wilcox St., Athens, Georgia 1941

Norris, Russell Tfaplin], 50 Milk St., Newburyport, Massachusetts 1939

*Norse, William Jfohn], 531 W. 211th St., New York City 34 1939

*North, George Wfebster], 249 Charlton Ave., W., Hamilton, Ontario,

Canada 1941

♦Northrop, Myron, % A. S. Aloe Co., 1831 Olive St., St. Louis 3, Missouri 1945
♦Nowland, Paul Jfennings], 700 Equitable Bldg., Wilmington 7, Delaware 1947

Nyc, Fredferick] Ffrancis] Jr., Box 869, Brownsville, Texas 1943

Oakes, Clifford, 13 Olympia St., Burnley, Lancashire, England 1946

♦Oberholser, Harry Church, 2933 Berkshire Rd., Cleveland Heights,

Cleveland 18, Ohio 1894

♦O’Brien, Louis E., 1225 Sliker Ave., Cincinnati 5, Ohio 1948

♦O’Conner, Miss Esther [Laura], 4344 Locust Ave., Kansas City 4,

Missouri 1940

♦Odum, Eugene Pfleasants], Department of Zoology, University

of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 1930

Odum, Howard Thomas, Pittesboro Rd., Chapel HUl, North Carolina. .. 1946

Oliver, Miss Mary Cflara], Ganado Mission, Ganado, Arizona 1934

Olsen, Humphrey A., Pikeville College Library, Pikeville, Kentucky 1941

♦Olsen, James H., Box 11, Worthington, Ohio 1947

♦♦Olsen, Dr. Richard E., 3325 Franklin Rd., Route 3, Pontiac 19, Michigan 1938
♦♦Olson, Mrs. Gladys E Elizabeth], 10017 Lake Ave., Apt. 102,

Cleveland 2, Ohio 1942

Olson, Mrs. Monrad J., Box 145, Sanish, North Dakota 1946

Ommanney, G. G., Post Office 14, Hudson Heights, Quebec, Canada 1944

♦♦O’Reilly, Ralph A. Jr., Davisburg, Michigan 1936

Orians, Rev. Howard Lester, 2401 S. Williams St., Milwaukee 7,

Wisconsin 1947

Orr, Ellison James, 14 Dewey Ave., Waukon, Iowa 1947

Orr, Mrs. Mary, Box 183, Reserve, New Mexico 1947

♦♦Osborn, Hon. Chase Sfalmon], Zheshebe Minis (Duck Island),

Sugar Island Star Route, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan 1943

♦Ott, Frederick Louis, % Jake Baer, 861 Wisconsin River Ave.,

Port Edwards, Wisconsin 1941

♦Overing, Robert, Route 4, Raleigh, North Carolina 1930

Owen, Ollie, Cascadilla Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 1948

♦Owre, Oscar T., 2625 Newton Ave., S., Minneapolis 5, Minnesota 1935

Painton, Dr. Harry R., 175 Foothill Rd., Santa Barbara, California 1939

♦Palmer, Ralph Sfimon], Department of Zoology, Vassar College,

Poughkeepsie, New York 1934

♦Palmer, Tfheodore] Sfherman], 1939 Biltmore St., N.W.,

Washington, D.C 1914

♦♦Palmquist, Clarence Ofscar], 7400 N. Odell Ave., Chicago 31, Illinois 1945

Pangborn, Mark Wfhite], 125 E. 49th St., Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

Parker, Clarence Jfoseph], 821 N. Garfield Ave., Alhambra, California. . 1948

♦Parker, Dean Roberts, Box 202, University, Mississippi 1944

♦Parker, Henry Mfelville], 86 Buckingham St., Apt. 24,

Cambridge, Massachusetts 1941

♦Parkes, Kenneth Carroll, Laboratory of Ornithology, Fernow Hall,

Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 1946

286

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Parks, Richard Anthony, 3754 Peachtree Rd., N.E., Atlanta, Georgia. .. 1942

Parlee, Miss Phyllis Gertrude, Route 4, Mt. Airy, Maryland 1945

Partch, Max L[orenzo], R.F.D., Lake Mills, Wisconsin 1940

Patterson, Miss Thelma Elizabeth, 1903 Ruckle St.,

Indianapolis 2, Indiana 1948

*Paul, Mrs. Harold Gilmore, 84 N. Stanwood Rd., Columbus 9, Ohio 1948

Paynter, R[aymond] A[ndrew] Jr., 208 Forest Hill Rd.,

Hamden 14, Connnecticut 1946

*Peasley, Mrs. Harold R[aymond], 2001 Nash Dr., Des Moines, Iowa 1934

Pederson, Donald P[enhallegon], University of Rochester Medical School,

Rochester 7, New York 1948

Peelle, Miles L., 329 Rice St., Adrian, Michigan 1940

♦**Peet, Dr. Max Minor, 2030 Hill St., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1935

Penner, Lawrence R., Department of Zoology and Entomology,

University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 1940

Perkins, Mrs. Mary Loomis, 1305 S. 52nd St., Omaha 6, Nebraska 1946

*Perner, Miss Margaret E., 2487 Noble Rd., Apt. 23 B,

Cleveland Heights 21, Ohio 1943

Peter, Miss Patricia, 302 Kerby Rd., Grosse Pointe Farms 30, Michigan 1947

Peters, Ellen, 442 5th St., Brooklyn 15, New York 1942

♦Peters, Harold Sfeymour], 54 Folly Rd., Charleston 50, South Carolina. . 1924

♦Peterson, Alfred, Box 201, Brandt, South Dakota 1931

Peterson, Alvin M[artin], Onalaska, Wisconsin 1948

Peterson, Mrs. Cfharles] E[mil], Madison, Minnesota 1936

Peterson, Liven Afdam], P.O. Box 1381, Billings, Montana 1940

Peterson, Randolph L., Division of Mammals, Royal Ontario Museum of

Zoology, Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada 1946

♦♦♦Peterson, Roger Tory, P.O. Box 7, Glen Echo, Maryland 1942

♦Petrides, George A., Texas Cooperative Wildlife Unit, Box 254 F.E.,

College Station, Texas 1942

♦♦♦Pettingill, Olin Sewall Jr., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota 1930

Pettit, Dr. Lincoln Cfoles], Hiram, Ohio 1948

♦♦♦Phelps, William Hfenry], Apartado 2009, Caracas, Venezuela 1940

♦♦Philipp, Frederick Bfernard], Kings Highway, Middletown, New Jersey.. 1940

♦♦♦Phillips, Allan Robert, 113 Olive Rd., Tucson, Arizona 1934

♦Phillips, Cyrus Eastman II, 255 Polk St., Warsaw, Illinois 1944

♦Phillips, Homer Wayne, FPHA Dormitory B, San Jacinto Blvd.,

Austin, Texas 1947

Phillips, Richard Stuart, 834 Liberty St., Findlay, Ohio 1944

Pickett, Gertrude Cfaroline] (Mrs. Franklin), 2503 17th Ave.,

Monroe, Wisconsin 1947

Pieczur, Walter Hfenry], 1143 Rogers Ave., Brooklyn 26, New York 1945

Pierce, Fred J[ohn], Winthrop, Iowa 1947

♦Pierce, Robert Allen, Nashua, Iowa 1941

♦Pinney, Miss Mary Edith, 2512 E. Hartford Ave., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 1948

♦Pirnie, Miles David, 715 S. Chestnut St., Lansing 15, Michigan 1928

Pitelka, Frank Alois, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,

University of California, Berkeley 4, California 1938

Pittinger, Mrs. Cornelia Milhollin, Route 2, Gaston, Indiana 1947

♦♦Pittman, James Allen Jr., 421 E. Concord, Orlando, Florida 1945

Plath, Karl, 305 S. Cuyler Ave., Oak Park, Illinois 1942

♦Platt, Dr. Ruth Mfontague], 441 Lyceum Ave., Philadelphia 28,

Pennsylvania 1948

Pomeroy, Lawrence R., P.O. Box 212, Pass-a-Grille Beach, Florida 1948

♦♦Poole, Cecil Afvery], 830 Chapman St., San Jose 11, California 1942

Poor, Hustace Hubbard, 140 E. 40th St., New York City 16 1935

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 287

Vol. 60, No. 4

**Porter, Dr. Eliot F[urness], Route 1, Box 5B, Santa Fe, New Mexico 1947

*Porter, T[homas] Wayne, Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1938

♦Potter, David M., 1557 Timothy Dwight College, Yale University,

New Haven, Connnecticut 1946

Potter, Beatrice Bfrown] (Mrs. George C.), 2111 Malvern Rd.,

Charlotte 7, North Carolina 1948

♦Potter, Julian K[ent], 437 Park Ave., Collingswood, New Jersey 1915

Potter, Louis Henry, Route 2, West Rutland, Vermont 1941

Potter, Nathan S. HI, 2002 Geddes Rd., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1948

♦♦♦Pough, Richard Hfooper], 33 Highbrook Ave., Pelham 65, New York 1938

Prather, Millard Ffillmore], 1129 Brown-Marx Bldg.,

Birmingham 3, Alabama 1940

♦Preble, Norman Aflexander], Department of Biology, Union College,

Schenectady 8, New York 1941

♦Prentice, Don Smith, 5216 East Dr., Rockford, Illinois 1947

Prescott, Kenneth Wade, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1946

♦Presnail, Clifford Cfharles], 5315 Earlston Dr., Washington 16, D.C 1930

♦Preston, Frank WCilliam], Box 149, Butler, Pennsylvania 1948

♦Prill, Dr. Albert G., Main St., Scio, Oregon 1921

♦Pritchard, C. G., Juniata, Nebraska 1947

Prucha, Miss Alma H., 3052 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11, Wisconsin 1942
Putman, William Lfloyd], Dominion Entomological Laboratory,

Vineland Station, Ontario, Canada 1945

Putnam, Loren Smith, Department of Zoology, Ohio State University,

Columbus 10, Ohio 1942

♦Pyle, George W[inner], South Valley Rd., Box 604, Paoli, Pennsylvania. .1939
Quam, Mrs. Mary Battell, 141 Joralemon St., Brooklyn 2, New York.. 1944
Quay, Thomas L., Zoology Department, North Carolina State College,

Raleigh, North Carolina 1939

Quimby, Don C., 4742 Garfield Ave., S., Minneapolis 9, Minnesota 1942

♦Ragusin, Anthony Vfincent], P.O. Box 496, Biloxi, Mississippi 1937

Rahe, Carl W., 4666 Turney Rd., Cleveland 5, Ohio 1931

Ramey, Ralph Efmerson] Jr., 174 S. Ardmore Rd., Columbus 9, Ohio.. 1948
♦Ramisch, Miss Marjorie [Viola], 1835 Noble Rd.,

East Cleveland 12, Ohio 1943

Ramsden, Charles Theodore, 8 & 19, Vista Alegre, Santiago, Cuba 1914

Ramsey, James Wfilson], Route 5, Greenville, Pennsylvania 1948

Randall, Robert Neal, 117^ Fifth St., Bismarck, North Dakota 1939

Rapp, Robert Rfumsey], 34 Main St., Ridgefield, Connecticut 1948

Rapp, William F[rederick] Jr., Gaylord Hall, Doane College,

(jrete, Nebraska 1941

♦Rausch, Robert [Lloyd], Department of Veterinary Science,

University of Wisconsin, Madison 6, Wisconsin 1947

♦Rawson, George William, % CIBA Pharmaceutical Products, Inc.,

Lafayette Park, Summit, New Jersey 1947

♦Rea, Gene, 2378 Neil Ave., Columbus, Ohio 1948

♦♦Rebmann, G. Ruhland Jr., 729 Millbrook Lane, Haverford, Pennsylvania 1941

♦Reeder, Miss Clara Maude, 1608 College Ave., Houghton, Michigan 1938

Rees, Earl Douglas, 1504 N. Main St., Findlay, Ohio 1946

Reese, C[arl] Rfichard], 266 E. Dunedin Rd., Columbus 2, Ohio 1948

♦♦Reese, Teresa S. (Mrs. Hans H.), 3421 Circle Close, Shorewood Hills,

Madison S, Wisconsin 1941

Regensburg, George E[rvin], 15 Mechanic St., Haddonfield, New Jersey. .1948
♦Reilly, Efdgar] Mfilton] Jr., 305 E. Veterans Place, Ithaca, New York. .1946

288

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Reimann, Edward J[oseph], 4147 O St., Philadelphia 24, Pennsylvania. . 1947
Remington, Charles Lee, Osborn Zoological Laboratory,

Yale University, New Haven 11, Connecticut 1944

*Rett, Egmont Z[achary], Museum of Natural History,

Santa Barbara, California 1940

Reuss, Alfred Henry Jr., 2908 Edison St., Blue Island, Illinois 1936

Reynolds, Mrs. Perry J., 1652 Virginia Park, Detroit 6, Michigan 1948

♦Reynolds, Ralph Jabez, 2645 Powell Ave., Columbus 9, Ohio 1948

Reynolds, William Pius, 1330 Foulkrod St., Philadelphia 24, Pennsylvania 1948

Rice, Dale [Warren], 432 W. 42nd St., Indianapolis 8, Indiana 1946

Rice, Mrs. Harry Wilson, 3940 Richfield Rd., Minneapolis 10, Minnesota 1940
Richardson, Mrs. Ethel Efnyeart], 887 Indian Rock Ave.,

Berkeley 7, California 1948

Richdale, Lancelot Eric, 23 Skibo St., Kew, Dunedin SWl, New Zealand. .1945

Richter, Carl H., 703 Main St., Oconto, Wisconsin 1947

♦Ricker, Wfilliam] E[dwin], Department of Zoology, Indiana University,

Bloomington, Indiana 1943

Ricketts, Marcfus] H[anna], Box 342, Lancaster, Ohio 1948

Rickly, Irvin B[linn], 240 Northridge Rd., Columbus 2, Ohio 1948

♦Riggs, Carl D[aniel], Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma,

Norman, Oklahoma 1943

Riner, Miss Alice, 641 S. Roosevelt Ave., Wichita 9, Kansas 1939

Ripberger, Louis Edward, Backmeyer Rd., Route 3, Richmond, Indiana. .1948

Ripley, Miss Helen Lucile, 2101 Ray St., Lansing 10, Michigan 1948

♦Ripley, Sfidney] Dillon II, Litchfield, Connecticut 1946

♦Ritchie, Dr. Robert C., 60 Chatsworth Dr., Toronto 12,

Ontario, Canada 1944

Ritter, Rhys T[heophilus], Route 4, Bethlehem, Wheeling,

W est Virginia 1944

♦♦Roads, Miss Myra Katie, 463 Vine St., Hillsboro, Ohio 1914

♦Robbins, Chandler Sfeymour], Patuxent Research Refuge,

Laurel, Maryland 1941

Roberts, Harold D., 218 N. Sixth St., Black River Falls, Wisconsin 1946

Roby, Edwin Florrest], 427 N. Tracy Ave., Bozeman, Montana 1948

♦♦♦Rogers, Charles Henry, East Guyot HaU, Princeton, New Jersey 1903

Rogers, Gerald [Talbot], 13 B St., Perris, Califorma 1945

♦Rogers, Irl, 402 Alturas Ave., Modesto, California 1937

♦♦♦Rogers, Miss Mabel T., 203 N. Columbia St., MilledgeviUe, Georgia 1947

♦Rogers, Mrs. Walter E., P.O. Box 385, Appleton, Wisconsin 1931

Rognrud, Merle Jerome, Box 296, St. Ignatius, Montana 1947

Rollis, Everest Jerold, 200 S. Monroe St., Stoughton, Wisconsin 1948

Rooney, James P., 1514 S. 12th St., Yakima, Washington 1947

♦♦♦Root, Oscar M[itchell], Brooks School, North Andover, Massachusetts. . 1940
Rorimer, Irene Tuck (Mrs. J. M.), 28 Outer Dr., Oak Ridge,

Tennessee 1938

Rosene, Walter Jr., 1212 Jupiter, Gadsden, Alabama 1942

♦Rosewall, 0[scar] W[aldemar], Department of Zoology,

Louisiana State University, University, Louisiana 1931

♦Ross, Cfharles] Chandler, 7924 Lincoln Dr., Chestnut Hill,

Philadelphia 18, Pennsylvania 1937

♦Ross, Hollis T., 29 S. 2nd St., Lewisburg, Pennsylvania 1945

Roullard, Fred Pete, Agricultural Department, Fresno State College,

Fresno 4, California 1948

Rowe, Kenneth C[hristian], 619 West Blvd., N., Columbia, Missouri 1947

♦♦♦Rudd, Dr. Clayton G[lass], 315 Medical Arts Bldg.,

Minneapolis 2, Minnesota 1944

WILSON CLUB ROLL 289

Vol. 60, No. 4

Rudd, Robert L., Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of

California, Berkeley 4, California 1939

Ruecker, Miss Emilie, Seapowet Ave., Tiverton, Rhode Island 1943

Ruhr, Cflifford] Efugene], 1007 Laurel St., Atlantic, Iowa 1947

Ruthven, Miss Katherine N[orcross], 13225 Marlowe Ave.,

Detroit 27, Michigan 1947

Saari, Emil A., 272 S. Washington Ave., Columbus IS, Ohio 1948

Sabin, Walton B., 520 Euclid Ave., Syracuse 10, New York 1945

Sanders, Miss Ellen Allen, Campbellsville College, Campbellsville,

Kentucky 1948

*Satterly, J[ack], 100 Castlewood Rd., Toronto 12, Ontario, Canada 1947

*Satterthwait, Mrs. Elizabeth Allen, 806 W. Ohio St., Urbana, Illinois 1925

*Saugstad, N[els] Stanley, Route 4, Minot, North Dakota 1939

♦Saunders, Aretas Afndrews], 361 Crestwood Rd., Fairfield, Connecticut. . 1934
♦Saunders, George B[radford], Fish and Wildlife Service,

546 Custom House, Denver 2, Colorado 1926

Saunders, Richard Merrill, 9 McMaster Ave., Toronto 5,

Ontario, Canada 1948

♦♦Savage, James, Buffalo Athletic Club, Buffalo, New York 1939

♦Sawyer, Miss Dorothy, 1656 Bradley St., Schenectady 4, New York 1937

♦Schaub, Mary Hall (Mrs. J. B.), 1040 Isabella St., Wilmette, Illinois. ... 1939

Schildman, George J., 436 S. 9th St., Lincoln, Nebraska 1947

♦Schneider, Miss Evelyn J., 2207 Alta Ave., Louisville 5, Kentucky 1935

Scholes, Mrs. Doris Kathryn, 385 E. Hall St., Bushnell, Illinois 1947

Scholes, Robert Tfhornton], 260 Crittenden Blvd., Box 243,

Rochester 7, New York 1946

♦♦Schoo, Grace Harwood (Mrs. Clarence), 400 Maple St.,

Springfield 5, Massachusetts 1948

♦♦♦Schorger, A[rlie] Wfilliam], 168 N. Prospect Ave., Madison, Wisconsin. .1927
♦♦Schramm, Wilson [Cresap], 321 Kensington Rd., Syracuse 10, New York. .1944
♦Schuette, Cionrad] H[erman] L[ouis], 1446 Beaver Rd.,

Sewickley, Pennsylvania 1942

Schultz, Vincent, Ohio Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit,

Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1948

Schumm, WUliam George, 302 C St., LaPorte, Indiana 1944

Schwalbe, Paul [Wayman], P.O. Box 64, Lenni, Pennsylvania 1948

♦Scotland, Minnie B[rink], 42 Continental Ave., Cohoes, New York 1938

Scott, Fred T., Pittsburg, New Hampshire 1948

Scott, Frederic Rfobert], 4600 Coventry Rd., Richmond 21, Virginia 1947

♦♦Scott, Peter, 8, Edwardes Square, London, W. 8, England 1947

Scott, Thomas G[eorge], Route 2, St. Paul 6, Minnesota 1936

♦Scott, WT alter] Efdwin], Mendota Beach Heights, Madison 5, Wisconsin. 1938
Scott, Mrs. Walter Efdwin], Mendota Beach Heights, Madison 5,

Wisconsin 1947

Seaberg, Dr. John Afrthur], Veterans Administration Hospital,

Minneapolis 6, Minnesota 1944

Sealander, John Afrthur] Jr., 203 Vivarium Bldg.,

University of Illinois, Champaign, Illinois 1947

♦♦Sedwitz, Walter Wfilliam], 229 W. 36th St., New York City 18 1947

Seeber, Edward Lfincoln], 186 Wabash Ave., Kenmore 17, New York... 1944

Seeley, George Mervil, 461 High St., Long Branch, New Jersey 1945

Seibert, Henri C., Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 1941

Selby, Gertrude Pellit (Mrs. James A.), Lookout Point,

Ridgeville, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦♦Sener, Miss Ruth, 233 Charlotte St., Lancaster, Pennsylvania 1943

Serbousek, Miss Lillian, 1226 Second St., S.W., Cedar Rapids, Iowa 1935

290

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

**Shackleton, Elizabeth C[atterall] (Mrs. Walter H.), Route 1, Box 76 A,

Prospect, Kentucky 1947

**Shackleton, Walter H., Route 1, Box 76 A, Prospect, Kentucky 1947

*Shaffer, Chester M[onroe], 357 Hascall Rd., N.W., Atlanta, Georgia 1934

♦Shaftesbury, Archie D., Women’s College, University of North Carolina,

Greensboro, North Carolina 1930

Shapiro, Jacob, New York State College of Forestry,

Syracuse 10, New York 1947

Sharp, Ward M., Pennsylvania State College, 206 Forestry Bldg.,

State College, Pennsylvania 1936

Shaub, Benjamin Martin, 159 Elm St., Northampton, Massachusetts 1948

Shaver, Jesse Mfilton], George Peabody Teachers College,

Nashville, Tennessee 1922

Shaw, Dr. Charles Hficks], Bremen, Ohio 1941

Shaw, Mrs. Elizabeth Martin, 6709 Kensington Ave.,

Richmond 21, Virginia 1943

♦♦Shearer, A[mon] Rfobert], Box 428, Mont Belvieu, Chambers Co., Texas 1893

♦♦Shelar, Keller, State Teachers College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania 1940

♦Sheldon, Mrs. Dorothy Dean, Goose Lane, East Pembroke, Massachusetts 1948

Shepard, Booth, 2709 Johnstone Place, Cincinnati 6, Ohio 1948

♦Sherwood, John Willitts, 26 Smith St., Salinas, California 1936

Shipley, Donald DeVries, Department of Biology, Lynchburg College,

Lynchburg, Virginia 1948

Short, Wayne, 1000 5th Ave., New York City 28 1941

♦Shortt, Angus Hfenry], 101 Morier Ave., St. Vital,

Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada 1942

♦Shortt, Terence Michael, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,

Queen’s Park at Bloor St., Toronto, Ontario, Canada 1941

Shuman, Miss Bertha C., 136 S. 19th St., LaCrosse, Wisconsin 1947

Sibley, Charles G[ald], Museum of Natural History,

University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 1942

Sieh, James Gferald], Department of Zoology, Iowa State College,

Ames, Iowa 1948

♦♦Simmons, Mrs. Amelia C., 2742 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11,

Wisconsin 1943

♦♦♦Simmons, Edward Mcllhenny, Avery Island, Louisiana 1942

Simmons, Elbert Rfulen], Manti, Utah 1947

Simon, James R., Jackson Hole Wildlife Park, Moran, Wyoming 1947

Simon, Stephen Wistar, 7727 York Rd., Towson 4, Maryland 1947

♦♦Simon, Miss Tina, 1340 W. Elmdale Ave., Chicago 40, Illinois 1945

Sims, Harold L[ee], 714 St. Philip St., Thibodaux, Louisiana 1942

Sinclair, Miss Jean Louise, 1732 S.E. 46th St., Portland 15, Oregon 1948

Sinclair, Kate Taylor (Mrs. Marshall Wray), 1338 Whitethorn St.,

Bluefield, West Virginia 1947

♦Singleton, Albert Roland, 3968 Marburg Ave., Cincinnati 9, Ohio 1948

♦♦Sisman, Mrs. Lois Milner, Yonge, Aurora, Ontario, Canada 1947

Skaggs, Merit Bryan, 2066 Alton Rd., East Cleveland 12, Ohio 1934

Skuldt, Mrs. Dorothy R[andall], 28 E. Gilman St., Madison 3,

Wisconsin 1948

Skutch, Alexander Ffrank], San Isidro del General, Costa Rica 1944

Slack, Miss Mabel, 1004 Everett Ave., Louisville, Kentucky 1934

Sloss, Richard A., 65 Brower Ave., Woodmere, Long Island, New York.. 1948

Smalley, Alfred E[vans], Open Hearth, Lewiston, Pennsylvania 1946

Smith, Albert G., Department of Biology, Loyola University,

6525 Sheridan Rd., Chicago, Illinois 1948

WILSON CLUB ROLL 291

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Smith, Dr. A[rthur] F[rancis], Manning, Iowa 1934

Smith, Carl E[rnest], Halsey, Nebraska 1947

Smith, Earl E[mmett], Harvard Forest, Petersham, Massachusetts 1947

Smith, Miss Emily, Glen Ana and Bellecourt, Los Gatos, California 1948

*Smith, Frank R[ush], Route 2, Box 100, Laurel, Maryland 1910

*Smith, Harry Mfadison], Department of Zoology and Physiology,

University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 1936

Smith, Luther E[ly], 1554 Telephone Bldg., 1010 Pine St.,

St. Louis 1, Missouri 1941

*Smith, Lewis MacCuen, 8040 St. Martins Lane, Chestnut HUl Station,

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 1931

Smith, Lloyd Mason, Desert Museum, Box 411, Palm Springs,

California 1948

Smith, Orion O., 1539 Crosby St., Rockford, Illinois 1936

*Smith, Robert L[eo], Route 1, Reynoldsville, Pennsylvania 1945

*Smith, Roy Harmon, 183 N. Prospect St., Kent, Ohio 1936

Smith, Tarleton F., Box 1041, Douglas, Alaska 1948

Smith, Wendell Phillips, Wells River, Vermont 1921

^Smith, Winnifred Wahls (Mrs. E, R.) Winghaven, Route 1,

Two Rivers, Wisconsin 1946

Snapp, Mrs. R. R., 310 W. Michigan, Urbana, Illinois 1940

*Snyder, L [ester] Lfynne], Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,

Queen’s Park at Bloor St., Toronto 5, Ontario, Canada 1929

Sooter, Clarence Andrew, 1336 N. 40th St., Lincoln, Nebraska 1940

Spangler, Miss Iva M., 128 E. Foster Parkway, Fort Wayne, Indiana 1939

*Speirs, Mrs. Doris Huestis, “Cobble Hill,” Route 2,

Pickering, Ontario, Canada 1936

Speirs, J[ohn] Murray, “Cobble Hill,” Route 2, Pickering, Ontario,

Canada 1931

Spencer, Haven Hadley, Turpin Rd., Route 1, Box 349 A,

Newtown, Ohio 1 946

**Spencer, Miss 0[live] Ruth, 1030-25 Avenue Court, Moline, Illinois 1938

Sperry, Charles Carlisle, 1455 S. Franklin St., Denver 10, Colorado 1931

Spofford, Walter R[ichard] II, Vanderbilt University Medical School,

Nashville 4, Tennessee 1942

Springer, Paul Ffrederick], Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland 1946
♦Stabler, Robert M filler], Colorado College, Colorado Springs, Colorado. . 1939
♦Staebler, Arthur Efugene], W. K. Kellogg Bird Sanctuary, Route 1,

Augusta, Michigan 1937

♦♦Stahl, Miss Marjoretta Jean, Kimberly, West Virginia 1942

♦Stamm, Anne (Mrs. Frederick W.) 2118 Lakeside Dr.,

Louisville 5, Kentucky 1947

Stanfield, Rodger Ord, 424 Piccadilly St., London, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦♦Stanley, Willard Ffrancis], State Teachers College, Fredonia, New York. 1946
Stark, Miss Wilma Rfuth], Meridian Hill Hotel, 16th St., N.W.,

Washington, D.C 1939

Starrett, William Cfharles], Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1933

Stearns, Edwin Ifra] Jr., 92 Farragut Rd,, Plainfield, New Jersey 1945

♦Steele, William Soles, 134 King St., Guelph, Ontario, Canada.. 1948

♦Steffen, Earnest William, 1000 Maplewood Dr., Cedar Rapids, Iowa 1944

Steggerda, Morris, Kennedy School of Missions, Hartford 5, Connecticut. 1941

Stegle, Joseph Jfames], 220 Pondfield Rd., W., Bronxville, New York 1944

Stephens, T[homas] C[alderwood] , Box 188 M, Sioux City 20, Iowa.... 1911
Stevens, Charles Eflmo] Jr., 426 2nd St., N.E., Charlottesville, Virginia. . 1947

292

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

*Stevens, O. A., State College Station, Fargo, North Dakota 1926

Stevenson, Henry M[ills] Jr., Department of Zoology, Florida State

University, Tallahassee, Florida 1943

Stevenson, James Ofsborne], Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of

the Interior, Washington 25, D.C 1933

*Stewart, Paul Aflva], 8640 N. State St., Westerville, Ohio 1925

Stewart, Robert Earl, Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland 1939

Stidolph, Robert H. D., 114 Cole St., Masterton, New Zealand 1945

*Stillwell, Jerry E., 8160 San Benito Way, Dallas 18, Texas 1935

**Stine, Miss Perna M., Box 386, Olney, Illinois 1931

***Stoddard, Herbert Lee, Sherwood Plantation, Route 5,

Thomasville, Georgia 1916

Stofer, Martha Miller (Mrs. W. E.), 730 Grand Ave., Glen Ellyn, Illinois. 1948

Stokes, Allen WLoodruff], Scudder, Ontario, Canada 1945

Stoner, Emerson Austin, 149 E. L St., Box 444, Benicia, California 1947

***Stoner, Lillian C[hristiansore] (Mrs. Dayton), 399 State St.,

Albany 6, New York 1945

*Stophlet, John JEermain], 2612 Maplewood Ave., Toledo 10, Ohio 1934

Storer, Robert Winthrop, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,

Berkeley 4, California 1938

*Storer, Tracy I[rwin], Division of Zoology, University of

California, Davis, California 1928

Stratton, Miss Nellie Mary, 209 Cutler St., Allegan, Michigan 1945

Straw, Richard MEyron], 973 W. County Rd. B, St. Paul 8, Minnesota. .1947
^Street, Phillips BEorden], 520 Packard Bldg.,

Philadelphia 2, Pennsylvania 1946

Street, Thomas M., Bottineau, North Dakota 1940

***Strehlow, Elmer William, 721 W. Mason St., Green Bay, Wisconsin 1941

Stringham, Emerson, Box 986, Kerrville, Texas 1940

****Strong, REeuben] MEyron], 5840 Stony Island Ave.,

Chicago, Illinois Founder

Strunk, William Franklin, Box 47, Ripley, West Virginia 1944

Struthers, Dana R., 4858 Fremont Ave., S., Minneapolis 9, Minnesota. .. 1948

*Stultz, Mrs. Alma J., 2594 S. Durfee Ave., El Monte, California 1946

Stupka, Arthur, Great Smoky Mountains National Park,

Gatlinburg, Tennessee 1935

***Sturgeon, Myron T., Department of Geography and Geology,

Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 1934

*Sturgis, SEullivan] Warren, 66 Marlboro St., Boston, Massachusetts 1941

*Sturm, E William] Louis, Glendale, Ohio 1943

*Summerfield, Donald, Route 2, Box 4, Valley Station, Kentucky 1947

*Suthard, James GEregory], 1881 Raymond Ave.,

Long Beach 6, California 1936

Suttkus, Royal Dallas, Stimson Hall, Cornell University,

Ithaca, New York 1947

***Sutton, George Miksch, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1920

*Swanson, Gustav E Adolph], Fernow Hall, Cornell University,

Ithaca, New York 1927

^Swedenborg, Ernie DEavid], 4905 Vincent Ave., S.,

Minneapolis 10, Minnesota 1929

*Swigart, Miss Marian, 601 N. Jackson Ave., Clinton, Illinois 1948

*Swoger, Arthur EGlenn], 212 Oliver Ave., Pittsburgh 22, Pennsylvania. . 1943

*Taber, Wendell, 3 Mercer Circle, Cambridge, Massachusetts 1936

*Taber, William REichard], New York State Conservation Department,

Albany, New York 1947

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 293

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Tabler, Fan Boswell (Mrs. William B.), 2923 Riedling Dr.,

Louisville 6, Kentucky. 1947

*Tabor, Miss Ava Rogers, 305 Canal Blvd., Thibodaux, Louisiana 1940

*Taintor, Mrs. Elizabeth Taber, 11 Story St., Cambridge, Massachusetts. . 1945
Tallman, William S[weet] Jr., 4 Linden Place, Sewickley, Pennsylvania. .1940
*Tanger, Louise F. A. (Mrs. C. Y.), 318 N. President Ave.,

Lancaster, Pennsylvania 1943

Tanghe, Leo JCoseph], 852 Stone Rd., Rochester 13, New York 1943

Tanner, James Taylor, Department of Zoology, University of

Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 1937

Tarbell, Miss Carolyn [Elizabeth], 14 Elizabeth St., Delaware, Ohio 1948

***Taylor, Arthur Chandler, 309 N. Drew St., Appleton, Wisconsin 1929

***Taylor, Mrs. H. J., 900 Santa Barbara Rd., Berkeley, California 1916

*Taylor, Hferbert] S[tanton], 1369 Fair Ave., Columbus 5, Ohio 1948

Taylor, Miss Joanne, 1176 Shattuck, Berkeley 7, California 1941

*Taylor, Joseph William, 590 Allen’s Creek Rd.,

Rochester 10, New York 1946

*Taylor, Dr. R[obert] L[incoln], 810 Highland Dr., Flintridge,

Pasadena 2, California 1947

*Taylor, William Ralph, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1940

*Teachenor, Dix, 1020 W. 61st St., Kansas City, Missouri 1923

*Teale, Edwin Way, 93 Park Ave., Baldwin, Long Island, New York 1948

Torres, John K., 251 E. 48th St., New York City 17 1939

Terrill, Lewis Mclver, 216 Redfern Ave., Westmount,

Montreal 6, Quebec, Canada 1948

Thacher, S. Charles, 2918 Brownsboro Rd., Louisville 6, Kentucky 1942

♦Thomas, Edward S[inclair], 319 Acton Rd., Columbus 10, Ohio 1921

♦Thomas, Landon B[aillie], 1006 Blaine St., Edgerton, Wisconsin 1947

♦Thomas, Ruth H. (Mrs. Rowland), 500 E. Green St.,

Morrillton, Arkansas 1937

Thompson, Daniel Q., 521 E. Mifflin St., Madison 3, Wisconsin 1945

Thompson, Donald R[uff], 217 N. Orchard St., Madison 5, Wisconsin. .. 1947

Thomsen, Mrs. Hans Peter, Route 3, Box 406, Beloit, Wisconsin 1946

♦Thorley, Robert F., 3 Midland Gardens, Bronxville 8, New York 1946

Thorne, Oakleigh II, Box 401, Millbrook, New York 1947

Thornton, Wilmot Afrnold], 602 Elmwood Place, Austin, Texas 1948

♦♦♦Thorp, George Bfoulton], Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. . 1935

Thurow, Gordon Ray, 829 Kensington Ave., Aurora, Illinois 1948

♦Tift, Richard, The Oaks, Newton, Route 1, Albany, Georgia 1937

♦Tilley, Francis Thomas, 26 Mohican Ave., Buffalo 8, New York 1944

Tinbergen, Nfikolaas], Zoologische Laboratorium, Leiden, Holland 1947

♦Tipton, Dr. Samuel Rfidley], 300 W. Adair Dr., Fountain City,

Knoxville 18, Tennessee 1941

♦♦Todd, Elizabeth D. (Mrs. Paul H.), 918 W. Main St.,

Kalamazoo 48, Michigan 1939

Todd, George K[endall], 1079 E. 33rd St., S., Salt Lake City 6, Utah. . . .1943

Todd, Henry Ofliver] Jr., Woodberry Rd., Murfreesboro, Tennessee 1938

Todd, Mabel Sellers (Mrs. A. P.), 2504 Winsted Lane, Austin, Texas 1940

♦Todd, W [alter] E[dmond] Clyde, Carnegie Museum,

Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 1911

Tomich, P[rosper] Quentin, Hastings Reservation, Jamesburg Route,

Monterey, California 1948

♦Tomkins, Ivan Rexford, 1231 E. 50th St., Savannah, Georgia 1931

♦♦Tordoff, Harrison B[ruce], Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1947

294

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

**Tout, Wilson, Box 678, North Platte, Nebraska 1946

♦Towle, Miss Helen Jessie, 5148 29th Ave., S.,

Minneapolis 6, Minnesota 1944

♦♦Townsend, Miss Elsie White, Department of Biology, Wayne University,

Detroit 1, Michigan 1938

♦♦♦Trautman, Milton B[ernhard], Stone Laboratory, Put-in-Bay, Ohio 1932

♦Traylor, Melvin Alvah Jr., 759 Burr Ave., Winnetka, Illinois 1947

Trimm, H. Wayne, 1421 LeGore Dr., Manhattan, Kansas 1943

Trowern, Robert Wilson, 47 Armadale Ave., Toronto, Ontario, Canada.. 1948

♦Trussed, Miss Malvina, 10 W. Kennedy Ave., Statesboro, Georgia 1946

♦Tryon, Cflarence] Afrcher] Jr., Department of Biological Sciences,

University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 1942

♦Tubbs, Farley F., Game Division, Department of Conservation,

Lansing 13, Michigan 1935

♦♦♦Tucker, Mrs. Card, Penwood, Mount Kisco, New York 1928

Tucker, Robert Edward, 245 N. Auburndale, Memphis, Tennessee 1942

♦Tucker, Walter A[ndrew], 728 S. Remington Rd., Columbus, Ohio 1948

Turner, William Clifton Jr., 420 S. Wide, Mt. Prospect, Illinois 1948

Tuttle, Dr. Carl, Berlin Heights, Ohio 1948

Tuttle, George Mott Jr., Main St., Youngstown, New York 1941

Tvedt, Harold B[loom], 105 S. Illinois St.,

Martinsburg, West Virginia 1941

♦Twomey, Arthur C[ornelius], Carnegie Museum,

Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania 1936

♦Tyler, Dr. Winsor Mfarrett], 1482 Commonwealth Ave.,

Brighton 35, Massachusetts 1914

Tyrrell, W. Bryant, 246 Park Ave., Takoma Park 12, Maryland 1947

♦Uhler, Francis Morey, Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland 1931

♦♦Uhrig, Mrs. A. B., Box 28, Oconomowoc, Wisconsin 1926

Umbach, Miss Margaret, 2526 East Dr., Fort Wayne 3, Indiana 1941

Unger, Joseph J., 1457 S. 11th St., Omaha, Nebraska 1947

Ussher, Richard Davy, Nancy Lake Farm, King, Ontario, Canada 1948

♦Vaiden, Mferedith] Gfordon], Rosedale, Mississippi 1937

♦Vad, Donald Bain, 94 Sherwood Rd., Ridgewood, New Jersey 1948

Van Arsdad, Cfharles] A[lexander], 1024 Beaumont Ave.,

Harrodsburg, Kentucky 1946

Van Camp, Laurel Ffrederick], Genoa, Ohio 1943

Van Coevering, Jack, 6170 Commerce Rd., Route 5, Pontiac 5, Michigan. 1939

Vandervort, Charles Cfhampion], Laceyvide, Pennsylvania 1937

Vandevender, Eva Minnie (Mrs. Lewis), Hepburn, Iowa 1948

Van Dyke, Henry, 809 E. Kingsley St., Ann Arbor, Michigan 1948

Vane, Dr. Robert F[rank], 600 Dows Bldg., Cedar Rapids, Iowa 1946

♦♦Van Pelt, Raymond Drake, 2687 Waverly Dr.,

Los Angeles 26, California 1946

♦♦♦van Rossem, A[driaan] Jfoseph], 2205 W. Adams St.,

Los Angeles 7, California 1939

♦♦♦Van Tyne, Josselyn, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1922

♦♦Vaughan, William C[oleman], 115 Fairbanks Ave.,

Kenmore 17, New York 1938

Vaurie, Charles, American Museum of Natural History, Central Park W.

at 79th St., New York City 24 1946

♦Veghte, James Henry, 37 Holly St., Lennon Park,

Colorado Springs, Colorado 1947

Vesey, W. Glenn, 102 E. High St., Painesvide, Ohio 1948

Vdas, Mrs. Frances J., 26 Cambridge Rd., Madison 4, Wisconsin 1948

December 1948 WILSON CLUB ROLL 295

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Visscher, Paul, Biology Laboratory, Western Reserve

University, Cleveland, Ohio 1924

*Voak, Mrs. Floyd S., 909 S. Custer Ave., Miles City, Montana 1945

**Vollmar, Mrs. Joseph E., 6138 Simpson Ave,, St. Louis 10, Missouri 1941

*von der Heydt, James A [mold]. Box 155, Nome, Alaska 1947

*Vore, Marvin E[lmer], 1128 N. 8th Ave., Route 3,

West Bend, Wisconsin 1947

*Wade, Douglas E., Office of the Naturalist, Dartmouth College,

Hanover, New Hampshire 1936

*Wade, Katherine White (Mrs. Sydney J.), Box 73, Oakwood, Illinois. . .1940

Wagar, Dr. Harold Wesley, 619 5th St., Brookings, South Dakota 1947

Wagner, Miss Esther E., 13 Locust Ave., Danbury, Connecticut 1937

*Wagner, Nancy Elizabeth (Mrs. C. R.), South Lane Farm, Utica, Ohio.. 1947

Wagner, Helmuth O., Apartado 7901, Sucursal 3, Mexico, D.F 1945

**Walcott, Hon. Frederick Collin, Investment Bldg., Washington, D.C 1945

*Walker, Charles Ffrederic], Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,

Ann Arbor, Michigan 1939

Walker, Mfyrl] Vfincent], Zion National Park, Springdale, Utah 1943

Walker, William Herbert, 23 Wolfe Ave., Deep River, Ontario, Canada.. 1948
*’*'*Walkinshaw, Lawrence Harvey, 1703 Central Tower,

Battle Creek, Michigan 1928

*Wallace, Miss Edith Adell, 421 W. 8th Ave., Gary, Indiana 1945

^Wallace, George Jfohn], Zoology Department, Michigan State College,

East Lansing, Michigan 1937

Wallner, Dr. Alfred, 13938 Calvert St., Van Nuys, California 1941

Walters, Miss Kathleen, 312 Crane, Royal Oak, Michigan 1944

*Wampole, John Hfenry], Box 447, Grant, Nebraska 1944

Wandell, Willet Nforbert], Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois 1944

♦Wangaard, Arthur Cfarl], 4902 12th Ave., S., Minneapolis 7, Minnesota. 1948
Wangnild, Miss Lillian Mfarie], 2818 Gaylord St., Denver 5, Colorado. .1943

Wanless, Harold R[ollin], 704 S. McCullough St., Urbana, Illinois 1940

Ward, Edward P., 109 E. Main St., Moorestown, New Jersey 1948

Warner, Dwain Willard, Museum of Natural History, University of

Minnesota, Minneapolis 14, Minnesota 1946

♦Waterman, Ralph T[en Eyck], 13 Meadow Rd.,

Poughkeepsie, New York 1947

Watson, Frank Graham, % Shell Chemical Corporation, Box 2527,

Houston 1, Texas 1937

Watson, James Dewey Jr., 7922 Luella Ave., Chicago 17, Illinois 1945

♦Watson, Robert J[ames], Box 75, Blacksburg, Virginia 1943

Waycheshen, Anton, High Hill, Saskatchewan, Canada 1948

Weaver, Mrs. Alice Helen Brown, 1434 Crain St., Evanston, Illinois 1948

Webb, Vada Hart (Mrs. T. R.), 1535 Ambler Ave., Abilene, Texas 1946

♦Weber, Louis Mfarkus], House Springs, Missouri 1941

♦♦Webster, Clark Gfibbons], Patuxent Research Refuge, Laurel, Maryland. .1948
Webster, Jfackson] Dan, Jamestown College, Jamestown, North Dakota. 1939

Weingraff, Abraham, 316 W. 97th St., New York City 25 1948

♦Weiser, Virgil Leonard, 507 2nd Ave., E., Dickinson, North Dakota 1946

Welch, Arthur, 431 Rossendale Rd., Burnley, Lancashire, England 1947

Welles, Mary Pyke (Mrs. George M.), R.F.D. 1, Elmira, New York 1938

♦Welty, Carl, Route 1, Beloit, Wisconsin 1948

♦♦Wernicke, Maleta Moore (Mrs. Julius F.), Gull Point,

Escambia Co., Florida 1944

Westerskov, Kaj [Ejvind], Ohio Wildlife Research Unit, Ohio State

University, Columbus 10, Ohio 1947

296

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Weston, Henry G[riggs] Jr., Department of Zoology, Science Bldg.,

Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa 1947

**Weston, Robert, Salmon Pool Farm, Brewer, Maine 1944

Wetherbee, David Kfenneth], Museum of Natural History', 12 State St.,

Worcester 8, Massachusetts 1947

*Wetmore, Alexander, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25, D.C 1903

*Weydemeyer, Winton, Fortine, Montana 1930

*Weyl, Edward Stern, 6909 Henley St., Philadelphia 19, Pennsylvania 1927

**Wheatland, Miss Sarah Bfigelow], 532 State St., Bangor, Maine 1942

Whitaker, Mrs. Lovie M., School of Journalism, University of

Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 1947

White, Miss Dorothy, 25 N. Audubon Rd., Indianapolis, Indiana 1948

*Whitehead, Miss Edith May, 1130 Grand Ave., Carthage, Missouri 1947

*Whiting, Robert Afrchie], 1228 Chittock Ave., Jackson, Michigan 1947

*Whitney, Nathaniel R[uggles] Jr., % John Sealy Hospital,

Galveston, Texas 1942

*Whittier, Mrs. Lida, 2830 E. 130th St., Cleveland 20, Ohio 1943

**Widdicombe, Harry T., 439 Fulton St., E., Grand Rapids 3, Michigan. ..1943

Widmann, Berthold, 4621 Wesley Ave., Los Angeles 37, California 1936

*Wiggin, Henry T[aylor], 151 Tappan St., Brookline, Massachusetts 1941

*Wilcox, Harry Hammond Jr., Department of Anatomy, Medical School,

University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 4, Pennsylvania 1938

Wilcox, LeRoy, Speonk, Long Island, New York 1944

Wilder, Theodore Gfarfield], 125 Oxford Rd., Waukesha, Wisconsin 1948

Wiles, Harold 0[liver], 623 Campbell Ave., Kalamazoo 51, Michigan 1936

Wilkowski, William [Walter], 119 Bronson Court,

Kalamazoo 12, Michigan 1943

♦Williams, George G., The Rice Institute, Houston, Texas 1945

♦Williams, Jack Dixon, 124 E. Lincoln St., Findlay, Ohio 1948

♦Williams, Laidlaw Ofnderdonk], Route 1, Box 138, Carmel, California. . 1930
♦Willis, Cornelius G[rinnell], 750 Subway Terminal Bldg.,

Los Angeles 13, California 1948

Willis, Franklin E[lling], Marietta, Minnesota 1946

Willis, Miss Myra G., 1726 4th Ave., S.E., Apt. C, Cedar Rapids, Iowa. .1944

♦♦Wilson, Archie F[rancis], 1322 Braeburn Rd., Flossmoor, Illinois 1937

♦Wilson, Bruce Vernon, Box 2, Okemos, Michigan 1943

♦Wilson, Gordon, 1434 Chestnut St., Bowling Green, Kentucky 1920

♦Wilson, Harold Charles, Ephraim, Wisconsin 1938

Wilson, John Elder, 332 Magnolia St., Rochester, New York 1948

Wilson, Myrtha M. (Mrs. Henry E.), Route 3, Box 118,

Raleigh, North Carolina 1942

♦Wilson, Rowland S[teele], 2130 E. Broad St., Columbus 9, Ohio 1941

♦Wilson, Ruth (Mrs. Carl), 11285 Lakepointe, Detroit 24, Michigan 1941

♦♦♦Wineman, Andrew, 150 Michigan Ave., Detroit, Michigan 1934

♦♦♦Wing, Harold F[rancis], Route 3, Jackson, Michigan 1941

♦Wing, Leonard [William], Department of Wildlife Management,

Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College, College Station, Texas... 1924
Winn, Howard EUiott, 398 N. Elm St., West Bridgewater, Massachusetts 1947

Wistey, Lorene S., South English, Iowa 1944

Witmer, Sfamuel] W[enger], 1608 S. 8th St., Goshen, Indiana 1948

Woerner, H[erbert] Ray, Route 3, Lancaster, Pennsylvania 1947

♦Wolcott, Richard Hugh, 957 Gillett’s Lake, Route 2, Jackson, Michigan. . 1948
Wolfe, Harold R[eclus], Biology Bldg., University of Wisconsin,

Madison 6, Wisconsin 1947

Wolff, John L[udwig], 38 Crane Rd., Scarsdale, New York 1948

WILSON CLUB ROLL 297

Vol. 60, No. 4

*Wolfson, Albert, Department of Zoology, Northwestern University,

Evanston, Illinois 1944

*Wollam, Miss Mary [Kathryn], Mendon, Ohio 1946

*Wood, Dr. Harold B[acon], 3016 N. Second St., Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 1932

*Wood, Merrill, 811 N. Allen St., State College, Pennsylvania 1945

**Woodward, Miss Barbara, Wolcott St., Le Roy, New York 1943

*Worley, John G[raves], 237 Charleston St., Cadiz, Ohio 1936

Wright, Miss Audrey Adele, 1312 Hepburn Ave., Louisville, Kentucky. . . .1941
Wright, Bruce S[tanley], 736 King St., Fredericton, New Brunswick,

Canada 1948

Wright, Lt. Col. Dana [Monroe], State Game Farm, St. John,

North Dakota 1943

Wright, Howard F[ord], 2152 N. Meridian St., No. 302, Indianapolis 2,

Indiana 1948

*Wright, James H[enry] III, State Rd., Cornwells Heights, Pennsylvania 1947

*Wright, J[ohn] T[homas], Route 5, Box 618, Tucson, Arizona 1941

Wright, Philip L[incoln], Montana State University, Missoula, Montana. 1940

Wright, Thomas J. Jr., 17 Mechanic St., Wakefield, Rhode Island 1939

*Wyatt, Miss Grace, College Station, Murray, Kentucky 1946

Wydallis, William Francis, 306 E. First St., Van Wert, Ohio 1948

Wylie, William L[ewis], 1310 National Rd., Wheeling, West Virginia. .. 1947
♦Yeager, Lee E[mmett], Colorado Wildlife Research Unit,

Colorado Agricultural and Mechanical College, Fort Collins, Colorado. 1939

♦Yeatter, R[alph] E[merson], Illinois Natural History Survey,

Urbana, Illinois 1932

Yergason, Dr. Robert Moseley, 50 Farmington Ave., Hartford 5,

Connecticut 1946

Young, Howard [Frederick], 2205 Chamberlain Ave., Madison 5,

Wisconsin 1947

Young, J. Addison II, 60 Argyle Ave., New Rochelle, New York 1942

♦♦Young, James B[oswell], 514 Dover Rd., Louisville 6, Kentucky 1937

♦Young, J[oseph] 0[ran], 131 W. 74th St., Chicago 21, Illinois 1947

♦♦Young, Miss Nettie T[aunton], 1788 National Rd., Wheeling,

West Virginia 1947

Youngman, Phillip M[errill], % General Delivery, West Yarmouth,

Cape Cod, Massachusetts 1947

Zander, Mrs. Verna M[arie], Department of Physiology, Veterinary Bldg.,

Colorado State College, Fort Collins, Colorado 1948

♦Zimmerman, Dale, 480 N. Almont St., Imlay City, Michigan 1943

♦Zimmerman, Fred R[obert], 4110 Birch Ave., Madison 5, Wisconsin 1935

Zimmerman, James H[all], 2114 Van Hise Ave., Madison 5, Wisconsin. . 1947
♦Zirrer, Francis, Route 1, Birchwood, Wisconsin 1943

Zoll, Faye W. (Mrs. Frank K.), Edgewood, Route 8, Anderson, Indiana. .1947
♦Zurcher, Miss Olga Celeste, 133 S. Richardson Ave., Columbus 4, Ohio.. 1948

THE WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB ANNUAL MEETING

Members are reminded that the dates set for our Thirtieth Annual Meeting,
at Madison, Wisconsin, the first to be held in the spring, are April 21-23, 1949.
The sessions, which include a joint program with the Wisconsin Society for Orni-
thology, will extend from Thursday through Saturday. Field trips are being arranged
for Sunday. Several exhibits are planned, including one of bird photographs and
paintings. Headquarters will be at the Wisconsin Memorial Union on the campus
of the University of Wisconsin.

Full details will be given in the Secretary’s letter to the Members, which will
be mailed in January.

298

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

In addition to names of species and of authors, this index includes references
to the following topics: anting, banding, bibliography, display, ectoparasites, food,
localities by state, province, and country, migration, nesting, new forms noticed,
releasers, sex reversal, taxonomy, voice, weights, zoogeography.

Acanthisittidae, 216
Actitis macularia, 113, 232
Aechmolophus, 218
Aechmophorus occidentalis, 164
Aegolius funereus, 119
Agelaius, 216
i. icterocephalus, 238
phoeniceus, 26
p. pho’eniceus, 244
tricolor, 26

Aimophila aestivalis bachmanii, 181, 183

Aix sponsa, 117

Ajaia ajaja, 170

Alaska, 68, 188-189, 252

Aleutian Islands, 66

Allen, Arthur A. “Ornithology Labora-
tory Notebook” (reviewed), 56
AUenia, 213, 225

Amazona amazonica amazonica, 233
o. ochrocephala, 233
Ammodramus bairdii, 180
savannarum, 220

Ammospiza maritima fisheri, 103-108
m. sennetti, 103-108
Anas acuta, 26
b. bahamensis, 231
discors, 117

fulvigula maculosa, 164
Anatinae, 26, 27
Ani, Groove-billed, 113
Smooth-billed, 226, 233
Anser albifrons, 183
Anthus spraguei, 178-179, 182, 183
Anting, 115-116, 244-245
Aphanotriccus, 218
Apodidae, 212, 223
Aquila chrysaetos, 122
Ara n. nobilis, 233
s. severa, 233
Aramidae, 218-219
Aramides c. cajanea, 232
Aramus s. scolopaceus, 232
Aratinga 1. leucophthalmus, 233
pertinax chrysophrys, 233
Archilochus alexandri, 253
colubris, 242-243
Ardea cocoi, 219
herodias, 219
Ardeidae, 219
Argentina, 243
Arizona, 5
Arkansas, 139-158
Arremon t. taciturnus, 239

Arundinicola leucocephala, 237
Arvey, M. Dale, and Henry W. Setzer.

Some Kansas Bird Records, 164-166
Asturina n. nitida, 231
Attila c. cinnamomeus, 236
Audubon, 167, 168, 169, 170-180
Gulf Coast Expedition, 172-177
Missouri River Expedition, 168, 182-
183

Auriparus flaviceps, pi. 7, opp. p. 246
Avocet, 43

Bailey, Alfred M. “Birds of Arctic
Alaska” (reviewed), 252
Baird, Spencer F., 168, 183, 184
Baker, Maurice F, Notes on care and de-
velopment of young Chimney
Swifts, 241-242
Bananaquit, see Coereba
Banding, 65, 66, 67

Barnes, Ventura Jr. The American Bit-
tern in Puerto Rico, 115
Bartramia longicauda, 188, 232
Basileuterus, 218
rufifrons, 109, 112

Baumgartner, F. M. Swainson’s Hawk
nesting in north-central Oklahoma,
187

Bell, John G., 170

Bene, Frank. “The Feeding and Related
Behavior of Hummingbirds” (re-
viewed) , 253

Bent, Arthur Cleveland. “Life Histories
of North American Nuthatches,
Wrens, Thrashers, and Their Allies”
(reviewed), 251

Berger, A. J. Early nesting and Cowbird
parasitism of the Goldfinch in Mich-
igan, 52-53

Bibliography, 58-61, 126-128, 196-202,
254-257

Bird of Paradise, 26, 27
Bittern, American, 115
European, 33
Least, 183
Blacicus, 218
Bluebird, 120-121
Mountain, 64
Western, 181, 183
Bobolink, 183

Bob-white, 66, 119-120, 209
Bonasa umbellus, 39

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

299

Bond, James. Origin of the Bird Fauna
of the West Indies, 207-229; “Field
Guide to Birds of the West Indies”
(reviewed) , 125

Borell, A. E. The Wood Duck in New
Mexico, 117
Borror, Donald J., 67
Botaurus lentiginosus, 115
stellaris, 33

Boyd, Elizabeth M. Ectoparasites of the
Starling in North America (ab-
stract) , 68

Brachyspiza, 220-221
capensis, 220
c. australis, 221

Brackbill, Hervey. A Singing Female
Wood Thrush, 98-102; An unusual
song of the Slate-colored Junco, 246
Brigham, Edward Morris, Jr. Some
Photographic Experiences with the
Spruce Grouse and Trumpeter
Swans (abstract), 68
Brotogeris c. chrysopterus, 233
Bubulcus ibis, 230
Bucco t. tamiata, 234
Bucconidae, 81-97

Buchanan, Forest W., and Kenneth C.
Parkes. A female Bob-white in male
plumage, 119-120
Bullfinch, Cuban, 226
Greater Antillean, 226
Bunting, Baird’s, 180
Indigo, 65
Lazuli, 182
Snow, 25, 26

Busarellus n. nigricoUis, 231
Buteo albicaudatus colonus, 231
m. magnirostris, 231
swainsoni, 187

Buteogallus aequinoctialis, 231
Butorides striatus, 219
s. striatus, 230
virescens, 219

Cacicus cela cela, 238
h. haemorrhous, 238
California, 181
Callichelidon, 213, 215
cyaneoviri^s, 225
Calliphlox, 219
bryantae, 219
evelynae, 214, 219, 225
Callypte helenae, see Mellisuga helenae
Calospiza m. mexicana, 238
p. punctata, 238
Calyptophilus, 213, 215
Campbell, Louis W. Nest-building adap-
tability of the Eastern Red-wing,
244

Canachites canadensis, 118-119, pis. 3, 4
Canada, 57

Capella p. paraguaiae, 232
gallinago delicata, 183
Capito niger, 235
Caprimulgidae, 212
Caprimulgus carohnensis, 166
Caracara, Audubon’s, 170
Cardinal, 190

Cassidix nicaraguensis, see Quiscalus
nicaraguensis
Catbird, 28, 65
Black, 221

Catharopeza, 213, 225
Cathartidae, 218-219
Catherpes mexicanus, 112
Catoptrophorus s. semipalmatus, 232
Celeus elegans hellmayri, 235
torquatus, 235

Centurus a. aurifrons, 185-186
a. incanescens, 186
carolinus, 183

Cercomacra n. nigrescens, 236
tyrannina saturatior, 236
Certhiaxis cinnamomea cinnamomea, 236
Ceryle t. torquata, 234
Chachalaca, 66, 209
Chaetura brachyura, 223
cinereiventris, 223
pelagica, 241-242

s. spinicauda, 234
vauxi richmondi, 189-190

Chaffinch, 26
Charadrius collaris, 232
hiaticula semipalmatus, 232
wilsonia cinnamominus, 232
Chelidoptera tenebrosa, 94-95

t. tenebrosa, 234
Chickadee, Long-tailed, 180
Chloroceryle ae. aenea, 234

a. americana, 234
a. septentrionalis, 170
i. inda, 234

Chondestes grammacus, 183
g. grammacus, 122
g. strigatus, 122
Chondrohierax uncinatus, 231
Chordeiles a. acutipennis, 234
minor, 119
m. aserriensis, 66
m. chapmani, 66
Chrysolophus amherstiae, 24
pictus, 24

Chrysoptilus p. punctigula, 235
Chuck-will’s-widow, 166
Cichlherminia, 213, 225
Cinclocerthia, 213, 225
Cinclus mexicanus unicolor, 182
Clangula hyemalis, 118, 165
Claravis pretiosa, 114
Clark, Hubert Lyman. Obituary, 54
Cnemotriccus fuscatus fumosus, 237
Coahuila, 186

300

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Coccyzus a. americanus, 183, 233
m. minor, 233
Coereba, 214, 226
flaveola, 224
f. bahamensis, 226
f. dominicana, 224
f. luteola, 224
Coerebidae, 213, 214
Colaptes, 219
auratus, 13, 25-26
Cole, Leon J. Obituary, 123
Coles, Victor. Returns from Banded
Turkey Vultures (abstract), 66
Colinus cristatus sonnini, 232
virginianus, 119-120
V. cubanensis, 209
Colohierax, 219, footnote
Columba cayennensis cayennensis, 232
flavirostris, 112
plumbea pallescens, 233
speciosa, 232
Columbidae, 212
Columbigallina m. minuta, 233
passerina griseola, 233
talpacoti, 109, 112
t. talpacoti, 233
Colymbus auritus, 164
grisegena holbollii, pi. 5, opp. p. 139
Conirostrum, 214

Conover, Boardman, see Hellmayr,

Charles E., and

Conrad, Charles L., and James H. Olsen.
Activities of the Brooks Bird Club
(abstract) , 67-68
Contopus, 218

Conuropsis carolinensis ludovicianus,
170, 182
Corvinae, 209
Corvus, 219
Costa Rica, 115-116

Cottam, Clarence. Unusual consumption
of fish by three species of birds, 117-
118 ; The Mourning Dove in Alaska,
188-189

Cowbird, 52-53, 182
Glossy, 224 •

Crake, Corn, 39
Crane, Common, 25
Sandhill, 187, 219, footnote
Crex crex, 39

Crosby, John A. Holboell’s Grebes
{Colymbus grisegena holbollii)
carrying nest material. Lake On-
tario, 1944, pi. 5, opp. p. 139
Crotophaga ani, 226, 233
major, 233
sulcirostris, 113
Crossbill, Red, 220
White- winged, 210, 219
Cruickshank, Allan D. Wheatear at
Peekskill, New York, 190; Snowy

Egret {Leucophoyx thula), pi. 6,
opp. p. 207 ; Verdin {Auriparus
flaviceps) , pi. 7, opp. p. 246
Cuckoo, Black-billed, 65
Yellow-billed, 183
Cuculidae, 212
Curlew, Eskimo, 241
Hudsonian, 241
Cyanerpes, 214
cyaneus, 226
cyaneus cyaneus, 238
Cyanocitta cristata, 140, 209
Cyanocompsa cyanoides rothschildii, 239
Cyanocorax cayanus, 238
Cyanolimnas, 212, 215, 220
Cyanophaia, 212, 224, 225
Cyclarhis gujanensis. 111
g. flaviventris, 114

Dacnis c. cayana, 238
Daptrius a. americanus, 231
ater, 231

De Garmo, W. R., see Sims, Eleanor,

and

Deltarhynchus, 218
Dendrexetastes r. rufigula, 236
Dendrocincla f. fuliginosa, 236
Dendrocolaptes certhia, 116
Dendrocygna autumnalis discolor, 231
Dendroica, 218
coronata, 119
dominica, 222
occidentalis, 169
petechia, 52, 53, 225
pharetra, 225
pinus, 222
pityophila, 222
plumbea, 225
Dendroplex p. picus, 235
Deroptyus a. accipitrinus, 233
Dickinson, Miriam G. Cardinals bath-
ing, 190

Display, 6-51, 65, 243
Dives, 216

Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 183
Donacobius a. atricapillus, 238
Dove, Blue Ground, 114
Eastern Mourning, 183
Ground, 66
Inca, 113

Mourning, 188-189
Ruddy Ground, 109, 112
White-winged, 226
Dryocopus 1. lineatus, 235
Duck, Mottled, 164
Tufted, 66
Wood, 117
Dulidae, 211, 213
Dulus, 211, 213, 214, 215
Dumetella carolinensis, 28
Dutch Guiana, 187, 230-239

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

301

Eagle, Bald, S3
Golden, 122

Eaton, Stephen W., and Ernest P. Ed-
wards. Notes on Birds of the Gomez
Farias Region of Tamaulipas, 109-
114

Ectoparasites, 68
Ectopistes migratorius, 182, 183
Edwards, Ernest P. Birds in the Vicin-
ity of Lake Patzcuaro, Michoacan,
Mexico (abstract) , 69 ; Mexican
Primavera (abstract), 69; see also

Eaton, Stephen W., and

Egret, Snowy, 168-169, 182, 187, pi. 6,
opp. p. 207
Eider, King, 165

Eisenmann, Eugene, biog. sketch of, 192
Elaenia cristata, 237
fallax, 222
flavogaster, 222, 223
f. flavogaster, 237
gaimardii guianensis, 237
martinica, 222-223
Elaenia, Caribbean, 222-223
Greater Antillean, 222
Yellow-belUed, 222, 223
Elanoides f. forficatus, 170
f. yetapa, 231
Elanus 1. leucurus, 231
Emberizinae, 220
Emerson, Guy, biog. sketch of, 55
Empidonax flaviventris, 182, 183
minimus, 182, 183
t. traillii, 183
virescens, 245

Empidonomus varius rufinus, 237
Ereunetes pusillus, 232
Eribates, 218

Erithacus rubecula, 12, 33, 37, 39
Erolia fuscicollis, 232
melanotos, 232
minutilla, 232
Euethia, see Tiaris
Eulampis, 212, 224, 225
Euneornis, 213, 214, 215
Euphonia, Bonaparte’s, 113
Eurypyga helias, 75-80, pi. 2
h. helias, 232
Eurypygidae, 75-80

Falco a. albigularis, 231
peregrinus anatum, 231
sparverius dominicensis, 226
Feigley, Margaret D., biog. sketch of, 134
Ferminia, 213, 215, 220
Finch, St. Lucian Black, see Melanospiza
Finch, Zapata, see Torreornis
Fisher, Albert Kenrick. Obituary, 191
Fisher, James. “Bird Recognition, I.
Sea-Birds and Waders” (reviewed)
193-194

Flicker, 13, 25-26
Florida, 53
Florida caerulea, 230
Flycatcher, Acadian, 245
Alder, 65, 183
Least, 65, 182, 183
Loggerhead, 218
Social, 113

Yellow-bellied, 182, 183
Fluvicola p. pica, 237
Folger, Edith V., see Griscom, Ludlow,
and

Food, 53, 65, 66, 68, 117-118, 120-121,
140-141, 142, 143, 145, 148-152, 159-
160, 187, 242

Forpus p. passerinus, 233
Fringilla coelebs, 26
Fringillidae, 213, 224

Galbula d. dea, 234
galbula, 234

Gallinula chloropus cachinnans, 165
Gallinule, Florida, 165
Purple, 66
Gannet, 240
Garrulinae, 209
Garrulus glandarius, 25
Gelochelidon nilotica aranea, 232
Georgia, 53, 66, 181
Geospiza fortis, 222
Geospizinae, 222
Geotrygon, 212, 215
Geranospiza caerulescens, 231
Glaucis, 219

Glyphorynchus s. spirurus, 235
Goldfinch, Eastern, 52-53, 183
Goodpaster, Woodrow, and Karl Mas-
lowski. Incubation of the Upland
Plover, 188

Grebe, Holboell’s, pi. 5, opp. p. 139
Horned, 164
Western, 164
Grackle, Bronzed, 244-245
Grassquit, Black-faced, 226
Blue-black, 224
Cuban, 226

Griscom, Ludlow. Notes on Texas Sea-
side Sparrows, 103-108
Griscom, Ludlow, and Edith V. Folger.
“The Birds of Nantucket” (re-
viewed) , 194

Grobman, Arnold B., see Hatt, Robert
T., et al.

Grosbeak, Rocky Mountain, 182
Ground-finch, Medium, 222
Grouse, Ruffed, 39
Sharp-tailed, 182
Spruce, 68, 118-119, pis. 3, 4
Gruidae, 219, footnote
Grus, 219

canadensis, 187, 219, footnote
grus, 25

302

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Guara alba, 219
rubra, 219, 231

Guiraca caerulea interfusa, 183
Gull, Franklin’s, 117
Herring, 13-14, 17, 36, footnote, 40,
43, 44, 46

Gunn, W. W. H. Reverse Migration over
Lake Erie (abstract) , 67
Gymnoglaux, 212, 215

Habia, 109, 112

Haecker, Frederick Woods. A Study of
the Mountain Bluebird (abstract),
64; Obituary of, 191
Haematopus bachmani, 182
Haliaeetus leucocephalus, 53
Halle, Louis J. Jr. The Calandria Mock-
ingbird flashing its wings, 243
Handlan, John W. A Brief History of
the Brooks Bird Club (abstract) , 67
Harris bird collection, 167-184
Harrison, Hal H. “American Birds in
Color” (reviewed), 195
Hartman, Frank A. The Bird Adrenal
(abstract), 67

Hatt, Robert T., Josselyn Van Tyne,
Laurence C. Stuart, Clifford H.
Pope, and Arnold B. Grobman.
“Island Life: A Study of the Land
Vertebrates of the Islands of East-
ern Lake Michigan” (reviewed),
250-251

Haverschmidt, Fr. A feeding habit of
the Snowy Egret, 187 ; Bird Weights
from Surinam, 230-239
Hawaii, 66, 168
Hawk, Broad-winged, 65
Sparrow, 226
Swainson’s, 187

Hebard, Frederick V. Bald Eagle eating
shoat on highway, 53 ; ‘Injury
Feigning* of Nighthawk and Ground
Dove Compared (abstract), 66
Heckler, S>.B.The Growth and Develop-
ment of a Bird Club (abstract) , 68
Helicolestes hamatus, 231
Heliornis fulica, 232

Hellmayr, Charles E., and Boardman
Conover. “Catalogue of Birds of
the Americas” (reviewed), 250
Helmitheros vermivorus, 183
Hemignathus lucidus hanapepe, 168, 182,
184

Heron, Black-crowned, 219
Cocoi, 219
Great Blue, 67, 219
Great White, 67
Green, 219

Herpetotheres c. cachinnans, 231
Heterospizias m. meridionalis, 231

Hicks, Lawrence E. Recent Progress in
Ohio Ornithology (abstract), 64
Hidalgo, 186

Himantopus himantopus mexicanus, 232
Himatione sanguinea, 182
Hirundinidae, 213
Hirundo rustica erythrogaster, 245
Holoquiscalus lugubris, see Quiscalus lu-
gubris

1. lugubris, 238
Honey-creeper, Blue, 226
Hummingbird, Antillean Crested, see Or-
thorhyncus

Bahaman Woodstar, 214, 219, 225
Bee, 214

Black-chinned, 253
Blue-headed, see Cyanophaia
Emerald-throated, see Sericotes
Garnet-throated, see Eulampis
Ruby-throated, 242-243
Streamer-tail, 214
Hydranassa t. tricolor, 230
Hydroprogne caspia, S3
Hyetornis, 212, 215
Hylodchla mustelina, 98-102, 245
Hylonax, 218
Hylophilus, 218
Hypocolius, 211, footnote
Hypomorphnus u. urubutinga, 231

Ibis, Scarlet, 219
White, 219

Icteridae, 213, 216,219
Icterus chrysocephalus, 238
n. nigrogularis, 238
spurius, 114

Ictinia misisippiensis, 170
plumbea, 114, 231
Illinois, 240
Indiana, 240

Iridoprocne albiventer, 238
Ixobrychus e. exilis, 183
Ixoreus naevius, 182

Jacana, 219 •
spinosa jacana, 232
Jalisco, 186

Jamaica, 65, see also West Indies
Jaques, Florence Page. “Canadian
Spring” (reviewed) , 57
Jaques, Francis Lee, 57
Jay, Blue, 140, 209
Canada, 119, 209
European, 25
Oregon, 182

Junco [caniceps] dorsalis, 5
cismontanus, 5
hyemalis, 5, 246
h. carolinensis, 5
oreganus, 5

phaeonotus palliatus, 5, frontispiece

December 1948
Vol, 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

303

Junco, 68

Arizona, S, frontispiece
Carolina, 5
Cassiar, 5
Oregon, 5
Red-backed, S
Slate-colored, S, 246

Kansas, 164-166, 170-171
Kieran, John, review by, 57
Kingbird, Arkansas, 182
Gray, 218
Olive-backed, 113
Kingfisher, Texas, 170
Kinglet, 26
Ruby-crowned, 119

Kirkpatrick, Charles M. Gannet in
eastern Indiana, 240
Kite, Mississippi, 170
Plumbeous, 114
Swallow-tailed, 170

Lagler, Karl F., and Catherine C. Wie-
nert. Food of the Old-squaw in
Lake Michigan, 118
Laletes, 218

Lamprochelidon, 213, 215
Lamprospiza melanoleuca, 239
Lapwing, 25, 26

Larcomb, John W. A Technique for Re-
cording and Reproducing Sounds in
Nature (abstract) , 64-65
Larus argentatus, 13-14, 17, 36, footnote,
40, 43, 44, 46
pipixcan, 117

Laskey, Amelia R. Bronzed Grackle
anointing plumage with orange-
skin, 244-245
Lawrencia, 218
Lefevre, Auguste, 168, 170
Legatus leucophaius leucophaius, 237
Leistes m. militaris, 238
Leopold, Aldo. Obituary, 123
Leptotila r. rufaxilla, 233
verreauxi brasiliensis, 233
Leucopeza, 213, 225
Leucophoyx thula, 168-169, 187, pi. 6,
opp. p. 207
t. brewsteri, 182
t. thula, 230

Leucopternis a. albicollis, 231
Limnodromus g. griseus, 232
Lincoln, Frederick C., review by, 194
Lobiophasis bulweri, 24, 27
Louisiana, 169, 172-177
Ornithological Society, 54
Loxia curvirostra, 220
leucoptera, 210, 220
leucoptera megaplaga, 219
Loxigilla, 213, 215, 225
violacea, 226

Loximitris, 213, 215
Loxipasser, 213, 215

Ludwig, Frederick E., biog. sketch of,
248

Lunk, William A. Some Notes on Hawai-
ian Birds (abstract) , 66

MacDonald, Malcolm. “The 'Birds of
Brewery Creek” (reviewed), 125-
126

McCabe, Robert A. The Song Flight of
the Alder Flycatcher (abstract) , 65
McCormick, J. M., see Preston, F. W.,

and

Maine, 209

Malacoptila panamensis, 89-93
p. inornata, 90
Manacus m. manacus, 237
Margarops, 213, 215, 224, 225
Maryland, 98-102

Maslowski, Karl. Filming Owls at Night
(abstract), 69; see also Goodpaster,

Woodrow, and

Mayfield, Harold, reviews by, 56-57, 57-
58, 193-194

Mayr, Ernst. Is the Great White Heron
a Good Species? (abstract), 67
Mazzeo, Rosario, review by, 125-126
Meadowlark, 170, 182
Western, 171, 178, 182
Megarynchus p. pitangua, 237
Melanerpes cruentatus, 235
Melanoptila glabirostris, 221
Melanospiza, 213, 222, 225
Meleagris gallopavo silvestris, 183
Meliphagidae, 214
Mellisuga, 212, 215
helenae, 214

Melopsittacus undulatus, 13
Melopyrrha, 213, 215
nigra, 226
Melospiza, 221
1. lincolnii, 183
melodia, 28, 37, 53

Mengel, Robert M. A Western Lark
Sparrow from Florida, 122 ; Some
Remarks on the Birds of Veracruz,
Mexico (abstract), 66
Mengel, Robert M., and Dwain W. War-
ner. Golden Eagles in Hidalgo,
Mexico, 122
Mergus merganser, 240
serrator, 240

Mesembrinibis cayennensis, 231
Mesomyodi, 216
Mewaldt, Leonard R., 55
Mexico, 5, 185-186

Michigan, 52-53, 66, 68, 121, 242-243,
250-251

Michoacdn, 69, 186

304

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Micrastur mirandollei, 231
Microligea, 213, 215
Migration, 67

Miller, Douglas Scott, biog. sketch of,
134

Milvago chimachima paludivagus, 231
Mimidae, 213, 218, 224
Mimocichla, 213, 215, 225
plumbea, 226
ravida, 215, footnote
Mimus gilvus gilvus, 238
gundlachii, 226
polyglottos, 243
saturninus, 243
Missouri, 170, 241-242
Mitrephanes, 218
Mniotilta varia, 113
Mockingbird, Bahaman, 226
Calandria, 243
Moho nobilis apicalis, 182
Molothrus ater, 52-53, 182
bonariensis minimus, 224, 238
Momotidae, 210-211
Monasa atra, 234
nigrifrons, 93-94

Moore, Jeanne. Young Caspian Terns
in Captivity (abstract) , 68
Morus bassanus, 240
Moseley, Edwin Lincoln. Obituary, 191
Muirhead, Peggy Porter. Territory and
Song of the Least Flycatcher (ab-
stract), 65

Murie, Olaus J. Food of the Great
Horned Owl and Its Place in the
Fauna (abstract), 66; review by,
252

Murray, Joseph James. “Wild Wings”
(reviewed), 57-58
Muscivora tyrannus, 237
Myiarchus, 218

Myiodynastes maculatus maculatus, 237
Myiozetetes c. cayanensis, 237
similis, 113
Myospiza, 220
h. humeralis, 239

Myrmoborus leucophrys angustirostris,
236

Myrmoderus a. atrothorax, 236
ferrugineus, 236

Nectarinia j. jugularis, 159-163
Nemosia p. pileata, 239
Nesoceleus, 212, 215
Nesoctites, 212, 215
Nesopsar, 213, 215, 216
Nesospingus, 211, 213, 215
Nesotriccus, 218
Nesotrochis, 219, footnote
Nesting, 52-53, 118-119, 139-158, 161-
162, 187, 188, 241-242, 242-243, 244,
245

Netting, M. Graham. Opportunities for
Cooperative Research in Ornithol-
ogy and Herpetology (abstract) , 65
Nevada, 66
New forms noticed:

Anas crecca nimia, 254
Chordeiles minor twomeyi, 197
Empidonax traillii alascensis, 255
Empidonax traillii extimus, 255
Otophanes mcleodii rayi, 255
Zonotrichia leucophrys nigrilora, 126
New Mexico, 5
New York, 190
Newfoundland Labrador, 241
Nice, Margaret M., 67 ; review by, 195
Nice, Margaret M., and Ruth H. Thomas.
A Nesting of the Carolina Wren,
139-158

Nickell, Walter P. Alternate care of two
nests by a Ruby-throated Hum-
mingbird, 242-243
Nighthawk, 66, 119

Noell, G. W. Bald Eagle captures tern,
53

North Dakota, 117-118, 178
Notharchus pectoralis, 81-89
t. tectus, 234
Numenius borealis, 241
phaeopus hudsonicus, 241
p. phaeopus, 241
Nun-bird, Black-fronted, 93-94
Nuthatch, Red-breasted, 183
Nuttall, Thomas, 168, 178
Nuttallornis, 218
Nyctibius, 219
grandis, 234
griseus, 220

Nyctidromus a. albicollis, 234

Odontriorchis palliatus, 231

Oenanthe oenanthe, 190

Ohio, 64, 66, 67, 119-120, 187, 188, 244

Oklahoma, 187

Old-squaw, 118, 165

Olsen, James H., see Conrad, Charles L.,
and

Ontario, 56-57, 67, pi. 5, opp. p. 139
Oporornis tolmiei, 243
t. monticola, 243
Oregon, 168-169
Oreopeleia montana, 233
Oriole, Orchard, 114
Ortalis m. motmot, 231
ruficauda, 209

Orthorhyncus, 212, 215, footnote, 224,
225

Otus choliba crucigerus, 234
Owl, Barn, 66, 69, 230
Great Horned, 65, 66
Richardson’s, 119
Screech, 69

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

305

Pachyramphus marginatus nanus, 237
polychopterus tristis, 237
rufus, 236
Parakeet, Shell, 13

Parkes, Kenneth C., see Buchanan, For-
est W., and

Paroquet, Louisiana, 170, 182
Parula pitiayumi, 113
Parulidae, 213, 214, 218, 224
Parus atricapillus septentrionalis, 180
bicolor, 121
Passerella, 221
i. iliaca, 183
Passerina amoena, 182
Peacock, 27

Pedioecetes phasianellus, 182
Peet, Max Minor. MacGillivray’s Warb-
ler in Cameron County, Texas, 243
Pelecanus erythrorhynchos, 183
Pell, S. Morris, 192
Pennsylvania, 120-121
Pepper Shrike, Mexican, 114
Peters, James Lee. “Check-list of Birds
of the World, Vol. 6” (reviewed),
249; reviews by, 125, 250-251
Percnostola r. rufifrons, 236
Perisoreus canadensis, 119, 209
o. obscurus, 182

Peterson, Roger Tory. Arizona Junco, 5,
frontispiece

Petrochelidon pyrrhonota albifrons, 183
Pettingill, Olin Sewall Jr., review by,
195

Phaenicophilus, 213, 215
Phaetusa s. simplex, 232
Pheasant, 26, 27
Amherst’s, 24
Argus, 27
Bulwer’s, 24, 27
Golden, 24

Phelps, William H., biog. sketch of, 124
Pheucticus m. melanocephalus, 182, 183
Philippines, 159-163
Phloeoceastes m. melanoleucos, 235
rubricollis, 235
Piaya c. cayana, 233
m. minuta, 233
Picidae, 212

Picumnus minutissimus, 235
Pigeon, Passenger, 182, 183
Red-billed, 112
Pilherodias pileatus, 230
Pintail, 26

Pionites m. melanocephala, 233
Pionus fuscus, 233
menstruus, 233

Pipilo maculatus arcticus, 183
Pipit, Sprague’s, 178-179, 182
Pipra a. aureola, 237
Pipromorpha oleaginea, 115-116

Pitangus 1. lictor, 237
s. sulphuratus, 237
Pitelka, Frank A., reviews by, 56, 251
Platypsaris, 218
minor, 237
niger, 216, 218
Plectrophenax nivalis, 25, 26
Plover, Upland, 188
Polyborus cheriway auduboni, 170
Pope, Clifford H., see Hatt, Robert T.,
et al.

Porphyrula martinica, 232
Porzana, 219
flaviventer, 220
Potoo, Gray, 220

Potter, Nathan S. III. Notes on the Yel-
low-breasted Sunbird, 159-163
Pough, Richard H., biog. sketch of, 248
Praedo, 218

Preston, F, W., and J. M. McCormick.
The eyesight of the Bluebird, 120-
121

Priotelus, 212, 215
Progne ch. chalybea, 237
Pseudoscops, 212, 215
Psomocolax o. oryzivorus, 238
Pteroglossus aracari atricollis, 235
viridis, 235

Ptilogonatidae, 210-211
Ptiloxena, 213, 215, 216
atroviolacea, 216
Puff-bird, Black-breasted, 81-89
Northern White-whiskered Soft-wing,
90

Swallow-wing, 94-95
White-whiskered Soft-wing, 89-93
Pulsatrix perspicillata perspicillata, 234
Pyrrhuphonia, 213, 215
Pyrrhura picta picta, 233

Querula purpurata, 237
Quiscalus lugubris, 219, 221
nicaraguensis, 219
quiscula versicolor, 244-245

Rallidae, 212
Ramphastos tucanus, 235
Ramphocelus c. carbo, 238
Ramphocinclus, 213, 225
Recurvirostra americana, 182
avosetta, 43
Red-wing, 26
Eastern, 244
Tricolored, 26
Regulus calendula, 119
Releasers, 6-51
Rhinocryptidae, 216
Rhinoptynx c. clamator, 234
Rhytipterna simplex frederici, 236
Richmondena cardinalis, 190
Richmondeninae, 216

306

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Riggs, Carl D. The Family Eurypygi-
dae: A Review, 75-80, pi. 2
Robin, Eastern, 183
Rynchops nigra cinerascens, 232

Sakesphorus c. canadensis, 236
Salpinctes o. obsoletus, 183
Saltator coerulescens olivascens, 239
maximus, 115
m. maximus, 239
Sandpiper, Eastern Solitary, 245
Spotted, 113
Saskatchewan, 118-119
Saunders, Richard M. “Flashing Wings”
(reviewed) , 56-57
Saurothera, 211, 212, 215
Sayornis saya saya, 183
Scardafella inca, 113
Schistochlamys m. melanopis, 239
Sclateria n. naevia, 236
Seedeater, Variable, 116
Seibert, Henri C. The Effect of Photo-
period and Temperature on Energy
Intake (abstract) , 68
Seiurus motacilla, 113
Selenidera culik, 235
Semple, John B. Obituary, 54
Sericotes, 212, 215, 224, 225
Setzer, Henry W., see Arvey M. Dale,

and

Sex reversal, 101
Shortt, Terence M., 56
Sialia mexicana occidentalis, 181, 183
sialis, 120-121

Sims, Eleanor, and W. R. De Garmo.
Notes on the Swainson*s Warbler in
West Virginia (abstract), 65
Siphonorhis, 212, 215
Sitta canadensis, 183
pusilla, 225

Sittasomus griseicapillus, 109, 111
g. sylvioides, 112

Skutch, Alexander F. Life History Notes
on Puff-birds, 81-97; Anting by
some Costa Rican birds, 115-116
Snipe, Wilson’s, 183
Somateria spectabilis, 165
Sparrow, Andean, 220
Bachman’s, 181, 183
Clay-colored, 182
Eastern Fox, 183
Eastern Lark, 122
English, 68
Grasshopper, 220
Harris’, 17 1
Seaside, 103-108
Song, 28, 37, 53
Tree, 183

Western Lark, 122
White-throated, 67, 68

Spencer, Haven H. Sandhill Crane ob-
served in southwestern Ohio, 187
Sphyrapicus varius ruber, 182
Spindalis, 211, 213, 215, 216, footnote,
226

Spinus t. tristis, 52-53, 183
Spizella arborea, 183
pallida, 182, 183
Spoonbill, Roseate, 170
Sporophila a. americana, 239
aurita, 116
Sprague, Isaac, 170
Squires, Lewis, 170

Staebler, Arthur E. Color-banding and
Other Methods of Marking Birds
(abstract) , 65
Starling, 68
Starnoenas, 212, 215
Stelgidopteryx ruficollis cacabatus, 237
Sterna albifrons antillarum, 232
superciliaris, 232

Stophlet, John J. Birds of the Alaskan
Tundra (abstract), 68
Street, J. Fletcher, 167
Street, Phillips B. The Edward Harris
Collection of Birds, 167-184
Strigidae, 212

Stuart, Laurence C., see Hatt, Robert T.,
et al.

Sturnella magna, 170, 182
m. praticola, 238
neglecta, 171, 178, 182
Sunbird, Yellow-breasted, 159-163
Sun-bittern, 75-80, pi. 2
Surinam, 187, 230, 239
Sutton, George Miksch. Breeding of
Richmond’s Swift in Venezuela, 189-
190; pi, 2, opp. p. 75
Swallow, American Barn, 245
Bahaman, 225
Swan, Trumpeter, 68
Swift, Chimney, 241-242
Gray-rumped, 223
Lesser Antillean, 223
Richmond’s, 189-190
Short-tailed, 223

Synallaxis albescens albigularis, 236
g. gujanensis, 236
r. rutilans, 236

Tachornis, 212, 215
Tachyphonus rufus, 239
Tamaulipas, 109-114, 186
Tanager, Ant, 109, 112
Tanagra lauta, 113
V. violacea, 238
Tapera n. naevia, 234
Taraba major semifasciatus, 236
Taxonomy, 66, 67, 103-108, 185-186
Teal, Blue-winged, 117
Falcated, 66

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

INDEX TO VOLUME 60, 1948

307

Temnotrogon, 212, 21S, 218
Teretistris, 213, 21S
Tern, 26

Caspian, 53, 68
Royal, 53

Texas, 103-108, 172-177, 185-186, 243,
245, pi. 6, opp. p 207, pi. 7, opp. p.
246

Thalasseus maximus, 53
Thamnophilus d. doliatus, 236
p, punctatus, 236

Thomas, Edward S. Ornithology in
Ohio (abstract), 64

Thomas, Ruth H., 67; see also Nice,

Margaret M., and

Thrasher, Pearly-eyed, see Margarops
Thraupidae, 213, 214, 216
Thraupis e. episcopus, 238
palmarum melanoptera, 238
Threskiornithidae, 219
Thrush, Grand Cayman, 215
La Selle, 220
Wood, 98-102, 245
Thryomanes bewickii, 140
Thryothorus c. coraya, 238
leucotis albipectus, 238
ludovicianus, 139-158
Tiaris, 222
bicolor, 226
canora, 226

Tigrisoma 1. lineatum, 230
Tinbergen, N. Social Releasers and the
Experimental Method Required for
their Study, 6-51
Titanohierax, 219, footnote
Titmouse, Tufted, 121
Tityra c. cayana, 237
inquisitor erythrogenys, 237
Todidae, 210-211, 212
Todus, 211, 212, 214, 215
Tolmarchus, 211, 212, 215, 218
caudifasciatus, 218

Tordoff, Harrison B. Additions to the
Avifauna of Jamaica, B. W. I. (ab-
stract) , 65 ; review by, 253
Torreornis, 213, 215, 220
Totanus melanoleucus, 117, 119
Townsend, John K., 168, 182
Tringa flavipes, 183, 232
melanoleuca, 232
solitaria cinnamomea, 232
s. solitaria, 245
Trochilidae, 212, 214, 224
Trochilus, 212, 215
polytmus, 214

Troglodytidae, 213, 218, 224
Trogon, 218
m. melanurus, 234
s. strigilatus, 234
Trogonidae, 212, 218
Turdidae, 213, 224

Turdus e. ericetorum, 17, 29-30, 33, 34
f. fumigatus, 238
leucomelas ephippialis, 238

m. merula. 17, 29-30, 33, 34
migratorius migratorius, 183

n. nudigenis, 238
swalesi, 220

Tympanuchus cupido pinnatus, 183
Tyrannidae, 212, 214, 216, 218
Tyrannus, 218
dominicensis, 218
d. VO rax, 237
melancholicus, 113
m. despotes, 237
verticalis, 182, 183
Tyto alba guttata, 230
a. hellmayri, 230, 234
ostologa, 219, footnote
pollens, 219, footnote
Vanellus vanellus, 25, 26
Van Tyne, Josselyn. Home range and
duration of family ties in the Tufted
Titmouse, 121; Eskimo Curlew and
Whimbrel collected in Newfound-
land Labrador, 241 ; review by, 249 ;
see also Hatt, Robert T., et al.
Venezuela, 124, 189-190
Veniliornis cassini, 235
sanguineus, 235
Veracruz, 66, 112
Verdin, pi. 7, opp. p. 246
Vermivora chrysoptera, 183
peregrina, 183
Vestiaria coccinea, 182
Vireo, 218
altiloquus, 218
crassirostris, 225-226
gundlachii, 226
Vireo, Black-whiskered, 218
Cuban, 226
Thick-billed, 225-226
Vireonidae, 218, 224
Virginia, 57-58, 66

Voice, 5, 17, 33, 64-65, 98-102, 139-140,
143, 154-155, 159, 246
Volatinia, 224
Vulture, Turkey, 66

Walkinshaw, Lawrence H. A nest of the
Spruce Grouse in east-central Sas-
katchewan, 118-119, pis. 3, 4
Wallace, George J. Further Studies of
Michigan Barn Owls (abstract), 66
Warbler, Arrow-headed, 225
Black and White, 113
Golden, 225
Hermit, 169
Hooded, 183
Kirtland’s, 68
MacGillivray’s, 243
Magnolia, 65

308

THE WILSON BULLETIN

December 1948
Vol. 60, No. 4

Myrtle, 119
Olive-capped, 222
Pine, 222
Pitiayumi, 113
Plumbeous, 225
Rufous-capped, 109, 112
Southern MacGillivray’s, 243
Swainson’s, 65
Yellow, 52, 53
Yellow-throated, 222
Ware, E. H. “Wing to Wing” (re-
viewed), 195

Warner, Dwain W., see Mengel, Robert
M., and

Water-Thrush, Louisiana, 113
Webster, J. Dan. Bird notes from south-
eastern Texas, 245
Weights, 230-239
West Indies, 125, 207-229
West Virginia, 65, 190
Wetmore, Alexander. The Golden-front-
ed Woodpeckers of Texas and
Northern Mexico, 185-186 ; A Pleis-
tocene record for Mergus merganser
in Illinois, 240
Wheatear, 190
Whimbrel, 241

Wienert, Catherine C., see Lagler, Karl
F., and

Wilson Bulletin Publication Dates, 1947,
135

Wilson Ornithological Club, Announce-
ments, 192; Library, 61, 133, 202-
204, 257 ; Louis Agassiz Fuertes Re-
search Grant, 55, 123-124; Member-

ship Roll, 258-297; New Life Mem-
bers, 55, 124, 134, 192, 248; Officers,
72; Proceedings, 62-71; Reports,
129-134

Wilson, Rowland S. The Birds of Attu,
W esternmost of the Aleutian Islands
(abstract), 66
Wilsonia citrina, 183
Woodhewer, Barred, 116
Woodpecker, Golden-fronted, 185-186
Red-bellied, 183
Wren, Bewick’s, 140
Canyon, 112
Carolina, 139-158
Wyoming, 66

Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus, 183
Xanthornus d. decumanus, 238
viridis, 238

Xenops minutus ruficaudus, 235
Xenotriccus, 218
Xiphidiopicus, 212, 215
Xiphorhynchus guttatus polystictus, 236

0. obsoletus, 236

Yellow-legs, Greater, 117, 119
Lesser, 183

Zenaida a. asiatica, 226
Zenaidura macroura, 188-189
m. carolinensis, 183
Zonotrichia, 221

1. leucophrys, 183
querula, 171

Zoogeography, 207-229

TO OUR CONTRIBUTORS

Our members are asked to submit articles for publication in the Bulletin.
Manuscripts will be accepted only with the understanding that they have not.
previously been published or accepted for publication elsewhere.

Manuscript. Manuscripts should be typed, with double-spacing and wide
margins, on one side of white paper of good quality and of standard size (8^ x 11).
The title should be brief and should indicate the subject clearly. Ordinarily the
scientific names of the birds treated should be given and should appear early in
the article. Most articles should conclude with a brief summary.

Bibliography. Literature referred to in the text should be cited by author’s
name, year of publication, and exact page of the particular reference. Such litera-
ture should ordinarily be listed in full at the end of the paper.

Illustrations. Photographic prints, to reproduce well as half-tones, should
have good contrast and detail. Please send prints unmounted, and attach to
each print a brief but adequate legend. Do not write heavily on the backs of
photographs.

Proof. Authors are requested to return proof promptly. Expensive alterations
in copy after the type has been set must be charged to the author.

Reprints. Orders for reprints, which are furnished to authors at cost, should
accompany the returned galley proof.

Reprint Schedule of The Wilson Bulletin

Each

additional

1 page

2 pp.

4 pp.

8 pp.

12 pp.

16 pp.

4 pp.

100 copies

Each additional

. $3.05

$4.28

$5.65

$7.39

$8.95

$9.71

$1.33

100 copies

. $1.49

$2.00

$2.85

$3.75

$4.61

$5.48

.86

Covers: $5.04 for first 100 copies; $2.60 for each additional 100 copies.

Charge will be made for a minimum of 100 reprints.

Authors are asked not to pay for reprints before receiving an itemized bill
from the press.

' ^ .1

1

j